Download Mounce Workbook Solutions

Full Answer Key to
W.D. Mounce, Basics of Biblical Greek: Workbook
Revision 11 January 2005. J.C. Beckman
Preface
Is using an answer key legitimate?
Yes, but only if your teacher permits. If you use this answer key without your teacher’s permission, you may be cheating
in class. Taking a Greek class is worse than useless if it starts or continues a pattern of God-dishonoring dishonesty,
whereas taking the “risk” of obedience is an opportunity to grow in faith. “Hope in the Lord and do what is right!”
(Ps 37:3).
Suggestion for use
If your teacher allows, it may be helpful to use this answer key to check your answer to each workbook problem
immediately after you have written a complete answer for it. Doing so will give you immediate feedback on whether or
not you answered correctly. Beware, however, that if you look at the answer key before you write a complete answer in
your workbook, you may not actually learn the material as well as you may think you have.
Guide to the answer key
The answer to a translation question steps through the text, giving for each word the parsing code (see page 2 of this
answer key), an English equivalent, and sometimes also the lexical form. Then an English translation is given. In the
early chapters, an intermediate translation is also given that preserves the Greek word order and minimizes the number of
added words. In some lessons, the intermediate translation also contains grammatical information in {curly brackets}.
The English translations given are often intentionally stilted in order to emphasize the grammar, to avoid paraphrasing
the texts from memory, and to convey nuances that are too awkward to express in a normal translation..
When parsing questions ask for (2x) or (3x), we are looking for different lexical forms, moods, persons, or tenses. After
chapter 7, words with multiple genders, voices, or cases are not marked as (2x) because they are so common.
Errors?
When you find errors in this answer key, please report them to [email protected].
We plan to keep the most recently corrected version of this document at www.teknia.com/level3/bbg-resources.html.
If you are using this revision after the 2004-2005 school year, please download the latest revision to use instead in order
to avoid any errors that were already caught.
Fonts
This document uses Times, Arial, and TekniaGreek (which is available at www.Teknia.com).
(
3:18)
1
.
2
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
Parsing Code
Person
• P = Present
• 1
= 1st Person
• I = Imperfect
• 2
= 2nd Person
• F = Future
• 3
= 3rd Person
Gender
• A = Aorist
• M
= Masculine
• T = Perfect
• F
= Feminine
• L = Pluperfect
= Neuter
• N
• R = Future Perfect
• Mf
= Masculine or Feminine
Voice • A = Active
• Mn
= Masculine or Neuter
• M = Middle
• Mfn = Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter
Number • S
• P = Passive
= Singular
• Mp = Middle or Passive
• P
= Plural
• Md = Middle Deponent
Case
= Nominative
• N
• Pd = Passive Deponent
• G
= Genitive
• Mpd = (Middle or Passive) Deponent
= Dative
• D
Mood • I = Indicative
• A
= Accusative
• P = Participle (technically not a mood)
= Vocative
• V
• S = Subjunctive
• Na
= Nominative or Accusative
• N = Infinitive (technically not a mood)
• Nv
= Nominative or Vocative
• M = Imperative
Suffixes • x
= Indeclinable word
•
!
= Emphatic form
• O = Optative
• Parsings are abbreviated with a code (e.g., FSN) instead of being written in full (e.g., feminine singular nominative).
• The order of the code letters matters because the same letters are used with different meanings in different positions.
For example, in the code “NSN,” the first “N” refers to neuter, and the second “N” refers to nominative. The order
of the code letters depends upon the type of word as follows:
• Nouns, adjectives, & pronouns with gender:
Gender, Number, Case, (“x” if indeclinable)
• Pronouns without gender:
Number, Case, (“!” if emphatic form)
• Finite verbs:
Tense, Voice, Mood, Person, Number
• Infinitives:
Tense, Voice, “Mood”
• Participles:
Tense, Voice, “Mood,” Gender, Number, Case
• Prepositions:
“ ,” Case of object of preposition
• If a word is indeclinable, we add the suffix “x” at the end of the parsing code to indicate that the case came from the
context rather than from the form. The gender and number are fixed for most indeclinable words, but occasionally
they come from the context as well.
• E.g., MSNx is an indeclinable form that is masculine, singular, nominative.
• We use upper case except when multiple parsings are possible.
• When multiple parsings are possible, we use lower case for additional possibilities in a position, so that each capital
letter indicates a change in position. If the context indicates that one is correct, we underline it.
• E.g., PAI2S = Present Active Indicative 2nd person Singular
• E.g., MfnPG = Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter Plural Genitive, but FPG in that context.
• E.g., PAI3P/PAPMnPD = Present Active Indicative 3rd person Plural or Present Active Participle (Masculine or
Neuter) Plural Dative. But PAI3P in that context.
• If a verb is deponent, we put a lower-case “d” at the end of the morphological voice code.
• E.g., PMpdI2S is middle or passive in form, but active in meaning (“middle-passive deponent”).
• E.g., AMdI2S is middle in form, but active in meaning (“middle deponent”).
• E.g., APdI2S is passive in form, but active in meaning (“passive deponent”).
• Prepositions do not inflect, so they do not need to be parsed. But, because the case of the object of the preposition
may indicate the meaning of the preposition, the case of the object is used as the “parsing code” for prepositions.
• E.g., Parse the preposition
as ( G from) if it takes a genitive in that context, ( D beside) if it takes a
dative, and ( A alongside of) if it takes an accusative in that context.
Tense
Exercise 3
The Alphabet and Punctuation
Grammar
1.
What are the seven vowels?
Name
Lower Case Upper Case
Alpha
Epsilon
Eta
Iota
Omicron
Upsilon
Omega
2.
3.
!
"
#
$
When do you find the two different forms of sigma?
a.
The “final sigma” form ( ) is written wherever lower-case sigma is the last letter of a word.
b.
The normal lower-case form (
) is written wherever lower-case sigma is not the last letter of a word.
What are the two breathing marks, and when do you find them?
a.
The rough breathing mark ( ) sounds like the English letter “h.”
b.
The smooth breathing mark ( ) does not affect pronunciation.
•
•
•
If the first letter of a word is a vowel or the letter rho ( ), the word has a breathing mark.
If the first letter of a word is not a vowel or the letter rho ( ), the word does not have a breathing mark.
If the first letter of a word is upsilon ( ) or rho ( ), the breathing mark is always a rough breathing mark.
Otherwise, either a rough breathing mark or a smooth breathing mark could be used, depending upon the word.
The breathing mark is placed as follows:
• If the word begins with a diphthong, then the breathing mark goes over the second vowel of the diphthong
(e.g., % and % ).
• Otherwise, the breathing mark goes over the first letter of the word (e.g.,
,
, , and %
).
• Exception: If the first letter is a capital letter (and not part of a diphthong), the breathing mark goes in
front of the capital letter instead of over it, because there is no room over the capital letter to put a
breathing mark. (e.g., &
,
, and
).
•
4.
How does the iota subscript affect pronunciation?
• The iota subscript does not affect pronunciation.1
5.
When is the diaeresis used?
• The diaeresis ( ¨ ) is used over the second of two vowels in a row that normally form a diphthong, but should be
pronounced separately in this particular word. For example, in English, “Noel” as a man’s name has one
syllable and rhymes with “mole” because “oe” forms a diphthong in English. “Noël” as a woman’s name,
however, has two syllables and is pronounced as “no el” because the diaeresis over the “e” indicates that “oe”
does not form a diphthong in this word.
1
Advanced information: Some teachers instruct students to pronounce alpha differently depending on whether it is short
or long. Since iota only subscripts under long vowels, if alpha has an iota subscript, then you know that it is a long alpha,
and should be pronounced accordingly. Where there is no iota subscript, however, you need some other information to
know whether the alpha is long or short, and hence how to pronounce it. So the iota subscript does not affect the
pronunciation of alpha, but it tells you which pronunciation to use. Because of the difficulty in knowing whether an
alpha is long or short, some teachers have students pronounce alpha the same regardless of whether it is long or short.
3
4
This page intentionally left blank.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
Exercise 4
Punctuation and Syllabification
Syllabification
1.
•
•
•
2.
'
•
•
•
3.
%•
Rule 1: There is one vowel or diphthong per syllable. The word %
has two vowels, alpha ( ) and eta ( ),
neither of which is part of a diphthong, so there are two syllables in the word. Alpha ( ) is in one syllable, and
eta ( ) is in the other syllable. The remaining rules are used to determine where to put the consonants.
Mu ( ) is set by rule 2: a single consonant by itself goes with the following vowel unless it is the final letter of
the word. Since mu ( ) is a single consonant by itself (instead of being next to another consonant), it goes with
the following vowel, namely eta ( ).
Nu ( ) is also set by rule 2: a single consonant by itself (not next to another consonant) goes with the following
vowel unless it is the final letter of the word. Nu ( ) is a single consonant by itself, but since it is the final letter
of the word, it goes with the preceding vowel, eta ( ).
•(
Rule 1: There is one vowel or diphthong per syllable. There are two vowels, alpha ( ) and eta ( ), neither of
which is part of a diphthong, so there are two syllables in the word. Alpha ( ) is in one syllable, and eta ( ) is
in the other syllable. The remaining rules are used to determine where to put the consonants.
Gamma-rho ( ' ) is a consonant cluster because it is two consonants in a row. Therefore, we use either rule 4,
5, or 6. It is not a double consonant, since gamma ( ' ) and rho ( ) are two different letters, so we don’t use
rule 6. Therefore, we use either rule 4 or 5, depending on whether or not gamma-rho ( ' ) can be pronounced
together. The main clue for whether consonants can be pronounced together is that if they begin a word, they
can be pronounced together. Gamma-rho ( ' ) obviously can begin a word, so we follow rule 5: a consonant
cluster that can begin a word goes with the following vowel. Therefore, gamma-rho ( ' ) goes with the
following vowel, namely alpha ( ).
Phi ( ( ) is set by rule 2: a single consonant by itself goes with the following vowel unless it is the final letter of
the word. Since phi ( ( ) is not next to another consonant (and therefore is a single consonant by itself), it goes
with the following vowel, namely eta ( ).
)•
•
• Rule 1: There is one vowel or diphthong per syllable. There are three vowels, epsilon ( ) , alpha ( ) and
omicron ( ), none of which is part of a diphthong, so each gets a separate syllable.
• Sigma-chi (
) is a consonant cluster because it is two consonants in a row. Therefore, we use either rule 4, 5,
or 6. It is not a double consonant, since sigma ( ) and chi ( ) are two different letters, so we don’t use rule 6.
Therefore, we use either rule 4 or 5, depending on whether or not sigma-chi (
) can be pronounced together.
Looking in the lexicon in the back of the textbook, we find the word
* on page 438, indicating that sigmachi (
) can begin a word, and therefore can be pronounced together. Therefore we follow rule 5: a consonant
cluster that can begin a word goes with the following vowel. So sigma-chi (
) goes with the following vowel,
alpha ( ).
• Tau ( ) is set by rule 2: a single consonant by itself goes with the following vowel unless it is the final letter of
the word. Since tau ( ) is not next to another consonant, it goes with the following vowel, omicron ( ).
• Sigma ( ) is also set by rule 2: a single consonant goes by with the following vowel unless it is the final letter
of the word. Sigma ( ) is not next to another consonant, but since it is the final letter of the word, it goes with
the preceding vowel, omicron ( ).
5
6
4.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
•
•
•
5.
•
•
•
6.
7.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
8.
1
•
•+ •
Rule 1: There is one vowel or diphthong per syllable. There are three vowels, alpha ( ), iota ( ), and
alpha ( ), none of which is part of a diphthong, so each gets a separate syllable. In particular, iota-alpha ( )
does not form a diphthong, so those two vowels are divided (rule 3).
Kappa ( ) is set by rule 2: a single consonant by itself goes with the following vowel unless it is the final letter
of the word. Since kappa ( ) is not next to another consonant, it goes with the following vowel, alpha ( ).
Rho-delta ( + ) is a consonant cluster because it is two consonants in a row. Therefore, we use either rule 4, 5,
or 6. It is not a double consonant, since rho ( ) and delta ( + ) are two different letters, so we don’t use rule 6.
Therefore, we use either rule 4 or 5, depending on whether or not rho-delta ( + ) can be pronounced together.
Looking in the lexicon in the back of the textbook, we don'
t find any words that begin with rho-delta ( + ). But,
since the lexicon in the back of the textbook is not exhaustive, it still is possible that a word that begins with
rho-delta ( + ) exists. To be certain, we would have to do an exhaustive search.1 But for now, if the lexicon in
the back of the textbook doesn'
t list such a word, we can assume that one doesn'
t exist. Given that assumption
(which is correct in this case), we follow rule 4: a consonant cluster that can not begin a word is divided into
separate syllables. Therefore, the consonant cluster rho-delta ( + ) is divided, with the first letter, rho ( ),
going with the preceding vowel alpha ( ), and the second letter, delta ( + ), going with the following vowel
iota ( ).
•
Rule 1: There is one vowel or diphthong per syllable. There are three vowels, epsilon ( ), upsilon ( ), and
alpha ( ). The combination epsilon-upsilon (
) forms a diphthong, as described on page 10 of the textbook,
so there are two syllables, with epsilon-upsilon ( ) in one syllable, and alpha ( ) in the other.
Pi-nu (
) is a consonant cluster because it is two consonants in a row. Therefore, we use either rule 4, 5, or 6.
Since the cluster begins a word, we follow rule 5: a consonant cluster that can begin a word goes with the
following vowel (or diphthong). Therefore, Pi-nu (
) goes with the following vowel or diphthong, which in
this case is the diphthong epsilon-upsilon ( ).
Mu ( ) is set by rule 2: a single consonant by itself goes with the following vowel unless it is the final letter of
the word. Since mu ( ) is not next to another consonant, it goes with the following vowel, alpha ( ).
•( •
There are three vowels, none of which are part of a diphthong, so there are three syllables (rule 1).
The consonant cluster
begins a word, so it goes with the following vowel, omicron ( ) (rule 5).
Phi ( ( ) is a single consonant by itself, so it goes with the following vowel, eta ( ) (rule 2).
Tau ( ) is a single consonant by itself, so it goes with the following vowel, eta ( ) (rule 2).
Sigma ( ) is single consonant by itself, but it is also the last letter of the word, so it goes with the preceding
vowel, eta ( ) (rule 2).
•
•
There are three vowels, none of which are part of a diphthong, so there are three syllables (rule 1).
Sigma is a single consonant by itself, so it goes with the following vowel, alpha ( ) (rule 2).
The consonant cluster beta-beta ( ) is a double consonant, since the same consonant occurs twice in a row, so
it is divided. The first beta goes with the preceding vowel, and the second beta goes with the following vowel
(rule 6).
Tau ( ) is a single consonant by itself, so it goes with the following vowel, omicron ( ) (rule 2).
Nu ( ) is a single consonant by itself, but it is also the last letter of the word, so it goes with the preceding
vowel, omicron ( ) (rule 2).
)' • ' •
There are three vowels, none of which are part of a diphthong, so there are three syllables (rule 1).
The only way to do a truly exhaustive search is to check the electronic TLG database, which costs thousands of dollars
and can be found in many theological libraries. But there are several more practical ways to do a search that is close to
exhaustive. Many Bible software programs can do a search that covers the New Testament and the Septuagint, although
they don'
t cover the entire corpus of ancient Greek literature as the TLG does. The Analytical Lexicon of the Greek New
Testament by Mounce and the Barclay Newman dictionary in the back of the UBS New Testament cover every word in
the New Testament. The BDAG lexicon is even more extensive because it covers not only every word in the New
Testament, but it also most words that occur in the LXX and early Christian writings.
Exercise 4: Punctuation and Syllabification
•
The consonant cluster gamma-gamma ( '' ) is a double consonant, since the same consonant occurs twice in a
row, so it is divided. The first gamma goes with the preceding vowel, and the second gamma goes with the
following vowel (rule 6).2
Lambda ( ) is a single consonant by itself, so it goes with the following vowel, omicron ( ) (rule 2).
Sigma ( ) is a single consonant by itself, but it is also the last letter of the word, so it goes with the preceding
vowel, omicron ( ) (rule 2).
•
•
9.
10.
7
)•, •
There are three vowels, none of which are part of a diphthong, so there are three syllables (rule 1).
Nu-theta-rho ( , ) is a consonant cluster because it is three consonants in a row. Checking the lexicon
demonstrates that it cannot begin a word, and hence must be split. Because there are three consonants in a row,
and because there is one vowel or diphthong per syllable (rule 1), the middle consonant theta ( , ) must be
grouped with either the preceding consonant nu ( ) or the following consonant rho ( ). Therefore, we will
either divide it as ( , • ) or as ( • , ). Which cluster can stay together, , or , ? Neither cluster is a double
consonant (rule 6), so we must use either rule 4 or rule 5. Checking the lexicon demonstrates that the consonant
cluster nu-theta ( ,) cannot begin a word, and hence must be split into separate syllables (rule 4), with the first
consonant nu ( ) going with the preceding vowel alpha ( ) and the remaining consonants theta-rho (, ) going
with the following vowel, omega ( ). But is , allowed to stay together? Yes, since it can begin the word
,
, which is found on page 425 in the lexicon in the back of the textbook (rule 5).
• Pi ( ) is a single consonant by itself, so it goes with the following vowel, omicron ( ) (rule 2).
• Sigma ( ) is a single consonant by itself, but it is also the last letter of the word, so it goes with the preceding
vowel, omicron ( ) (rule 2).
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
There are five vowels, none of which are part of a diphthong, so there are five syllables (rule 1). In particular,
epsilon-omega (
) does not form a diphthong, so those two vowels are divided into separate syllables
(rule 3).
Pi, rho, pi, and tau are all single consonants by themselves, so they each go with the following vowel (rule 2).
2
For those who are wondering… It is true that the first gamma is a gamma nasal (pp. 9-10 of the textbook), and the
second gamma is not. Nevertheless, it is still the same consonant twice in a row, and is therefore a double consonant. As
such, rule 6 still applies.
8
This page intentionally left blank.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
Chapters 1 - 4
Review #1
Definitions
1.
What is a gamma nasal, and how is it pronounced?
• A gamma nasal is the letter gamma ( ' ) when followed by gamma ( ' ), kappa ( ), xsi ( - ), or chi ( ).
• In other words, it is the first letter of the consonant clusters '', ' , '-, or ' .
• A gamma nasal is pronounced like the English letter “n.”
• Therefore, the consonant clusters with a gamma nasal are pronounced as follows: '' as “ng,” ' as “nk,”
'- as “nks,” and ' as “nch.”
2.
What is a diphthong?
• A diphthong is two vowels in a row that are pronounced together as one sound in one syllable rather than
separately as two sounds in two syllables.
• The diphthongs that appear in the New Testament are as follows:1
Lower Case Upper Case Transliteration Pronunciation
!
"
#
"#
#
!#
#
3.
.
.
1
aisle
eight
oil
sauerkraut
soup
suite
feud
feud
What is an improper diphthong?
• An improper diphthong is an alpha, eta, or omega with an iota subscript.2
• An improper diphthong is transliterated as if the iota subscript were a normal iota.
• An improper diphthong is pronounced as if the iota subscript did not exist.3
Lower Case Transliteration Pronunciation
.
4.
ai
ei
oi
au
ou
ui
eu
u
ai
i
i
father
obey
tone
Describe when an apostrophe is used.
• An apostrophe ( ) is used in the process of elision. In elision, certain words that end in a vowel substitute an
apostrophe for the final vowel when followed by a word that begins with a vowel. Note that an apostrophe, a
smooth breathing mark, and a coronis (used in the process of crasis, described on pages 111 and 338 of the
textbook) all look identical.
Advanced information: There is one other Greek diphthong,
, which doesn’t occur as a diphthong in the NT
(although
/ occurs in the NT and the diphthong does appear in the LXX).
is pronounced as a diphthong by
combining the two separate sounds into one quick, smooth sound h'
-oo (Herbert Weir Smyth, Greek Grammar, rev.
Gordon M. Messing (Harvard, 1984), 13).
2
Advanced information: When written in capital letters, the iota of an improper diphthong is written as a normal capital
iota (Smyth, 9). As a result, . and
are both written in Greek capital letters as , and can only be distinguished by
context.
3
Advanced information: In the combination alpha-iota, if the alpha is short, the iota will not subscript, forming the
diphthong . And if the alpha is long, the iota will subscript, forming the improper diphthong .. So if you pronounce
short and long alpha differently, pronounce the improper diphthong . as you pronounce a long alpha.
9
10
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
Exercises
1.
Write out the alphabet.
• Lower case:
'+ * ,
/
( 0
• Upper case: 1 2 3 ! 4
56789" &:;#< =$
• Names: alpha, beta, gamma, delta, epsilon, zeta, eta, theta, iota, kappa, lambda, mu, nu, xsi, omicron, pi, rho,
sigma, tau, upsilon, phi, chi, psi, omega.
2.
How are the two sigmas used in one word?
• Lower-case sigma is written ( ) when it is the last letter of a word, and is written (
• E.g., %
.
3.
Give an example of a smooth breathing mark and a rough breathing mark.
•
%
has a smooth breathing mark.
•
has a rough breathing mark.
4.
Punctuation Marks. Match the Greek punctuation mark with its function.
5.
a.
,
semi-colon
b.
.
question mark
c.
˙ (dot above the line)
comma
d.
;
period
) everywhere else.
Accents. Match the appropriate accent marks with their proper name.
a.
circumflex
b.
acute
c.
grave4
6.
How does an accent affect a translation?
• For most words, accent does not affect translation in any way.
• There are a few words that can only be distinguished by their accents. For a list, see page 338 in the textbook.
• Certain personal pronoun forms may have more emphasis if they are accented than if they are not. This is
described on pages 91 and 92 in the textbook.
7.
Syllabification. Divide the following words into syllables.
4
a.
+ •+ •
b.
+ •
•
c.
)•,
d.
•'
e.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
[
can begin the word
, so it stays together.]
[
does not begin any words, so it is divided.]
[See the explanation on page 7 of this answer key (syllabification #9).]
[
does not begin any words, so it is divided.]
[
is a double consonant, so it is divided.]
The word “grave,” when it refers to the accent, can either be pronounced the same as when it refers to a tomb, or it can
be pronounced with the sound of the letter “a” in the word “part.”
Exercise 6
Nominative and Accusative; Definite Article
Parsing
•
•
•
A bullet ( • ) separates the word’s stem from its case ending.
A dash ( – ) indicates the absence of a case ending.
To introduce you to the parsing code used in the answers to the translation questions, we have added a column for it.
The parsing code is explained on page 2 of this answer key. Note that the order for the parsing code is (gender,
number, case), which differs from the order of the columns of the table.
• Although we list multiple possible inflected meanings for some words, you need only list one unless your teacher
instructs otherwise.
Lexical
Parsing
Inflected
Case
Number Gender
Form
Code
Inflected Meaning
Accusative
Singular
Masculine
),
MSA
> •
Nominative
Plural
Feminine
?
FPN
man, mankind, person,
humankind, human being
hours, occasions, moments
•
Accusative
Singular
Feminine
FSA
the
Accusative
Plural
Feminine
FPA
kingdoms
Nominative
Plural
Masculine
MPN
gods
NSNa
the
MPA
words
1.
),
2.
3.
•
4.
5.
•
•
,
,
6.
• – (2x)
Nominative or
Accusative
Singular
Neuter
7.
' •
Accusative
Plural
Masculine
Nominative
Plural
Masculine
MPN
(appointed) times, seasons
Accusative
Plural
Feminine
FPA
the
Accusative
Singular
Masculine
MSA
Christ, Messiah,
Anointed One
8.
9.
10.
•
•
•
'
Warm-up
•
For an explanation of the parsing code and translation style, see pages 1 and 2 of this answer key, in the preface.
.
( FSN the) • ? ( ? FSN hour) • )
The hour {subject} comes {verb}.
The hour comes.
.
%'
(they love) • + (and) •
( MSA the) • ,
(,
They {subject} love {verb} and the god {direct object}.1
And they love God.
'.
1
(he/she/it comes).
)
(he/she/it saved) • %
( %
MSN he) • )
Saved {verb} he {subject} others {direct object}.
He saved others.
MSA God).
( )
MPA others).
God is the one being loved, not the one who is doing the loving, because
,
is in the accusative case and is
therefore the direct object. Furthermore, the verb is plural (“they love”), whereas it would be singular if God were the
one doing the loving. If it were written %'
. (he/she/it loves) +
, , God would be in the nominative case, and
would therefore be the subject (the one doing the action of the verb). The sentence could then be translated “And God
loves.”
11
12
+.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
(I see) •
(now) •
( MSA the) •
(
MSA Jesus) •
(and) •
MPA apostles).
( %
I {subject} see {verb} now the Jesus {direct object} and the apostles {direct object}.
Now I see Jesus and the apostles.
( MPA the) •
%
.
*.
.
( FSN the) • %'
( %'
FSN love) •
The love {subject} is patient {verb}.
Love is patient.
,
(he/she/it is patient).
2
'% (I) • '
(I know) • ? (that) • ( NSNa the) • ) ' ( ) '
finished).
I {subject} know {verb} that the work {subject} is finished {verb}.3
I know that the work is finished.
NSNa work) •
%
(he/she/it made) • ( MSN the) • ' ( ' MSN word) •
Made {verb} the word {subject} the world {direct object}.
The Word made the world.
( MSA the) •
(he/she/it is
(
MSA world).
Translation
1.
%
(I send) •
( MSA the) • )''
( )''
I {subject} send {verb} the messenger {direct object}.
I send the messenger.
2.
%
( %
MPN they) •
( MSA the) • ,
(,
MSA God) • )0
They {subject} the god {direct object} will see {verb}.
They will see God.
3.
MPA them).
%+ +
(he/she/it was teaching) • %
( %
He {subject} was teaching {verb} them {direct object}.
He was teaching them.
4.
3
(Pursue!) •
( FSA the) • %'
Pursue {verb} the love {direct object}.4
Pursue love.
5.
%
(You search) •
( FPA the) • ' ( (' ( FPA Scriptures).
You {subject} search {verb} the Scriptures {direct object}.
You search the Scriptures.
2
( %'
MSA messenger).
(they will see).
FSA love).
) ' could be either nominative or accusative, which is why the parsing code (NSNa) has “Na.” To decide which it
is, we need to understand verbs, which we will beginning in chapter 15! In brief, the verb is passive voice, as is indicated
by the translation given to you, “he/she/it is finished.” A passive-voice verb cannot have a direct object, so
)'
cannot be the direct object. Therefore it is the subject and is in the nominative case, as indicated by the underlining of the
“N” in the parsing code “Na.” If the verb were active voice, as indicated by a translation “he/she/it finished,” then the
verb could have a direct object, and one could translate it as “he/she/it finished the work,” with
) ' as the direct
object and therefore in the accusative case.
3
This sentence is complicated because it has an independent clause and a dependent clause. The independent clause has
the subject “I,” the verb “know,” and the direct object “that the work is finished.” The dependent clause has the subject
“the work,” and the verb “is finished.” The dependent clause does not have a direct object.
4
In both Greek and English, the subject of this sentence is not explicit. The form of the Greek verb implies that the
subject is “you” (plural). The English sentence implies that the subject is “you,” but does not indicate whether it is
singular or plural.
Exercise 6: Nominative and Accusative; Definite Article
6.
7.
13
(he/she/it has come) • ( MSN the) •
(
MSN (appointed) time) •
(and) • )''
(
FSN kingdom) •
,
(of God).
has drawn near) • ( FSN the) •
Has come {verb} the time {subject}, and has drawn near {verb} the kingdom {subject} of god.5
The time has come and the kingdom of God has drawn near.
%
(he/she/it finished) •
MPA words).
( MSN the) •
(
MSN Christ) •
( MPA the) •
'
(
(it
'
Finished {verb} the Christ {subject} the words {direct object}.
Christ finished the words.
8.
6
; ( NSNa the) •
(
NSNa Sabbath) • + (for) •
( MSA the) • ) ,
( ),
MSA
7
humankind) • %'
(he/she/it was made) •
(and) • % (not) • ( MSN the) • ) ,
( ),
MSN
8
(
NSNa Sabbath).
humankind) • + (for) • ( NSNa the) •
The Sabbath {subject} for the humankind was made {verb}, and not the humankind {subject} for the Sabbath.
The Sabbath was made for humankind, and not humankind for the Sabbath.
9.
(and) • %
(he/she/it sent) • %
( %
MPA them) •
(to preach) •
( FSA the) •
(
FSA kingdom) •
,
(of God).
And he {subject} sent {verb} them {direct object} to preach {infinitive verb} the kingdom {direct object} of the
god.9
And he sent them to preach the kingdom of God.
10.
(and) •
(now) • ( FSN the) •
(
FSN kingdom) •
(he/she/it will continue).
And now the kingdom {subject} your not will continue {verb}.
And now your kingdom will not continue.
(your) •
% (not) •
Additional
11.
( MSN the) • + (but) •
(
MSN Paul) • )( (he/she/it said)˙ • ) 0 (I sent) • )
other) • %
( %
MPA apostles).
The but Paul {subject} said {verb}, “I {subject} sent {verb} other apostles {direct object}.”
But Paul said, “I sent other apostles.”
12.
( MSA the) •
(
MSA Christ) •
(they believe) • ( MPN the) • ) ,
10
( ),
MPN people) • ? (because) • '
(they know) •
( FSA the) • %'
( %'
FSA love) •
%
(his).
The Christ {direct object} believe {verb} the people {subject} because they {subject} know {verb} the love {direct
object} his.
The people believe Christ because they know his love.
5
( )
MPA
“Of God” (
, ) modifies “the kingdom” (
). So you can consider “the kingdom of God” to be the
complete subject.
6
;
could be either nominative or accusative, hence the parsing code contains “Na.” The “N” is underlined,
indicating that it is nominative, because the sentence makes sense if it is nominative, but not if it is accusative.
7
;
),
is in the accusative case, but it is not the direct object. Instead it is the object of the preposition + , as
you will learn in chapter 8!
8
;
(the second occurrence in the sentence) could be either nominative or accusative, hence the parsing code
contains “Na” in the case position (the final letter). The “a” is underlined, indicating that in this context, it is accusative
rather than nominative. But the reason that it is accusative is beyond what you have learned thus far. It is the object of
the preposition + , which can take an object in the accusative, but not in the nominative, as you will learn in chapter 8!
9
Advanced information: This is a complicated sentence because it has both an independent clause (“He sent them”) and
a dependent infinitival clause (“to preach the kingdom of God”). “To preach” is an infinitive verb that is the verb of the
infinitival clause. “The kingdom of God” is the direct object of the infinitive; it is not the direct object of “sent,” which is
the verb of the independent clause. This grammar will be explained in chapter 32!
10
The textbook gives several definitions for ? , namely, “that, since, because.” The first definition (“that”) does not
work in the sentence – try it and see! So if a sentence makes no sense when you try to translate it, try other definitions for
the words to see if there is a definition that makes sense in the sentence.
14
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
11
13. 6
(6
MSNx Lamech) • + (and) • %
(he/she/it said) •
Lamech {subject} and said {verb} the words {direct object}.
And Lamech said the words.
( MPA the) •
'
MPA words).
14.
(they pleased) • ( MPN the) • ' ( ' MPN words) •
(
MSA Pilate).
And pleased {verb} the words {subject} the Pilate {direct object}.
And the words pleased Pilate.
15.
( NPNa the) •
(
NPNa Sabbaths) • (
- , (you will keep).
The Sabbaths {direct object} you {subject} will keep {verb}.
You will keep the Sabbaths.
16.
( NPNa the) • ) ' ( ) ' NPNa works)12 •
,
(of God) •
believe).
The works {direct object} of God they {subject} believe {verb}.
They believe the works of God.
17.
(
MSA lord) •
(and) •
(
MSA Christ) • %
(he/she/it made) • ( MSN the) •
,
(,
MSN god) •
%
( %
MSA him).
Lord {direct object}13 and Christ {direct object} made {verb} the god {subject} him {direct object}.
God made him Lord and Christ.
18.
, (he/she/it came) • % (into) •
( MSA the) •
(
( NSNa the) • ( (( NSNa light) • %
14
MSA world) •
(and) • %'
(they loved) • ( MPN the) • ) ,
( ),
MPN people) •
(more) • ( NSNa the) •
(
NSNa darkness) • @(than) •
( NSNa the) • ( (( NSNa light).
The light {subject} came {verb} into the world, and loved {verb} the people {subject} more the darkness {direct
object} than the light {direct object}.
The light came into the world, and the people loved the darkness more than the light.
19.
(and) • %
(they judged) •
( MSA the) •
(
MSA people) •
hour).
And they {subject} judged {verb} the people {direct object} every hour.
And they judged the people every hour.
20.
MPN they) • A
(they lifted up) •
( FPA the) • (
(and) • %
( %
(their).
And they {subject} lifted up {verb} the voices {direct object} their.
And they lifted up their voices.
11
(and) • )
(
'
%
(
%
( MSA the) •
MPN they) •
(every) • ?
((
(they
( ? FSA
FPA voices) •
%
6
is an indeclinable noun. As such, it still has gender, number, and case. Being indeclinable means that it does not
change its form when it changes number and case, so you need to determine the number and case from the context
instead of from the form of the word. The lexicon tells you that 6
is masculine. Since it is a person’s name, it is
unlikely to be plural (and reading the context in Genesis 4:23 confirms that there is only one “Lamech” in view). But
what case is it? If Lamech is nominative, the sentence reads “And Lamech said the words,” which is a reasonable
sentence. But if Lamech is accusative, the sentence reads “And he/she/it said the words the Lamech,” which doesn’t
make sense. The reason it doesn’t make sense is that there is already a direct object (“the words”). Therefore, 6
is
the subject, and is therefore in the nominative case. That is why the parsing code (“MSNx”) ends with an “x;” the word is
nominative, but because the word is indeclinable, we figured out the case based on the context rather than basing it on
the spelling of the word.
12
; ) ' could be either nominative or accusative. It is accusative rather than nominative (“N%” rather than “Na”)
because we already have a subject for the sentence ( % ), and so the sentence does not make sense if ) ' is
nominative (try it!).
13
Actually, “Lord,” “Christ,” and “him” are not direct objects. They are double accusatives of object-complement
(Wallace, 182ff). “Him” is the object. “Lord” and “Christ” are the complements. But this is second-year Greek!
14
is in the accusative case because it is the object of the preposition % , as you’ll learn in chapter 8. It is not the
direct object. Words can be in the accusative case for any of a number of reasons; being the direct object is not the only
reason, although it is one of the most common.
Exercise 7
Genitive and Dative
Parsing
•
A bullet ( • ) separates the word’s stem from its case ending.
• Ignore the “stem” for the article. Just notice that the article uses the normal case endings.
• A dash ( – ) indicates the absence of a case ending.
• To introduce you to the parsing code used in the answers to the translation questions, we have added a column for it.
The parsing code is explained on page 2 of this answer key. Note that the order for the parsing code is (gender,
number, case), which differs from the order of the columns of the table.
• Although we list multiple possible inflected meanings for some words, you need only list one unless your teacher
instructs otherwise.
• After this chapter, we will not put (2x) by parsings that have multiple genders or cases.
Lexical
Parsing
Inflected
Case
Number Gender
Form
Code
Inflected Meaning
BC
• .
Dative
Singular
Feminine
•
Dative
Plural
Genitive
%'
2.
•
DC
4.
•
5.
% ,
• .
6.
•
7.
' •
8.
9.
10.
•
(2x)
%
•
(2x)
(2x)
•
FSD
to a love
Masculine
MPD
to lords
Plural
Feminine
FPG
of sins
Accusative
Plural
Masculine
MPA
the
Dative
Singular
Masculine
MSD
to a man
Accusative
Plural
Masculine
MPA
sons
Genitive
Singular
Masculine
MSG
of a word
Nominative
or Accusative
Plural
Neuter
NPNa
the
Dative
Plural
Masculine
or Neuter
MnPD
to them
Genitive
Singular
Accusative
Plural
%'
),
'
%
Feminine
of a kingdom
FSG/FPA
kingdoms
Write Out the Forms of the Article
M
SN
SG
SD
SA
.
F
N
.
M
F
N
PN
PG
PD
PA
.
Warm-up
•
For an explanation of the parsing code and translation style, see pages 1 and 2 of this answer key, in the preface.
.
)''
( )''
MSN angel) •
Angel of lord.
Angel of the Lord
(
MSG of lord)
.
(
((
FSA voice) • %''
Voice of angels
( )''
MPG of angels)
15
16
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
'.
( FSN the) • %'
( %'
The love of the Christ
The love of Christ
+.
( FPD to the) •
To the sins of the time
.
*.
.
FSN love) •
(
( MnSG of the)1 •
FPD to sins) •
(
((
FSN voice) • ,
(,
MSG of god) •
being)
Voice of god and not of human being
Voice of a god and not of a human being
OR
( MSN the) •
The Lord of Heaven
(
MSN lord) •
(
MSG of Christ)
( MnSG of the) •
(and) •
(
% (not) • % ,
MSG time)
( ),
MSG of human
Voice of God and not of a human being
( MnSG of the) •
(
%
)0 , (you will see) •
( FSA the) • + - (+ - FSA glory) •
You {subject} will see {verb} the glory {direct object} of lord.
You will see the glory of the Lord.
MSG of heaven)
%
(
MSG of lord).
Translation
1.
A
(he/she/it spoke) • %
( %
MnPD to them) • ( MSN the) •
Spoke {verb} to them {indirect object} the Jesus {subject}.
Jesus spoke to them.
2.
2
%
(he/she/it was speaking) • %
( %
MnPD to them) •
( MSA the) • ' (
He/she/it {subject} was speaking {verb} to them {indirect object} the word {direct object}.
He3 was speaking the word to them.
3.
( %'
FSA love) •
( MnSG of the) • ,
( FSA the) • %'
(you have).
The love {direct object} of the god not you {subject} have {verb}.
You do not have the love of God.
(,
4.
%
(we should continue) • . ( FSD to the) •
We {subject} should continue {verb} to the sin?
Should we continue in4 sin?
FSD to a sin);
5.
6.
1
.(
(
MSN Jesus).
MSG of god) •
MSA word).
'
% (not) • )
(
MSN son) •
( MnSG of the) • % ,
(he/she/it will send) • ( MSN the) •
( MPA the) • %''
( )''
MPA angels) •
%
( %
MnSG his).
Will send {verb} the son {subject} of the man the angels {direct object} his.
The Son of Man will send his angels.
%
MSG of man) •
') '
(he/she/it has drawn near) • ' (for) • ( FSN the) •
of the) • %
( %
MPG of heavens).
Has drawn near {verb} for the kingdom {subject} of the heavens.
For the Kingdom of Heaven has drawn near.
(
FSN kingdom) •
( ),
( MfnPG
The word
could be either masculine or neuter. This ambiguity is indicated in the parsing code by “Mn.” But because
it is immediately followed by
, it almost certainly modifies
, and must therefore match it in gender,
number, and case. Therefore, since
is masculine,
is also, and we underline the M in the parsing code MnSG.
2
To know whether
%
is masculine or neuter, you need to look at the context. In the context of Mark 2:2 (from
whence this came), Jesus is speaking to people, so %
is masculine, and we underlined “M” in the parsing code MnPD.
But you don’t know that from the exercise itself, so you could have left the parsing ambiguous by not underlining.
3
To know whether %
refers to ‘he’, ‘she’, or ‘it’ speaking you need to look at the context. In Mark 2:2 (from
whence this came), Jesus is the one speaking, so we wrote “he.”
4
Actually, “to the sin” is not an indirect object. In this sentence, “sin” is actually a dative of reference (Wallace, 144ff),
as you’ll learn in second-year Greek! As a result, we wrote “in” rather than the key word “to” in our final translation.
Exercise 7: Genitive and Dative
17
7.
%
(he/she/it believed) • ( MSN the) • ) ,
( ),
( ' MSD to a word).
Believed {verb} the man {subject} the word {direct object}5.
The man believed the word.
MSN man) •
. ( MnSD to the) •
8.
, . (he/she/it might be made known) •
(now) •
( FPD to the) • %
( %
FPD to the rulers) •
( %FPD to the authorities).
(and) •
( FPD to the) • %He/she/it {subject} might be made known {verb} now to the rulers {indirect object} and to the authorities {indirect
object}.
It might be made known now to the rulers and the authorities.
9.
( FSN the) • %'
( %'
FSN love) •
( MnSG of the) • ,
(,
MSG of god) • %
+
(
+ FPD hearts) •
(our).
been poured) • % (in) •
( FPD the) •
The love {subject} of the god has been poured {verb} in the hearts6 our.
The love of God has been poured in our hearts.
10.
( %
FSN beginning) •
( MnSG of the) • % ''
( % ''
(
MSG of Christ) • E
(
MSG of son) • ,
of Jesus)7 •
Beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ Eson of godF.
The beginning of the Gospel of Jesus Christ E, the Son of GodF.
' .
'
(he/she/it has
NSG gospel) •
(
(,
MSG of god)F.
MSGd
Additional
11. -%
( %FSA authority) • ) (he/she/it has) • ( MSN the) •
(
MSN son) •
( MnSG of the)
• % ,
( ),
MSG of man) • %(
(to forgive) •
(
FSG/FPA sins).
Authority {direct object} has {verb} the son {subject} of the man to forgive {infinitive verb} sins {direct object of
infinitive verb}.
The Son of Man has authority to forgive sins.
12.
( FSN the) • %'
( %'
FSN love) • ' (for) •
( MnSG of the) • ,
(,
MSG of god) • + +
(he/she/it teaches) •
( FSA the) • %( %FSA authority) •
( MnSG of the) •
(
MSG of lord).
The love {subject} for of the god teaches {verb} the authority {direct object} of the lord.
For the love of God teaches the authority of the Lord.
13.
8
( FPN the) • %
( %
FPN rulers) •
( MnSG of the) •
(
MSGx of Israel) • % (not) •
%
(they believed) • ? (that, because) • ( MSN the) •
(
MSN Jesus) •
(he/she/it
hates) •
( FPA the) •
(
FSG/FPA sins).
The rulers {subject} of the Israel not believed {verb} that/because Jesus {subject} hates {verb} the sins {direct
object}.
The rulers of Israel did not believe that [or “because”] Jesus hates sins..9
5
As the footnote in the workbook indicates, this is the direct object even though it is in the dative case. There are a few
verbs that take their direct object in the dative case rather than in the accusative case, and
(the lexical form of
the verb %
) is one of them.
6
+
is not the indirect object. The reason that it is in the dative case is that it is the object of the preposition
% . That is why we did not use the key word “to.” We’ll learn about this in the next chapter!
7
Personal names are often indeclinable. The name
is partially declinable, meaning that although it has gender,
number, and case, some cases share the same form. Specifically,
is used for both the genitive and dative form, as
indicated by “Gd” in the parsing code. Since translating it as a genitive modifier (“of Jesus”) makes sense, and since
translating it as a dative (“to Jesus,” etc.) does not make sense, we know that it is genitive, and indicate this by
underlining the “G” in the parsing code.
8
Because
is indeclinable, the form doesn’t indicate the parsing. We know from the lexicon that it is masculine.
The article indicates that it is masculine singular genitive, so we parse it as MSG, but then append an “x” to the parsing
code to indicate that the word is indeclinable, and we chose this parsing based on the context rather than the form.
9
Notice how the ambiguity of the word ? creates two very different possible meanings for this sentence!
18
14.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
( MSN the) • + (and) • ' ( ' MSN word) •
( MnSG of the) •
(
MSGd of Jesus) • )
FSA authority) • ? (because) • ( MSN the) • ,
(,
MSN god) • A
(he/she/it has) • %( %(he/she/it was) • % (in) • . ( FSD to the) • % . ( %
FSD beginning) •
( MnSG of the) •
(
MSG of world).
The and word {subject} of the Jesus has {verb} authority {direct object} because the god {subject} was {verb} in
the beginning of the world.
And the word of Jesus has authority, because God was in the beginning of the world.
15. '% (I) •
(I do) • ( NSNa the) • ) ' ( ) ' NSNa work) •
( MnSG of the) • )''
( )''
MSG
MSN he) • + (and) • ) (he/she/it has) •
( FSA the) • + - (+ - FSA glory) •
of angel) • %
( %
( MnSG of the) • ,
(,
MSG god).
I {subject} do the work {direct object} of the angel he {subject} and has the glory {direct object} of the god.
I do the work of the angel, and he has the glory of God.
16.
( MPN the) • + (but) •
(
MPN sons) •
( FSG of the) •
(
%
,
(they will be thrown) • % (into) • ( NSNa the) •
(
The but sons {subject} of the kingdom will be thrown {verb} into the darkness.
But the sons of the Kingdom will be thrown into the darkness.
17.
MnSD to him) • ˙ % (in) •
(
FPD sins) •
(you) •
A
(he/she/it said) • % . ( %
'%
, (you were born).
He/she/it {subject} said {verb} to him {indirect object}, “in sins you {subject} were born {verb}.”
He said to him, “you were born in sin.”
18.
(I serve) •
MnSD to the) • % ''
( %
MnSG his).
( MSA the) • ,
(,
MSA god) • ? (because) • %' (I) •
. ( % ''
NSD to gospel) •
( MnSG of the) •
(
FSG/FPA of kingdom) •
10
NSNa darkness) .
(I believe) •
%
MSG of son) •
.(
I {subject} serve {verb} the god {direct object} because I {subject} believe {verb} the gospel {direct object}11 of
the son his.
I serve God because I believe the gospel of his Son.
19.
(and) •
(you) • %
. (you will hear) •
(and) • ?
(merciful) • ) . (you will be) •
( FPD
to the) •
(
FPD to sins) •
( MnSG of the) •
(
MSG people) •
( MnSG of the) •
MSGx of Israel) •
(and) • )
(you will bring) • %
( %
MPA them) • % (into) •
(
( FSA the) • ' (' FSA land).
And you {subject} will hear {verb} and merciful you {subject} will be {verb} with reference to the sins12 of the
people of the Israel and you {subject} will bring {verb} them {direct object} into the land.
And you will hear and be merciful regarding the sins of the people of Israel, and you will bring them into the land.
20.
% (
FSN she) • A
(he/she/it said) • . ( MnSD to the) •
(
MSGd to Jesus) • ? (that) •
> ( > MPN they) • % ' *
(they are angry) • . ( FSD to the) •
.(
FSD to kingdom) •
( ),
MPG of men).
( MfnPG of the) • % ,
She {subject} said {verb} to the Jesus {indirect object} that {or quotation marks} they {subject} are angry {verb} to
the kingdom of the men.
She told Jesus that they are angry at the kingdom of men. OR She said to Jesus, “They are angry at the kingdom of
men.”
10
The parsing of
is surprising, but it follows the rules. The lexicon tells you that it is neuter and that the lexical
form is
. According to noun rule #2, every neuter word has the same form in the nominative and accusative, so
the lexical form
could be either nominative or accusative. So, although it is surprising that a word with lexical
form ending in is neuter, once you know that it is, you know that the form could be either nominative or accusative.
11
. % ''
. is in the dative case, but it is the direct object of the verb
(“I believe”), which takes a direct
object in the dative case. So we do not use the key word “to” for . % ''
..
12
is in the dative case, but it is not the indirect object because sins don’t receive mercy, sinners do. Instead, it
is in the dative case because it is a dative of reference (Wallace, 144-146). So we use a different key word.
Exercise 8
Prepositions and
%
Warm-up
.
1
% ( D in – preposition) • . % ''
.(
% ''
NSD the gospel – object of the preposition % )
In {preposition} the gospel {object of the preposition “in”}
In the Gospel
.
% ( A into – preposition) •
%
(
%
FSA the house – object of the preposition % )
Into {preposition} the house {object of the preposition “into”}
Into the house
'.
(
MSG the John – object of the preposition
( G with – preposition) •
With {preposition} the John {object of the preposition “with”}
With John
+.
(and) • A ( % 3S he/she/it was – modified by the prepositional phrase
( G with – preposition) •
( (MSGx Joseph – object of the preposition
And was lord with {preposition} Joseph {object of the preposition “with”}.
And the Lord was with Joseph.
.
*.
.
> (MSN this) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is)2 •
(MSN the son) •
,
This {subject} is {copulative verb} the son {predicate nominative} of the god.
This is the Son of God.
() •
)
(MSN lord) •
)
( ,
MSG of the god).
, (,
MPN gods) • %
( % 2P you are)
Gods {predicate nominative} you {subject} are {copulative verb}.
You are gods.
,
(MSN the god) • %'
(FSN love) • %
(
The god {subject} love {predicate nominative} is.
God is love.
3S he/she/it is).
Translation
1.
)
(he/she/it comes – modified by the prepositional phrase % A
) • % ( A into – preposition) •
( A
MSA house – object of the preposition % )
He/she/it comes into {preposition modifying “comes”} house {object of the preposition “into”}
She comes into a house.
2.
, (he/she/it came out – modified by the prepositional phrase %- % ) • %- ( %
G from – preposition) •
%
( %
MnSG him/it – object of the preposition %-).
He/she/it came out from {preposition modifying “came out”} him/it {object of the preposition “from”}.
It came out from him.
1
A
%-
Notice that we do not use the key word when translating the object of a preposition.
The parsing for %
is that it is from the lexical form % , and is in the third-person singular. When we parse a verb,
we give much more information than that. But that is all you have learned thus far, so we won’t give the full parsing for
verbs until chapter 16.
19
2
20
3.
4.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
3 - (+ - FSA glory – modified by the prepositional phrase
% ,
)•
( G from – preposition) •
MPG men – object of the preposition
) • % (not) •
(I receive)
% ,
( ),
Glory from {preposition modifying “glory”} men {object of the preposition “from”} not I receive.
I do not receive glory from men.
%
(he/she/it spoke – modified by the prepositional phrase %
)•
(MSN the Jesus) • %
(
FPD parables – object of the preposition % ) •
)
( )
D in – preposition) •
MPD to the crowds).
(
Spoke the Jesus in {preposition modifying “spoke”} parables {object of the preposition “in”} to the crowds
{indirect object}.
Jesus spoke to the crowds in parables.
5.
(and) • %
*
(they were being baptized – modified by the prepositional phrases
%
and %
.
3
+
.) •
(
G by – preposition) •
%
( %
MnSG him – object of the preposition
) • % ( D in
MSD the Jordan – object of the preposition % ).
– preposition) • .
+
.(
+
And they were being baptized by {preposition modifying “they were being baptized”} him {object of the
preposition “by”} in {preposition modifying “they were being baptized”} the Jordan {object of the preposition
“in”}.
And they were being baptized by him in the Jordan.
6.
(MSN lord) • %
(
3S he/she/it is) •
(MSN the son) •
% ,
( ),
(even) •
(
NSG of the Sabbath).
Lord {predicate nominative} is {copulative verb} the son {subject} of man even of the Sabbath.
The Son of Man is lord even of the Sabbath.
7.
5 (and) • %'
(he/she/it came to pass that – modified by the prepositional phrase % %
)•
% ( D in – preposition) • %
(those) •
(
FPD the days – object of the preposition % ) •
A , (he/she/it went – modified by the prepositional phrase % 8 *
2
)•
(MSN Jesus) •
% ( G from – preposition) • 8 *
(FSGx Nazareth – object of the preposition % ) •
2
(
2
FSG of the Galilee) •
(and) • %
, (he/she/it was baptized – modified by the prepositional
phrases %
+
and
) • % ( A in – preposition) •
+
(
+
MSA the
Jordan – object of the preposition % ) •
( G by – preposition) •
(
MSG John – object of the
preposition
).
And it came to pass that in {preposition modifying “it came to pass that”} those the days {object of the preposition
“in”} went Jesus from {preposition modifying “went”} Nazareth {object of the preposition “from”} of the Galilee
and was baptized by {preposition modifying “was baptized”} John {object of the preposition “by”} in {preposition
modifying “was baptized”} the Jordan {object of the preposition “in”}.
And it came to pass that in those days Jesus went from Nazareth of Galilee and was baptized by John in the Jordan.
8.
",
(MSN the god) • %'
(FSN love) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is) • ,
(and) • (MSN the) •
(one
remaining – modified by the prepositional phrase %
. %'
.) • % ( D in – preposition) • . %'
. ( %'
FSD the love – object of the preceding preposition % ) • % ( D in – preposition) • . , . ( ,
MSD the god –
object of the immediately preceding preposition % ) •
(he/she/it remains – modified by the prepositional phrase
MSD him – object of the
%
. , .) •
(and) • ,
(MSN the god) • % ( D in – preposition) • % . ( %
immediately preceding preposition % ) •
(he/she/it remains – modified by the prepositional phrase %
% .).
The god love is, and the one remaining in {preposition modifying “one remaining”} him {object of preposition
“in”} in {preposition modifying “remains”} the god {object of preposition “in”} remains and the god in
{preposition modifying the last occurrence of “remains”} him {object of the last occurrence of the preposition “in”}
remains.
God is love, and the one remaining in love remains in God, and God remains in him.4
3
MSG of man) •
The word
is the preposition
after it has undergone elision. The lexical form is
. An apostrophe was
substituted for the final letter because the first letter of the following word ( % ) begins with a vowel. See section 8.6
on pages 56 and 57 of the textbook for more information.
4
In answer to the question asked in the footnote of the workbook, there are three complete thoughts in this verse. They
are separated with commas in the final translation.
Exercise 8: Prepositions and %
9.
21
(and) • ) ' (he/she/it was saying) • %
( %
MPD to them) • ˙
(NSNa the Sabbath) • +
),
( ),
MSA the humankind – object of the preceding
( A on account of – preposition) •
preposition + ) • %'
(he/she/it was made – modified by the prepositional phrase +
),
)•
(and) • % (not) •
),
(MSN the humankind) • + ( A on account of – preposition modifying the
(NSNa the Sabbath – object of the immediately
understood second occurrence of the verb %'
)5 •
preceding preposition + ).
And he was saying to them, “The Sabbath on account of {preposition modifying “was made”} the humankind
{object of first occurrence of the preposition “on account of”} was made, and not the humankind on account of
{preposition modifying understood verb “was made”} the Sabbath {object of second occurrence of the preposition
“on account of”}.”
And he was saying to them, “The Sabbath was made for humankind, and not humankind for the Sabbath.”
10. 5 (and) •
(MSN the Jesus) •
( G with – preposition) •
( MfnPG the) ,
(disciples –
MnSG his) • %
(he/she/it withdrew – modified by the
object of the preposition
)• %
( %
prepositional phrases
,
and
,
)•
( A towards – preposition) •
,
( ,
FSA the lake – object of the preposition
).
And the Jesus with {preposition modifying “he/she/it withdrew”} the disciples {object of the preposition “with”} his
withdrew towards {preposition modifying “he/she/it withdrew”} the lake {object of the preposition “towards”}.
And Jesus withdrew with his disciples to the lake.
Additional
11.
(MSN the John) •
(and) •
(MSN the Peter) • %
( % 3P they are – modified by the
prepositional phrases
and %
. ) .) •
( G with – preposition) •
(
MSGd the Jesus – object of the preposition
) • % ( D in – preposition) • . ) . (
A
MSD the house –
object of the preposition % ) •
(
MSG of the lord).
The John and the Peter are with {preposition modifying “are”} the Jesus {object of the preposition “with”} in
{preposition modifying “are”} the house {object of the preposition “in”} of the lord.
John and Peter are with Jesus in the house of the Lord.
12.
% ( %
but)6 •
)
( )
MPN the crowds) • %
,
(they traveled – modified by the prepositional
phrases
and %
,
)•
( A to – preposition) •
(
MSA the
,
( ,
FSG the sea –
Jesus – object of the preposition
) • % ( G from – preposition) •
object of the preposition % ) •
2
( 2
FSG of the Galilee).
But the crowds traveled to {preposition modifying “traveled”} the Jesus {object of the preposition “to”} from
{preposition modifying “traveled”} the sea {object of the preposition “from”} of the Galilee.
But the crowds traveled to Jesus from the Sea of Galilee.
13.
(and) •
(and) • A
(he/she/it said) • ,
(MSN the god) • . 8 ( 8 MSDx to the Noah) •
(
MPD to the sons – modified by the prepositional phrase
% )• %
( %
MnSG his) •
(
G with – preposition) •
%
( %
MnSG him – object of the preposition
)…
And said the god to the Noah and to the sons his with {preposition modifying “sons”} him {object of the preposition
“with”}…
And God said to Noah and his sons who were with him…
5
The second clause, translated “and not humankind for the Sabbath” does not have a verb explicitly written. The verb
'%
(“was made”) is omitted because it is understood from the first clause. This understood second occurrence of
%'
is modified by the prepositional phrase +
.
6
% is the conjunction %
after it has undergone elision due to the fact that the next word begins with a vowel.
22
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
14.
(
FSG/FPA the days – object of the preposition
)7
•
(many) • … %
(he/she/it died – modified by the prepositional phrase
)•
(MSN the king) • %'
( )'
FSG of Egypt) •
(and) •
- (they groaned –
MPN the sons) •
(MSGx of Israel) • %
modified by the preposition phrase %
)' ) •
(
)' (
) ' NPG the works – object of the preposition % ) •
(and) •
( G from – preposition) •
%
(they cried out – modified by the prepositional phrases
,
and %
)' ) • …
( A to – preposition) •
,
( ,
MSA the god – object of the preposition
) • % ( G because of –
preposition) •
)' (
) ' NPG the works).
After and the days the many died the king of Egypt and groaned the sons of Israel from {preposition modifying
“groaned”} the works {object of the preposition “from”} and cried out to the god because of {preposition modifying
“cried out”} the works {object of the preposition “because of”}.
And after many days the King of Egypt died, and the sons of Israel groaned from the works and cried out to God
because of the works.
15.
(and) • %
(he/she/it called out to – modified by the prepositional phrase %
%
)• %
MSA him) • )''
(MSN angel) •
(
MSG of lord) • % ( G from – preposition) •
MSG the heaven) •
(and) • A
(he/she/it said) • % . ( %
MnSD to him) • ˙
%
(
%
(MSNx Abraham), •
(MSNx Abraham), • (MSN he) • + (and) • A
(he/she/it said)˙ • %+ (behold) •
%' (I).
And called out to him angel of lord from {preposition modifying “called out”} the heaven {object of the preposition
“from”} and said to him, “Abraham, Abraham.” He and said, “Behold, I.”
And an angel of the Lord called out to him from heaven and said to him, “Abraham, Abraham.” And he said,
“Behold, here I am.”
(
(
A after – preposition) • + (and) •
%
16.
% ( % not) • ' (for) • %
(he/she/it sent – modified by the prepositional phrase %
)•
,
(MSN the god) •
(
MSA the son) • % ( A into – preposition) •
(
MSA the
world – object of the preposition % ) • ? (in order that) •
. (he/she/it might condemn) •
(
MSA the world) • , %
( %
but) • ? (in order that) • , . (he/she/it might be saved – modified by the
prepositional phrase +
% )•
(MSN the world) • + (+
G through) •
%
( %
MSG him –
object of the preposition + ).
Not for sent the god the son into {preposition modifying “sent”} the world {object of the preposition “into”} in
order that he might condemn the world, but in order that might be saved the world through {preposition modifying
“might be saved”} him {object of the preposition “through”}.
For God did not send the Son into the world in order that he might condemn the world, but in order that the world
might be saved through him.
17.
(he/she/it has been transformed – modified by the prepositional phrases %
,
and %
*
) • % ( G from – preposition) •
,
( ,
NSG the death – object of the preposition % ) • %
( A into – preposition) •
*
( * FSA the life – object of the preposition % ).
He/she/it has been transformed from {preposition modifying “transformed”} the death {object of the preposition
“from”} into {preposition modifying “transformed”} the life {object of the preposition “into”}.
He has been transformed from death into life.
18.
,
(
(Believe – modified by the prepositional phrase %
, ) • % ( A in – preposition) •
,
the god – object of the preposition % ) •
(and) • % ( A in) • % (me) •
(believe – modified by
the prepositional phrase % % ).
Believe in {preposition modifying the first “believe”} the god {object of the preceding preposition “in”} and in
{preposition modifying the following “believe”} me {object of the immediately preceding preposition “in”} believe.
Believe in God and believe in me.
7
Remember: nouns ending in
are FPA except if the letter immediately preceding the alpha is epsilon, iota, or rho, in
which case the noun can be either FPA or FSG. Since the letter before
in the word
is rho, the word could be
either FPA or FSG, but the article clarifies that it is FPA. If the article were not there, we would still be able to decide
based on the context by comparing the two possibilities and deciding which made sense. Given that the preposition
means “with” if the object is genitive, or “after” if the object accusative, the possibilities would be “and with the day”
(FSG) or “and after the days” (FPA). Which makes sense in the verse?
Exercise 8: Prepositions and %
19.
23
(you) • A ( % 2S you are) •
(MSN the Christ) •
(MSN the son)8 •
( MSG of the)
(Blessed);
You {subject} are {copulative verb} the Christ {predicate nominative}, the son of the Blessed?
Are you the Christ, the Son of the Blessed?
%
'
20. -%
(he/she/it took – modified by the prepositional phrase % ,
% , ) • + (and) • 7 G (MSN
Moses) •
(
MPA the sons) •
(MSGx of Israel) • % ( G from – preposition) • ,
FSG sea – object of the preposition % ) • % ,
(of red) •
(and) • )' ' (he/she/it led –
(,
modified by the prepositional phrase %
)
:
)• %
( %
MPA them) • % ( A into –
preposition) •
)
( )
FSA the desert – object of the preposition % ) • :
(FSGx of Sur).
Took and Moses the sons of Israel from {preposition modifying “took”} sea of red {object of the preposition
“from”} and led them into {preposition modifying “led”} the desert {object of the preposition “into”} of Sur.
And Moses took the sons of Israel from the Red Sea and led them into the Desert of Sur.
8
is in the nominative case because it is in apposition to
, which is in the nominative case.
24
This page intentionally left blank.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
Exercise 9
Adjectives
Parsing
•
•
•
A bullet ( • ) separates the word’s stem from its case ending. You don’t have to do this.
Since this is an answer key, we listed all possible parsings, even though you were only asked to list one.
To introduce you to the parsing code used in the answers to the translation questions, we have added a column for it.
The parsing code is explained on page 2 of this answer key. Note that the order for the parsing code is (gender,
number, case), which differs from the order of the columns of the table.
• Although we list multiple possible inflected meanings for some words, you need only list one unless your teacher
instructs otherwise.
Lexical
Parsing
Inflected
Case
Number Gender
Form
Code
Inflected Meaning
Genitive
Plural
Masculine,
Feminine, or
Neuter
•
Accusative1
Plural
Feminine
DC
• .
Dative
Singular
IC
•
Nominative or
Accusative
Singular
Accusative
Plural
Masculine
•
Genitive
Singular
Masculine
•
Dative
Plural
Feminine
Nominative or
Accusative
Plural
Neuter
Dative
Singular
Feminine
Accusative
Plural
Feminine
BC
%' , •
HC
•
JC
%
KC
LC
%
MC
% •
• .
NC
BOC
%
•
%' ,
Masculine or
Neuter
Neuter or
Masculine
)
%
%
%
MfnPG
of good
[men/women/things/ones]
FPA
faithful [women]
MnSD
to a bad [man/thing/one]
MSA/NSNa
dead [man/thing/one]
MPA
last [men/ones]
MSG
of [the] world
FPD
to commandments
NPNa
my [things]
FSD
to [the] third [woman]
FPA
each other
[referring to feminine
nouns]
Warm-up
1
.
(MSN the faithful)2 • +
The faithful slave.
.
.
.(
FSD to the third) •
To the third day.
On3 the third day.
(MSN slave)
.(
FSD to a day)
We know that this is plural accusative and could not be singular genitive because the letter preceding the alpha is not
epsilon, iota, or rho, and therefore the singular genitive form is spelled instead of .
2
Comment:
is in the attributive position because the article immediately precedes it and it modifies a noun.
Remember: Article Adjective Attributive. The article in front of an adjective that modifies a noun indicates that the
adjective is attributive. Always! To explain more fully: The four uses of an adjective are substantival, adverbial,
predicate, and attributive. Because the adjective agrees in gender, number, and case with the noun that immediately
follows it (+
), it almost certainly modifies +
, and is therefore either attributive or predicate. Since it has an
article immediately in front of it, it can not be predicate. The only remaining option is attributive.
3
We’ve switched the key word from “to” to “on” because “day” in the dative is likely a dative of time.
25
26
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
'.
(
MSA the son) •
The son, the beloved
The beloved son
+.
(
MSA son) • %'
Son beloved.
A beloved son5
.
*.
.
' (
'
The word the my
My word
(
%'
( %'
4
MSA beloved)
MSA the word) •
(
MPN the sons) •
The sons of the evil
The sons of the evil one
OR
MSA the beloved)
%'
(
%
%
MSA the my)
(
MSG of the evil) (2x)
The sons of evil
(MSN faithful)6 • + (but/and) • ,
Faithful but/and the god.
But God is faithful.
(MSN the god)
Translation
1.
' (MSN the word) • …
(he/she/it will judge) •
)
FSD the last) •
.(
FSD day).
The word… will judge him in the last day.
2.
(
FSN third) •
(and) • %
(they
A (3S he/she/it was) • + (and) • ? (FSN hour) •
crucified) • %
( %
MSA him).
It {subject of “was”} was and hour third {predicate nominative of “was”} and they {subject of “crucified”}
crucified him.7
And it was the third hour when they crucified him.
3.
(MSN father) • %'
The father raises the dead.
4.
,
(MSN the one who sees) •
(
MSA the son) •
(and) •
(who believes) • % ( A
in) • %
( %
MSA him) • ) . (he/she/it has) • *
(* FSA life) • %
( %
MfSA/NSNa eternal), •
(and) • %
(I will raise) • %
( %
MSA him) • %' (SN I) • E % ( D in)F • . %
.
. (FSD
the last day).
The one who sees the son and who believes in him has life eternal and I will raise him I in the last day.
The one who sees the son and believes in him has eternal life, and I myself will raise him in the last day.
4
(he/she/it raises) •
(
%
(
%
MSA him) • % (
D in) •
. %
.(
8
MPA the dead).
Like warm-up exercises and above, the adjective %'
is also attributive, because it modifies
and the
article immediately precedes the adjective. Article Adjective Attributive.
5
Advanced information: Because neither the noun nor the adjective has the article, it may be possible for the adjective to
be predicate rather than attributive, in which case this could be translated “a son is beloved.” Although predicate
adjectives are usually nominative, some grammarians think that on rare occasions an adjective in an oblique case may be
predicate rather than attributive. See Wallace p. 311 and Smyth pp. 275-276 for possible examples.
6
is predicate because it does not have an article, but the noun that it modifies ( , ) does.
7
Some might argue that “hour” is actually the subject and there is no predicate nominative. This would lead to the
translation “and the third hour was.” But this is rather stilted English, so in your translation you would likely still create a
new subject “it” and turn the actual subject “hour” into a predicate nominative, ending up with the translation that we
have above. See Wallace (pp. 40-46, especially pp. 42-43) to understand why even in Greek the subject is the pronoun
“it” that is implied in the verb.
8
Because
does not match anything in gender, number, and case, it can not be attributive or predicate. The
two remaining possibilities are adverbial and substantival. And the substantival translation fits the context nicely,
whereas the adverbial translation “The father raises deadly” does not make any sense.
Exercise 9: Adjectives
27
5.
(not) •
(Be conquered!) •
( G by) •
(
(Conquer!) • % ( D in) • . %' , . ( %' , MnSD the good) •
Not be conquered by the evil, but conquer in the good the evil.
Do not be conquered by evil, but conquer evil with good.
MnSG the evil) • , %
(but) •
(
NSNa the evil).
6.
)
(they will be) •
)
( )
MPN the last) •
(
MPN first) •
(and) •
MPN first) • )
( )
MPN last).
(
Will be the last {subject} first {predicate nominative} and the first {subject} last {predicate nominative}.9
The last will be first, and the first will be last.
7.
(MSN the lord) • % ( G from) •
(he/she/it will rescue) • ( %' SA me) •
) ' (NSG work) •
(
MnSG evil) •
(and) •
(he/she/it will save) • % (
( %
MnSG his) •
%
(FSA the heavenly).
(FSA the kingdom) • %
Will rescue me the lord from every work evil and will save into the kingdom his the heavenly.
The Lord will rescue me from every evil work and save me into his heavenly kingdom.
8.
(Remain!) • % ( D in) • . %'
. ( %'
FSD the love) • . % . ( %
FSD the my) • . % (if) •
( %
FPA the commandments) •
(my) •
(you keep) • ,
(you will remain) • %
( D in) • . %'
. ( %'
FSD the love) •
(my) • , , (even as) • %' (SN I) •
%
( %
FPA the commandments) •
(MnSG of the father) •
( %' SG my) •
(I have kept) •
(and)
•
(I remain) • %
( %
MSG his) • % ( D in) • . %'
. ( %'
FSD the love) • .
? ( > FSN
this) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is) • %
(FSN the commandment) • % ( %
FSN the my) • , ? (that) •
%'
(you love) • %
( %
MPA each other) •
, (as) • %'
(I loved) •
(you).
Remain in the love the my. If the commandments my you keep, you will remain in the love my, even as I the
commandments of the father my I have kept and I remain his in the love. This is the commandment the my, that you
love each other as I loved you.
Remain in my love. If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of
my father and remain in his love. This is my commandment, that you love each other as I loved you.
(every) •
A into) •
%
9.
( %
MnSG his) • ' (for) • %
( % 1P we are) •
(workmanship) • ,
,
(created) • %
( D in) •
.
(MSD Christ Jesus) • % ( D for) • ) '
( ) ' NPD works) • %' , ( %' , MnPD
good) • > (which) •
(he/she/it prepared beforehand) • ,
(MSN the god) • , ? (in order that) •
% ( D in) • %
( %
MnPD them) •
(we might walk).
His for we are workmanship, created in Christ Jesus for works good which prepared beforehand the god, in order
that in them we might walk.
We are his workmanship, created in Christ Jesus for good works which God prepared beforehand, in order that we
might walk in them.
10.
%' , ,
( %' , ,
MSG the
%' ,
),
(MSN the good man) • % ( G from) •
good treasure) • %
(he/she/it brings out) • %' , ( %' , NPNa good) • ,
(and) •
),
(MSN the evil man) • % ( G from) •
,
(
,
MSG the evil treasure) •
%
(he/she/it brings out) •
(
NSNa evil).
The good man from the good treasure brings out good, and the evil man from the evil treasure brings out evil.
The good man from the good treasure brings out good things, and the evil man from the evil treasure brings out evil.
11.
10
(MSN and the Jesus) • %
, (he/she/it answered) • . +
.( +
MSD the slave) • ˙
%
( %
FPN the commandments) •
,
(MSG of the god) •
(
FPN faithful) •
(and)
• %' , ( %' , FPN good) • , % (not) •
(
FPN bad).
And the Jesus answered the slave, “The commandments of the god faithful and true, not evil.”
And Jesus said to the slave, “The commandments of God are faithful and true, not evil.”
9
%
+
How do you know which is the subject and which is the predicate nominative? In English, the subject generally comes
first. But it is not necessarily so in Greek. There is an extended discussion on this in Wallace (pages 40-46). The
applicable rule here is that since there is no pronoun, and only one of the two nominatives has the article, the one with
the article is the subject. Read Wallace and take second-year Greek to find out more!
10
Note that we skipped the key word “to” in the translation because it is the direct object of the verb %
, , which
takes a direct object in the dative case.
28
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
12. % ( D in) • .
.
. (FSD the third day) •
(
MPN the evil) • %%
(
%
MSG the house) •
,
(MSG of the god).
% ( G from) •
In the third day the evil went out from the house of the god.
In the third day, the evil ones went out from the house of God.
13.
%(,
( %(,
MPN the eyes) •
faithful).
The eyes my on the faithful.
My eyes are on the faithful ones.
( %' SG my) • %
G on) •
(
(
,
(they went out) •
MPA the
14. % ( D in) •
'
(
' MPD the words) • 3 + (MSGx of David) •
%
( )
MPD the
last) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is) •
% ,
(MSN the number) •
(
MPG of sons) • 6
(MSGx of Levi) •
(twenty years old) •
(and) • %
(above).
% ( G from) • %
In the words of David the last is the number of sons of Levi from twenty years old and above.
By the last words of David, the number of the sons of Levi were taken from twenty years old and above.
15.
(now) • ' (for) • )'
(I know) • ? (that) • ( . (you fear) •
,
(MSA the god) •
(SN you) •
(and) • % (not) • %(
(you spared) •
(MSG the son) •
( SG your) •
%'
( %'
MSG the beloved) • + (+
A because of) • % ( %' SA me).
Now for I know that you fear the god you and not you spared the son your the beloved because of me.
For now I know that you fear God, and because of me did not spare your beloved son.
16. '
(we know) • ? (that) • %
We know that last hour it is.
We know that it is the last hour.
17.
( )
FSN last) • ?
(FSN hour) • %
(FSN the kingdom) • % ( %
FSN the my) • % (not) • )
MSG the world) •
( ? MnSG this).
•
(
The kingdom the my not is from the world this.
My kingdom is not from this world.
18. ! (if) • %'
(you love) • ( %' SA me) • ,
%
%
FPA the my) •
(you will keep).
If you love me, the commandments the my you will keep.
If you love me, you will keep my commandments.
(
%
( %
( %
11
3S he/she/it is) .
3S he/she/it is) • % (
FPA the commandments) •
%
G from)
(
(behold) • + +
(I have set) •
( G before) •
(
NSG face) •
( SG your) •
(NSNa today) •
*
( * FSA the life) •
(and) •
,
( ,
MSA the death) • ,
%' , ( %' , NSNa the good) •
(and) •
(
NSNa the evil).
Behold, I have set before face your today the life and the death, the good and the evil.
Behold, I have set before your face today life and death, good and evil.
19. %+
20.
(MSN the one who believes) • % ( A in) •
(
MSA the son) • ) (he/she/it has) • *
FSA life) • %
( %
MfSA/NSNa eternal) • ˙ + % ,
(MSN but the one who does not believe) •
.
.(
MSD the son) • % (not) • )0
(he/she/it will see) • *
(* FSA life) • , % ( %
but) •
% ' (FSN the wrath) •
,
(MSG of the god) •
(he/she/it remains) • % ( %
A on) •
%
( %
MSA
(*
him).
The one who believes in the son has life eternal; but the one who does not believe the son not will see life, but the
wrath of the god remains on him.
The one who believes in the son has eternal life; but the one who does not believe the son will not see life, but the
wrath of God remains on him.
11
The subject of the verb %
is the understood pronoun “it.”
Chapters 6-9
Review #2
Grammar
1.
How do you identify the stem of a noun or an adjective?
• The stem of a noun or an adjective is everything from the front of the word through the final letter that is
omicron, alpha, or eta.1 The stem does not include any letters that occur after the final omicron, alpha, or eta. In
the plural genitive, however, the final stem vowel (omicron, alpha, or eta) has been swallowed up by the omega
in the case ending . And in the neuter plural nominative and accusative, the final stem vowel (omicron) has
been swallowed up by the case ending .
2.
Match the following grammatical functions with their proper Greek case.
3.
Direct object
Dative case
Indirect object
Genitive case
Possession
Nominative case
Subject
Accusative case
In the following sentences write the words that correspond to the given functions.
a.
%'
. (he/she/it loves) • ,
gave) •
(MSN the god) •
(MSA the son) •
Subject:
(
(MPN the prophets) •
(MSG of the Jesus) • %
.
is the direct object of )+
.
.
(they spoke) •
% ,
(MSA the word).
'
Subject:
Direct object:
..
is a possessive pronoun that modifies
%
(MPD to the people) •
.. “He” is the subject of )+
is the direct object of %'
Possessive:
(he/she/it
(MnSG his).
is the subject of %'
,
Direct object:
b.
%
(MSA the word) • , .>(to which) • )+
(
'
Possessive:
Indirect object:
4.
% ,
How does the form of the article or any adjective correspond to the noun it modifies?
• They have the same gender, number, and case, but do not necessarily have the same spelling at the end of the
word.
1
Note for future reference: This procedure will need to become more sophisticated when we encounter third-declension
words in chapter 10.
29
30
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
5.
What is the difference between the substantival and adjectival function of an adjective?
• The substantival function of an adjective takes the place of a noun.
• The adjectival function of an adjective does not take the place of a noun. Instead, the noun is still present, and
the adjective modifies the noun.
6.
How can you tell if an adjective is in the attributive or predicate position? How do you translate an adjective if you
cannot tell its position?
• For an adjective to be in either the attributive or predicate position, it must match a nearby substantive in
gender, number, and case. If it matches, and if it has an article, then it is in the attributive position.2 If the
adjective does not have an article, but the substantive it matches does, then the adjective is in the predicate
position. And if neither the adjective nor the substantive it matches has an article, then it could be either
attributive or predicate. In which case, try translating the adjective both ways, and use the translation that makes
the most sense in the context.
7.
Give examples of the two positions of an attributive adjective.
a.
%' ,
“The good man.”
),
This is the first attributive position.
b.
),
%' ,
“The good man” (literally, “the man, the good [one]”).
This is the second attributive position.
c.
),
%' ,
“The good man” (literally, “a man, the good [one]”)
This is the third attributive position, which is advanced information because it is
uncommon. You didn’t need to list this one.
8.
What is the rule that governs whether a feminine noun will exhibit the alpha to eta shift in the feminine singular,
genitive, and dative?
• Rule: A feminine noun with a stem ending in alpha will shift to eta in the feminine singular, genitive, and dative
unless the letter before the alpha is epsilon, iota, or rho.
• Comment: This is important, because the case ending sigma is used in the feminine first declension for both the
singular genitive and the plural accusative. As a result of this rule, when parsing a form that ends in , if the
letter preceding the alpha is epsilon, iota, or rho, the form could be either singular genitive or plural accusative.
Otherwise, it is unambiguously plural accusative, because the singular genitive form of the word would be .
9.
How can you tell if an adjective is used substantivally?
• An adjective is used substantivally if it does not match a substantive in gender, number, and case.
• Nuance: Matching a substantive in gender, number, and case does not necessarily disqualify an adjective from
being substantival, since it is possible that the match is coincidental. Once again, the only sure way to tell is to
try the alternatives and see which fits the context. But coincidental matches are rare, particularly if the adjective
is right next to the substantive, so if it matches, start out by trying attributive or predicate translations to see if
they fit the context.
• Advanced information: Actually, not matching a substantive in gender, number, and case does not guarantee
that the adjective is substantival, since it could be adverbial. The way to distinguish this is to try both in context
and see which fits. But since adverbial adjectives are rare and mostly confined to certain idioms, substantival is
a good guess.
2
We are assuming here that the adjective modifies the substantive that it matches in gender, number, and case. The fact
that it matches and has the article does not guarantee that it is attributive, because it is possible that the match is
coincidental, and the adjective is actually substantival or adverbial rather than modifying the substantive that it matches.
Chapters 6-9: Review #2
31
10. What is a movable nu? Where is it most likely to be found in a noun?
• You can skip this question because its answer is given in chapter 10, which you haven’t yet reached.
• In subsequent printings this question may be removed from the workbook or moved to a different place.
• A movable nu is the letter nu that may or may not be present as the last letter of a word.
• A movable nu is noted in the grammars as ( ). But in an actual text, the parentheses are not there. So, for
example, we learned the verb form % ( ). But in a text we will never see % ( ). Instead, we will either see
%
or %
, and need to be able to recognize either one.
• In a noun, the movable nu is most likely to be found in the plural dative of third declension words, as we’ll learn
in chapter 10!
11. Write out the first six noun rules.
1. Stems ending in alpha or eta or in the first declension,
stems in omicron are in the second,
and consonantal stems are in the third.
2. Every neuter word has the same form in the nominative and accusative.
3. Almost all neuter words end in alpha in the nominative and accusative plural.
4. In the dative singular, the iota subscripts if possible.
5. Vowels often change their length (“ablaut”).
6. In the genitive and dative, the masculine and neuter will always be identical.
12. Write out the full paradigm of the case endings for the first and second declension.
M
F
N
M
–
SN
SG
SD
SA
.
.
.
Parsing
1.
2.
(
'
'
MPD to words)
( %'
FSD to a love)
3.
(
NPNa children)
4.
(
5.
( FPD to the)
6.
(
MSG of world)
7.
(
MPG of (appointed) times)
8.
%'
% ''
.
.
N
F
N
PN
PG
PD
PA
13. Write out the full paradigm of the definite article.
M
F
N
SN
SG
SD
SA
F
( % ''
9.
?'
( ?'
10.
%'
( %'
FPA/FSG sins/of a sin)
NSD to a good news)
MSA/NSNa holy)
FSG of love)
M
PN
PG
PD
PA
32
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
Translation: 1 John 4:1-6
'
( %'
MPN beloved – substantival) • ,
(not) •
(every) •
(
NSD spirit) •
NPNa the spirits) • % (if) • % ( G
(believe!) • %
(but) • +
* (test!) •
(
from) •
,
(MSG the god) • %
(
3S he/she/it is) • , ? (because) •
(
MPN many) •
MPN false prophets) • %,
(they have gone out) • % ( A into) •
0 +
(
(0 +
(
(
MSA the word). • 4:2 % ( D in) •
. ( > MnSD this) • '
(you know) •
(NSNa the spirit) •
,
(MSG of the god)˙ •
(
Every) •
(NSNa spirit) • P ( ? NSNa that) •
'
(he/she/it confesses that) •
(MSA Jesus Christ) • % ( D in) •
(
- FSD flesh) • %
,
,
(MSG the god) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is), • 4:3
(and) •
(
(he/she/it has come) • % ( G from) •
NSNa every) •
(NSNa spirit) • P ( ? NSNa which) •
(not) •
' (confesses) •
%
(MSA the Jesus)
• % ( G from) •
,
(MSG the god) • % (not) • )
( % 3S he/she/it is) •
(and) •
(this) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is) • ( NSNa the)3 •
%
( %
MSG of the antichrist), • P ( P NSNa which) •
%
(you have heard) • ? (that) • )
(he/she/it is coming), •
(and) •
(now) • % ( D in) • .
.(
MSD the world) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is) • )+ (already).
4:4 Q#
( PN you) • % ( G from) •
,
(MSG the god) • %
( % 2P you are), •
(little children),
•
(and) •
(you have overcome) • %
( %
MPA them), • ? (because) •
* (MfSN greater) •
( PD you) • @(than) • % ( D in) • .
.
%
( % 3S he/she/it is) • (MSN the one who is) • % ( D in) •
(
MSD the world). • 4:5
%
( %
MPN they) • % ( G from) •
(
MSG the world) •
( > NSNa this) • % ( G from) •
(
%
( % 3P they are), • + ( A on account of) •
4
MSG the world) •
(they speak) •
(and) •
(MSN the world) • %
( %
MfnPG them) •
%
(he/she/it hears). • 4:6
( %' PN we) • % ( G from) •
,
(MSG the god) • %
( % 1P we are), •
'
(MSN the one who knows) •
,
(MSA the god) • %
(he/she/it hears) •
( %' PG us), • P (MSN
,
(MSG the god) • % (not) • %
(he/she/it
who) • % (not) • )
( % 3S he/she/it is) • % ( G from) •
hears) •
( %' PG us). • % ( G from) •
( > MnSG this) • '
(we know) •
(NSNa the
spirit) •
% ,
( % ,
FSG of the truth) •
(and) •
(NSNa the spirit) •
(
FSG of the deception).
4:1 Beloved, not every spirit believe, but test the spirits if from the god they are,5 because many false prophets have
gone out into the world. 4:2 In this you know the spirit of the god: every spirit that confesses that Jesus Christ in flesh
has come from the god is, 4:3 and every spirit which does not confess the Jesus from the god not is: and this is the of the
antichrist, which you have heard that it is coming, and now in the world is already.
4:4 You from the god are, little children, and you have overcome them, because greater is the one who is in you than
in the world. 4:5 These from the world are, for this reason from the world they speak and the world them hears. We from
the god are, the one who knows the god hears us, who not is from the god not hears us. By this we know the spirit of the
truth and the spirit of the deception.
4:1 Beloved, do not believe every spirit, but test the spirits to discern if they are from God, because many false
prophets have gone out into the world. In this you know the spirit of God: Every spirit that confesses that Jesus Christ
has come in the flesh is from God, 4:3 and every spirit which does not confess that Jesus is from God, is not; and this is
the spirit of the Antichrist, about whom you have heard that he is coming, and he is now already in the world.
4:4 You are from God, little children, and you have overcome them, because greater is the one who is in you than
the one in the world. 4:5 These are from the world. For this reason, from the world they speak and the world hears them.
4:6 We are from God. The one who knows God hears us. Whoever is not from God does not hear us. By this we know the
spirit of the truth and the spirit of deception.
4:1
3
The word that this article modifies has been omitted. Since the word would match the article in gender, number, and
case, the word that has been omitted is NSNa. The neuter singular word that fits the context is
(“spirit”).
4
Don’t use the key word “of” because it is the direct object of the verb %
, which can take a direct object in the
genitive.
5
The verb %
is third person singular, but we have translated it as third person plural because the subject is
,
which is NPNa. Remember, neuter plural subjects often take a singular verb when the author is describing them as a
group and not emphasizing the separate, individual members. See footnote 11 on page 34 of the workbook.
Exercise 10 – Track 1
Third Declension
Write out the master paradigm of all case endings
1st & 2nd Declensions
M
F
N
3rd Declension
M/F
N
–
SN
SG
SD
SA
/–
–
/
–
PN
PG
PD
PA
( )
( )
Parsing
Inflected
•
BC
•
HC
•
DC
•
IC
•–
JC
KC
%
LC
?•
•
Parsing
Code
Inflected
Meaning
FSD
to a flesh
Masculine, Feminine,
or Neuter
MfnSG
of whom? of
which?
Plural
Feminine
FPA
all
Genitive
Singular
Masculine or Neuter
MnSG
of one
Nominative or
Accusative
Singular
Neuter
NSNa
body
Genitive
Plural
Neuter
)
NPG
of names
Accusative
Singular
Masculine
>
MSA
one
MfPN
some ones,
certain ones
FPD
to flesh
NPNa
spirits
Case
Number
Gender
Dative
Singular
Feminine
Genitive
Singular
Accusative
MC
•
Nominative
Plural
Masculine or
Feminine
NC
-•
Dative
Plural
Feminine
Nominative or
Accusative
Plural
Neuter
•
BOC
Lexical
Form
-
>
-
Warm-up
NSD to the name) •
.
. %
(
)
To the name my
To my name
.
%'
( %'
FSA the love) •
'?
MPA the holy [ones]).
The love the among all the holy ones.
The love among all the saints.
'.
% ( A into) •
into flesh one
into one flesh
(
- FSA flesh) •
( %' SG my)
( FSA the) • % (
( > FSA one)
33
A among) •
(
MPA all) •
'
(
34
+.
.
*.
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
( MfnPG of some) • % ,
Of some people the sins
The sins of some people
% ( D in) • .
(
his/of it)
in the body of the flesh his/of it
In the body of his flesh
( MfPN who?) • %
Who are the brothers my?
Who are my brothers?
% ( D in) • .
In the flesh his/of it
In his flesh
(
MPG of people) •
( ),
NSD the body) •
FPN the sins)
- FSG of the flesh) •
(
OR
( %
(
(
%
%
MnSG
In the body of its flesh
3P they are) •
- FSD the flesh) •
%
MPN the brothers) •
%+ (
(
(
MnSG his/its)
%
%+
R( %' SG my)
OR
In its flesh
1.
(
MPN all) • )
All are going to him.
Everyone is going to him.
(they are going) •
2.
(MSN Paul) •
(and) • ; ,
(MSN Timothy) • +
(+
MPN slaves) •
(MSG of
Christ Jesus) •
(
MnPD to all) •
'
( ?'
MPD the holy) • % ( D in) •
.
(MSD
Christ Jesus) •
( MnPD to the) • A
(ones who are) • % ( D in) • <
(<
MPD Philippi).
Paul and Timothy, slaves of Christ Jesus to all the holy ones in Christ Jesus to the ones who are in Philippi.
Paul and Timothy, slaves of Christ Jesus to all the saints in Christ Jesus who are in Philippi.
3.
( NSNa what?) • %' , ( %' , MSA/NSNa good thing) •
(I must do) • ? (in order that) •
might inherit) • *
(* FSA life) • %
( %
MfSA/NSNa eternal);
What good thing must I do in order that I might inherit life eternal?
What good thing must I do in order that I might inherit eternal life?
4.
(and) • %
(they told) • % . ( %
MnSD to him) •
' (MSA the word) •
the lord) •
( D with) •
(
MnPD all) •
(MPD the) • % ( D in) • . % . (
• %
( %
MnSG his).
And they told to him the word of the lord with all the in the house his.
And they spoke the word of the Lord to him, together with everyone in his house.
Translation
(
5.
(and) • ?'
( ?'
MSA/NSNa holy) •
And holy the name his.
And holy is his name.
6.
(he/she/it was speaking) •
( G concerning) •
1
%
( %
MnSG his).
He was speaking concerning the temple of the body his.
He was speaking concerning the temple which is his body.
1
) '
NSG of the body) •
)
A to) •
%
(NSNa the name) •
(
(
MSA him).
%
%
(
%
%
(I
(MSG of
FSD the house)
MnSG his).
MSG the temple) •
(
In answer to the question asked in the workbook footnote, The relationship between
and
is that
is a genitive of apposition, which is why we translated it “which is his body.” That is perhaps a bit stilted for
normal translation, but it emphasizes the point.
Exercise 10 – Track 1: Third Declension
35
7.
%+ (MSN no one) • % ( D by) •
(
NSD spirit) • ,
(MSG of god) •
(when he speaks) •
(MSN Jesus), •
(and) • %+ (MSN no one) •
' (he/she/it says)˙ •
,
(NSNa accursed) •
+
(he/she/it is able) • %
(to say)˙ • 5
(MSN lord) •
(MSN Jesus), • %
(except) • % ( D
by) •
(
NSD spirit) • ' . ( ?'
MnSD holy).
No one by spirit of god when he speaks he says, “Accursed is Jesus.” And no one is able to say, “Lord is Jesus”
except by spirit holy.
No one, when he speaks by the Spirit of God, says, “Jesus is accursed.” And no one is able to say, “Jesus is Lord,”
except by the Holy Spirit.
8.
( NSNa why?) • ( %' SA me) • ' (you call) • %' , ( %' , MSA/NSNa good); •
(except) • > (MSN one) • ,
(MSN the god).
'% , (MSN good) • %
Why me you call good? No one good except one the god.
Why do you call me good? No one is good except one, namely God.2
9.
(
MSA/NPNa who/what?) • '
(they say) •
(
MSA the son) •
% ,
( ?,
Who say the people to be the son3 of the man?
Who do the people say that the Son of Man is?
10.
( MnPD to the) •
(
MnPD to all) • ' '
To the all I have become all.
To all people I have become all things.
),
( ),
of the man);
(I have become) •
%+
MPN the people) •
(
(MSN no one) •
A
(to be) •
4
NPNa all) .
Additional
11.
, *
(I am cleansed) • % ( G from) •
by) •
(
- FSG the body) •
I am cleansed from my sin by the body of Jesus.
(
FSG/FPA sin) •
(MSG of Jesus).
12.
( NPNa the) • ' (for) • %
( )
NPNa names) •
'
( ?'
MfnPG of the saints) •
in the presence of) • . , . (MSD the god) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is) • % ( D in) •
%
%
%
%
MPD the eternal heavens).
The for names of the saints in the presence of the god is in the eternal heavens.
For the names of the saints are in the presence of God in the eternal heavens.
- FPN flesh) •
( %' FSG my) •
NSG of body) •
(
(
G
D
(
13.
(they are consumed) •
your).
Are consumed flesh (plural) of body your.
The flesh of your body is consumed.5
14.
*
(I send greetings) • % ( D in) • %
( )
NSD name) •
(MSG of Jesus Christ), •
MSG of son) •
(
MSG of father)˙ •
( A according to) •
(
- FSA flesh) •
(
(and) •
(NSNa spirit) •
(MnPD to those who are united) •
.(
FSD to every) • %
.
( %
FSD commandment) •
%
( %
MnSG his).
I send greetings in name of Jesus Christ, of son of father, according to flesh and spirit to those who are united to
every commandment his.
I send greetings in the name of Jesus Christ, the Son6 of the Father; to those who are united according to flesh and
spirit to his every commandment.
2
(
(
( %' SG
%
is in apposition to >.
is in the accusative case because it is acting as the subject of the infinitive verb A . We will discuss this in
chapter 32.
4
is in the nominative case because it is the predicate nominative for the copulative verb ' '
.
5
This sentence is difficult to translate because “flesh” is normally thought of as singular rather than plural in English,
and so we need to make the English verb singular to smooth out the translation.
6
This translation takes
as in apposition to
, and adds the English definite article to smooth out the
translation. And it takes
as a genitive modified of
, and adds another English definite article in translation
for smoothness.
3
,
36
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
15.
(and) • %
(he/she/it gave) •
all).
And Adam gave names to all.
16.
(and) • %+
, (he/she/it is vindicated) •
( (FSN the wisdom) • %
all) •
(
NPG the children) •
%
( %
FSG of her).
And is vindicated the wisdom from all the children of her.
And wisdom is vindicated by7 all of her children.
17.
( %'
MPN beloved), •
(not) •
(
MnSD every) •
(
NSD spirit) •
NPNa the spirits) • % (if) • % (
(believe!) • %
(but) • +
* (test!) •
(
from) •
,
(MSG the god) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is).
Beloved, not every spirit believe, but test the spirits if from the god it is.
Beloved, do not believe every spirit, but test the spirits to see if they are from God.
18.
19.
+
(MSNx Adam) • %
( )
NPNa names) •
(
G from) •
(
MnPD to
(
MnPG
'
(
NPNa all) • %
( G before) • %
( %
MnSG him) • %
%+ ( %+ NSNa nothing) •
, (he/she/it is hidden from) •
( %
MnSG his).
All before him is, and nothing is hidden from the purpose his.
Everything is before him, and nothing is hidden from his purpose.
( %
(
G
3S he/she/it is), •
(and) •
FSA the purpose) •
%
(MSN apostle) •
(MSG of Christ Jesus) • + ( G according to) •
(MSN Paul) • %
,
(,
NSG will) • ,
(MSG of god) •
(and) • ; ,
(MSN Timothy) •
%+ ( (MSN the
brother) • . %
.( %
FSD to the church) •
,
(MSG of the god) • . ) . (to the one that is) •
% ( D in) • 5
, . (5
, MSD Corinth) •
( D with) •
'
( ?'
MnPD the saints) •
MnPD all) •
( MnPD to the) • A
(MnPD ones who are) • % ( D in) • ? . ( ? FSD whole) • .
(
S. (
S FSD the Achaia).
Paul, apostle of Christ Jesus according to will of god, and Timothy the brother, to the church of the god, to the one
that is in Corinth, with the saints all the ones who are in whole Achaia.
Paul, an apostle of Christ Jesus according to the will of God, and Timothy the brother, to the church of God that is
in Corinth, along with all the saints who are in all of Achaia.
20. % ( D in) • %'
. ( %'
FSD love) •
(he/she/it received) •
(us) • +
(MSN the lord).
• + ( A on account of) •
%'
( %'
FSA the love), • P (which) • )
(he had) •
( A
towards) •
( %' FPA us), •
> (NSNa blood) • %
( %
MnSG his) • )+
(he/she/it gave) •
( G in behalf of) •
( %' PG us) •
(MSN Jesus Christ) •
(MSN the lord) •
( %'
PG our) • % ( D in) • ,
(,
NSD will) • ,
(MSG of god), •
(and) •
(
- FSA the
flesh) •
( G in behalf of) •
(
- FSG the flesh) •
( %' PG our) •
(and) •
0
FSA the life) •
( G in behalf of) •
0
( 0 - FPG the lives) •
( %' PG our).
( 0
In love he received us the lord. On account of the love which he had towards us, the blood his he gave in behalf of
our Jesus Christ (subject) the lord (subject) our in will of god, and the flesh (object) in behalf of the flesh our and the
life in behalf of the lives our.
In love the Lord received us. On account of the love which he had towards us, Jesus Christ our Lord gave his blood
in our behalf in the will of God, and his8 flesh in behalf of our flesh and his8 life in behalf of our lives.
7
Although the lexicon in the back of the textbook lists “(away) from” as the only meaning for % , it has other meanings
as well, and the meaning “by,” in the sense of “by means of,” fits this context better than “from.”
8
Literally, “the flesh” and “the life,” but the context clarifies that the flesh and the life that were given were his, so we
substituted “his” for “the” to make the English smoother.
Exercise 11 – Track 1
First and Second Person Personal Pronouns
Parsing
Parsing
Code
Inflected Meaning
None
SD
to you (singular)
Plural
None
PD
to you (plural)
Accusative
Singular
Feminine
FSA
faith
IC
Accusative
Singular
None
SA
you
JC
Genitive
Singular
Masculine
MSG
of father
KC
Nominative
Plural
None
PN
you (plural)
Plural
Neuter
?+
NPNa
waters
Plural
None
%'
PA
us
Plural
Feminine
FPNa
faiths
SG!
Singular
None
Masculine or
Neuter
my
MnSG
my
Inflected
Case
Number
Gender
BC
Dative
Singular
HC
Dative
DC
LC
Nominative or
Accusative
Accusative
?+
MC
Nominative or
Accusative
NC
BOC %
(2x)
Genitive
Lexical Form
%'
%
Warm-up
.
) ' (I brought) •
I brought my son to you.
(MSA the son) •
.
(MSN the lord) •
( %' SG my) •
The lord my and the god my.
My Lord and my God.
( %' SG my) •
(and) • ,
'.
(MPN sons) •
Sons of the father your
Sons of your father
+.
% ( D on the basis of) • .
(FSD the faith) •
On the basis of the faith of the name his.
On the basis of faith in his name.
.
1
(MSG of the father) •
(
(
A to) •
(MSN the god) •
(
SA! you).
1
( %' SG my)
PG your)
%
'
(MPD to the words) •
(FSG of the faith) •
++
(FSG/FPA teaching)
To the words of the faith and of the good teaching
(NSG of the name) •
(and) •
%
(
(
%
MnSG his)
FSG of the good) •
Because it has an accent, the word
is the emphatic form, as indicated by the exclamation mark at the end of the
parsing code SA!. Although the form is emphatic, it may or may not emphasis, depending on the context. In particular,
pronouns often use the emphatic form when they are the object of a preposition, even when no emphasis is implied.
37
38
*.
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
*
(they greet) •
(
They greet you the churches all.
All the churches greet you.
% (not) • ) (I have) • ) +
Not I have a husband.
I do not have a husband.
( )
PA you) •
(FPN the churches) •
%
(
FPN all)
MSA a husband).
Translation
1.
%' (SN I)2 • %
(I baptized) •
( PA you) • ?+
( ?+ NSD with water), • %
(MSN he) • + (but) •
(he/she/it will baptize) •
( PA you) • % ( D in) •
(
NSD spirit) • ' . (MnSD
holy).
I baptized you with water, he but will baptize you in spirit holy.
I baptized you with water, but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit.
2.
, (I have come) • % (
%' (SN I) • %
father) •
( %' SG my).
I have come in the name of my father.
3.
%+ (behold!) •
( %' PN we) • %(
(we have left) •
(we have followed) •
( SD you).
Behold, we have left all and we have followed you.
Behold, we have left everything and have followed you.
4.
D on the basis of) • %
(and) •
, (we rejoice) • % ( %
glory) •
,
(MSG of the god).
And we rejoice on the basis of hope of the glory of the god.
And we rejoice on the basis of the hope of the glory of God.
5.
P (who) • @ (-ever) • P ( > NSNa one) •
(MnPG of the these) •
+
(MPG children) • + (NSD the name) •
( %' SG my), • % ( %' SA! me) •
(he/she/it receives) • % ( D on the basis of) • . %
+
(he/she/it receives)3 •
(and) • P (MSN who) • @ (-ever) • % ( %' SA! me) • +
(he/she/it
receives), • % (not) • % ( %' SA! me) • +
(he/she/it receives) • %
(but) •
%
(MSA the
one who sent) • ( %' SA me).
Whoever one of the these children receives on the basis of the name my, me he receives, and whoever me he
receives, not me he receives but the one who sent me.
Whoever receives one of these children in my name, receives me, and whoever receives me, does not receive me but
the one who sent me.
6.
> (MSN one) • ' (for) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is) •
( PG your) • + +
(
MPN all) • + (and) •
( PN you) • %+ ( (MPN brothers) • %
One for is your the teacher, all and you brothers are.
For one is your teacher, and you all are brothers.
7.
2
D in) •
. %
(
NSD the name) •
)
(
NPNa all) •
+ ( %
(MSG of the
(and) • %
FSD hope) •
( %
+ -
,
(FSG of the
(MSN the teacher), •
2P you are).
(and) • %+ (after seeing) •
(MSN the Jesus) •
(FSA the faith) • %
( %
MnPG of
them) • ' (he/she/it says) • .
. (MSD to the paralytic): •
(NSNa child),4 • %(
(they are
forgiven) •
( SG your) •
(FPN the sins).
And after seeing the Jesus {subject} the faith {direct object} of them says to the paralytic, “Child, are forgiven your
the sins.”
And after seeing their faith, Jesus says to the paralytic, “Child, your sins are forgiven.”
In answer to the question asked in the workbook, yes, the use of the personal pronoun implies emphasis in this verse, as
indicated by the fact that not only is there a personal pronoun %' that could have been omitted because the first person
is already implied by the verb, but also by the fact that the point of the verse is to contrast the speaker (John the Baptist)
with Jesus. The personal pronoun alone may or may not indicate emphasis; the context is determinative.
3
The subject of +
is “whoever receives one of these children in my name.”
4
This is being used for direct address (not as the subject), as the comma following it indicates.
Exercise 11 – Track 1: First and Second Person Personal Pronouns
8.
39
(behold!) •
(FSN the mother) •
( SG your) •
(and) •
%+ ( (MPN the brothers) •
(
(and) •
%+ ( ( %+ ( FPN the sisters) •
( SG your)F • )- (outside) • *
(they
seek) • ( SA you). •
(and) • %
, (answering) • %
( %
MnPD them) • ' (he/she/it says): •
(MSN who?) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is) •
(FSN the mother) •
( %' SG my) •
(and) •
%+ (
(MPN the brothers) • E
( %' SG my)F; • … )+ (behold!) •
(FSN the mother) •
( %' SG my) •
( %' SG my). • P (MSN who) • E' (for) F • @ (-ever) •
/
(and) •
%+ ( (MPN the brothers) •
(he/she/it does) • ,
(NSNa the will) •
,
(MSG of the god), • > (MSN this) • %+ ( (MSN brother)
•
( %' SG my) •
(and) • %+ ( (FSN sister) •
(and) •
(FSN mother) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is).
“Behold, the mother your and the brothers your Eand the sisters yourF outside they seek you.” And answering them
he says, “Who is the mother my and the brothers my? … Behold, the mother my and the brothers my. Who
EforF -ever does the will of the god, this one brother my and sister and mother is.”
“Behold, your mother and your brothers Eand your sistersF seek you outside.” And answering them, he says, “Who
is my mother and my brothers? … Behold my mother and my brothers! EForF whoever does the will of God is my
brother and sister and mother.”
%+
SG your) • E
9.
(
NPNa all) •
( %' SD to me) •
+ , (they were given) •
( G by) •
(MSG the
father) •
( %' SG my), •
(and) • %+ (MSN no one) • % '
(he/she/it knows) •
(MSA the
(MSA the father) •
(MSN anyone) •
son) • %
(except) •
(MSN the father), • %+ (and not) •
% '
(he/she/it knows) • %
(except) •
(MSN the son).
All to me were given by the father my, and no one knows the son except the father, and not the father anyone knows
except the son.
All things were given to me by my father, and no one knows the Son except the Father, and no one knows the Father
except the Son.
10. " % (not) • % (1S I am) • % ,
(free); • % (not) • % (1S I am) • %
(MSN apostle); • % (not) •
(MSA Jesus) •
(MSA the lord) •
( %' PG our) •
(I have seen); • % (not) •
)'
( %' SG my) •
( PN you) • %
( % 2P you are) • % ( D in) •
. (MSD lord);
(NSNa the work) •
Not I am free? Not I am apostle? Not Jesus the lord our I have seen? Not the work my you are in lord?
Am I not free? Am I not an apostle? Have I not see Jesus our Lord? Are you not my work in the Lord?
Additional
11.
12.
( PD to you) • + (and) •
%'
(FSN the love) •
faith) • % ( A in) •
(MSA the Jesus).
To you and the love of the god and the faith in the Jesus.
May the love of God and the faith in Jesus be unto you.
,
(NSNa the will) •
(we keep) •
%
,
,
(SG of the god) •
(and) •
(FSN the
(MSG of the god) •
( %' PG our) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is) • ? (that)
(FPA the commandments) •
%' , (FPA the good) • %
( %
MnSG
•
his).
The will of the god our is that we keep the commandments the good his.
The will of our God is that we keep his good commandments.
13.
(and) • %
(he/she/it named) •
(FSA the city) • % ( D on the basis of) •
the name) •
(MSG of the son) • %
( %
MnSG his) • Q!
(MSG Enoch).
And he named the city on the basis of the name of the son his Enoch.
And he named the city after the name of his son, Enoch.
14.
% (not) • ? ( > MSA one) • ,
(MSA god) • )
(we have) •
(and) • ? ( > MSA one) •
(MSA
Christ) •
(and) • ? ( > NSNa one) •
(NSNa spirit) •
(FSG of the grace) •
%
, (NSNa
the one that was poured out) • %( ( %
A on) •
( %' PA us), •
(and) •
( > FSN one) •
(FSN
calling) • % ( D in) •
. (MSD Christ);
Not one god we have and one Christ and one spirit of the grace that was poured out on us, and one calling in Christ?
Do we not have one God, one Christ, one Spirit of the grace that was poured out on us, and one calling in Christ?
. %
(NSD
40
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
15.
(he/she/it will honor) • %
( %
MPA them) •
(MSN the lord) •
(MSN Jesus
(they hope) •
(
- FSD to flesh), • 0
. (0
FSD to
Christ), • % ( A in) • P (MSA whom) • % *
soul), •
(
NSD to spirit), •
(
FSD to faith), • %'
. (FSD to love).
Will honor them the lord Jesus Christ, in whom they hope to flesh, to soul, to spirit, to faith, to love.
The Lord Jesus Christ will honor them, in whom they hope in flesh, in soul, in spirit, in faith, and in love.5
16.
(and) • A
(3S he/she/it said) • ,
(MSN the god)˙ • ( NSNa what?) • %
(you did); • (
(FSN
sound) • ?
( ? NSG of blood) •
%+ ( (MSG of the brother) •
( SG your) •
. (he/she/it is
crying out) •
( A to) • ( %' SA me) • % ( G from) •
' (FSG the earth).
And said the god, “What you did? Sound of blood of the brother your is crying out to me from the earth.
And God said, “What did you do? The sound of your brother’s blood is crying out to me from the earth.”
17.
FPN ways) • + (two) • %
( % 3P they are) • + +
(+ +
FSG of teaching) •
(and) •
(FSG/FPA of authority), • (FSN the) • …
(
(NSG of the light) •
(and) • (FSN the) •
(
NSG of the darkness)˙ • + (
(FSN difference) • + (and) •
(FSN much) •
(MfnPG
of the) • + (two) • + ( + MPG ways).
Ways two are of teaching and of authority, the … of the light and the of the darkness; difference and much of the
two ways.
There are two ways of teaching and of authority, the … way of the light and the way of the darkness; and great is
the difference between the two ways.
18.
(and) • A
(3S he/she/it said) • 3 + (MSNx David) •
.(
FSD to every) • . %
. (FSD to the
congregation) • % '
(bless!) •
(MSA lord) •
,
(MSA the god) •
( PG your) •
(and),
FSN all) •
%
(FSN the congregation) •
(MSA lord) •
• % '
(he/she/it blessed) •
(
,
(MSA the god) •
(MPG of fathers) • %
( %
MnPG of them).
And said David to every the congregation, “Bless lord the god your,” and blessed every the congregation lord the
god of fathers of them.
And David said to the entire congregation, “Bless the Lord, your God.” And the entire congregation blessed the
Lord, the God of their fathers.
19.
(MSN this) • A , (he/she/it came) • % ( A into) •
(FSA witness) • ? (in order that) •
. (he/she/it might witness) •
( G concerning) •
(
(NSG the light), • ? (in order that) •
MPN all) •
(they might believe) • + (+
G through) •
%
( %
MnSG him). • %
(
(not) • A (3S he/she/it was) … • ( (NSNa the light), • % ( %
but) • ? (in order that) •
.
(he/she/it might witness) •
( G concerning) •
(
(NSG the light).
This came into witness in order that he might witness concerning the light, in order that all might believe through
him. Not he was… the light, but in order that he might witness concerning the light.
This one came as a witness, in order that he might witness concerning the light, so that all might believe through
him. He was not … the light, but he came in order that he might witness concerning the light.
( +
+
%-
>
20. 5 (and) •
(MSN Jesus) •
(he/she/it increased) • E % ( D in) • . (FSD the)F • ( . (FSD
(and) •
(FSD favor) •
( D in the presence of) • ,
wisdom) •
(and) •
. (FSD stature) •
(MSD god) •
(and) • % ,
(MPD men).
And Jesus increased Ein theF wisdom and stature and favor in the presence of god and men.
And Jesus increased in wisdom, in stature, and in favor before God and people.
.
English to Greek
1. to me =
2. our =
3. us =
( %' SD), %
( %' PG)
6. to you (plural) =
( PD)
7. I = %' ( %' SN)
8. your =
( SG),
( SG!),
( PG)
( %' PA)
4. you =
( SN), (
PN),
( PA)
5. my =
( %' SG), %
5
( %' SD!)
SA),
(
( %' SG!)
SA!),
(
9. we =
( %' PN)
10. you (plural) =
(
PN),
(
PA)
It is also possible to take the datives as modifying “honor,” so that it reads, “The Lord Jesus Christ, in whom they hope,
will honor them in flesh, in soul, in spirit, in faith, and in love.” But the word order makes this less likely.
Exercise 12 – Track 1
%
Parsing
Inflected
Case
Nominative or
Accusative
Dative
BC
%
HC
Nominative
DC
%
Number
Gender
Lexical Form
Singular
Neuter
Singular
None
Plural
Feminine
%
IC
%
Dative
Plural
JC
%
Accusative
Singular
Masculine or
Neuter
Feminine
Dative
Plural
None
Dative
Singular
KC
%
MC
+
Accusative
Singular
Masculine or
Neuter
Masculine
NC
%
Genitive
Singular
Feminine
Genitive
Plural
None
BOC
%
%
%'
LC
.
%
%
%
Parsing
Code
Inflected Meaning
NSNa
it, same, itself
SD
to you
FPN
they, same, themselves
MnPD
to them, same
FSA
her, same
PD
to us (plural)
MnSD
to him/to it, same
MSA
foot
FSG
of her, same
PG
your
Warm-up
.
%
(MSN he) • A
He said to her
(3S he/she/it said) •
.
( G in behalf of) •
In behalf of her
%
% . (FSD to her)
(FSG her)
'.
++
(MSN the teacher) • %
%
(MnSG his)
The teacher of them is the disciple his.
Their teacher is his disciple.
(MfnPG of them) • %
+.
%
(MPN they) • ' (for) • %
They for are the feet your.
For they are your feet.
3P they are) •
.
% (FSN the same) •
The same flesh
*.
%
(MSN itself) • %(,
Itself the eye is good.
The eye itself is good.
.
(I believe) •
I believe the same thing
( %
+
( %
(
3S he/she/it is) •
MPN the feet) •
,
(PG your).
- (FSN flesh)
%
(MSN the eye) • %
( %
(NSNa the same thing)
41
3S he/she/it is) •
(MSN disciple) •
(MSN good).
42
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
Translation
1.
(
(Bring!) • %
(MSA him) •
( A to) •
(MSA him) •
( A to) • %
(MSA him).
“Bring him to me!” And they brought him to him.
( %' SA me). •
2.
(again) • A (therefore) • %
(MnPD to them) • %
(he/she/it spoke) •
(MSN the Jesus) •
(MSG of the world).
' (saying): • %' (SN I) • % (1S I am) • ( (NSNa the light) •
Again therefore to them spoke the Jesus, saying, “I am the light of the world.”
Therefore, Jesus spoke to them again, saying, “I am the light of the world.”
3.
(MSN he) • + (and) •
''
(he/she/it commanded) •
• %
(to speak).
He and commanded them to no one to speak.
And he commanded them to speak to no one.
4.
(they prayed) •
( G concerning) • %
(MfnPG them) • ?
receive) •
(NSNa spirit) • ?'
(NSNa holy).
They prayed concerning them that they might receive spirit holy.
They prayed concerning them, that they might receive the Holy Spirit.
5.
(MSN Jesus) • %
(MSN himself) • % (not) • %
,
(MPN the disciples) • %
(MnSG his).
Jesus himself not was baptizing but the disciples his.
Jesus himself was not baptizing, but his disciples were.
6.
(MSD the father) •
(and)
(Believe!) •
( %' SD me) • ? (that) • %' (SN I) • % ( D in) • .
(MSN the father) • % ( D in) • %
( %' SD! me)˙ • % (if) • + (but) •
(not), • + ( A on account of) •
) ' (NPNa the works) • % (NPNa themselves) •
(believe!).
Believe me, that I in the father and the father in me; if but not, on account of the works themselves believe.
Believe me, that I am in the Father, and the Father is in me. But if not, then believe on account of the works
themselves.
%
*
(and) • ) '
(MnPD them) •
+
(they brought) •
(
+
(that) •
(he/she/it was baptizing) • %
%
MnSD to no one)
(they might
(but) •
•
7.
(I urge) • + (but) •
( PA you), • %+ ( (PN brothers)1, • + ( G through) •
%
(NSG the name) •
(MSG of the lord) •
( %' PG our) •
(MSG Jesus Christ), • ?
2
(you say) •
(
MPN all).
(that) •
% (NSNa the same thing) • '
I urge but you brothers, through the name of the lord our, Jesus Christ, that the same thing you say all.
But I urge you brothers, through the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that you all say the same thing.
8.
,
(having gone) • A (therefore) • ,
(make disciples of!) •
(
NPNa all) •
),
(NPNa the nations), •
*
(baptizing) • %
(MPA them) • % ( A in) •
)
(NPNa the name) •
(MSG of the father) •
(and) •
(MSG of the son) •
(and) •
'
(NSG of the
(to keep) •
(
NPNa all) • ? (NPNa
holy spirit), • + +
(teaching) • %
(MPA them) •
as much as) • %
(I have commanded) •
( PD you)˙ •
(and) • %+ (behold!) • %' (SN I) • ,
(
G with) •
( PG you) • % (1S I am) •
(
FPA all) •
(FPA the days) • ? ( G
until) •
(FSG the end) •
%
(MSG of the age).
Having gone therefore make disciples of all the nations, baptizing them in the name of the father and of the son and
of the holy spirit, teaching them to keep all as much as I have commanded you; and behold, I with you I am all the
days until the end of the age.
Therefore, having gone, make disciples of all the nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son,
and of the Holy Spirit, teaching them to keep everything I have commanded you; and behold, I am with you all the
days until the end of the age.
1
2
%+ (
is being used for direct address, not as the subject.
(“all”) is the subject of the verb '
(“you say”).
Exercise 12 – Track 1:
43
%
9.
%
(raising up) • + (and) •
%(,
(MPA the eyes) • %
(MfnPG of them) • %+
( %+ MSA
(except) • %
(MSA himself) •
(MSA Jesus) •
(MSA/NSNa alone).
no one)3 • A+ (they saw) • %
Raising up and the eyes of them no one they say except himself Jesus alone.
And raising up their eyes, they saw no one except Jesus himself alone.
10.
+% ( (MPN brothers)4 •
( %' SG my) , •
(rejoice!) • % ( D in) •
. (MSD lord). •
%
the same) • ' ( (to write) •
( PD to you) • %
( %' SD! to me) •
(indeed) • % (not) • %
(troublesome).
Brothers my, rejoice in lord. The same to write to you to me indeed not troublesome.
My brothers, rejoice in the Lord! To write the same things to you indeed is not troublesome to me.
(NPNa
Additional
11.
(MSN the) • + (and) • ,
(MSN disciple) • % (not) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is) •
( A above) •
(MSA the lord) • %
(MnSG his), • > (MSN this) • ' (for) •
(MSN the first) •
MfnPG of the all).
The and disciple not is above the lord his, this for the first of the all.
And a disciple is not above his lord, for this is the first of all.
(
12.
(again) • + (and) •
(MSN the Jesus) • %
, (he/she/it answered) •
ones) • %
(MPN themselves) • %
(they will enter) • % ( A into) •
%
life).
Again and the Jesus answered the believing ones themselves will enter into the same5 life.
And again Jesus answered, “The believing ones themselves will enter into the same life.”
13.
(and) • )+
(he/she/it gave) •
(MSA the fruit) • %
(MnSG of it) •
the husband) • %
(FSG of her) •
(
G with) •
%
(FSG her).
And she gave the fruit of it also to the husband of her with her.
And she gave its fruit also to her husband with her.
14.
(recognizing) •
) ' (NPNa the works) • %
(MnSG his) • %
(SN you) • A (therefore) • % '
(stay away!) • % ( %
G from) •
%
(MnSG him) •
(and) • + ( + NSNa nothing) • % . (MnSD
him) •
(believe!), • ? (because) •
) ' (NPNa the works) • %
(MnSG his) •
(NPNa evil) •
(and) • %
(
(NPNa harmful) •
+
(MPD to the slaves) •
,
(MSG of
% ( % 3P they are) •
the god).
You therefore recognizing the works his stay away from him and nothing him believe, because the works his evil are
and harmful to the slaves of the god.
Therefore, recognizing his works, stay away from him and believe him with regard to nothing, because his works
are evil and harmful to the slaves of God.
15.
(and) • % '
(he/she/it blessed) • ,
(MSN the god) •
8 (MSA the Noah) •
(and) •
(MPA the sons) • %
(MSG his) •
(and) • A
(he/she/it said) • %
(MnPD to them)˙ • %, (be
fruitful!).
And blessed the god {subject} the Noah {direct object} and the sons {direct object} his and said to them, “Be
fruitful!”
And God blessed Noah and his sons, and said to them, “Be fruitful!”
(MPN the believing
*
(FSA the same
(also) •
. % +
(MSD to
16. E % (if) • ,
(MSN the god) • %+ - , (is glorified) • % ( D in) • % . (MnSD him)F •
(also) • ,
(MSN
the god) • + (he/she/it will glorify) • %
(MSA him) • % ( D in) • % . (MnSD him), •
(and) • %,
(immediately) • + (he/she/it will glorify) • %
(MSA him).
EIf the god is glorified in himF also the god will glorify him in him, and immediately he will glorify him.
EIf God is glorified in him, F God will also glorify him in himself, and will glorify him immediately.
3
By its form, %+
could be either MSA or NPNa. But since the meaning of the word is “no one,” it is a word that does
not occur in the plural, and hence it is MSA.
4
This nominative is being used for direct address, not as the subject.
5
%
is in the attributive position, so it is probably acting as an identical adjective, as translated here. Translating it as
an adjectival intensive “the life itself” could also make sense in some contexts, but it is unlikely given that when used as
an adjectival intensive, %
is normally in the predicate position and the nominative case, neither of which is true here.
44
17.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
(MSN himself) • + (but) •
(MSN Jesus) •
%
(MnPD to them).
Himself but Jesus not entrusts him to them.
But Jesus himself did not entrust himself to them.
%
% (not) • %
(he/she/it entrusts) •
%
(MSA him) •
18. 3
(+
FPN varieties) • + (and) •
(
NPG of gifts) • %
( % 3P they are), •
(NSNa the) • + (but) • % (NSNa same) •
(NSNa spirit)˙ •
(and) • +
(+
FPN varieties)
•+
(+
FPG of ministries) • %
( % 3P they are), •
(and) •
%
(MSN the same
lord)˙ •
(and) • +
(+
FPN varieties) • %
'
( % ' NPG of workings) • %
( % 3P
they are), • +
%
,
(MSN the but same god) • % ' (MSN the one who works) •
(NPNa the all)
• % ( D in) •
(MnPD all).6
Varieties and of gifts are, the but same spirit; and varieties of ministries are, and the same lord; and varieties of
workings are, the but same god, the one who works the all in all.
And there are varieties of gifts, but the same Spirit; and there are varieties of ministries, and the same Lord; and
there are varieties of workings, but the same God, the one who works everything in everyone.
19.
(NPNa the same) • ' (for) • %
(they were doing) •
(MfnPG of them).
(MPN the fathers) • %
The same for were doing to the prophets the fathers of them.
For their fathers were doing the same things to the prophets.7
20.
(both) •
(MSA lord) • %
(MSA him) •
,
(MSN the god).
Both lord him and Christ made the god.
God made him both Lord and Christ.
%
(and) •
(
(MPD to the prophets) •
(MSA Christ) • %
(he/she/it made) •
English to Greek
1.
him
2.
its
3.
to them
(MSA)
%
8
(MnSG)
%
(MnPD), or
(FPD)
%
%
4.
their
5.
her (possessive)
6.
his
7.
to it
8.
she
9.
they
%
(FSG)
%
(MnSG)
%
. (MnSD)
%
(FSN)
%
(MPN),
(FPN), or
(NPNa)
%
%
%
10. he
6
(MfnPG)
%
(MSN)
is masculine rather than neuter because it refers to people.
In answer to the question asked in the workbook footnote, the subject is
. The word order emphasizes
%
(“the same things”). The point of the larger context is that we should rejoice when persecuted for Jesus’ name. The
emphasis on
% underscores this by pointing out our commonality with the prophets if we suffer for Jesus’ name.
8
In English, “its” means “belonging to it,” whereas “it’s” is a contraction of “it is.”
7
Exercise 13 – Track 1
Demonstratives
Parsing
Inflected
Case
Number
BC
Genitive
Plural
Accusative
HC
%
DC
IC
JC
%
KC
LC
MC
?
Lexical Form
MfnPG
of these
%
FPA
those
Accusative
Singular
None
%'
SA
me
Nominative
Singular
Feminine
FSN
she, same, herself
Singular
Neuter
NSNa
that
Singular
Masculine or Neuter
MnSD
to one
Plural
Neuter
>
NPNa
these
Singular
Feminine
>
FSN
this
>
MnSG
of this
PA
us
Nominative
or Accusative
Nominative
%
%
Genitive
Singular
Masculine or Neuter
BOC
Accusative
Plural
None
>
%'
Warm-up
.
% ( G from) •
From the world this
From this world
.
! ( D in) • + (but) •
In but the days those
But in those days
'.
(how?) • %
How is this?
+.
(
Father our
Our father
*.
Inflected Meaning
Plural
>
NC
.
Parsing
Code
Masculine
or Feminine
or Neuter
Feminine
Nominative
or Accusative
Dative
%
Gender
(MSG the world) •
( %
>
(FPD the days) • %
3S he/she/it is) •
MSV father) •
(and) • %
( %
And to those he said
And to them he said
> (MSN this) • %
This is the son my.
This is my son.
(
>
( %
FPD those)
NSNa this);
(PG our)
MnPD to those) •
( %
(
MnSG this)
3S he/she/it is) •
A
(3S he/she/it said)
(MSN the son) •
45
(SG my).
46
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
% ( D in) • .
In the city this
In this city
(FSD the city) •
.(
>
FSD this)
Translation
1.
( > FSA this) •
%
(FSA the commandment) • )
(MSG the father) •
(SG my).
This the commandment I received from the father my.
This commandment I received from my father.
2.
? ( > FSN this) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is) •
%
(FSN commandment).
This is the great and first commandment.
This is the greatest and first commandment.
3.
% (if) •
( > NPNa these things) • )+
(you know), •
% (if) •
(you do) • % ( %
NPNa them).
If you know these things, you are blessed if you do them.
4.
! ( G from) • + (and) •
(FSG the city) • %
( %
FSG that) •
(MPN many) •
%
(they believed) • % ( A in) • %
( %
MSA him) •
:
(MfnPG of the Samaritans) •
+ ( A on account of) •
' (MSA the word) •
'
(FSG of the woman).
From and the city that many believed in him of the Samaritans on account of the word of the woman.
And from that city many of the Samaritans1 believed in him because of the word of the woman.
5.
+
6.
> (MSN this) • A , (he/she/it came) • … ? (in order that) •
. • (he/she/it might bear witness) •
( G concerning) •
(
(NSG the light), • ? (in order that) •
(MPN all) •
(they might
believe) • + % (+
G through) •
%
( %
MnSG him). • % (not) • A (he/she/it was) • %
(MSN that) •
( (NSNa the light), •
(but) • ? (in order that) •
. (he/she/it might bear witness) •
( G
concerning) •
(
(NSG the light).
This came… in order that he might bear witness concerning the light, in order that all might believe through him.
Not was that the light, but in order that he might bear witness concerning the light.
This one came… in order that he might bear witness concerning the light, in order that all might believe through
him. He was not the light, but he came in order that he might bear witness concerning the light.
7.
' (he/she/it says) •
( A to) • %
( %
MSA him) •
lord), • + (give!) •
(SD to me) •
( > NSNa this) •
Says to him the woman, “Lord, give to me this the water.”
The woman says to him, “Lord, give me this water.”
8.
'
(I received) •
(FSN the great) •
G from) •
(and) •
(MPN blessed) • %
(NSNa for this reason) •
(PN you) • % (not) • %
,
(MSG the god) • % (not) • %
( % 2P you are).
For this reason you not hear, because from the god not you are.
For this reason you do not hear, because you are not from God.
(
(FSN first) •
( %
2P you are) •
(you hear), • ? (because) • % (
'
?+
(FSN the woman)˙ •
(NSNa the water).
(
G from) •
MSV
(and) •
(MSN every) • ) (MSN the one who has) •
% + (FSA the hope) •
( > FSA this)
( D on the basis of) • % . ( %
MnSD him) • ' * (he/she/it purifies) •
(
MSA himself), •
, (even as) • %
(MSN that one) • '
(pure) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is).
And every the one who has the hope this on the basis of him purifies himself, even as that one pure is.
And everyone who has this hope on the basis of him purifies himself, even as he is pure.
• %
1
Grammatically,
:
could modify any of the substantives in the sentence (
,
, % , ' ,
and '
). Our clues are word order and what makes sense. Because it is a genitive modifier, :
is likely to
come after the word that it modifies, so ' and '
are unlikely. Modifying %
doesn’t make much sense,
and the next closest one in word order (
) makes a lot of sense in the sentence, so it is the most likely.
Exercise 13 – Track 1: Demonstratives
9.
47
% ( D by) •
.(
FSD what?) • %. (FSD authority) •
( > NPNa these things) •
(you
(SD to you) • )+
(he/she/it gave) •
%(FSA the authority) •
do); • @(or) •
(MSN who?) •
( > FSA this) • ? (in order that) •
( > NPNa these things) •
. (you might do);
By what authority these things you do? Or who to you gave the authority this in order that these things you might
do?
By what authority do you do these things? Or who gave this authority to you in order that you might do these
things?
10. 8 (now) • 0
(FSN the soul) •
(SG my) •
(he/she/it is troubled), •
(and) • (NSNa what?)
• ) (I can say); •
(MSV father), •
(save!) • (SA me) • % ( G from) •
? (FSG the hour) •
(but) • +
(for this reason) • A , (I came) • % ( A into) •
?
( > FSG this); • %
(FSA the hour) •
( > FSA this). •
(MSV father), • + (glorify!) •
(SG your) •
)
(NSNa the name). • A , (he/she/it came) • A (then) • (
(FSN voice) • % ( G from) •
%
(MSG the
heaven) •
(both) • %+ (I glorified) •
(and) •
(again) • + (I will glorify)…. • %
,
(he/she/it answered) •
(MSN Jesus) •
(and) • A
(he/she/it said)˙ • % (not) • + ( A on account of) •
% ( %' SA! me) • (
(FSN the voice) • ? ( > FSN this) • ' '
(he/she/it came) • %
(but) • +
( A on account of) •
(PA you).
Now the soul my is troubled, and what can I say? Father, save me from the hour this? But for this reason I came into
the hour this. Father, glorify your the name. Came then voice from the heaven both I glorified and again I will
glorify…. Answered Jesus and said: not on account my the voice this came but on account your.
“Now my soul is troubled, and what can I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour?’ But for this reason I came to this
hour. Father, glorify your name!” Then a voice came from heaven, saying, “I have both glorified it and I will glorify
it again….” And Jesus answered and said, “This voice did not come for my sake, but for yours.”
Additional
11.
+ '
(FPN the and women) • > ( > FPN these) • % (not) • % + (FSA hope) • )
(they
have) • ? (because) • %
( %
FPD to them) • % (not) • +
(FSN righteousness) • % ( D in) • .
%
(NSD the name) •
(MSG of the Jesus Christ).
The and women these not hope have because to them not righteousness in the name of the Jesus Christ.
And these women do not have hope, because righteousness in the name of Jesus Christ has not been given2 to them.
12.
( G with) •
(MSG the Jesus) •
,
(MPN the twelve disciples) • (MPN the) •
'
(MPA the many words) • %
( %
MPA those) • )
(they heard) • % ( D in) •
% . (MSD the house) •
,
(MSG of the god).
The twelve disciples the with the Jesus the many words those they heard in the house of the god.
The twelve disciples, the ones with Jesus, heard those numerous words in the house of God.
+ +
.
13.
(and) • A
(he/she/it said) • + (MSNx Adam)˙ •
( > NSNa this) •
(now) • %
(NSNa
%
(NPG the bones) •
(SG my) •
(and) •
- (FSN flesh) • % ( G from) •
bone) • % ( G from) •
(FSG the flesh) •
(SG my) • ? ( > FSN this) •
,
(he/she/it will be called) • '
% +
(MSG the man) • %
( %
FSG of her) • %
(,
(FSN woman) • ? (because) • % ( G from) •
(he/she/it was taken) • ? ( > FSN this).
And said Adam: this now bone from the bones my and flesh from the flesh my this will be called woman because
from the man of her was taken this.
And Adam said, “This now is bone from my bones and flesh from my flesh. She will be called ‘woman’ because she
was taken from her husband.”
14.
(and) • %
(he/she/it called) • + (MSNx Adam) •
)
(NSNa the name) •
'
the woman) • %
( %
MnSG his) • 4
(FSN life) • ? (because) • ? ( > FSN this) •
mother) •
(MnPG of all) •
*
(MnPG of the living).
And called Adam the name of the woman his “Life” because this mother of all of the living.
And Adam called the name of his wife, “Life,” because she was the mother of all of the living.
2
(FSG of
(FSN
The verb was omitted from the second clause in this sentence, so “has been given” was added. Depending on the
context, any of a number of verbs could have been added, such as “obtained,” “explained,” “offered,” or “received.”
48
15.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
(FPN many) • '
(FPN women) • %
(they labored) • +
(MfnPG their).
the grace) •
,
(MSG of the god) • %
Many women labored through the grace of the god their.
Many women labored by means of the grace of their God.
(
G through) •
(FSG
16. *
(Seek!) • + (but) •
(
MSA/NSNa first) •
(FSA the kingdom) • E
,
the god)F •
(and) •
+
(FSA the righteousness) • %
( %
MnSG his), •
(and) •
(NPNa these) •
(NPNa all) •
,
(he/she/it will be added) •
(PD to you).
Seek but first the kingdom Eof the godF and the righteousness his, and these all will be added to you.
But seek first the Kingdom Eof GodF and his righteousness, and all these will be added to you.
(MSG of
17.
(NPNa
(NSNa what?) •
(we do) • ? (because) • > (MSN this) •
many) •
(he/she/it is doing) •
(NPNa signs);
What we do because this the man many is doing signs?
What should we do, because this man is doing many signs?
18. ; + + +
%
(MPG of the and twelve apostles) •
he/she/it is) •
( > NPNa these).
Of the and twelve apostles the names is these.
And the names of the twelve apostles are these.
%
),
(MSN the man) •
(NPNa the names) • %
( %
3S
19. % ( D in) • %
.( %
FSD that) • .
. (FSD the day) • '
, (you will know) •
(PN you) • ?
(that) • %' (SN I) • % ( D in) • .
(MSD the father) •
(my) •
(and) •
(PN you) • % ( D in) •
(PD you).
%
(SD!3 me) • %' (SN and I) • % ( D in) •
In that the day you will know you that I in the father my and you in me and I in you.
In that day you will know that I am in my father, and you are in me, and I am in you.
20.
3
(FSG the day) • %
( %
FSG that) • @(or) •
? (FSG
( G concerning) • + (but) •
the hour) • %+ (MSN no one) • A+ (he/she/it knows), • %+ (and not) •
)''
(MPN the angels) • % ( D
in) • %
. (MSD heaven) • %+ (and not) •
(MSN the son), • %
(except) •
(MSN the father).
Concerning but the day that or the hour no one knows, and not the angels in heaven and not the son, except the
father.
But concerning that day and that hour, no one knows, neither the angels in Heaven nor the Son, but only the Father.
This is the emphatic form of the pronoun, as indicated by the exclamation mark at the end of the parsing code SD!. But,
the emphatic form is often used when the pronoun is the object of a preposition, even when no emphasis is implied. So
discern the emphasis based on context.
Exercise 14 – Track 1
Relative Pronouns
Parsing1
Inflected
Case
Number
Gender
BC
?
Nominative or
Accusative
Plural
Neuter
HC
.>
Dative
Singular
Nominative
Singular
Masculine
or Neuter
Feminine
Accusative
Plural
Masculine
Accusative
Plural
Feminine
Nominative
Plural
Masculine
Feminine
DC
IC
%
JC
?
KC
>
LC
>
Genitive
Singular
MC
>
Genitive
Plural
Dative
Singular
Masculine,
Feminine,
or Neuter
Neuter
Accusative
Singular
Feminine
NC
BOC
(
?
Lexical Form
Parsing Code
Inflected Meaning
?
NPNa
that
?
MnSD
to whom/to which
FSN
the
MPA
those
FPA
whom/which/that
MPN
these
?
FSG
of whom/of which
?
MfnPG
of whom/of which
NSD
to a light
FSA
whom/which/that
%
?
>
(
?
Warm-up
.
(NPNa the signs) • P ( ? NPNa which) • %
The signs which he was doing
.
% ''
(FSN the promise) • P ( ? FSA which) •
to us)
The promise which he promised to us
(he/she/it was doing)
%
(MSN he) • %
''
'.
(he/she/it will prepare) •
P (MSN who) •
Who will prepare the way your
Who will prepare your way
+.
P ( > NSNa one) •
(NPG of the boats), • P ( ? NSNa which) • A (he/she/it was) • :
Simon)
One of the boats, which was of Simon
One of the boats, which was Simon’s
.
1
(he/she/it is) •
P (MSN who) • ' (for) • % (not) • )
of) •
(PG of us) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is).
Who for not is against us, on behalf of us is.
For whoever is not against us, is for us.
+
, (
(FSA the way) •
(he/she/it promised) •
G against) •
(PD
(SG your)
(PG us), •
(MSG of
(
G on behalf
For several of these words, if you change the breathing mark and accent, you have a different word! Because the
earliest extant manuscripts lack breathing marks and accents, so the original manuscripts probably did also. Thankfully,
the context usually makes it clear which word is intended even without the breathing marks and accents.
49
50
*.
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
% ( G from) •
(NPG the seven spirits) • P ( ? NPNa which) • %
(MnSG his)
,
(MSG the throne) • %
From the seven spirits which before the throne his
From the seven spirits which are before his throne
(MSN the god) •
%
(FSG of the peace) • P (MSN who) • )
(PG you)
The god of the peace who will be with you
The God of peace, who will be with you
(
G before) •
(he/she/it will be) •
,
, (
G with) •
Translation
1.
(NPNa the words) • P ( ? NPNa which) • %' (SN I) •
(NSNa spirit) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is) •
(and) • *
The words which I have spoken to you spirit is and life is.
The words that I have spoken to you are spirit and are life.
2.
%
(they believed) • . ' ( . (FSD the Scripture) •
(and) •
which) • A
(he/she/it said) •
(MSN the Jesus).
They believed the Scripture and the word which said the Jesus.
They believed the Scripture and the word which Jesus said.
3.
2
* (I make known) • + (and) •
(PD to you), • %+ ( (PNv brothers), •
% ''
(NSNa the
Gospel) • P ( ? NSNa which) • % ''
(I preached) •
(PD to you), • P ( ? NSNa which) •
(also) •
(you received), • % ( D in) • >.( ? MnSD which) •
(also) •
(you stand), • + ( G
through) • >( ? MnSG which) •
(also) • .* , (you are saved).
And I make known to you, brothers, the Gospel which I preached to you, which also you received, in which also you
stand, and through which also you are saved.
4.
(FSD to grace) • + (and) • ,
(MSG of god) • %
To grace and of god I am which I am.
And by the grace of God, I am what I am.
5.
)
• (he/she/it comes) • ? (FSN hour) • % ( D in) • >.( ? FSD which) •
(NPD the tombs) • %
(they will hear) •
(
( D in) •
his).
Comes hour in which all the in the tombs will hear the voice his.
An hour comes in which all the ones in the tombs will hear his voice.
6.
P (MSN who) • ' (for) • % (-ever) • , . (he/she/it wishes) •
0
(FSA the life) • %
(MnSG his) •
(to save) • %
(he/she/it will lose)2 • %
(FSA it)T • P (MSN who) • + (+ but) • @ (-ever) •
%
(he/she/it will lose) •
0
(FSA the life) • %
(MnSG his) • ?
( G because of) • %
(SG!
of me) •
(and) •
% ''
(NSG the gospel) •
(he/she/it will save) • %
(FSA it).
Who for ever wishes the life his to save will lose it; who but ever will lose the life his because of me and the Gospel
will save it.
For whoever wishes to save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life because of me and the Gospel will save it.
7.
% ,
(speaking the truth) • + (but) • % ( D in) • %'
. (FSD love) • %(let us grow) • % ( A
into) • %
(MSA him) • … ? (MSN who) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is) •
(
(FSN the head), •
(MSN
Christ).
Speaking the truth but in love let us grow into him… who is the head, Christ
But speaking the truth in love, let us grow into him who is the head, namely, Christ.
8.
(just as) • ' (for) •
(MSN the father) • %'
• (he/she/it raises) •
(MPA the dead) •
(and) • * .
(he/she/it gives life), • ? (in this manner) •
(also) •
(MSN the son) • P ( ? MPA
whom) • ,
(he/she/it wishes) • * .
(he/she/it gives life to).
Just as for the father raises the dead and gives life, in this manner also the son whom he wishes he gives life to.
For just as the Father raises the dead and gives life, in this manner also the Son gives life to whom he wishes.
2
(I have spoken) •
(PD to you) •
(FSN life) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is).
.
(1S I am) • ?( ? NSNa which) • %
?
The subject of %
' . (MSD the word) • P ( ? MSA
is the relative clause “whoever wishes to save his life.”
(1S I am).
(MPN all) • (MPN the) • %
(FSG the voice) • %
(MnSG
Exercise 14 – Track 1: Relative Pronouns
51
9.
(now) • + (and) • *
(you seek) • (SA me) • %
(to kill) • ) ,
(MSA man) • P (MSN who)
(PD to you) •
(I have spoken) • P ( ? FSA which) • )
(I
•
% ,
(FSA the truth) •
heard) •
( G from) •
,
(MSG the god).
Now and you seek me to kill man who the truth to you I have spoken which I heard from the god.
And now you seek to kill me, a man who told you the truth; I have spoken that which I heard from God.
10.
(and) •
(PN we) •
(witnesses) •
(MnPG of all) • > ( ? MfnPG which) • %
(he/she/it did) • ) ( D in)3 • (and) • .
. (FSD the region) •
+
(MPG of the Jews) •
E % ( D in)F •
(FSDx Jerusalem)
And we are witness of all that he did both in the region of the Jews and in Jerusalem.
(and) •
Additional
11.
( A according to) •
% ''
(NSNa the Gospel) •
(MSG of the John) •
(MSN the
(NPNa great) •
(and) •
(NPNa many) • %
Jesus) • %
(he/she/it did) •
(NPNa signs) • '
( D in) • .
(FSD the city) •
(FSG of the Jerusalem), • ?( ? NPNa which)•
)
(MPN the
crowds) • A+ (they saw).
According to the Gospel of the John, the Jesus did signs great and many in the city of the Jerusalem, which the
crowds saw.
According to the Gospel of John, Jesus did great and many signs in the city of Jerusalem, which the crowds saw.
12.
(MSN the man) •
(and) • '
(FSN the woman) • > ( ? MnPD to whom) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is) •
( % 3P they are) • % ( D in) • . + . (FSD the road) •
(MSN the house) • > (MSN this) • %
( A to) •
(NSNa the boat) • %
(MfnPG their) • % ( D on) • . ,
. (FSD the lake).
The man and the woman to whom is the house this are in the road to the boat their on the lake.
The man and the woman, to whom belongs4 this house, are on the way to their boat on the lake.
%
A
13.
(and) • )+
(he/she/it gave) •
%+
(NPNa the foods) • … P ( ? NPNa which) • %
(he/she/it
(FPA the hands) •
(MSGx of Jacob) •
(MSG of the son) • %
made) • % ( A into) •
(FSG of her).
And she gave the foods … which she made into the hands of Jacob the son of her.
And she gave the food…, which she made, into the hands of Jacob her son.
14.
(FSN the grace) •
(MSG of the lord) •
(PG our) •
(MSG of Jesus Christ) •
, ( G with) •
(PG you) •
(and) •
( G with) •
(MnPG all) • …
(MfnPG of
,
(MSG the god) •
(and) • + ( G through) • %
the ones who have been called) •
( G by) •
(MnSG him), • + ( G through) • >( ? MnSG whom) • % . (MnSD to him) • + - (FSN glory), • … ,
(MSN
%
(MPG the ages) • % ( A into) •
%
(MPA
throne) • %
(MfSN eternal) • % ( G from) •
the ages) •
%
(MfnPG of the ages). • %
(Amen).
The grace of the lord our Jesus Christ with you and with all… of the ones who have been called by the god and
through him, through whom to him glory,… throne eternal from the ages into the ages of the ages. Amen.
The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you and with all… the ones who have been called by God and through
him, through whom be glory to him, … eternal throne from the ages to the ages of the ages. Amen.
15.
* , (be saved!), • %'
(FSG of love) •
(NPNa children) •
(and) • %
(FSG of peace). •
(MSN the lord) •
+ - (FSG of the glory) •
(and) •
(FSG of every) •
(FSG of grace) •
( G with) •
(NSG the spirit) •
(PG your).
Be saved, of love children and of peace. The lord of the glory and of every grace with the spirit your.
Farewell, children of love and peace! The Lord of glory and of every grace be with your spirit.
3
Don’t get thrown off by the fact that the word % gained an accent to become ) . It gained an accent because it is
followed by the word , which gives up its accent to the preceding word. Instead of memorizing all 61 accent rules
(D.A. Carson, Greek Accents, Baker Books, 1985), simply memorize the few sets of words that are distinguished only by
their accents (see page 338 in the appendix of the textbook). A more complete list of such words is given in (Mounce,
Morphology of Biblical Greek, Zondervan, 1984, 61-63).
4
The dative > is a dative of possession (Wallace, 149-151), which we clarified by translating %
as “belongs.”
52
16.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
'
(MSN Ignatius), • (MSN the) •
(also) •
(
(MSN Theophorus), • . % '
. (FSD to the one
(FSD grace) • ,
(MSG of god) •
(MSG of father) • % ( D in) •
who is blessed) • % ( D in) •
.
(MSD Christ Jesus) • .
(MSD the savior) •
(PG our), • % ( D in) • >.(MnSD whom) •
%
*
(I greet) •
%
(FSA the church).
Ignatius, the also Theophorus, to the one who is blessed in grace of god of father in Christ Jesus the savior our in
whom I greet the church.
Ignatius, the one also called Theophorus, to the one who is blessed in the grace of God the Father, in Christ Jesus
our savior, in whom I greet the church.
17. %
(MSN that) •
(SD to me) • A
(he/she/it said)T • %( ( %
A on) • P ( ? MSA whom) • @ (-ever) • )+ .
(descending) •
(and) •
(remaining) • % ( A on) •
(you see) •
(NSNa the spirit) •
%
(MSA him), • > (MSN this) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is) •
* (MSN the one who baptizes) • % ( D
in) •
(NSD spirit) • ' . (MnSD holy). • %' (SN and I) •
(I have seen), •
(and) •
(I have witnessed) • ? (that) • > (MSN this) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is) •
(MSN the son) •
,
(MSG of the god).
That to me said: on whomever you see the spirit descending and remaining on him, this is the one who baptizes in
spirit holy. And I have seen and I have witnessed that this is the son of the god.
That one said to me, “On whomever you see the spirit descending and remaining on him, he is the one who baptizes
in the Holy Spirit.” And I have seen and witnessed that this is the Son of God.
18.
)'' * (he/she/it has drawn near) •
(MSN the time) •
% ''
(FSG of the promise) • > ( ? FSG
which)5 •
'
(he/she/it promised) • ,
(MSN the god) • .
(MSD to the Abraham).
Has drawn near the time of the promise, which promised the god to the Abraham.
The time of promise has drawn near, which God promised to Abraham.
19.
(and) •
(MSA lord) • %
(MSA him) •
(and) •
(MSA Christ) • %
(MSA this) •
(MSA the Jesus) • P ( ? MSA whom) •
,
(MSN the god), •
%
(you crucified).
And lord him and Christ made the god, this the Jesus whom you crucified.
God made him both Lord and Christ, this Jesus whom you crucified.
20.
P ( ? NPNa which) • + (and) • ' ( (I write) •
(PD to you), • %+
(I lie).
,
(MSG the god) • ? (that) • % (not) • 0 +
Which and I write to you, behold before the god that not I lie.
And which things I write to you. Behold, before God, that I do not lie.
5
(behold!) • %
(he/she/it made) •
(PN you) •
(
G before) •
We would expect the relative pronoun to be ? (FSA) instead of ? (FSG) because it is the direct object of the verb
'
. The reason that it is genitive rather than accusative is that it was attracted to the case of its antecedent
% ''
. We do not use the key word “of” here because it is a direct object instead of a genitive modifier.
Chapters 10 - 14
Review #3 – Track 1
Grammar
1.
Explain how the stem was modified in the following inflected forms. Start by writing out the word’s stem, add the
case ending, show the final form, and explain the changes.
a.
(stem) + (3rd declension FSN case ending)
- is formed by
of stops, kappa + sigma
b.
)
- (because from the table
xsi).
(stem) + – (3rd declension NSNa case ending is blank)
is formed by %
%
%
(because of noun rule 8: “A tau cannot stand at the end of a word and will drop off.”)
c.
is formed by
(3rd declension FPD case ending is
(stem) +
(because from the table of stops, tau + sigma
d.
is formed by
sigma)
U (stem ends in consonantal iota) +
(because consonantal iota + omicron
e.
is formed by
stops, tau + sigma
2.
U
in this instance)
(because from the table of
(because of noun rule 8: “nu drops out when followed by sigma.”)
Write out the seventh and eighth noun rules.
•
Noun rule 7 is the Square of Stops with the rightmost column (below) added, plus the fact that nu drops out
when followed by sigma.
Unvoiced
Labial
Velar
Dental
•
3.
(3rd declension FSG case ending)
(stem) + (3rd declension MSN case ending)
sigma)
( ))
Voiced
'
+
Aspirate
+
(
0
-
,
Noun rule 8: “A tau cannot stand at the end of a word and will drop off.”
Describe what happens when you add a sigma to the following stops.
a.
+
b.
+
c.
++
d.
+
e.
'+
-
f.
+
-
0
0
53
54
4.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
List the case endings
1st & 2nd Declensions
M
F
N
SN
SG
SD
SA
3rd Declension
M/F
N
–
PN
PG
PD
PA
5.
/–
–
/
–
( )
( )
What determines the case, number, and gender of a personal pronoun?
a.
Case is determined by the function of the personal pronoun in its clause.
b.
Number and gender are determined by the number and gender of the antecedent of the personal pronoun.
The first and second person personal pronouns (with lexical forms %' and
6.
Write out the paradigm of the English personal pronouns.
First Person Second Person
Subjective Singular
Possessive Singular
Objective Singular
7.
What are the three uses of
a.
Subjective Plural
Possessive Plural
Objective Plural
Second Person
we
our
us
you
your
you
?
Usually translated as a third-person pronoun: he, she, it, his, her, its, to him, to her, to it, him, her, it, they,
their, to them, or them.
Adjectival intensive
•
•
•
c.
%
you
your
you
First Person
Personal pronoun
•
b.
I
my
me
), however, do not have gender.
Translated as “himself,” “herself,” “itself,” or “themselves.”
Usually in the predicate position.
Usually in the nominative case.
Identical adjective
•
•
Translated as “same,” as in “the same woman.”
Usually in the attributive position.
8.
How do you distinguish the form of the feminine personal pronoun from the feminine demonstrative?
• By the start of the word: The feminine demonstrative1 always has either a rough breathing mark ( ? and
> ) or else begins with tau (
,
.,
,
,
, and
). The feminine personal
pronoun always begins with %, so it never has a rough breathing and never begins with tau.
9.
In what adjectival position will you find the demonstratives when they are modifying nouns?
• When a demonstrative modifies a noun, it is in the predicate position (e.g., “this the man” or “the man this”).
10. What are the four basic rules of the vocative?
1
a.
In the plural, the vocative is always identical to the nominative plural.
b.
In the singular first declension, the vocative is the same as the nominative.
This question refers to the nearby demonstrative (“this”), with lexical form > . The distant demonstrative (“that”),
with lexical form %
, is unlikely to be confused with the third person feminine personal pronoun.
Chapters 10 - 14: Review #3 – Track 1
c.
55
In the singular second declension, the vocative ending is usually epsilon. Note that unlike other case endings
(except for the NPNa case ending ), the epsilon is not simply appended to the end of the stem. Instead, the
epsilon replaces the stem vowel omicron, so we have ) ,
d.
, not % ,
.2
In the singular third declension, the vocative is usually the bare stem of the word, sometimes with the stem
vowel being changed due to ablaut.
11. What determines the case, number, and gender of a relative pronoun?
a.
The case of a relative pronoun is set by its function in its relative clause.3
b.
The number and gender of a relative pronoun match the number and gender of its antecedent.
12. How do you distinguish the form of the relative pronoun from the article?
• The relative pronoun always has both a rough breathing and an accent (e.g., ?). The article always has one or
the other (e.g., or ), but never both. So if there is both a rough breathing and an accent, it is the relative
pronoun. Otherwise, it is the article.
Parsing
1.
2.
%
FPD to cities)
( )
NSD to a name)
( %' PA us)
3.
4.
?
5.
(
>
(
7.
FSN this)
( ? MSA whom)
?
6.
8.
(
FSA all)
( %
%
FPD to churches)
( %' SD! to me, %
%
9.
(
10.
( FSN the)
11.
>
12.
13.
14. %
15.
(
( %
?+
MPA these)
( ? MnPD to whom/to which)
(
+
>
MPN our)
( ?+
MnPD to much/to many)
MSD to a foot)
NPNa they/them)
NSNa water)
Translation: 1 John 1:5-2:5
1:5 5 (and) • )
( % 3S he/she/it is) • ? (FSN this) •
%''
(FSN the message) • P ( ? FSA which) •
%
(we have heard) • % ( G from) • %
(MnSG him) •
(and) • % ''
(we proclaim) •
(PD
to you), • ? (that) • ,
(MSN the god) • ( (NSNa light) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is) •
(and) •
(FSN
darkness) • % ( D in) • % . (MnSD him) • % (not) • )
( % 3S he/she/it is) • %+
(FSN nothing). • 1:6 !
(if) • )
(we say) • ? (that) •
(FSA fellowship) • )
(we have) •
( G with) • %
(MnSG
him) •
(and) • % ( D in) • .
(NSD the darkness) •
(we are walking), • 0 + , (we lie) •
2
Advanced information for when you reach the contract vowel rules in chapter 17: the epsilon replaces the final stem
vowel, it does not contract with it.
3
Except when the relative pronoun is attracted to the case of its antecedent. See section page 120 of the textbook.
56
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
(and) • % (not) •
(we do) •
% ,
(FSA the truth)T • 1:7 % (if) • + (but) • % ( D in) • . (
(we walk) •
(as) • %
(MSN he) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is) • % ( D in) • . (
(NSD the light) •
(NSD the light), •
(FSA fellowship) • )
(we have) •
( G with) • %
(MfnPG one another) •
(and) •
> (NSNa the blood) •
(MSG of Jesus) •
(MSG of the son) • %
(MnSG his) • , *
(he/she/it cleanses) •
(PA us) • % ( G from) •
(FSG all) •
(FSG/FPA sin). • 1:8 % (if) • )
(we have), •
(
MPA ourselves) •
(we say) • ? (that) •
(FSA sin) • % (not) • )
(we deceive) •
(and) •
% ,
(FSN the truth) • % (not) • )
( % 3S he/she/it is) • % ( D in) •
(PD us).
• 1:9 % (if) •
'
(we confess) •
(FPA the sins) •
(PG our), •
(MSN faithful) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is) •
(and) • +
(MSN righteous), • ? (that) • %( . (he/she/it might forgive) •
(PD us) •
(and) • ,
. (he/she/it will cleanse) •
(PA us) • % ( G from) •
(FPA the sins) •
(FSG every) • %+
(FSG/FPA unrighteousness). • 1:10 % (if) • )
(we say) • ? (that) • % (not) •
(we have sinned), • 0
(FSA liar) •
(we make) • %
(MSA him) •
(and) •
'
(MSN the word) • %
(MnSG his) • % (not) • )
( % 3S he/she/it is) • % ( D in) •
(PD us).
(SG my), •
(NPNa these things) • ' ( (I write) •
(PD to you)
2:1 ;
(NPNav Little children) •
• ? (in order that) •
(not) •
(you might sin). •
(and) • % (if) •
(MSN anyone) •
. (he/she/it
sins), •
(MSA advocate) • )
(we have) •
( A with) •
(MSA the father) •
(MSA righteous) T • 2:2
(and) • %
(MSN he) •
(MSN atoning
(MSA Jesus Christ) • +
sacrifice) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is) •
( G concerning) •
(FPG the sins) •
(PG our), • % (not)
•
( G concerning) •
(MfnPG the our) • + (and) •
(only) • %
(but) •
(also) •
( G
concerning) • ? (MnSG entire) •
(MSG the world).
2:3 5 (and) • % ( D in) •
. (MnSD this) • '
(we know) • ? (that) • %'
(we have known)
%
(FPA the commandments) • %
(MnSG his) •
(we keep). • 2:4
• %
(MSA him), • % (if) •
' (MSN the one who says) • ? (quotation marks) • )'
(I have known) • %
(MSA him) •
(and) •
%
(FPA the commandments) • %
(MnSG his) •
(not) •
(is keeping), • 0
(MSN liar) • %
( %
3S he/she/it is) •
(and) • % ( D in) •
. (MnSD this) •
% ,
(FSN the truth) • % (not) • )
( % 3S
he/she/it is)T • 2:5 P (MSN who) • + (but) • @ (-ever) •
. (he/she/it is keeping) • %
(MnSG his) •
' (MSA
the word), • % , (truly) • % ( D in) •
. (MnSD this) •
%'
(FSN the love) •
,
(MSG of the god) •
. (MnSD this) • '
(we know) • ? (that) • %
(he/she/it has been perfected), • % ( D in) •
( D in) • % . (MnSD him) • %
( % 1P we are).
1:5 And is this the message that we have heard from him and we proclaim to you, that the god light is and darkness
in him not is none. 1:6 If we say that fellowship we have with him, and in the darkness we are walking, we lie and not
we do the truth; 1:7 If but in the light we walk as he is in the light, fellowship we have with one another and the blood of
Jesus the son his cleanses us from every sin. 1:8 If we say that sin not we have, ourselves we deceive and the truth not is
in us. 1:9 If we confess the sins our, faithful he is and righteous, that he might forgive us the sins and he will cleanse us
from every unrighteousness. 1:10 If we say that not we have sinned, liar we make him and the word his not is in us.
2:1 Little children my, these I write to you in order that not you might sin. And if anyone sins, advocate we have
with the father, Jesus Christ righteous; 2:2 And he atoning sacrifice is concerning the sins our, not concerning the our
and only but also concerning entire the world. 2:3 And in this we know that we have known him, if the commandments
his we keep. 2:4 The one who says, “I have known him,” and the commandments his not is keeping, liar is and in this the
truth not is; 2:5 Who but -ever is keeping his the word, truly in this the love of the god has been perfected, in this we
know that in him we are.
1:5 And this is the message that we have heard from him and we proclaim to you, that God is light, and no darkness
at all is in him. 1:6 If we say that we have fellowship with him, and we are walking in the darkness, we lie and do not do
the truth; 1:7 But if we walk in the light as he is in the light, we have fellowship with one another, and the blood of Jesus
his Son cleanses us from every sin. 1:8 If we say that we do not have sin, we deceive ourselves and the truth is not in us.
1:9 If we confess our sins, he is faithful and righteous to forgive us our sins and to cleanse us from every
unrighteousness. 1:10 If we say that we have not sinned, we make him a liar, and his word is not in us.
2:1 My little children, I write these things to you in order that you might not sin. But if anyone sins, we have an
advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous; 2:2 And he is the atoning sacrifice for our sins, and not ours only,
but also for the entire world. 2:3 And in this way we know that we have known him, if we keep his commandments. 2:4
The one who says, “I have known him” and is not keeping his commandments is a liar, and the truth is not in him; 2:5
But whoever is keeping his word, truly in this one the love of God has been perfected. In this way we know that we are in
him.
Exercise 16 – Track 1
Present Active Indicative
Parsing
•
•
In the leftmost column, we separate the tense stem, connecting vowel, and personal ending of verbs with bullets ( • ).
To introduce you to the parsing code used in the answers to the translation questions, we have added a column for it.
The parsing code is explained on page 2 of this answer key. Note that the order for the parsing code for verbs is
(tense, voice, mood, person, number), which differs from the order of the columns of the table.
Inflected
Person /
Number Tense /
Voice
Mood
Lexical
Parsing Inflected
Case
Gender
Form
Code
Meaning
BC
'•
•
HC
)• •
•
DC
• •
IC
JC
•
%
•–
•
KC
LC
•
•
)'
3
Plural
Present
Active
Indicative
3
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
1
Plural
Present
Active
Indicative
PAI1P
2
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
PAI2S
1
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
3
Plural
Present
Active
Indicative
Dative
Plural
Neuter
None
None
MC
'• •
2
Plural
Present
Active
Indicative
NC
>
Genitive
Plural
Masculine
or Feminine
or Neuter
None
None
2
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
BOC
• •
'
PAI3P
PAI3S
)
PAI1S
%
PAI3P
)'
'
?
NPD
they are
saying
he/she/it
has
we are
believing
you are
loosing
I am
hearing
they are
seeing
to works
PAI2P
you (plural)
are saying
MfnPG
of whom/of
which
PAI2S
you are
believing
Warm-up
.
(
I am believing.
.
(
(FSA the sound/voice) •
The sound of it you are hearing.
You hear its sound.
OR
'.
1
PAI1S I am believing).
OR1
I believe.
%
(MnSG of him/of it) • %
( %
PAI2S you are hearing)
OR
The voice of him you are hearing.
You hear his voice.
%(FSA authority) • ) ( ) PAI3S he/she/it is having) •
man).
Authority is having the son of the man.
The Son of Man has authority.
(MSN the son) •
% ,
(MSG of the
Verbs in the present tense, indicative mood, can be either continuous aspect (e.g., “I am believing”) or undefined aspect
(“I believe”). In this answer key, we usually give the continuous aspect in the initial translation, and then may or may not
switch to undefined aspect in the final “smoother” English translation in italics.
57
58
+.
.
*.
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
( (NSNa the light) •
(MSG of the world) •
are seeing).
The light of the world of this they are seeing.
They are seeing the light of this world.
(then) • %
( %
PAI1P we are hearing) •
(FSG/FPA joy).
Then we are hearing the law with joy.
(MSA the) • + (but) •
(MSA law) •
destroying).
The but law of the lord not you are destroying.
But you are not destroying the law of the Lord.
(MnSG of this) •
(
(MSA the law) •
(MSG of the lord) •
(
% (not) •
PAI3P they
G with) •
(
PAI2P you are
(and) • %
( %
PAI3S he/she/it is hearing) •
(
(MSN the blind) •
(
(FSA the
sound/voice).
And is hearing the blind the sound/voice.
And the blind man is hearing the sound.
OR
And the blind man is hearing the voice.
Translation
1.
. (MnSD this) •
(PN you) •
This you not are believing.
You are not believing this.
2.
%
, (he/she/it answered) • )
(MSN the crowd)T • +
having).
Answered the crowd: demon you are having.
The crowd answered, “You have a demon.”
3.
% (not) • ) ( ) PAI1S I am having) • ) +
Not I am having husband.
I do not have a husband.
4.
(
PAI2S you are looking) •
(NSNa why?) • + (and) •
( D in) • . %(,
. (MSD the eye) •
%+ ( (MSG of the brother) •
Why and you are looking splinter the in the eye of the brother your?
And why are you looking at the splinter in your brother’s eye?
5.
@ (MSN the one who is) • % ( G from) •
,
(MSG the god) •
(NPNa the words) •
,
(MSG
of the god) • %
( %
PAI3S he/she/it is hearing)T • + ( A on account of) •
(NSNa this) •
(PN
PAI2P you are hearing), • ? (because) • % ( G from) •
,
(MSG the
you) • % (not) • %
( %
god) • % (not) • %
( % PAI2P you are).
The one who is from the god the words of the god is hearing; on account of this you not are hearing, because from
the god not you are.
The one who is from God hears the words of God. For this reason you are not hearing, because you are not from
God.
6.
(always) • ' (for) •
(MfnPG yourselves), • %
% (not) •
(
PAI2P you are believing).
(NSNa demon) • )
( ) PAI2S you are
(MSA husband).
(MPA the poor) • )
(SA! me) • + (but) • % (not) •
(
(NSNa splinter) •
(SG your)V
(NSNa the) • %
( ) PAI2P you are having) • , ( G with) •
(always) • )
( ) PAI2P you are
having).
Always for the poor you are having with yourselves, me but not always you are having.
For you always have the poor with you, but me you will not always have.
7.
(SN you) •
(
PAI2S you are believing) • % (
(MSG of the man)V
You are believing in the son of the man?
Are you believing in the Son of Man?
A in) •
(MSA the son) •
% ,
Exercise 16 – Track 1: Present Active Indicative
59
8.
' ( ' PAI1S I am saying) • ' (for) •
(PD to you) • ? (that) •
)''
(MPN the angels) • %
(MPD the heavens) • + ( G through) •
(MnSG of all) •
(MfnPG their)2 • % ( D in) • %
(
PAI3P they are seeing) •
(NSNa the face) •
(MSG of the father) •
(SG my) •
(MnSG of the) • % ( D in) • %
(MPD the heavens).
I am saying for to you that the angels their in the heavens through all are seeing the face of the father my of the in
the heavens.
For I am saying to you that their angels in the heavens are always seeing the face of my Father in Heaven.
9.
(PG your)3 • + (but) •
(MPN blessed) •
%(,
(MPN the eyes) • ? (because) •
PAI3P they are seeing) •
(and) •
A (NPNa the ears) •
(PG your) • ? (because) • %
(
( %
PAI3P they are hearing).
Your but blessed the eyes because they are seeing and the ears your because they are hearing.
But blessed are your eyes, because they are seeing, and your ears, because they are hearing.
10.
'
( ' PAI3P they are saying) • A (therefore) • . ( . (MnSD to the blind) •
(again)T • (NSNa
what?) •
(SN you) • ' ( ' PAI2S you are saying) •
( G concerning) • %
(MSG him), • ?
%(,
(MPA the eyes)V • (MSN he) • + (and) •
(because) • %
.- (he/she/it opened) •
(SG your) •
A
(he/she/it said) • ? (that) •
(
(MSN prophet) • %
( % PAI3S he/she/it is) …. • > (MSN this) •
%
( % PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(MSN the son) •
(PG your), • P (MSA whom) •
(PN you) • '
(MSN blind) • %'
, (he/she/it was born)V •
(how?) • A
( ' PAI2P you are saying) • ? (that) • (
(therefore) •
(
PAI3S he/she/it is seeing) • ) (now)V …. • %
, (API3S he/she/it answered) •
A (therefore) • %
(MSN that man) T • % (if) •
(sinner) • %
( % PAI3S he/she/it is) • % (not)
• A+ (TAI1S I know)T • P (NSNa one) • A+ (I know) • ? (that) • (
(MSN blind) • @ (even though I was) •
) (now) •
(
PAI1S I am seeing).
They are saying therefore to the blind again: What you are saying concerning him, because he opened your the eyes?
He and said that prophet he is… This is the son your, whom you are saying that blind he was born? How therefore
he is seeing now? … That man answered therefore: If sinner he is not I know; one I know that blind even though I
was now I am seeing.
Therefore they are saying to the blind man again, “What do you say concerning him, because he opened your
eyes?” And he said, “he is a prophet.” … “Is this your son, whom you say was born blind? Therefore, how is it that
he now sees?” … Therefore that man answered, “If he is a sinner, I do not know; One thing I do know, that even
though I was blind, now I see.”
Additional
11.
(MSA/NSNa faithful) •
(NSNa the word) •
(NSNa this) T • + ( G through) •
(FSA
. (MSD the son) •
,
(MSG of the god) • %
(FSA peace) •
the faith) •
(PG your) • % ( D in) • .
(and) •
(and) •
(FSA joy) • % ( D in) • .
(NSD the spirit) • . ' . (MnSD the holy) • )
( @ PAI2P you are having).
Faithful the word this; through the faith your in the son of the god peace and and joy in the holy spirit you have.
This word is faithful; through your faith in the Son of God, you have both peace and joy in the Holy Spirit.
12.
? (when) • + (and) •
' (MPG of the words) •
(MPG of the good) •
,
(MSG of the god) •
%
( %
PAI1P we are hearing), •
(NPNa these) •
(NPNa all) •
(
PAI1P
we are believing), • )
( ) PAI3P they are having) • ' (for) •
(PD to us) •
% ''
(FSA the
promise) •
%
(FSG of the eternal) • *
(FSG of life).
When and of the words of the good of the god we are hearing, these all we are believing, they are having for to us
the promise of the eternal life.
And when we hear God’s good words, we believe them all, because they contain the promise of eternal life for us.
2
The antecedent of %
in this verse is “these little ones,” which comes before the portion quoted in the workbook.
In this verse,
modifies %(,
(“eyes”). One way to see this is to note the parallel with A
(“your ears”)
later on in the verse.
3
60
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
13.
(and) • A
(he/she/it said) •
(MSN lord) •
( A to) • 7 W (MSA Moses) T • (NSNa why?) •
PAI3P they are believing) •
(SD me) • % ( D in) •
(MnPD all) •
% (not) •
(
(NPD the signs) • > (MnPD which) •
(
PAI3P they are seeing) • % ( D in) •
%
(MnPD them)V
And said lord to Moses, why not they are believing me in all the signs which they are seeing in them?
And the Lord said to Moses, “Why are they not believing me in spite of 4 all the signs which they are seeing among
them?”
14.
(SN you) • ' (for) • *
(FSG of life) •
(and) • ,
(MSG of death) • %(FSA power/authority)
• ) ( ) PAI2S you are having).
You for of life and of death power/authority you are having.
For you have the power of life and death.
OR
For you have authority over life and death.
15.
(and) •
(now) • % (not) •
(
PAI2P you are believing) •
(PD me)V •
(MSN great) •
(MSN the king) • . %. (FSD to the authority) • %
(MnSG his)V
And now not you are believing me? Not great the king to the authority his?
And now you are not believing me? Is not the king great in his authority?
16.
%'
(MSA the love) •
,
(MSG of the god) •
•
(MnPD yourselves).
The love of the god not you are having in yourselves.
You are not having the love of God in yourselves.
% (not) • )
% ,
(FSA the truth) •
17. %' (SN I) • + (but) • ? (because) •
(
PAI2P you are believing) •
(PD me).
I but because the truth am saying, not you are believing me.
But because I am telling the truth, you are not believing me.
% (not) •
'
( ) PAI2P you are having) • % (
' ( ' PAI1S I am saying), •
D in)
% (not) •
18.
(FSG the grace) •
(MSG of the lord) •
(but) • + ( G through) •
(
PAI1P we are believing) •
,
(that we are saved).
But through the grace of the lord Jesus we are believing that we are saved.
But we are believing through the grace of the Lord Jesus that we are saved.
OR
But we are believing that we are saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus.
19.
(now) • + (but) •
( G by) • %''
(MSG angel) •
(
through) •
(MnSG the) • %
(MnSG same) •
(indeed) •
Now but by angel you are seeing, through the same indeed of spirit.
But now you are seeing by an angel, indeed through the same spirit.
20.
(MSN Jesus) • + (and) • ) - (he/she/it cried out) •
(and) • A
(he/she/it said)T •
(MSN
(
PAI3S he/she/it is believing) • %
the one who believes) • % ( A in) • % (SA! me) • % (not) •
( A into/in) • % (SA! me) • %
(but) • % ( A in) •
0
(MSA the one who sent) • (SA me).
Jesus and cried out and said the one who believes in me not is believing in me but in the one who sent me.
And Jesus cried out and said, “The one who believes in me, is not believing in me but in the one who sent me.”
%
PAI2S you are seeing), • +
(NSG of spirit).
English to Greek
B.
2.
3.
4.
5.
4
they say
you (plural) have
we believe
he sees
you (singular) hear
'
)
%
( )
(MSGd Jesus) •
( ' PAI3P)
( ) PAI2P)
(
PAI1P)
(
PAI3S)
( %
PAI2S)
“In spite of” is the nuance of % in this context (BDAG, 329), although it is not listed in your lexicon.
(
G
Exercise 17 – Track 1
Contract Verbs
Parsing
•
In the leftmost column, we put a bullet ( • ) in front of the personal ending, and another bullet before the contraction
of the contract vowel and connecting vowel.
Inflected
Person /
Number Tense /
Voice
Mood
Lexical
Parsing Inflected
Case
Gender
Form
Code
Meaning
HC
•
LC
Plural
Present
Active
Indicative
•
3
Plural
Present
Active
Indicative
• –1
1
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
PAI1S
•
2
Plural
Present
Active
Indicative
PAI2P
3
Plural
Present
Active
Indicative
3
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
•
2
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
PAI2S
•
3
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
PAI3S
•
2
Plural
Present
Active
Indicative
PAI2P
3
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
PAI3S
•
IC
KC
1
•
%'
DC
JC
•
•
BC
•
*
•
•
%'
•
•
MC
NC
•
BOC
• •
• .
PAI1P
%'
PAI3P
PAI3P
*
%'
PAI3S
We are
speaking
they are
loving
I am
keeping
you (plural)
are filling
they are
seeking
he/she/it is
loving
you are
calling
he/she/it is
filling
you (plural)
are
speaking
he/she/it is
doing
Warm-up
.
%
(FPA the commandments) •
The commandments his we are keeping.
We are keeping his commandments.
.
% (not) •
(
PAI1S I am doing) •
my).
Not I am doing the works of the father my.
I am not doing the works of my father.
'.
*
(*
PAI3P they are seeking) •
They are seeking you.
(SA you).
+.
%'
. ( %'
PAI2S you are loving) •
You are loving me?
Do you love me?
(SA me)V
1
%
(MnSG his) •
(
) ' (NPNa the works) •
PAI1P we are keeping).
(MSG of the father) •
(SG
Notice that the PAI1S is not the same as the lexical form. The lexical form
shows the contract vowel epsilon
before contraction, whereas in the PAI1S
, the contract vowel epsilon has contracted with the lengthened personal
ending omega to form omega.
61
62
.
*.
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
(NSNa the Sabbath) •
The Sabbath not he is keeping.
He does not keep the Sabbath.
% (not) •
(
PAI3S he/she/it is keeping).
(NSNa why?) •
(
PAI2S you are speaking) •
Why you are speaking with her?
Why are you speaking with her?
%'
( %'
PAI1P we are loving) •
We are loving the children of the god.
We love the children of God.
(
G with) •
(NPNa the children) •
(FSG her)V
%
,
(MSG of the god).
Translation
1.
; (NSNa why?) • + (but) • (SA me) •
(
PAI2P you are calling)T •
(MSV lord), •
(MSV lord), •
(and) • % (not) •
(
PAI2P you are doing) • P (NPNa which) • ' (PAI1S I am
saying)V
Why but me you are calling “lord, lord,” and not you are doing which I am saying?
But why are you calling me “Lord, Lord,” and are not doing what I say?
2.
,
(MPN the disciples) • A
(they said) • % . (MnSD to him)T • +
(why?) • % (
(FPD parables) •
(
PAI2S you are speaking) •
%
(MnPD to them)V
The disciples said to him, “Why in parables you are speaking to them?”
The disciples said to him, “Why are you speaking to them in parables?”
3.
( )+ 1P we know) • ? (that/because) •
(we have passed) • % ( G from)
(PN we) • )+
,
(MSG of death) • % ( A into/in) •
*
(FSA the life), • ? (because) • %'
( '%
PAI1P we are loving) •
%+ (
(MPA the brothers).
We know that we have passed from the death into the life, because we are loving the brothers.
We know that we have passed from death into life, because we are loving2 the brothers.3
D in) •
•
4.
2
. ( %'
PAI3S he/she/it loves) •
(MSA the son) •
(and) •
(MSN the father) • %'
(NPNa all) • + +
(he/she/it has given) • % ( D in) • .
(FSD the hands) • %
(MnSG his).
The father loves the son and all he has given in the hands his.
The Father loves the Son and has given everything into his hands.
In answer to the question asked in the workbook, because %'
is present tense, it is either continuous or
undefined aspect, but continuous aspect is the default. Continuous aspect fits this context because we find assurance of
our salvation when we look at our behavior patterns and see consistent, ongoing patterns of loving our fellow Christians.
3
This verse raises a controversial translation issue. ;
%+ (
is masculine, yet refers in this context to all fellow
Christians, including women and children. This is an example of a “generic masculine” word in Greek. Historically,
English has also had generic masculines, and so in the past (KJV, RSV, NASB, NIV) it was translated into English as
“brethren” or “brothers.” However, there is a recent movement to remove all generic masculines from the English
language, thereby restricting the meaning of all masculine words so that they always refer only to males, and never to
groups that include females in addition to males. Under such guidelines, to refer to a group that includes both sexes,
terminology must be used that cannot be construed as referring only to males. Unfortunately, English has a paucity of
such words, and so using such “gender-inclusive” (a.k.a. “non-sexist”) guidelines requires the use of circumlocutions in
certain circumstances, such as using plurals (e.g., “they”) instead of singulars (e.g., “he”). This is fairly well accepted
when composing new text, but it is controversial in translation because of the possibility of changing the meaning. So
when faced with a text such as this one, how shall we translate it? The KJV and NASB use “brethren;” the ESV and NIV
use “brothers;” the NLT (New Living Translation) uses “our brothers and sisters;” the NRSV uses “one another;” the
TNIV uses “each other.” Each translation has its weaknesses. The first four translations might be misunderstood to refer
only to males, and they might give unnecessary offense to some readers. The last two translations avoid those problems,
but do not convey the nuances of family that the first five do. The NLT avoids both sets of problems, but it makes
explicit something that was only implicit before, that
%+ (
refers to
%+ (
. Using “the brothers
and sisters” or “the siblings” avoids those problems but may sound stilted. How you translate depends upon your
purpose, your audience, and your beliefs. In addition, in texts where it is controversial whether there is significance to
the masculine overtones of a Greek masculine, translation becomes even more controversial. Therefore, prayerfully
study and translate the texts in context, and be gracious to those who differ with you!
Exercise 17 – Track 1: Contract Verbs
63
5.
%
(MPN they) • % ( G from) •
(MSG of the world) • %
(PAI3P they are), • + ( A on account
(MSG of the world) •
(
PAI3P they are
of) •
(NSNa this) • % ( G from) •
speaking) •
(and) •
(MSN the world) • %
(MfnPG them – direct object of %
)• %
( %
PAI3S he/she/it is listening).
They from the world are, on account of this from the world they are speaking and the world to them is listening.
They are from the world; on account of this, they are speaking from the world, and the world is listening to them.
6.
(SN you) •
(PAI2S you are believing) • ? (that) • > (MSN one) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • ,
(MSN the god), •
(well) •
(
PAI2S you are doing)T •
(and) • +
(NPNa the demons) •
(
PAI3P they are believing) •
(and) • (
(they shudder).
You are believing that one is the god, well you are doing; and the demons are believing and they shudder.
You are believing that God is one. You are doing well; the demons are also believing and they shudder.
7.
(MSN the) •
(not) • %'
(one who loves) • (SA me) •
'
(MPA the words) •
(SG my) •
(not) •
(
PAI3S he/she/it is keeping)T •
(and) •
' (MSN the word) • P (MSA which) • %
(PAI2P you are hearing) • % (not) • )
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • %
(MSN mine).
The not one who loves me the words my not is keeping, and the word which you are hearing not is mine.
The one who does not love me is not keeping my words, and the word which you are hearing is not mine.
8.
(
PAI1P we are doing) • ? (because) •
(NSNa what?) •
man) •
(NPNa many) •
(
PAI3S he/she/it is doing) •
What are we doing because this man many is doing signs?
What are we doing because this man is doing many signs?
9.
' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • A (therefore) • % . (MnSD to him) •
(MSN the Pilate)T • %
(MSD
PAI2S you are speaking)V • % (not) • A+ (2S you know) • ? (that) •
to me) • % (not) •
(
%(FSA authority) • ) (PAI1S I am having) • %
(to free) • (SA you) •
(and) • %(FSA
authority) • ) (PAI1S I am having) •
(to crucify) • (SA you)V
Is saying therefore to him the Pilate, “To me not you are speaking? Not you know that authority I am having to free
you and authority I am having to crucify you?”
Therefore, Pilate is saying to him, “You are not speaking to me? Do you not realize that I have authority to free you,
and I have authority to crucify you?”
>
(MSN this) •
(NPNa signs)V
10. +%
(behold!) •
,
(MPN the disciples) •
(SG your) •
(
which) • % (not) • )(3S it is lawful) •
(to do) • % ( D in) •
Behold, the disciples your are doing which not is lawful to do in Sabbath.
Behold, your disciples are doing that which is not lawful to do on the Sabbath.
),
%
(MSN the
PAI3P they are doing) • P (NSNa
. (NSD Sabbath).
Additional
11.
% (if) • A (therefore) •
%
(FPA the commandments) •
(and) •
(MPA the laws) •
(
PAI1P we are keeping), • )+
(1P we know) • ? (that) • )
,
(MSG of the god) •
(PAI1P we are having) •
%'
(MSA the love) •
'
(FSA the great) • %
(MnSG his) • % ( D in)
(PG our).
•
+
(FPD the hearts) •
If therefore the commandments and the laws of the god we are keeping, we know that we are having the love the
great his in the hearts our.
If therefore we are keeping God’s commandments and laws, we know that we have his great love in our hearts.
12.
(how?) •
(MSN the Jesus) •
(NPNa the many signs) •
(
he/she/it is doing)
• P (NPNa which) •
(PAI2P you are seeing)V • % ( D on) • . %. (FSD the authority) •
'
(MnSG of the holy spirit).
How the Jesus the many signs he is doing which you are seeing? On the authority of the holy spirit.
How is Jesus doing the many signs that you are seeing? On the authority of the Holy Spirit.
13. % ( D in) •
%
(FPD those days) • % (not) • A (he/she/it was) •
(MSN king) • %
( D in) •
(MSDx Israel)T • %
(MSN man) •
%' , (NSNa the good) • % ( D in) • %(,
(NPD
eyes) • %
(MnSG his) •
(
PAI3S he/she/it is doing).
In those days not was king in Israel; man the good in eyes his was doing.
In those days a king did not exist in Israel; a man was doing what was good in his own eyes.
64
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
14.
%
( %
PAI2S you are hearing) •
(SG me – direct object of %
), •
(MSVx Jacob), •
(
PAI1S I am calling)T • %' (SN I) • %
(and) •
(MSVx Israel), • P (MSA whom) • %' (SN I) •
(PAI1S I am) •
(MSN first) •
(and) • %' (SN I) • % (PAI1S I am) • % ( A into/in) •
%
(MSN
the eternity).
You are hearing me, Jacob, and Israel, whom I am calling; I am first and I am into the eternity.
You are hearing me, Jacob, and Israel, whom I am calling; I am the first, and I am into eternity.
15.
% (not) •
(
PAI3S he/she/it is speaking) •
(
•
(NPNa good) • %
(but) • … •
(NPNa bad).
Not he is speaking concerning me good but… bad.
He is not saying good things about me, but … bad things.
16.
(
PAI3S he is calling) •
%
(MSA him) •
% (if) • A (therefore) • 3 + (MSNx David) •
(MSA lord), •
(how?) •
(MSN son) • %
(MnSG his) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is)V
If therefore David is calling him lord, how son his he is?
Therefore, if David is calling him Lord, how is he his son?
17.
(NSNa why?) • > (MSN this) • ? (in this manner) •
Why is this speaking in this manner?
Why is this man speaking in this manner?
18.
(MfnPG of themselves) • *
(MPN the all) • ' (for) • (NPNa the) •
are seeking), • % (not) • (NPNa the) •
(MSG of Jesus Christ).
The all for the of themselves they are seeking, not the of Jesus Christ.
For all are seeking the things of themselves, not the things of Jesus Christ.
19.
P (NPNa which)4 • %' (SN I) •
(I have seen) •
( D in the presence of) • .
(MSD the father) •
5
(
PAI1S I am speaking) T •
(and) •
(PN you) • A (accordingly) • P (NPNa which) •
(MSG the father) •
(
PAI2P you are doing) …. •
%
(you heard) •
( G from) •
(PN you) •
(
PAI2P you are doing) •
) ' (NPNa the works) •
(MSG of the father)
•
(PG your).
Which I have seen in the presence of the father I am speaking, and you therefore which you heard from the father
you are doing…. You are doing the works of the father your.
The things which I have seen in the presence of my6 father I am speaking; you accordingly are doing the things
which you heard from your7 father. … You are doing the works of your father.
20.
(and) •
+ - (he/she/it sought intently) • %
(MSA him) • :
(MSN Simon) •
(and) • (MPN
(MnSG him), •
(and) • > (they found) • %
(MSA him) •
(and) •
the) •
( G with) • %
'
(PAI3P they are saying) • % . (MnSD to him) • ? (quotation marks) •
(MPN all) • *
(*
PAI3P they are seeking) •
(SA you).
And sought intently him Simon and the with him, and they found him and are saying to him, “all are seeking you.”
And Simon and those who were with him sought him intently, and they found him and are saying to him, “Everyone
is seeking you.”
4
G concerning) • %
(
( %' SG! me / %
MnSG my)
PAI3S he/she/it is speaking)V
(*
PAI3P they
The direct object of
is ?C
Notice how the PAI1S of a contract verb is not the same as the lexical form because the contract vowel has contracted
with the personal ending. The lexical form is
, but the PAI1S is
!
6
“My” is not explicit, but it is added from the context to clarify the English.
7
“Your” is not explicit, but it is added from the context to clarify the English.
5
Exercise 18 – Track 1
Present Middle/Passive Indicative
Parsing
• In the leftmost column, we separate the tense stem, connecting vowel, and personal ending of verbs with bullets ( • ).
Inflected
Person Number
Tense /
Voice
Mood
Lexical
Parsing
Inflected
/ Case
Gender
Form
Code
Meaning
BC
•
%
•
• •
HC
,
DC
IC
JC
'•
•
+
B
• •
•
•
,
KC
) • •
,
LC
%
MC
NC
.
-
•
BOC +
•
%'
,
• •
3
Singular
Present
Middle or
Passive
Indicative
2
Plural
Present
Middle or
Passive
Indicative
3
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
3
Singular
Present
1
Plural
Present
2
Plural
Present
2
Singular
Present
Dative
Plural
Feminine
(Middle or
Passive)
Deponent
(Middle or
Passive)
Deponent
(Middle or
Passive)
Deponent
(Middle or
Passive)
Deponent
None
Indicative
PMpI2P
'
+
Indicative
1
Notice that +
PMpdI1P
we are going
Indicative
%
PMpdI2S
you are
answering
FPD
to nights
PMpI1P
we are
loving for
ourselves
OR we are
being loved
PMpdI3P
they are able
None
Middle or
Passive
Indicative
3
Plural
Present
(Middle or
Passive)
Deponent
Indicative
65
he/she/it is
able
you (plural)
are going
Present
does not use a connecting vowel.
PMpdI3S
PMpdI2P
Plural
D in) •
he/she/it is
gathering
)
1
%
(PMpI3S he/she/it is being heard) • % (
It is being heard in you
It is being heard among you
PAI3S
Indicative
-
%'
+
Warm-up
.
PMpI3S
%
he/she/it is
hearing for
him/her/itself
OR he/she/it
is being
heard
you are
loosing for
yourselves
OR you are
being loosed
(PD to you).
66
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
(MPN the places) •
(MnSG of the bad) •
The places of the bad are being destroyed.
The places of the bad (person? thing?) are being destroyed.
(PMpI3P they are being destroyed).
'.
)
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is going) • % ( A into/in) • A
(MSA house)
He is going into house
He is going into a house
OR
He is going into the house.
+.
%
(MPN they) •
(PMpI3P they are being believed) •
demons).
They are being believed by the demons.
.
*.
.
(MSN who?) • +
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is able) •
Who is able to be saved?
)
(PMpdI1S I am coming) •
I am coming as a thief.
(as) •
(and) • %+ (MnSD to no one) • %+
And to no one nothing he is answering.
And he is answering nothing to anyone.2
,
(
G by) •
+
(NPG the
(to be saved)V
(MSN thief).
(NSNa nothing) • %
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is answering).
Translation
1.
% (not) • %
(PMpI3P they are hearing for themselves / they are being heard) • (
(FPN the voices) •
%
(MfnPG their).
Not they are hearing for themselves the voices their.
OR3
Not they are being heard the voices their.
They are not hearing their voices for themselves.
OR
Their voices are not being heard.
2.
% (not) •
(FSN the mother) • %
(MnSG his) • '
(PMpI3S he/she/it is called) • 7
(FSNx
Mary)4 •
(and) •
%+ ( (MPN the brothers) • %
(MnSG his) •
(MSN James) •
(and) •
(
(MSNx Joseph) •
(and) • :
(MSN Simon) •
(and) •
+ (MSN Judas)V
Not the mother his is called Mary, and the brothers his James and Joseph and Simon and Judas?
Is not his mother called Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas?
3.
%' (SN I) •
( A to) •
I to the father am going.
I am going to the Father.
4.
? (where) • % (PAI1S I am) • %' (SN I) •
% , (to go).
Where I am, you are not able to go.
5.
(MSN the) • + (and/but) •
(MSN Pilate) •
(again) • %
(he/she/it began asking) •
him) • ' (saying)T • % (not) • %
. (PMpdI2S you are answering)• %+ (NSNa nothing)V
The and Pilate again began asking him saying, “not you are answering nothing?”
And Pilate again began asking him, saying, “Are you not answering me something?” 5
2
(MSA the father) •
(PN you) •
(PMpdI1S I am going).
% (not) • +
, (PMpdI2P you are able) •
%
(MSA
Notice that Greek has a double negative (nothing to no one), but we changed the “no one” to “any one” when
translating. If we didn’t make the change, we would have switched the meaning because “he answers nothing to nobody”
implies that he answers something to everyone!
3
For teaching purposes, we are gave both the middle and the passive meanings for this sentence. For most sentences we
will give only the one that best fits the larger context.
4
7
, like many names, does not change its form when it changes case, so you have to guess the case based on the
context. We are parsing all of the names in this verse as nominative because when ' is used in the passive voice to
give someone’s name, the name is written in the nominative case.
5
Note the switch of the double negative. The % at the beginning of the question indicates that Pilate expected the
answer “Yes, I will answer you something.” If we were giving a fairly free translation, we could express the thought with
“You’re not going to refuse to answer me, are you?”
Exercise 18 – Track 1: Present Middle/Passive Indicative
67
6.
(and) •
'
(PMpI3P they gathered)6 •
%
(MPN the apostles) •
( A to) •
(and) • % ''
(they told) • % . (MnSD to him) •
(NPNa all) • ? (NPNa as much
(MSA the Jesus) •
as) • %
(they did) •
(and) • ? (NPNa as much as) • %+ + - (they taught).
And the apostles gathered themselves to Jesus and told him all that they did and all that they taught.
7.
'
(PAI3P they are saying) • % . (MnSD to him)T • %
(PN we) •
( D with) •
(SD! you).
They are saying to him, “We are also going with you.”
8.
(MSN the) • + (and/but) •
(MSN Jesus) • %
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is answering) • %
(MnPD to
them) • ' (saying)T • %
, (he/she/it has come) •
? (FSN the hour) • ? (that) • + - , . (he/she/it
might be glorified) •
(MSN the son) •
% ,
(MSG of the man).
The and Jesus is answering them saying, “Has come the hour that might be glorified the son of the man.”
And Jesus answered them, saying, “The hour has come, that the Son of Man might be glorified.”
9.
%+ (MSN no one) • ' (for) • +
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is able) •
(NPNa these) •
(SN you) •
(PAI2S you are doing), • %
signs) •
(to do) • P (NPNa which) •
(he/she/it is) • ,
(MSN the god) •
( G with) • %
(MnSG him).
No one for is able these the signs to do which you are doing, unless is the god with him.
For no one is able to do these signs that you are doing, unless God is with him.
10.
(and) •
,
(MPN the disciples) •
(MSG of John) •
(and) • <
(MPN the Pharisees)
(and) • '
(PAI3P they are saying) • % . (MnSD to him)T • +
• )
(PMpdI3P they are going) •
(why?) •
,
(MPN the disciples) •
(MSG of John) •
(and) •
,
(MPN the disciples) •
(they fast), • (MPN the) • + (and/but) •
( SD! to you /
<
(MPG of the Pharisees) •
MPN your) • ,
(MPN disciples) • % (not) •
(they fast)V
And the disciples of John and the Pharisees are going and saying to him, “Why do the disciples of John and the
disciples of the Pharisees fast, but your disciples do not fast?”
, (PMpdI1P we are going) •
(also) •
(NPNa the
(unless) • A.
Additional
11.
+ (MPN the feet) •
(SG my) •
(PMpdI3P they are going) •
( A to) •
(MSA the
place) • %( ( D on) • .>(MnSD which) •
(MSN the Jesus) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is speaking) •
(and)
•
%(,
(MPN the eyes) •
(SG my) •
(PAI3P they are seeing) •
(NPNa the signs) •
(and) •
A (NPNa the ears) •
(SG my) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is hearing) •
%
(MnSG his) •
(FPG the parables) • %
(MnSG his).
The feet my are going to the place on which the Jesus is speaking and the eyes my are seeing the signs his and the
ears my is hearing the parables his.
My feet are going to the place on which Jesus is speaking, and my eyes are seeing his signs, and my ears are
hearing his parables.
12.
. (FSD in day) •
(and) •
(in night) •
%
(MPN the crowds) •
'
(PAI3P they are
gathering together) •
( A around) •
(MSA the Jesus), • )+
(3P they know) • ' (for) •
%
(MPN those) • ? (that/because) • )
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is going) • %
(MnPD to them) •
(to
speak) •
(MfPA some) • '
(MPA words) •
% + (FSG of the hope) •
(and) •
*
(FSG of
the life).
In the day and in the night the crowds are gathering around Jesus, for they know that he is going to speak to them
some words of hope and of life.
13.
(and) • )
(PMpdI3P they are going) •
)''
(MPN the angels) • % ( A into/in) •
(MSA that place) •
(and) •
(PAI3P they are speaking) •
'
(MPA the words) • % (
•
A (NPNa the ears) •
)
(MSG of the crowd).
And are going the angels into that place and are speaking the words into the ears of the crowd.
And the angels are going into that place and are speaking the words into the ears of the crowd.
6
%
A into/in)
'
could be translated as a middle, “and they gathered themselves” or as a passive, “and they were gathered,”
but traditionally it is parsed as a passive and translated as “they gathered.”
68
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
14.
(and) • A
(he/she/it said) • % . (FSD to her) •
)''
(MSN the angel) •
(where) •
. (PMpdI2S you are going)V
(FSVx Hagar), •
And said to her the angel of lord, “Hagar, where you are going?”
And the Angel of the Lord said to her, “Hagar, where are you going?”
(MSG of lord), •
15.
(NSNa end) • ' (MSG of word)T •
(NSNa the all) • %
(PMpI3S he/she/it is heard)T •
,
(MSA the god) • (
(fear!) •
(and) •
%
(FPA the commandments) • %
(MnSG his) • (
(keep!) • ? (because) •
(NSNa this) •
?
) ' (NSNa the whole work) •
% ,
(MSG of the
man).
End of word; the all is heard; the god fear and the commandments his keep because this the whole work of the man.
This is the end of the word; everything is heard. Fear God and keep his commandments because this is the whole
work of man.
16.
(and) • A
(he/she/it said) • 8
(FSNx Naomi)T • %
(
(turn back!) • … • , '
(FPNv
daughters) •
(SG my) …. • (NSNa why?) •
, (PMpdI2P you are going) •
( G with) • %
(SG!
me)V •
(not) • ) (still) •
(SD to me) •
(MPN sons) • % ( D in) • .
. (FSD the womb) •
(SG
my) •
(and) • )
(3P they will be) •
(PD to you) • % ( A into/in) • ) +
(MPA husbands)V
And said Naomi, “Turn back… daughters my! … Why you are going with me? Not still to me sons in the womb my
and they will be to you into husbands?”
And Naomi said, “Turn back… my daughters! … Why are you going with me? There are not still sons in my womb
who will be your husbands, are there?”
17.
(MnPD to them) •
(MSN the Jesus)T •
(PAI2P you are
' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • %
believing) • ? (that/because) • +
(PMpdI1S I am able) •
(NSNa this) •
(to do)V • '
(PAI3P they are saying) • % . (MnSD to him)T •
(yes), •
(MSV lord).
He is saying to them the Jesus, “You are believing that I am able this to do?” They are saying to him, “Yes, lord.”
Jesus is saying to them, “You believe that I am able to do this?” And they are saying to him, “Yes, Lord.”
18.
(and) • A
(he/she/it said) • % . (MnSD to him) • 8 ,
(MSNx Nathaniel) T • % ( G from) • 8 *
(FSGx Nazareth) • +
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is able) • (NSNa anything) • %' , (MSA/NSNa good) • A
come)V
And said to him Nathaniel, from Nazareth is able anything good to come?
And Nathaniel said to him, “Is anything good able to come from Nazareth?”
'
(to
19.
(he/she/it went up) • + (and) •
(also) •
( (MSNx Joseph) • % ( G from) •
2
(FSG
(FSG city) • 8 * , (FSGx of Nazareth) • % ( A into/in) •
+
the Galilee) • % ( G from) •
(FSA the Judea) • % ( A into/in) •
(FSA city) • 3 + (MSGx of David) • ? (FSN which) •
(PMpI3S he/she/it is called) • 1 ,
(FSNx Bethlehem).
Went up and also Joseph from the Galilee from city of Nazareth into the Judea into city of David which is called
Bethlehem.
And Joseph also went up from Galilee, from the city of Nazareth, into Judea, into the city of David which is called
Bethlehem.
20.
(NSNa why?) • > (MSN this) • ? (thus) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is speaking)V •
(
(PAI3S
he/she/it is blaspheming)T •
(MfSN who?) • +
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is able) • %(
(to forgive) •
(FSG/FPA sins) • %
(except) • > (MSN one) • ,
(MSN the god)V
Why this thus is speaking? He is blaspheming; who is able to forgive sins except one the god?
Why is this man speaking thus? He is blaspheming! Who is able to forgive sins except one, namely God?
Exercise 19 – Track 1
Future Active/Middle Indicative
Parsing
•
In the leftmost column, we separate the tense stem, tense formative, connecting vowel, and personal ending of verbs
with bullets ( • ). Where letters combine across bullets, we put the result after the bullet.
Inflected
Person /
Number
Tense /
Voice
Mood
Lexical
Parsing
Inflected
Case
Gender
Form
Code
Meaning
BC
•
•
•
HC
%
•
• •
DC
'
IC
•
•
•
•0•
3
?• - • •
LC
4
•
NC
1
•
• •
KC
BOC
1
•
* •
•
JC
MC
•
•
•
5
?
•
•
•6
FAI3S
he/she/it
will loose
FAI2S
you will
hear
'
FAI1P
we will
beget
*
FAI3P
they will
live
Indicative
FMdI3S
he/she/it
will go
Active
Indicative
FAI2S
you will
see
Future
Active
Indicative
FAI2P
you
(plural)
will have
Plural
Future
Active
Indicative
FAI1P
we will
call
Accusative
Plural
Masculine
None
None
MPA
whole
3
Plural
Future
Active
Indicative
FAI3P
they will
gather
together
3
Singular
Future
Active
Indicative
2
Singular
Future
Active
Indicative
1
Plural
Future
Active
Indicative
3
Plural
Future
Active
Indicative
3
Singular
Future
Middle
Deponent2
2
Singular
Future
2
Plural
1
%
@
?
'
Notice that the contract vowel alpha lengthens to eta before the tense formative (sigma).
Notice that
is deponent in both the present and the future tenses. Not all verbs that are deponent in the
present tense are deponent in the future tense. And some verbs that are not deponent in the present tense are deponent in
the future tense. So if you want to be able to translate without looking them up, when you memorize a verb as a
vocabulary word, check that it is consistent in all tenses as to whether or not it is deponent. If it is inconsistent, then you
should memorize in which tenses it is and isn’t deponent.
3
Notice that the final letter of the stem (pi) combines with the tense formative (sigma) to form the letter psi. This follows
the rules from the square of stops that you learned in chapter 10: +
0.
4
Notice that the final letter of the stem (chi) combines with the tense formative (sigma) to form the letter xsi. This
follows the rules from the square of stops that you learned in chapter 10: +
-.
5
Notice that
“breaks the rules” in that it is a contract verb, but the contract vowel does not lengthen before a tense
formative. It is actually not lawless, however; there is a rule for it! See footnote 19 on page 164 of the textbook.
6
Notice that the final letter of the stem (gamma) combines with the tense formative (sigma) to form the letter xsi. This
follows the rules from the square of stops that you learned in chapter 10: ' +
-.
69
2
70
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
Warm-up
.
(MPN all) •
All will believe in him.
(FAI3P they will believe) • % (
.
%
(MSN he) •
( G concerning) •
He concerning himself will speak.
He will speak concerning himself.
'.
- (FAI1S I will gather) •
I will gather the fruits my.
I will gather my fruit.
+.
?- ( ) FAI3S he/she/it will have) •
He will have the light of the life.
He will have the light of life.
.
( D with) • %
( %' SD! me / %
With me they will go.
They will go with me.
*.
0 (
FAI2P you will see) •
You will see and not he will speak.
You will see, and he will not speak.
.
A in) •
(MnSG himself) •
(NSNa the light) •
MnSD to my) •
(and) •
% (not) •
(MSA him).
(FAI3S he/she/it will speak).
(MPA the fruits) •
(
%
(SG my).
*
(FSG of the life).
(FMdI3P they will go).
(FAI3S he/she/it will speak).
%
(FAI3S he/she/it will hear) •
(MfSN anyone) • …
(
(FSA the sound/voice) •
his/its).
Will hear anyone {subject} … the sound/voice his/its.
Anyone will hear… his voice.
OR
Anyone will hear its sound.
%
(MnSG
Translation
1.
(MSA lord) •
,
(MSA the god) •
Lord the god your you will worship.
You will worship the Lord your God.
(SG your) •
(
FAI2S you will worship).
2.
(MSN king) •
(MSGx of Israel) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is), •
(let him come down!) •
(MSG the cross) •
(and) •
(FAI1P we will believe) • %
(now) • % ( G from) •
( A on) • %
(MSA him).
King of Israel he is, let him come down now from the cross and we will believe on him.
He is the King of Israel; let him come down now from the cross and we will believe in him!
3.
(FSN the wife) •
(SG your) • !
(FSNx Elizabeth) • '
(FAI3S he/she/it will give birth to) •
(MSA son) •
(SD to you) •
(and) •
(FAI2S you will call) •
)
(NSNa the name) • %
(MnSG his) •
(MSA John).
The wife your Elizabeth will give birth to son to you and you will call the name his John.
Your wife Elizabeth will bear you a son, and you will call his name John.
4.
(MSN the) • + (and/but) • ,
(MSN god) •
(SG my) •
(FAI3S he/she/it will fill) •
(FSA all) •
(need) •
(PG your) •
( A according to) •
(NSNa the riches) • %
(MnSG his) • %
( D in) • + - . (FSD glory) • % ( D in) •
.
(MSD Christ Jesus).
The and god my will fill all need your according to the riches his in glory in Christ Jesus.
And my God will fulfill all your needs according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus.
'
Exercise 19 – Track 1: Future Active/Middle Indicative
71
5.
%
(truly) • %
(truly) • ' (PAI1S I am saying) •
(PD to you) • ? (that) • )
(PMpdI3S he/she/it
(and) •
(now) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • ? (when) •
(MPN the
is coming) • ? (FSN hour) •
dead) • %
(FAI3P they will hear) •
(
(FSG the voice) •
(MSG of the son) •
,
(MSG of the god) •
(and) •
%
(MPN the ones who hear it) • *
(*
FAI3P they will live).
Truly, truly I say to you that an hour is coming and now is, when the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God, and
the ones who hear it will live.
6.
(and) • ) , ( % FMdI2P you will be) •
(hated) •
on account of) •
)
(NSNa the name) •
(SG my).
And you will be hated by all on account of my name.
7.
%
(truly) • %
(truly) • ' (PAI1S I am saying) •
(PD to you), •
(MSN the one who believes)
• % ( A into/in) • % (SA! me) •
) ' (NPNa the works) • P (NPNa which) • %' (SN I) •
(PAI1S I am
doing) • %
(that one) •
(FAI3S he/she/it will do) •
(and) • *
(NPNa greater) •
(MfnPG than these) •
(FAI3S he/she/it will do), • ? (that) • %' (SN I) •
( A to) •
(MSA
the father) •
(PMpdI1S I am going).
Truly, truly, I say to you, the one who believes in me will do the works which I am doing, and will do greater than
these because I am going to the Father.
8.
(PN you) •
(PAI2P you are worshipping) • P (NSNa which) • % (not) • )+
(2P you know)T •
(PAI1P we are worshipping) • P (NSNa which) • )+
(1P we know), • ?
(SN we) •
(because) •
(FSN the salvation) • % ( G from) •
+
(MPG the Jews) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it
is). • %
(but) • )
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is coming) • ? (FSN hour) •
(and) •
(now) • %
(PAI3S
he/she/it is), • ? (when) •
% ,
(MPN the true) •
(FPN worshipers) •
(FAI3P
they will worship) • .
(MSD the father) • % ( D in) •
(NSD spirit) •
(and) • % , . (FSD
truth).
You are worshipping what you do not know; we are worshipping what we know, because salvation is from the Jews.
But an hour is coming and now is, when the true worshippers will worship the Father in spirit and truth.
9.
*
(FAI2P you will seek) • (SA me), •
(and) • , (as) • A
(I said) •
+
(MPD to the
Jews) • ? (that) • ? (where) • %' (SN I) •
' (I go) •
(PN you) • % (not) • +
, (PMpdI2P you
are able) • % , (to go), •
(and) •
(PD to you) • ' (PAI1S I am saying).
You will seek me, and as I said to the Jews that where I go you not are able to go, and to you I am saying.
You will seek me, and I am saying to you as I said to the Jews, that where I am going you are not able to go.
10.
)
(Listen!), •
(MSVx Israel), •
(MSN lord) • ,
(MSN the god) •
(PG our) •
(MSN
lord) • > (MSN one) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is), •
(and) • %'
(FAI2S you will love) •
(MSA
lord) •
,
(MSA the god) •
(SG your) • %- ( G from) • ? (FSG whole) •
+
(FSG the heart) •
(SG your) •
(and) • %- ( G from) • ? (FSG whole) •
0
(FSG soul) •
(SG your) •
(and) •
%- ( G from) • ? (FSG whole) •
+
(FSG the mind) •
(SG your) •
(and) • %- ( G from) • ?
(FSG whole) •
%
(FSG the strength) •
(SG your).
Listen, Israel; lord the god our lord one is, and you will love lord the god your from whole the heart your and from
whole the soul your and from whole the mind your and from whole the strength your.
Listen, Israel! The Lord our God is one, and you will love the Lord your God from your whole heart, your whole
soul, your whole mind, and your whole strength.
(
G by) •
(MnPG all) • +
(
A
Additional
11.
(MfnSD on what?) •
. (FSD day) •
(FSN the mother) •
(and) •
(MSN the father) •
(FMdI3P they will go) • >+ (here) • % ( G from) •
) (MSG the house) • %
(SG your) •
(MfnPG their) •
( D beside) • . ,
. (FSD the lake)V • .
.
. (FSD the third day) •
( A
after) •
(NSNa the Sabbath).
On what day will your mother and father proceed here from their house beside the lake? On the third day after the
Sabbath.
72
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
12.
(FAI1P we will worship) •
(MSA the lord) •
(MSA the king) •
(PG our)
'
%'
(FSA the great love) • %
(MnSG his) •
(PD to us) •
• + ( A on account of) •
(and) •
% ''
(FPA the promises) • %
(MnSG his) •
%
(FSG of the peace) •
(and) •
+
(FSG of the righteousness).
We will worship the Lord our king on account of his great love for us and his promises of peace and righteousness.
13.
(MPA sons) •
(and) • , '
(FPA daughters) • '
(SD to you).
(not) • )
( % FMdI3P they will be) •
Sons and daughters you will bear, and not they will be to you.
You will bear sons and daughters, and they will not be for you.
14.
% (not) •
(FAI2S you will worship) •
,
(MPD the gods) • %
(MfnPG their) • %+ (and
not) •
(FAI2S you will do) •
( A according to) •
) ' (NPNa the works) • %
(MfnPG their).
Not you will worship the gods their and not you will do according to the works their.
You will not worship their gods, and you will not do according to their works.
15.
(and) • A
(he/she/it said) •
(MSN lord) • .
(MSD to Abraham)T • )- , (go out!) • % ( G
(SG your) • … •
(and) • % ( G from) •
) (MSG the house) •
from) •
' (FSG the land) •
(MSG of the father) •
(SG your) • % ( A into) •
' (FSA the land) • P (FSA which) • ) (-ever) •
(SD to you) • + - (I will show) •
(and) •
(FAI1S I will make) • (SA you) • % ( A into) • ),
(and) • % '
(FAI1S I will bless) • (SA you) • …
(and) • ) .
(NSNa nation) • ' (NSNa great) •
( % FMdI2S you will be) • % '
(MSN blessed).
And said lord to Abraham, “Go out from the land your… and from the house of the father your into the land
whichever to you I will show and I will make you into nation great and I will bless you… and you will be blessed.”
And the Lord said to Abraham, “Go out from your land… and from your father’s house into whatever land I will
show you, and I will make you into a great nation and I will bless you, … and you will be blessed.”
(FAI2S you will bear) •
(and) •
%
16. ) , ( % FMdI2P you will be) • A (therefore) •
(PN you) •
(MPN perfect) •
(as) •
(MSN
the father) •
(PG your) •
%
(MSN the heaven) •
(MSN perfect) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is).
You will be therefore you perfect as the father your the heaven perfect he is.
Therefore, you will be perfect as your Heavenly Father is perfect.
17. +
(FSN righteousness) • ' (for) • ,
(MSG of god) • % ( D in) • % . (MnSD it) • %
(FSG faith) • % ( A into/in) •
(FSA faith), • ,
(PMpI3S he/she/it is revealed) • % ( G from) •
(as) • ' '
(it is written)T • (MSN the) • + (and/but) • +
(MSN righteous) • % ( G from) •
(FSG
faith) • *
(FMI3S7 he/she/it will live).
For the righteousness of God is revealed in it from faith into faith, as it is written, “But the righteous one will live
from faith.”
18. ! (if) • %'
(PAI2P you are loving) • (SA me), •
%
the my) •
(FAI2P you will keep).
If you are loving me, the commandments the my you will keep.
If you love me, you will keep my commandments.
(to be), • )
%
(FPA
19.
(PAI3S he/she/it desires) •
(MSN first) • A
(MnPG of all) • )
(MSN last).
If anyone desires first to be, he will be of all last.
If anyone desires to be first, he will be last of all.
20.
(I have found) • 3 + (MSAx David) •
(MSA the)8 •
(MSG of the Jesse), • ) + (MSA man) •
( A according to) •
+
(FSA the heart) •
(SG my), • P (MSN who) •
(FAI3S he/she/it
will do) •
(NPNa all) •
,
(NPNa the will) •
(SG my).
I have found David the of the Jesse, man according to the heart my, who will do all the will my.
I have found David, the son of Jesse, a man according to my heart, who will do all of my will.
7
)(if) •
(MfSN anyone) • ,
FMdI3S he/she/it will be) •
(FPA the commandments) •
( %
>
The future active form *
occurs, but the future middle form *
has active meaning, so some consider *
to be middle deponent rather than middle.
8
The word
(“son”) that goes with the article
has been skipped. If you want to use grammatical jargon, you can
say that
has been elided.
Exercise 20 – Track 1
Verbal Roots, and Other Forms of the Future
Parsing
• The “other tense” column gives the inflected form in the other tense (swap future and present).
Inflected
Other tense
Person # Tense /
Voice
Mood
Lexical
/ Case
Gender
Form
BC
%
)
HC
)0
1
.
DC
%
%
IC
%'
%'
JC
%
%
KC
LC
( )
.*
%
MC
%
*
( )
NC
BOC
Parsing
Code
2
S
Future
Active
Indicative
3
S
Future
Middle
Deponent
Indicative
1
P
Future
Active
Indicative
%
FAI1P
3
P
Future
Active
Indicative
%'
FAI3P
2
P
Future
Active
Indicative
%
FAI2P
3
S
Future
Active
Indicative
3
S
Future
Active
Indicative
2
S
Future
Active
Indicative
3
P
Present
Active
Indicative
PAI3P
2
P
Future
Active
Indicative
FAI2P
Inflected
Meaning
You will
raise
he/she/it
will see
we will
cast out
they will
raise up
you will
kill
he/she/it
will save
he/she/it
will send
you will
baptize
they are
doing
you will
judge
FAI2S
)
FMdI3S
FAI3S
.*
FAI3S
%
FAI2S
*
Warm-up
.
%
(MSN that) •
(
FAI3S he/she/it will judge) •
(FSD the last day).
That will judge him in the last day.
.
(MPN many) • ' (for) • %
the name) •
(SG my).
Many for will come on name.
For many will come in my name.
( )
'.
% ( D in) • . %
(NSD the name) •
they will cast out).
In the name my demons they will cast out.
In my name they will cast out demons.
+.
2
'
, ('
FMdI1P we will know) •
We will know the truth.
.
1
2
% ( ' FAI1S I will say) •
I will say to my soul.
Notice that
Notice that '
.0
%
(MSA him) • % (
FMdI3P they will come) • %
(SG my) • +
%
,
. (FSD to the soul) •
(
(NPNa demons) • %
D in) •
D on) •
. %
.
. %
(NSD
( %
FAI3P
(FSA the truth).
(SG my).
is not deponent in the present tense, but its future tense form )0
is deponent in the future tense, but not in the present tense.
73
.
is middle deponent.
74
*.
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
%
(MSN he) •
(
PAI3S he/she/it is remaining) • % ( A on) •
(
FAI2S you will remain) • % ( A into) •
(but) •
(SN you) •
He is remaining on the world, but you will remain into the ages.
(how?) •
(FPA all) •
How all the parables you will know?
How will you understand all the parables?
(FPA the parables) • '
(MSA the world) • %
(MPA the ages).
%
, ('
FMdI2P you will know);
Translation
1.
%' (SN I) • %
(I baptized) •
(PA you) • ?+
(NSD with water), • %
(
* FAI3S he/she/it will baptize) •
(PA you) • % ( D in) •
holy).
I baptized you with water, but he will baptize you in spirit holy.
I baptized you with water, but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit.
2.
%
( %
FAI3S he/she/it will send) •
'% '
(MPA the angels) • %
(MnSG his).
Will send the son of the man the angels his.
The Son of Man will send his angels.
3.
%
(there) • %
(MSA him) • )0 , (
(PD to you).
There him you will see, as he said to you.
You will see him there, just as he said to you.
4.
(and) • A
(he/she/it said) • % . (MnSD to him)T • %
%
, (he/she/it answered) •
(MSN Jesus) •
(if) •
(MfSN anyone) • %'
. ( %'
PAI3S he/she/it is loving) •
(SA me) •
' (MSA the word) •
(SG my) •
(
FAI3S he/she/it will keep) •
(and) •
(MSN the father) •
(SG my) •
%'
( %'
FAI3S he/she/it will love) •
%
(MSA him) •
(and) •
( A to) • %
(MSA him) •
FMdI1P we will come).
%
, ( )
Answered Jesus and said to him, “If anyone is loving me the word my he will keep and the father my will love him
and to him we will come).
And Jesus answered and said to him, “If anyone loves me, he will keep my word, and my father will love him, and
we will come to him.”
5.
(he/she/it will bear) • + (and/but) •
(MSA son), •
(and) •
(
FAI2S you will call) •
(NSNa the name) • %
(MnSG his) •
(MSA Jesus). • %
(MSN he) • ' (for) •
( .*
FAI3S he/she/it will save) •
(MSA the people) • %
(MnSG his) • % ( G from) •
(FPG
the sins) • %
(MfnPG their).
She will bear and son, and you will call the name his Jesus. He for will save the people his from the sins their.
And she will bear a son, and you will call his name Jesus, for he will save his people from their sins.
6.
@(or) • % (not) • )+
(2P you know) • ? (that/because) •
?' (MPN the saints) •
(MSA the
3
world) •
(
FAI3P they will judge) V • … • % (not) • )+
(2P you know) • ? (that) • %''
(MPA angels) •
(
FAI1P we will judge) V
Or not you know that the saints the world will judge? … Not you know that angels we will judge?
Or do you not know that the saints will judge the world? … Do you not know that we will judge angels?
3
(MSN the son) •
FMdI2P you will see), •
(MSN he) • + (and/but) •
(NSD spirit) • ' . (MnSD
% ,
,
(as) • A
(MSG of the man) •
(he/she/it said) •
)
The accent is the only thing that distinguishes this from the present tense. The PAI3P is
( ). What makes the
forms ambiguous in the FAI3P is that the 3P personal ending already has vowel lengthening from the nu that dropped
out at the beginning of the personal ending
( ). The accents were probably not in the original manuscripts, so if it
matters, then rely on the context. In this context, the parallel with
, which is unambiguously future, indicates
that
is also likely to be future, as its accent indicates.
Exercise 20 – Track 1: Verbal Roots, and Other Forms of the Future
75
7.
(MPN all) •
(
FAI3P they will believe) • % ( A in) •
%
(MSA him), •
(and) •
FMdI3P they will come) •
&
(MPN the Romans) •
(and) • %
( ) FAI3P
%
( )
they will take away) •
(MSA the place) •
(PG our).
All will believe in him, and will come the Romans and will take away the place our.
All will believe in him, and the Romans will come and take away our place.
8.
(but) • % ( ' FAI3S he/she/it will say) •
PMpI3P they are raised) •
(MPN the dead)V •
)
( )
PMpdI3P they are coming)V
(MfSN someone) T •
(how?) • %'
. (in what sort of) • + (and/but) •
( %'
(NSD body) •
But will say someone, “How are raised the dead? In what sort of and body they are coming?”
But someone will say, “How are the dead raised? And in what sort of body are they coming?”
9.
' ( ' PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • % . (MnSD to him)T • % ( G from) •
(NSG the mouth) •
(SG your) •
(
FAI1S I will judge) •
(SA you), •
(MSV wicked) • +
(MSV slave).
He is saying to him, “From the mouth your I will judge you, wicked slave.”
He is saying to him, “From your own mouth I will judge you, wicked slave.”
10. +
(
A on account of) •
(NSNa this) •
(also) •
( (FSN the wisdom) •
,
(MSG of the god) •
FAI1S I will send) • % ( A into) •
%
(MPA them) •
(
(he/she/it said)T • %
( %
(MPA prophets) •
(and) • %
(MPA apostles), •
(and) • %- ( G of) • %
(MfnPG them) •
%
( %
FAI3P they will kill).
On account of this also the wisdom of the god said, “I will send into them prophets and apostles, and of them they
will kill.
On account of this also, the wisdom of God said, “I will send to them prophets and apostles, and they will kill some
of them.
A
Additional
11.
(NSNa why?) •
(MPN the bad) • %
( %
PAI3P they are killing) •
%' ,
(
PAI3P they are keeping) •
(MSA the law) •
(MPA the good), • P (MPN which) •
(MSG of the god) •
(and) • %'
( %'
PAI3P they are loving) •
(MPA all)V
Why the bad are killing the good, which are keeping the law of the god and are loving all?
Why are the bad killing the good, who are keeping the law of God and are loving everyone?
D in) • .
(NSD the mouth) •
(SG my) • '
(FSA great) • (
(FSA wisdom) •
FAI1S I will speak) •
(and) •
( A throughout) •
? *
(FSA the whole life) • % (
FAI1S I will say) •
( G concerning) •
+
(FSG the righteousness) • (and) •
(also) •
+ (FSG the way) •
% ,
(FSG of the truth).
12. % (
(
,
'
In the mouth my great wisdom I will speak and throughout the whole life I will say concerning the righteousness
and also the way of the truth.
With my mouth I will speak great wisdom, and throughout all of life I will speak concerning righteousness and also
the way of truth.
13.
(and) •
(
FAI2S you will call) •
(NPNa the Sabbaths) • ?' (NPNa holy) • . , .
(MSD to the god) •
(SG your) •
(and) • % (not) • %
( ) FAI2S you will take up) •
+ (MSA the
foot) •
(SG your) • % ( D on) • ) ' . (NSD work) • %+ (and not) •
(
FAI2S you will speak) •
' (MSA word) • % ( D in) • % ' . (FSD wrath) • % ( G from) •
(NSG the mouth) •
(SG
your).
And you will call the Sabbaths holy to the god your and not you will take up the foot your on work and not you will
speak word in wrath from the mouth your.
And you will call the Sabbaths holy to your God, and you will not take up your foot to work, and you will not speak
a word in wrath from your mouth.
14.
,
(MSN the god) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(MSN lord), •
(and) •
he/she/it knows), •
(and) •
(MSNx Israel) • %
(MSN himself) • '
will know).
The god is lord, and he knows, and Israel himself will know.
God is Lord, and he knows, and Israel himself will know.
(MSN he) •
%
('
A+ (3S
FAI3S he/she/it
76
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
15.
?+ (NSNa the water) • %
(MnSG his) •
(MSA/NSNa faithful)T •
(MSA king) •
( G with)
FMdI2P you will see), •
(and) • 0
(FSN the soul) •
(PG your) •
• + - (FSG glory) • )0 , (
(
FAI3S he/she/it will cultivate) • (
(MSA fear) •
(MSG of lord).
The water his faithful; king with glory you will see, and the soul your will cultivate fear of lord.
His water is faithful; you will see the king with glory, and your soul will cultivate the fear of the Lord.
16.
(and) •
(NPNa the children) • %
(FSG her) • %
( %
FAI1S I will kill) • % ( D in)
•,
. (MSD death). •
(and) • '
('
FMdI3P they will know) •
(FPN all) •
%
(FPN the congregations) • ? (that) • %' (SN I) • % (PAI1S I am) • %
(MSN the one who
searches) • (
(MPA minds) •
(and) •
+
(FPA hearts), •
(and) • +
(I will give) •
(PD to
you) •
. (MSD each) •
( A according to) •
) ' (NPNa the works) •
(PG your).
And the children her I will kill in death. And will know all the congregations that I am the one who searches minds
and hearts, and I will give to you each according to the works your.
And I will kill her children in death. And all the congregations will know that I am the one who searches minds and
hearts, and I will give to each of you according to your works.
17. 7 (not) •
(MSA/NSNa only) • A (therefore) • %
(MSA him) •
(let us call) •
( .* FAI3S he/she/it will save) •
(PA us).
• % (not) • ' (for) •
(NSNa this) •
Not only therefore him let us call lord, not for this will save us.
Therefore, let us not only call him “Lord,” for this will not save us.
(MSA lord),
18.
(MPN blessed) •
,
(MPN the clean) • .
+ . (FSD in heart), • ? (because) •
•
,
(MSA the god) • )0
(
FMdI3P they will see).
Blessed the clean in heart, because they the god will see.
Blessed are the clean in heart, because they will see God.
19.
(but) • % ( ' FAI3S he/she/it will say) •
(MfSN someone) T •
(SN you) •
(FSA faith) • )
(PAI2S you are having), • %' (SN and I) • ) ' (NPNa works) • ) (PAI1S I am having). • + - (Show!) •
(SD to me) •
(FSA the faith) •
(SG your) •
( G without) •
) ' (NPG the works), • %'
(SN and I) •
(SD to you) • + - (I will show) • % ( G from) •
) ' (NPG the works) •
(SG my) •
(FSA the faith). •
(SN you) •
(PAI2S you are believing) • ? (that) • > (MSN one) • %
(MSN the god), •
(well) •
(
PAI2S you are doing). •
(and) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • ,
+
(NPNa the demons) •
(
PAI3P they are believing) •
(and) • (
((
PAI3P they are trembling).
But will say someone, “You faith are having, and I works am having.” Show me the faith your without the works,
and I to you will show from the works my the faith. You are believing that one is the god, well you are doing. And
the demons are believing and they are trembling.
But someone will say, “You have faith, and I have works.” Show me your faith without the works, and I will show
you faith from my works. You believe that God is one; you are doing well. The demons also believe, and they are
trembling.
%
(MPN they)
20. % (if) •
%
(FPA the commandments) •
(SG my) •
(you keep), •
(
FAI2P you
will remain) • % ( D in) • . %'
. (FSD the love) •
(SG my), • , (even as) • %' (SN I) •
%
(FPA the commandments) •
(MSG of the father) •
(SG my) •
(I have kept) •
(and) •
(PAI1S I am remaining) • %
(MnSG his) • % ( D in) • . %'
. (FSD the love).
If the commandments my you keep, you will remain in the love my, even as I the commandments of the father my I
have kept and I am remaining his in the love.
If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, even as I have kept my father’s commandments, and I
am remaining in his love.
Chapters 15 - 20
Review #4 – Track 1
Grammar
1.
Define the following three aspects, clearly differentiating among them.
a.
Continuous aspect describes the action of the verb as an ongoing process. E.g., “The car was slowing down.”
b.
Undefined aspect describes the action of the verb as a simple event, without commenting on whether or not it
is a process. Undefined aspect gives the minimum amount of information about the action of a verb. E.g., “The
car slowed down.”
c.
Punctiliar aspect describes the action of a verb as occurring at a single point of time. E.g., “The car hit the
brick wall.” Punctiliar aspect is the opposite of continuous aspect. Punctiliar aspect is a category of English
grammar, not of Greek grammar.
2.
Write out the twelve forms of
, present active and passive
Present Active
1st sg
1st pl
2nd sg
2nd pl
3rd sg
3rd pl
( )
Present Passive
1st pl
st
1 sg
2nd sg
2nd pl
.
rd
,
rd
3 sg
3.
,
3 pl
Write out the Master Verb Chart
Aug/
Tense
Redup
Tense stem
Pres act
Pres mid/pas
Future act
Liquid future act
Future mid
4.
Tense
formative
pres
pres
fut act
fut act
fut act
Conn.
vowel
/
/
/
/
/
Personal endings
First singular
prim act
prim mid/pas
prim act
prim act
prim mid/pas
What are “The Big Five” contraction rules?
a.
is formed by
,
, and
.
b.
is formed by
.
c.
is formed by almost any combination of omicron or omega with any other vowel, except for rule “a” above.
d.
is formed from
.
e.
is formed from
.
77
78
5.
6.
7.
8.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
What vowels form the following contractions?
a.
+
b.
+
c.
+ (or
d.
+
e.
+
f.
+
g.
+
(or
+ , or
+ )
+ , + ,
+ ,
+ ,
+ , or
+ )
How do you form the following English tenses with the verb “eat”?
a.
Present active continuous – “is eating.”
b.
Present passive punctiliar – “was eaten.”
Define what a “deponent” verb is and give one example.
• A deponent verb is middle or passive in form, but active in meaning.
• E.g., )
is middle or passive in form, since it uses the middle/passive personal ending
“I come” is active.
, and its meaning
Write out the “Square of Stops,” and what happens to each class of stop when followed by a sigma.
Unvoiced
Labial
Velar
Dental
9.
+ ,
Voiced
'
+
Aspirate
+
(
0
-
,
What is the difference between a verbal “root” and “stem”?
• A verb has one root1 and six tense stems2 that are derived from the root.
• A stem is the form of the root in a particular tense. The connecting vowel, personal endings, and other pieces of
a verb are added on to the tense stem rather than on to the root.
• Mounce always prefaces the root with an asterisk. E.g., *
10. What are the three basic ways in which tense stems are formed from verbal roots?
a.
Pattern 1: Root not modified.
•
•
b.
2
Therefore, the present tense stem is the verbal root modified according to some pattern
E.g.,
uses the present tense stem
, which is derived from the verbal root *
second lambda.
by adding a
Pattern 3: Different roots
•
•
1
.
Pattern 2: Root modified regularly
•
•
c.
Therefore, the present tense stem = verbal root.
E.g.,
uses the present tense stem , which is the verbal root *
These verbs fit under one of the above two patterns, but use different roots to form different tense stems.
E.g., %
uses the present tense stem % , which is the same as one of the verb’s roots * % . But the
future tense stem of )
is % ,, which is the same as another of the verb’s roots * % ,.
There are a few verbs that have multiple roots. See question 10 part (c) below.
Some verbs do not occur in certain tenses, and therefore lack the corresponding tense stems.
Chapters 15 - 20: Review #4 – Track 1
79
Parsing
1.
%
2.
%
3.
?
( %
FAI2S you (singular) will hear)
( ?
(*
*
6.
7.
PAI2P you (plural) are hearing)
(
4.
5.
( %
(
('
'
8.
)
( %
9.
%'
( %'
10.
0
11.
PMpdI3S he/she/it is going)
MPA whomever)
FAI3P they will live)
PMpI1S I am keeping for myself / I am being kept)
FMdI3S he/she/it will know)
FMdI3P they will be)
PAI1P we are loving)
(
FMI3S he/she/it will see)
(
PAI1S I am speaking)
(
FMdI2S you (singular) will see)
13.
(
PAI3S he/she/it is filling)
14.
(
12.
)0 .
.* FAI1S I will save)
Translation: John 12:27-36
12:27 8 (now) • 0
(FSN the soul) •
(SG my) •
(he/she/it has been troubled), •
(and) •
(NSNa what?) • ) (I can say)V •
(MSV father), •
(save!) • (SA me) • % ( G from) •
? (FSG
(but) • + ( A on account of) •
(NSNa this) • A , (I came) • % ( A
the hour) •
(FSG this)V • %
into/in) •
? (FSA the hour) •
(FSA this). • 12:28
(MSV father), • + (glorify!) •
(SG your)
•
)
(NSNa the name). • A , (he/she/it came) • A (then) • (
(FSN voice) • % ( G from) •
%
(MSG the heaven)T •
(both) • %+ (I glorified) •
(and) •
(again) • + (FAI1S I will glorify). •
(MSN crowd) •
(MSN the one that was standing) •
(and) • %
12:29 (MSN the) • A (then) • )
(hearing) • ) ' (he/she/it was saying) •
(FSA thunder) • ' '
(that it was), • )
(MPN others) • ) '
(they were saying)T • )''
(MSN angel) • % . (MnSD to him) •
(he/she/it has spoken). • 12:30 %
,
(and) • A
(he/she/it said)T • % (not) • + ( A on account of) • %
(he/she/it answered) •
(MSN Jesus) •
(SA! me) • (
(FSN the voice) • ? (FSN this) • ' '
(he/she/it came) • %
(but) • + ( A on account of) •
(FPA you). • 12:31
(now) •
(FSN judgment) • %
( % PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(MSG of the
world) •
(MnSG of this) , •
(now) •
)
(MSN the ruler) •
(MSG of the world) •
(MnSG
of this) • %
,
(he/she/it will be cast out) • )- (out)T • 12:32 %' (SN and I) • % (if) • 0 , (I am lifted
' (SG the world), •
(MSA all) •
(I will draw) •
( A to) • %
(MSA
up) • % ( G from) •
myself). • 12:33
(NSNa this) • + (and/but) • ) ' (he/she/it was saying) •
(signifying) •
. (MnSD
what) • ,
. (MSD death) • )
(he/she/it was about) • % , .
(to die).
12:34
, (he/she/it answered) • A (then) • % . (MnSD to him) • )
(MSN the crowd)T •
(PN we)
• %
(we heard) • % ( G from) •
(MSG the law) • ? (that/because) •
(MSN the Christ) •
%
(MSA the eternity), •
(and) •
(how?) • '
(PAI3S he/she/it is remaining) • % ( A into/in) •
(PAI2S you are saying) •
(SN you) • ? (that) • + (it is necessary) • 0 ,
(to be lifted up) •
(MSA the
(MSN who?) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • > (MSN this) •
(MSN
son) •
% ,
(MSG of the man)V •
the son) •
% ,
(MSG of the man)V • 12:35 A
(he/she/it said) • A (therefore) • %
(MnPD to them) •
(MSN the Jesus)T • ) (yet) •
(MSA little) •
(MSA time) • ( (NSNa the light) • % ( D in) •
(PD to you) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is). •
(walk!) •
(as long as) • ( (NSNa the light) • )
(PAI2P you are having), • ? (in order that) •
(not) •
(FSN darkness) •
(PA you) •
. (he/she/it
might overtake)T •
(and) •
(MSN the one walking) • % ( D in) • .
. (FSD the darkness) • %
(not) • A+ (3S he/she/it knows) •
(where) •
' (PAI3S he/she/it is going). • 12:36
(as long as) • (
80
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
(NSNa the light) • )
(PAI2P you are having), •
(PAIm2P continually believe!)3 • % ( A into/in) • (
(MPN sons) • (
(NSG of light) • '
, (you might be).
(NSNa the light), • ? (in order that) •
12:27 “Now the soul my has been troubled, and what I can say? ‘Father, save me from the hour this’? But on
account of this I came into the hour this. 12:28 Father, glorify your the name.” Came then voice from the heaven, “Both I
glorified and again I will glorify.” 12:29 The then crowd the one that was standing and hearing was saying thunder it
was, others were saying angel to him has spoken. 12:30 Answered Jesus and said, “Not on account of me the voice this
came but on account of you. 12:31 Now judgment is of the world this, now the ruler of the world this will be cast out;
12:32 and I if I am lifted up from the world all I will draw to myself.” 12:33 This and he was saying signifying what
death he was about to die.
12:34 Answered then to him the crowd, “We heard from the law that the Christ is remaining into the eternity, and
how you are saying you that it is necessary to be lifted up the son of the man? Who is this the son of the man?” 12:35
Said then to them the Jesus, “yet little time the light in you is. Walk as long as the light you are having, in order that not
darkness you might overtake, and the one walking in the darkness not knows where he is going. 12:36 As long as the
light you are having, believe in the light, in order that sons of light you might be.”
12:27 Now my soul has been troubled, and what can I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’? But for this reason I
came to this hour. 12:28 Father, glorify your name!” Then a voice came from heaven, “I have both glorified it and I will
also glorify it again.” 12:29 Then the crowd that was standing and hearing was saying that it was thunder. And others
were saying that an angel had spoken to him. 12:30 Jesus answered and said, “This voice came not for my sake but for
yours. 12:31 Now judgment is on this world; now the ruler of this world will be cast out. 12:32 And if I am lifted up from
the world, I will draw all people to myself.” 12:33 He was saying this, signifying what sort of death he was about to die.
12:34 The crowd then answered him, “We have heard from the law that the Christ remains into eternity; how are
you saying that it is necessary for the Son of Man to be lifted up? Who is this Son of Man?” 12:35 Then Jesus said to
them, “The light is among you for a little while longer. Walk as long as you have the light, in order that darkness will not
overtake you. The one walking in the darkness does not know where he is going. 12:36 As long as you have the light,
believe in the light, in order that you might be sons of the light.”
3
The form could be indicative or imperative mood. The context clarifies that it is imperative. We’ll cover the imperative
mood in chapter 33.
Exercise 21 – Track 1
Imperfect Indicative
Parsing
Inflected
BC
%
*
Person
/ Case
Number
Tense /
Gender
Voice
Mood
2
Singular
Imperfect
Active
Indicative
HC
)
1 or 3
Singular
or Plural
Imperfect
Active
Indicative
DC
%,
2
Plural
Imperfect
Active
Indicative
2
Plural
Imperfect
Middle or
Passive
Indicative
IC
%
.* ,
JC
%
3
Singular
Imperfect
Active
Indicative
KC
%-
1 or 3
Singular
or Plural
Imperfect
Active
Indicative
LC
A
3
Plural
Imperfect
Active
Indicative
Indicative
Lexical
Form
*
Parsing
Code
IAI2S
IAI1S/3P
%
IAI2P
,
.*
IMpI2P
IAI3S
IAI1S/3P
%
IAI3P
%
MC
%
1
Singular
Imperfect
(Middle
or
Passive)
Deponent
NC
?-
3
Plural
Future
Active
Indicative
)
FAI3P
1 or 3
Singular
or Plural
Imperfect
Active
Indicative
%
IAI1S/3P
BOC %
IMpdI1S
Inflected
Meaning
you were
baptizing
I was
hearing /
they were
hearing
you were
willing
you were
being
saved
he/she/it
was doing
I was
casting
out / they
were
casting
out
they were
I was
going
they will
have
I was
asking /
they were
asking
Warm-up
.
%
* (
* IAI3S he/she/it was baptizing) •
He was baptizing them.
.
+
(NPNa demons) •
(NPNa many) • %( %
IAI1S/3P I was casting out / they were
casting out).
Demons many I was casting out.
OR
Demons many they were casting out.
I was casting out many demons.
OR1
They were casting out many demons.
'.
1
%
%
*
(
* IMpI3P they were being baptized) •
They were being baptized by him.
(MPA them).
(
G by) •
%
(MnSG him).
Because of the ambiguity between the 1S and 3P forms of the imperfect, this sentence can be translated both ways.
We’ve shown both possibilities here, but usually will only give the one that fits the context.
81
82
+.
.
*.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
)
( )
IMpdI3P they were coming) •
They were coming to him.
(
A to) •
(MSA him).
%
% (not) • … %
, (
IMpI1P we were judging for ourselves / we were being judged).
Not … we were judging for ourselves. OR
Not … we were being judged.
We were not judging for ourselves.
OR2
We were not being judged.
% (if) • '
(for) • %
(
IAI2P you were believing) • 7
(SD! me).
For if you were believing Moses, you would believe me.
(MSD Moses), •
W
(
FAI2P you will believe) • %
.
%
(
IAI3S he/she/it was speaking) •
He was speaking the word to them.
%
(MnPD to them) •
'
(MSA the word).
Translation
1.
%
(MSN he)3 • + (and/but) • ) ' (IAI3S he/she/it was saying) •
(MnSG his).
temple) •
(NSG of the body) • %
He but he was saying concerning the temple of the body his.
But he was speaking concerning the temple of his body.
2.
(and) •
(MSN all) • )
(MSN the crowd) • )
( )
IMpdI3S it was coming) •
%
(MSA him), •
(and) • %+ +
(IAI3S he/she/it was teaching) • %
(MPA them).
And all the crowd was coming to him, and he was teaching them.
And the whole crowd was coming to him, and he was teaching them.
3.
)
(IAI1S/3P they were hearing) • + (and/but) •
the Pharisees).
They were hearing and these all the Pharisees.
And the Pharisees were hearing all4 of these things.
4.
A
( % IAI3P they were) • ' (for) •
(MPN many) •
following / they were following) • % . (MnSD him).
For there were many, and they were following him.
OR
(
(NPNa these) •
(and) • %
G concerning) •
(NPNa all) •
,
(MSG the
(
<
A to) •
(MPN
(IAI1S/3P I was
For there were many, and I was following him.
5.
%'
(IAI3S he/she/it was loving) • + (and/but) •
(MSN the Jesus) •
(and) •
%+ ( (FSA the sister) • %
(FSG her) •
(and) •
6 *
Was loving and the Jesus the Martha and the sister her and the Lazarus.
And Jesus was loving Martha, her sister, and Lazarus.
6.
(and) • %
(IAI3S he/she/it was asking) • %
(MSA him)T • (NSNa what?) • )
(NSNa name) •
(SD to you)V •
(and) • ' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • % . (MnSD to him)T • 6 '
(MSN Legion) • )
(NSNa name) •
(SD to me), • ? (because) •
(MPN many) • %
(PAI1P we are).
And he was asking him, “What name to you?” And he was saying to him, “Legion name to me, because many we
are.”
And he was asking him, “What is your name?” And he was saying to him, “Legion is my name because we are
many.”
7.
%
(MSN he) • ' (for) • %'
(IAI3S he/she/it was knowing) •
was) • % ( D in) • . % ,
. (MSD the man).
He for was knowing what was in the man.
For he knew what was in the man.
2
7 , (FSA the Martha) •
(MSA the Lazarus).
(NSNa what) • A ( %
IAI3S he/she/it
Because of the ambiguity between the middle and passive forms of the imperfect, this sentence can be translated both
ways. We’ve shown both possibilities here, but usually will only give the one that fits the context.
3
The word %
is usually translated as “that,” but here it is functioning as a personal pronoun rather than as a
demonstrative pronoun, so we translate it as “he” instead. See section 13.9 on page 110 of BBG.
4
modifies
, not <
, because it is neuter.
Exercise 21 – Track 1: Imperfect Indicative
83
8.
(IAI1S/3P they were asking) • %
(MSA him) •
(FSA the parable).
Were asking him the disciples his the parable.
His disciples were asking him about the parable.
9.
(and) •
( A after) •
(NPNa these) •
(IAI3S he/she/it was walking) •
(MSN the
Jesus) • % ( D in) • . 2
. (FSD the Galilee)T • % (not) • ' (for) • ),
(IAI3S he/she/it was willing) •
% ( D in) • .
+ . (FSD the Judea) •
(to walk), • ? (because) • %*
(IAI1S/3P they were
seeking) • %
(MSA him) •
+
(MPN the Jews) • %
(to kill).
And after these he was walking the Jesus in the Galilee; not for he was willing in the Judea to walk, because they
were seeking him the Jews to kill.
And after these things Jesus was walking in Galilee, for he was unwilling to walk in Judea because the Jews were
seeking to kill him.
%
,
(MPN the disciples) •
%
(MnSG his) •
10. " (MPN the) •
(indeed) • A (then) •
,
(when they had come together) • %
(IAI1S/3P they
were asking) • %
(MSA him) • '
(saying)T •
(MSV lord), • % (if) • % ( D in) • .
. (MSD the
time) •
. (MnSD to this) • %
,
(are you restoring) •
(FSA the kingdom) • .
(MSD to Israel)V
The indeed then when they had come together they were asking him, saying, “Lord, if in the time this are you
restoring the kingdom to Israel?”
Then indeed when they had come together, they were asking him, saying, “Lord, are you restoring the kingdom to
Israel at this time?”
Additional
11.
? (when) •
(MSN the Jesus) • % ( D in) •
' '
(FPD the synagogues) •
+
(MPG
of the Jews) • %+ +
(IAI3S he/she/it was teaching) • % ( D on) •
(MnSD each) • .
. (NSD the
Sabbath), • <
(MPN the Pharisees) • %
(IAI1S/3P they were asking) •
(MfnSD what) •
(MPA those) •
'
(MPA the words) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is saying)5.
%. (FSD authority) • %
When the Jesus in the synagogues of the Jews was teaching on each the Sabbath, the Pharisees were asking what
authority those the words he is saying.
When Jesus was teaching in the synagogues of the Jews on every Sabbath, the Pharisees were asking in what
authority he is saying those words.
12.
(MPN the people) • P (MPN who) • + +
(PAI3P they are teaching) •
' (MSA the word)
(MPN they) • %+ +
(IMpI3P they were being taught) •
(not) •
(MSG of the god) • %
(to preach) • % ( D in) •
. (much) •
. (MSD time)V
The people who are teaching the word of the god they were being taught not to preach in much time?
The people who are teaching the word of God, were they being taught not to preach for a long time?
•
13.
5
),
,
(MSN he) • + (and/but) • % (not) • ),
(IAI3S he/she/it was willing), • A
(he/she/it said) • + (and/but) •
.'
(FSD to the wife) •
(MSG of the lord) • %
(MnSG his)T •
(MSN the lord) •
(SG
my) • % (not) • '
(PAI3S he/she/it is knowing) • + ( A on account of) • % (SA! me) • %+ (NSNa
nothing) • % ( D in) • . ) . (MSD the house) • %
(MnSG his) •
(and) •
(NPNa all) • ? (NPNa
whatever) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • % . (MnSD to him) • )+
(he/she/it has given) • % ( A into/in) •
(FPA the hands) •
(SG my) …. •
(then) •
(how?) •
(FAI1S I will do) •
(NSNa
the word) •
(NSNa the evil) •
(NSNa this)V
The but not he was willing, he said but to the wife of the lord his, the lord my not is knowing on account of me
nothing in the house his and all whatever is to him he has given in the hands my… . then how I will do the word the
evil this?
But he was not willing, and he said to the wife of his master, “Because of me, my Lord is not concerned about
anything in his house, and he has placed everything that he has into my hands…. How then could I do this evil
thing?”
As of the current printing (the third), there is a typo in the workbook. This should read %
(IAI3S he/she/it was
saying). The current reading
is parsed and translated as present tense, even though it is awkward in the context and
the accent is incorrect. The PAI3S should be accented
instead of
. The current reading
is actually the
present imperative, which does not fit the context and which will not be covered until chapter 33.
84
14.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
(and) • %
(IAI3S he/she/it was asking) • %
(MSA him) •
(MSN the king) •
(
( G from) •
(secretly) • %
(to say) • % (if) • )
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • ' (MSN word) •
lord), •
(and) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said)T • )
(PAI3S he/she/it is).
And was asking him the king secretly to say if is word from lord, and he said it is.
And the king was asking him secretly to say if there is a word from the Lord, and he said, “There is.”
(MSG
15.
(and) • % (FSN she) • %
(IAI3S he/she/it was speaking) • % ( D in) • .
%
(FSG her) … •
(and) • (
(FSN voice) • %
(FSG her) • % (not) • %
being heard).
And she was speaking in the heart her… and voice her not was being heard.
And she was speaking in her heart… and her voice was not being heard.
16.
(IAI1S/3P they were asking) • %
(MSA him) • (MPN the) •
( A around) •
( D with) •
+ +
(MPD the twelve) •
(FPA the parables).
They were asking him the around him with the twelve the parables.
Those around him with the twelve were asking him about the parables.
17.
% , (truly) • > (MSN this) •
),
(MSN the man) •
(MSN son) • ,
he/she/it was).
Truly this the man son of god was.
Truly this man was a son of a god / the son of a god / a son of God / the Son of God.6
18.
(FPD many) • %
(IAI3S he/she/it was speaking) • %
(FPD to parables) •
them) •
' (MSA the word) • , (just as) • %+
(IMpdI3P they were being able) • %
listen).
To parables many he was speaking to them the word just as they were being able to listen.
He was speaking the word to them in many parables, just as they were able to listen.
19.
'
(MPNv beloved), • % (not) • %
(FSA commandment) •
(FSA new) • ' ( (PAI1S I am
writing) •
(PD to you) • %
(but) • %
(FSA commandment) •
(FSA old) • P (FSA which) •
)
( ) IAI2P you were having) • % ( G from) • %
(FSG beginning).
Beloved, not commandment new I am writing to you but commandment old which you were having from beginning.
Beloved, I am not writing a new commandment to you, but an old commandment, which you have had since the
beginning.
%
+ . (FSD the heart) •
(IMpI3S he/she/it was
%
(MSA him) •
(MSG of god) • A (IAI3S
(MnPD to
(to
,
(MPA the disciples) • %
(MnSG his) •
20. +% +
(IAI3S he/she/it was teaching) • ' (for) •
(and) • ) ' (IAI3S he/she/it was saying) • %
(MnPD to them) • ? (quotation marks) •
(MSN the son) •
% ,
(MSG of the man) •
++
(he/she/it will be betrayed) • % ( A into/in) •
(FPA hands)
• % ,
(MPG of people), •
(and) • %
( %
FAI3P they will kill) •
%
(MSA him).
He was teaching for the disciples his and was saying to them, “The son of the man will be betrayed into hands of
people, and they will kill him.”
For he was teaching his disciples and saying to them, “The Son of Man will be betrayed into the hands of people,
and they will kill him.”
6
Because there are no articles, and because the speaker is a Roman soldier who had just witnessed the earthquake, the
darkness, and how Jesus behaved on the cross, one can make a case for several of these grammatical possibilities.
Exercise 22
Second Aorist Active/Middle Indicative
Parsing
Person
/ Case
Number
Tense /
Gender
Voice
Mood
1
1
Plural
Aorist
Active
Indicative
,
1
Plural
Aorist
2
Plural
Aorist
Middle
Deponent
Active
2
Singular
Aorist
Active
Indicative
Inflected
BC
),
HC
%'
DC
% ,
IC
%
JC
)
3
Singular
Aorist
Active
Indicative
KC
)
1 or 3
Singular
or Plural
Aorist
Active
Indicative
LC
)'
1 or 3
Singular
or Plural
Aorist
Active
Indicative
1 or 3
Singular
or Plural
Aorist
Active
Indicative
1
Plural
Aorist
Active
Indicative
1
Singular
Imperfect
Middle
Deponent
Indicative
,
MC
>
NC
% ,
BOC %'
Indicative
Lexical
Form
)
Inflected
Meaning
AAI1P
we went
AMdI1P
'
Indicative
Parsing
Code
%
AAI2P
, .
AAI2S
%
AAI3S
AAI1S/3P
)
AAI1S/3P
'
AAI1S/3P
%
AAI1P
, .
IMdI1S
'
we
became
you died
you went
in
he/she/it
threw
I had /
they had
I knew /
they
knew
I found /
they
found
we died
I was
becoming
Warm-up
.
A , ( )
AAI3S he/she/it went) •
He went to Jesus.
(
A to) •
.
, (
AAI1S/3P they came to) •
The disciples came to him.
'.
)
(
AAI3S he/she/it threw) •
He threw them into the earth.
+.
(NSNa spirit) • ?'
(MSA/NSNa holy) • %
Spirit holy you received?
Did you receive the Holy Spirit?
.
*.
1
(
(MPN the prophets) • % ,
The prophets died.
. (MnSD him) •
%
(MPA them) • % (
%
( %
, .
AAI3S he/she/it went) • % (
%
, ( %
He went into the land of Israel.
Notice that )
(MSA the Jesus).
(
,
A into/in) •
(MPN the disciples).
'
(FSA the earth).
AAI2P you received);
AAI1S/3P they died).
A into/in) • '
(FSA land) •
(MSGx of Israel).
is not deponent in the aorist tense, even though it is deponent in the present tense.
85
86
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
> (
AAI2S you found) • ' (for) •
the god).
For you found grace in the presence of God.
(FSA grace) •
(
D in the presence of) •
. (MSD
.,
Translation
1.
(MSN Christ) • % ,
(AAI3S he/she/it died) •
( G in behalf of) •
(PG our) •
( A according to) •
' ( (FPA the scriptures).
Christ died on behalf of our sins according to the Scriptures.
2.
,
(MPN the disciples) •
(and) • A , (AAI1S/3P they
(and) • %- , (AAI1S/3P they went out) •
went) • % ( A into/in) •
(FSA the city) •
(and) • > (AAI1S/3P they found) • , (just as) •
A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) • %
(MnPD to them).
And the disciples went out and came into the city and found things just as he said to them.
3.
(and) • (
(FSN voice) • %'
('
AMdI3S he/she/it came) • % ( G from) •
(MSN the son) •
(SG my) •
%'
heavens)T •
(SN you) • A (PAI2S you are) •
And a voice came from the heavens, “You are my beloved son.”
4.
++
(MSV teacher), • )+
(
AAI1P we saw) •
(MfSA/NPNa someone) • % ( D in) •
%
(NSD the name) •
(SG your) • %
(who is casting out) • +
(NPNa demons).
Teacher, we saw someone who is casting out demons in your name.
5.
(MSN the) • + (and/but) •
(MSN Jesus) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) • % . (MnSD to him)T •
(NSNa why?) • (SA me) • ' (PAI2S you are saying) • %' , (MSA good)V • %+ (MSN no one) • %' ,
(MSN good) • %
(except) • > (MSN one) • ,
(MSN the god).
The but Jesus said to him, “Why me you are saying good? No one good except one the god.”
But Jesus said to him, “Why are you calling me ‘good’? No one is good except one, namely, God.”
6.
(and) • %*
(*
IAI1S/3P they were seeking) •
%
(MSA him) •
(to arrest) • … )'
2
('
AAI3P they knew) • ' (for) • ? (that) •
( A against) • %
(MPA them) •
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said).
(FSA the parable) • A
And they were seeking to arrest him… for they knew that he spoke the parable against them.
7.
(and) •
(often) •
(and) • % ( A into) •
(NSA fire) •
he/she/it threw) •
(and) • % ( A into/in) • ?+
(NPNa waters).
And often and into fire him it threw and into waters.
And it often threw him both into fire and into water.
8.
) (and not) • A+ (I know) • ) (and not) • %
(I understand) •
(SN you) •
(and) • %- , (AAI3S he/she/it went out) • )- (outside).
(PAI2S you are saying). •
I neither know nor understand what you are saying. And he went outside.
9.
?
(MPN whoever) • % ,
(AAI1P we died) •
(FAI1P we will live) • % ( D in) • % . (FSD it3)V
Whoever we died to sin, how still we will live in it?
We who died to sin, how will we still live in it?
10.
%
, (API3S he/she/it answered) • %
(MnPD to them) •
(MSN the Jesus) •
(and) •
AAI3S he/she/it said)T • %
(amen) • %
(amen) • ' (PAI1S I am saying) •
(PD to you), • *
(PAI2P you are seeking) • (SA me) • % (not) • ? (because) • )+ (
AAI2P you saw) •
signs), • % (but) • ? (because) • %( ' (you ate) • % ( G from) •
)
(MPG the breads) •
.
%
(FPG the sins) •
%
(MPG the
(MSN the beloved).
(MSA him) • )
. (FSD to sin), •
.
(AAI3S
(NSNa what) •
'
(how?) • ) (still) • *
A
( '
(NPNa
(and) •
%
,
(you were satisfied).
Jesus answered them and said, “Truly, truly, I am telling you, you are seeking me not because you saw signs, but
because you ate the bread and were satisfied.”
2
Notice that )'
uses
instead of nu for its AAI3P personal ending. There are a few verbs that do this, and it
removes the ambiguity between the AAI1S and AAI3P.
3
% . is feminine because its antecedent is
. (“sin”). Since we think of “sin” as an “it” in English, we translate
% . as “it” in this sentence, even though we normally think of % . as “she.”
Exercise 22: Second Aorist Active/Middle Indicative
87
Additional
11. % ( D in) • . % . (MSD the house) • % ( D in) • >.(MnSD which) •
,
(MPN the disciples) •
)
(MSA the bread) • % ( G from) •
(FSG the hand) •
(MSG of the Jesus) • )
(AAI1S/3P
they received), • A
( ' AAI1S/3P they spoke) •
( D with) • %
(MnPD each other) •
(and) • .
(MfnPG their).
. (MSD the lord) • %
In the house in which the disciples the bread from the hand of the Jesus they received, they spoke with each other
and the lord their.
In the house in which the disciples received the bread from the hand of Jesus, they spoke with each other and their
lord.
12.
)
(MPN the crowd) •
, (AAI1S/3P they went into) •
(FSA the city) •
(and) • % ( D
in) • .
' ' . (FSD the synagogue) •
' ' (
' AAI1S/3P they gathered together) • ? (because) •
(MSN the Paul) • %+ +
(IAI3S he/she/it was teaching) •
% ,
(FSA the truth) •
( G
(MSG of the Christ) • (and) •
(and) •
(MSG of the
concerning) •
(MSGd Jesus) •
lord).
The crowd went into the city and in the synagogue they gathered together because the Paul was teaching the truth
concerning Jesus the Christ and and the lord.
The crowd went into the city and gathered together in the synagogue because Paul was teaching the truth
concerning both Jesus Christ and also the Lord.
13.
(and) • % ,
(AAI3S he/she/it died) • :
(MSNx Saul) •
(and) •
(three) •
(MPN sons) •
(MnSG his) • % ( D in) • .
. (FSD the day) • %
. (FSD that) •
(and) •
(MSN all) •
A
(MnSG his) • % ( A on) •
% (NSNa the same) % ,
(AAI3S he/she/it died).
(MSN the house) • %
And died Saul and three sons his in the day that and all the house his on the same he died.
And Saul and his three sons died on that day, and his entire house died at the same time.
%
14.
%
, (AAI3S he/she/it went in) • + (and/but) • 8 (MSNx Noah) •
(and) •
(MPN the sons) • %
(MnSG his) •
(and) • '
(FSN the wife) • %
(MnSG his) •
(and) • • '
(FPN the wives) •
(MPG of the sons) • %
(MnSG his) •
( G with) • %
(MnSG him) • % ( A into/in) •
(FSA the ark) • + ( A on account of) •
?+ (NSNa the water).
Went in and Noah and the sons his and the wife his and the wives of the sons his with him into the ark on account of
the water.
And Noah, his sons, his wife, and his sons’ wives went into the ark with him because of the water.
. (FSD love) •
(AMI3S he/she/it received) •
(PA us) • +
(MSN the
15. % ( D in) • %'
ruler)T • + ( A on account of) •
%'
(FSA the love), • P (FSA which) • )
( ) AAI3S he/she/it had) •
( A to) •
(PA us), •
> (NSNa the blood) • %
(MnSG his) • )+
(he/she/it gave) •
( G
in behalf of) •
(PG us) •
(MSN Jesus Christ) •
(MSN the lord) •
(PG our) • %
(NSD will) • ,
(MSG of god), •
(and) •
(FSA the flesh) •
( G on behalf
( D in) • ,
of) •
(FSG the flesh) •
(PG our) •
(and) •
0
(FSA the life) •
( G on behalf of) •
(PG our).
0
(FPG the lives) •
In love received us the ruler; on account of the love which he had towards us, the blood his he gave in behalf of us
Jesus Christ the lord our in will of god, and the flesh on behalf of the flesh our and the life on behalf of the lives our.
In love the ruler received us; because of the love which he had for us, Jesus Christ, our Lord, gave his blood on our
behalf by the will of God, and his flesh on behalf of our flesh, and his life on behalf of our lives.
16. " (MSN the) • A (therefore) •
(MSN Jesus) • … A , (AAI3S he/she/it went) • % ( A into/in) •
1 ,
(FSA Bethany), • ? (where) • A (IAI3S he/she/it was) • 6 *
(MSN Lazarus), • P (MSA whom) •
)'
(AAI3S he/she/it raised)4 • % ( G from) •
(MPG dead) •
(MSN Jesus).
Therefore Jesus… went into Bethany, where Lazarus was, whom Jesus raised from the dead.
4
)'
is a 1st aorist liquid, which is in the next chapter. The form could also be imperfect.
88
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
17. % ( D in) • .
. (MSD the world) • A (IAI3S he/she/it was), •
(and) •
(MSN the world) • +
(MnSG him) • %'
(AMdI3S he/she/it was made), •
(and) •
(MSN the world) •
( G through) • %
%
(MSA him) • % (not) • )' (AAI3S he/she/it knew).5
He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him.
18.
( A after) •
(NPNa these) • A , (AAI3S he/she/it went) •
(MSN the Jesus) •
(and) •
,
(MPN the disciples) • %
(MnSG his) • % ( A into/in) •
+
(FSA the Judea) • ' (FSA
(MfnPG them) •
region) •
(and) • %
(there) • +
(he/she/it was spending time) •
( G with) • %
(and) • %
* (IAI3S he/she/it was baptizing).
After these things, Jesus and his disciples went into the region of Judea, and there he was spending time with them
and was baptizing.
19.
(five) • ' (for) • ) +
(MPA husbands) • )
(AAI2S you had) •
(and) •
(now) • P (MSA whom)
• ) (PAI2S you are having) • % (not) • )
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(SG your) • %
(MSN husband).
Five for husbands you had and now whom you are having not is your husband.
For you have had five husbands, and the one whom you now have is not your husband.
20.
A
( ' AAI1S/3P they said) • E A (then)F • % . (MnSD to him) •
+
(MPN the Jews)T •
(now) •
'%
(we know) • ? (that) • +
(NSNa demon) • ) (PAI2S you are having). •
(MSNx
Abraham) • % ,
(AAI3S he/she/it died) •
(and) •
(
(MPN the prophets), •
(and) •
(SN
(MfSN anyone) •
' (MSA the word) •
(SG my) •
you) • ' (PAI2S you are saying)T • % (if) •
. (he/she/it might keep), • % (not) •
(not) • '
(he/she/it might taste)6 • ,
(MSG of death) •
% ( A into/in) •
%
(MSA the eternity).
EThenF the Jews said to him, “Now we know that you have a demon. Abraham died, and the prophets did also. And
you are saying, ‘If anyone keeps my word, he will certainly not taste death, even into eternity.’”7
5
The reason that this ends in omega is that it is a “root aorist,” which uses neither a tense formative nor a connecting
vowel. Instead, the stem ends in omega, and the personal ending is added directly on to the stem. In the third person
singular, the personal ending, as expected, is –( ), and in this case the movable nu does not occur.
6
The parsing is aorist middle deponent subjunctive, third person singular, which you will learn in chapter 31.
7
The Greek is idiomatic, so we need to be somewhat free in our translation. One thing to try to communicate in the
translation is that %
plus the aorist subjunctive is the strongest way to negate something in Greek. What is being
denied is the possibility that the person would ever taste death (Wallace, p. 468). This is a preview of what we’ll cover in
chapter 31.
Exercise 23
First Aorist Active/Middle Indicative
Parsing
Inflected
Person /
Case
Number
Tense /
Gender
Voice
Mood
BC
1
Plural
Aorist
Active
Indicative
%
Lexical
Form
Parsing
Code
AAI1P
Inflected
Meaning
we
believed
you heard
HC
%
2
Plural
Aorist
Active
Indicative
DC
%*
3
Singular
Aorist
Active
Indicative
IC
%
3
Plural
Aorist
Active
Indicative
JC
%
3
Singular
Future
KC
)
1
Plural
Aorist
Middle
deponent
Active
LC
%'
3
Singular
Aorist
Middle
Indicative
MC
%
2
Singular
Aorist
Active
Indicative
3
Plural
Aorist
Active
Indicative
)
AAI3P
they went
1
Plural
Aorist
Middle
Indicative
)
AMI1P
we began
NC
A ,
BOC
% -
0
1
,
AAI2P
%
AAI3S
*
AAI3P
Indicative
)
FMdI3S
Indicative
)
AAI1P
'
AMI3S
(
*
AAI2S
he/she/it
sought
they filled
he/she/it
will go
we had
he/she/it
wrote for
–self
you
baptized
Warm-up
.
(MPN many) • %
%
(MnSG his).
Many believed in his name.
(
.
)' 0 (' ( AAI3S he/she/it wrote) •
this).
He wrote this commandment to you.
AAI3P they believed) •
(PD to you) •
'.
(and) • %, (immediately) • %
And immediately he called them.
+.
%
- (
AAI3P they preached) • …
(and) • +
-%
( %
IAI1S/3P they were casting out).
They preached, … and they were casting out many demons.
.
1
2
')
( %'
AAI3S he/she/it raised) •
He raised her.
(
%
%
% (
A in) •
)
(NSNa the name) •
(FSA the commandment) •
AAI3S he/she/it called) •
%
(FSA
(MPA them).
(NPNa demons) •
(NPNa many) •
(FSA her).
This word is typically spelled A , . Spelling it as is done here, with an alpha instead of an omicron, happens
sometimes with a few second aorist verbs that sometimes use first aorist endings. Using first aorist personal endings
eliminates the ambiguity between the 1S and 3P, because the 1S ending is “–,” resulting in A , , whereas the 3P ending
is nu, resulting in A , .
2
This is a liquid first aorist.
89
90
*.
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
(MSN the) • + (and/but) • … %
The but answered nothing.
But he answered nothing.
( %
A , ( )
AAI3S he/she/it went) •
(NSNa the body) • %
(MnSG his).
Therefore, he went and took his body.
A (therefore) •
AMdI3S he/she/it answered) •
(and) • A
%+
(NSNa nothing).
( ) AAI3S he/she/it took) •
Translation
1.
(AAI1S I believed), • + (therefore) • %
(AAI1S I spoke), •
(and) •
(PN we) •
(PAI1P we are believing), • + (therefore) •
(also) •
(PAI1P we are speaking).
I believed, therefore I spoke, and we are believing, therefore also we are speaking.
2.
%' (SN I) • %
(AAI1S I baptized) •
(PA you) • ?+
(NSD in water), • %
(MSN he) • + (and/but) •
(FAI3S he/she/it will baptize) •
(PA you) • % ( D in) •
(NSD spirit) • ' . (NSD holy).
I baptized you in water, but he will baptize you in the Holy Spirit.
3.
, (even as) • % (SA! me) • %
(AAI2S you sent) • % ( A into/in) •
(AAI1S I sent) • %
(MPA them) • % ( A into/in) •
%' (SN and I) • %
Even as you sent me into the world, I also sent them into the world.
4.
)
(AAI3S he/she/it heard) •
(MSN Jesus) • ? (that) • %(AAI1S/3P they cast out) • %
(MSA him) • )- (outside) •
(and) •
(after finding) • %
(MSA him) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said)T
(PAI2S you are believing) • % ( A in) •
(MSA the son) •
% ,
(MSG of
•
(SN you) •
the man)V
Jesus heard that they threw him out, and after finding him, he said to him, “Do you believe in the Son of Man?”
5.
' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • %
(MnPD to them) • ? (quotation marks) • A
(AAI3P they took) •
(MSN lord) •
(SG my), •
(and) • % (not) • A+ (I know) •
(where) • ),
(they laid) •
(MSA him).
She is saying to them, “They took my lord, and I do not know where they laid him.”
6.
%
(MSA the world), •
(MSA the world).
%
(and) • %
, (AAI3S he/she/it went) •
(and) • ) (AMI3S he/she/it began) •
(to preach) •
D in) • . 3
(FSD the Decapolis) • ? (NPNa as much as) • %
(AAI3S he/she/it did) • % .
(MnSD to him) •
(MSN the Jesus).
And he went and began to preach in the Decapolis how much Jesus did for3 him.
% (
7.
' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • %
(MnPD to them)T • ) , (come!) •
(and) • )0 , (
FMdI2P
you will see). • A , ( )
AAI3P they went) • A (then) •
(and) • A+ (
AAI3P they saw) •
(where) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is remaining) •
(and) •
( D in the presence of) • % . (MnSD him) •
)
(AAI3P they remained) •
(FSA the day) • %
(FSA that).
He is saying to them, “Come, and you will see.” Then they went and saw where he is staying, and they spent that
day with him.
8.
%- , (AAI3S he/she/it went out) •
(and) • %
, (AAI3S he/she/it departed) • % ( A into/in) • )
(lonely) •
(MSA place) • %
(and there) •
(IMpdI3S he/she/it was praying). •
(and) • >
(AAI1S/3P they found) • %
(MSA him) •
(and) • '
(PAI3P they are saying) • % . (MnSD to him) •
? (quotation marks) •
(MPN all) • *
(PAI3P they are seeking) • (SA you).
He went out and departed into a lonely place and was praying there. And they found him and are saying to him,
“Everyone is seeking you.”
9.
(and) •
'
(PMpI3P they gathered themselves / they were gathered) •
%
(MPN the apostles)
( A to) •
(MSA the Jesus) •
(and) • % ''
(AAI3P they reported) • % . (MnSD to him)
(NPNa all) • ? (NPNa as much as) • %
(AAI3P they did) •
(and) • ? (NPNa as much as) •
%+ + - (AAI3P they taught).
And the apostles gathered themselves to Jesus, and they reported to him all that they did and all that they taught.
•
•
3
% . is in the dative case, but it is not the indirect object, so we don’t use the key word “to.” Instead, it is a “dative of
advantage” (Wallace, pp. 142-144), so we use the key word “for.”
Exercise 23: First Aorist Active/Middle Indicative
10.
91
(MPN many) • %
( ' FAI3P they will say) •
(SD to me) • % ( D in) • %
. (FSD that) • .
(MSV lord) •
(MSV lord), • % (not) • . (MnSD to the) • . (
NSD your) •
. (FSD the day)T •
%
(NSD to name) • %
(
(AAI1P we prophesied), •
(and) • . (MnSD to the) • . (
NSD
your) • %
(NSD to name) • +
(NPNa demons) • %(AAI1P we cast out), •
(and) • .
(MnSD to the) • . (
NSD your) • %
(NSD to name) • +
(FPNa works of power) •
(FPA
(and) •
(then) •
'
(I will say) • %
(MnPD to them) •
many) • %
(AAI1P we did)V •
? (quotation marks) • %+
(never) • )'
('
AAI1S I knew) •
(PA you).
Many will say to me in that day, “Lord, lord, did we not prophesy in your name, and in your name cast out demons,
and in your name do many miracles?” And then I will say to them, “I never knew you.”
Additional
11.
(MPN the evil) •
(seven) • % +
(MPA men) •
(and) •
(FSA one) • '
(FSA woman)
• %
(AAI3P they killed), • (MSN the) • + (and/but) •
(MSN people) •
,
(MSG of the god) • %
( D in) • . %
. (FSD the church) • )
(IAI3S he/she/it was remaining) • ? (because) • %
(there) •
% ''
(NSNa the gospel) •
*
(FSG of the life).
)
(AAI3P they heard) •
The evil ones killed seven men and one woman, but the people of God were remaining in the church because they
heard the gospel of life there.
12.
(MSN the) • ' (for) •
(MSN Peter) • )' 0 (AAI3S he/she/it wrote) •
(MnPD to the) • % ( D in) •
(FSDx Jerusalem) • ? (that/because) • +
(FPNa works of power) •
(FPA many) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is doing) • % ( D in) • . ' .
(NSD the holy
(and) • '
(FPA great) •
spirit)T • + - (FSN glory) • . , . (MSD to the god).
The for Peter wrote to the in Jerusalem that/because works of power many and great he is doing in the holy spirit;
glory to the god.
For Peter wrote to those in Jerusalem that he is doing great and many miracles in the Holy Spirit. Glory be to God!
13.
(MSA him) • ? (MSA one) •
(
(MfnPG of the friends)
(and) • %
(AAI3S he/she/it made) • %
%
(MnSG his) •
(and) • %+ (AAI3S he/she/it glorified) • %
(MSA him) • + - . (FSD to glory) •
'
. (FSD to great).
And he made him one of his friends and glorified him with great glory.
•
14.
(and) • % (not) • %
(AAI2P you heard) •
(
(FSG the voice) •
(MSG of lord) • > (FSG
( A to) •
(PA you).
by which) • %
(AAI3S he/she/it sent) • (SA me) •
And you did not obey the voice of the Lord, by which he sent me to you.
15.
(and) • )' 0 (AAI3S he/she/it wrote) • 7 W (MSN Moses) •
%.+ (FSA the song) •
(FSA this)
• % ( D in) • %
. (FSD that) • .
. (FSD the day) •
(and) • %+ + - (AAI3S he/she/it taught) • %
%.+ ) •
(MPA the sons) •
(MSGx of Israel).
(FSA it – refers to
And wrote Moses the song this in that the day and he taught it the sons of Israel.4
And Moses wrote this song in that day, and he taught it to the sons of Israel.
16.
(and) • %
(AAI3P they said) • % . (MnSD to him) •
' (MSA the word) •
(MSG of
the lord) •
( D with) •
(MnPD all) •
(MnPD the) • % ( D in) • . % . (FSD the house) • %
(MnSG his).
And they said to him the word of the lord with all the in the house his.
And they spoke the word of the Lord to him, along with all those in his house.
17.
)
(MPA others) • )
(AAI3S he/she/it saved), •
he/she/it is able) •
(to save).
He saved others, but he is not able to save himself.
18.
(MPN all) • ' (for) • %
(MSA him) • A+ (
AAI1S/3P they saw) •
(and) • %
,
were troubled). • (MSN the) • + (and/but) • %, (immediately) • %
(AAI3S he/she/it spoke) •
with) • %
(MfnPG them).
For they all saw him and were troubled. And immediately he spoke with them.
4
This is a double accusative of person and thing.
(MSA himself) •
% (not) • +
(PAI3S
(they
(
G
92
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
19.
(MSV father) • +
(MSV righteous), •
(and) •
(MSN the world) • (SA you) • % (not) •
(AAI1S I knew), •
(and) • > (MPN
') (AAI3S he/she/it knew), • %' (SN I) • + (but) • (SA you) • )'
these) • )'
(AAI3P they knew) • ? (that) •
(SN you) • (SA me) • %
(AAI2S you sent).
Father righteous, and the world you not it knew, I but you knew, and these knew that you me sent.
Righteous Father, the world did not know you, but I knew you, and these knew that you sent me.
20.
(now) • + (and/but) • *
(PAI2P you are seeking) • (SA me) • %
(to kill) • ) ,
(MSA
man) • P (MSN who) •
% ,
(FSA the truth) •
(PD to you) •
(I have spoken) • P (FSA
which) • )
(AAI1S I heard) •
( G from) •
,
(MSG the god)T •
(NSNa this) •
(MSN
Abraham) • % (not) • %
(AAI3S he/she/it did). •
(PN you) •
(PAI2P you are doing) •
)'
(NPNa the works) •
(MSG of the father) •
(PG your). • A
( ' AAI3P they said) • E A (then)F
• % . (MnSD to him)T •
(PN we) • % ( G from) •
(FSG/FPA fornication) • % (not) • ' '
,
(we have been born)T • ? (MSA one) •
(MSA father) • )
(PAI1P we are having) •
,
(MSA the
god). • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) • %
(MnPD to them) •
(MSN the Jesus)T • % (if) • ,
(MSN
the god) •
(MSN father) •
(PG your) • A (IAI3S he/she/it was) • %'
@ (you would love) • %
(SA! me), • %' (SN I) • ' (for) • % ( G from) •
,
(MSG of the god) • %- , AAI1S/3P I came).
Now but you are seeking me to kill man who the truth to you I have spoken which I heard from the god; this
Abraham not he did. You are doing the works of the father your. They said EthenF to him, “We from fornication not
have been born; one father we are having the god.” He said to them the Jesus, “If the god father your he was you
would love me, I for from the god I came.”
But now you are seeking to kill me, a man who has spoken to you the truth which I heard from God; Abraham did
not do this. You are doing the works of your father.” EThenF they said to him, “We were not born from fornication;
We have one father, namely God.” Jesus said to them, “If God were your father, you would love me, for I came from
God.”
Exercise 24
Aorist and Future Passive Indicative
Parsing
Person
/ Case
Number
Tense /
Gender
Voice
Mood
1
Plural
Aorist
Passive
Indicative
API1P
2
Plural
Aorist
Passive
Indicative
API2P
3
Singular
Future
Passive
Indicative
FPI3S
2
Plural
Future
Passive
Indicative
FPI2P
,
2
Plural
Aorist
Passive
Indicative
,
3
Singular
Aorist
Passive
Indicative
3
Plural
Aorist
Passive
Deponent
Indicative
2
Singular
Future
Active
Indicative
3
Singular
Aorist
Passive
Indicative
2
Plural
Future
Passive
Indicative
Inflected
BC
%
HC
%
,
DC
,
IC
JC
,
,
%
KC
LC
%
MC
NC
BOC
1
,
2
,
0
%'
(
,
,
Parsing
Code
Lexical Form
API2P
%
API3S
'
APdI3P
%
FAI2S
'
API3S
(
FPI2P
.*
Inflected
Meaning
we were
believed
you were
thrown
he/she/it
will be
kept
you will
be judged
you were
heard
he/she/it
was
gathered
they
answered
you will
see
he/she/it
was
written
you will
be saved
Warm-up
1
.
3
%
,
(
API3P they were entrusted) •
They were entrusted the words of the god.
They were entrusted with4 the words of God.
.
%
(there) •
(SD to you) •
,
(
(MnPG all).
There to you it will be told concerning all.
There it will be told to you about everything.
'
(MPA the words) •
FPI3S he/she/it will be told) •
,
(
(MSG of the god).
G concerning) •
Notice that the aorist passive tense stem
is not the same as the aorist active tense stem
.
In the aorist tense, %
is both middle deponent and passive deponent, meaning that it is never written in the
aorist active, and that both the aorist middle and the aorist passive have active meaning.
3
in the passive voice can be “they were believed” or “they were entrusted.” If
'
were nominative,
we would have used the former meaning. But since
'
is accusative, the latter meaning fits the context.
4
The word “with” was added to clarify the meaning of the accusative “the words.” That use of an accusative is
technically called an “accusative of retained object;” it is a somewhat rare use of the accusative that occurs with passive
verbs. See Wallace, p. 197 for more explanation about this use of the accusative case.
93
2
94
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
'.
,
(
FPI3S he/she/it will be preached) •
news).
It will be preached this the good news.
This gospel will be preached.
+.
%' ,
('
API2P you became) • %''
(MSG of the Christ).
You became near by the blood of Christ.
.
*.
% ( D in) •
. (MnSD this) • %+ (SG my).
In this my father was glorified.
(near) • % (
(NSNa this) •
D in) •
.
(NSD the blood) •
?
, (+ - * API3S he/she/it was glorified) •
A
(MSN the house) •
(SG my) •
FPI3S he/she/it will be called).
A
(MSN house) •
(NSNa the good
% ''
(MSN the father) •
(FSG of prayer) •
(
,
My house will be called a house of prayer.
.
APdI3P they rejoiced) •
%
(
They rejoiced with great joy.
(FSA joy) •
'
(FSA great).
Translation
1.
(and) •
,
(API3P they were gathered) •
(MPN many) • …
was speaking) • %
(MnPD to them) •
' (MSA the word).
And many were gathered… and he was speaking the word to them.
(and) • %
(IAI3S he/she/it
2.
(MSN the) • + (and/but) • %'
(MSN one who loves) • (SA me) • %'
,
(FPI3S he/she/it will be
loved) •
( G by) •
(MSG the father) •
(SG my), • %' (SN and I) • %'
(FAI1S I will
love) • %
(MSA him).
And the one who loves me will be loved by my father, and I will love him.
3.
(and) • %'
('
AMI3S it happened) • % ( D in) • %
(FPD those) •
(FPD the days)
• A , ( %
AAI3S he/she/it came) •
(MSN Jesus) • % ( G from) • 8 *
(FSGx Nazareth) •
(and) • %
, (API3S he/she/it was baptized) • % ( A in) •
2
(FSG of the Galilee) •
+
(MSA the Jordan) •
( G by) •
(MSG John).
And it came to pass in those days that Jesus came from Nazareth of Galilee and was baptized in the Jordan by John.
4.
)' ' (AAI3S he/she/it led) • %
(MSA him) •
( A to) •
(MSA the Jesus) …. •
the Jesus) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said)T •
(SN you) • A (PAI2S you are) • :
(MSN Simon) •
(MSG of John), •
(SN you) •
,
. (FPI2S you will be called) • 5 ( (MSN
(MSN the son) •
Cephas), • P (NSNa which) •
(is translated as) •
(MSN Peter).
He led him to Jesus…. Jesus said, “You are Simon, the son of John; you will be called ‘Cephas’” (which is
translated as ‘Peter’).
5.
% (not) • )
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • >+ (here), • %' , ( %'
(just as) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said).
He is not here, for he was raised, just as he said.
6.
(MSN each) • % ( A into/in) •
A
(MSA the house) •
(and) • %
,
(APdI3P they went) • ?
(MnSG his), •
(MSN Jesus) • + (and/but) • %
, (APdI3S he/she/it went) • % ( A into/in) •
) (NSNa the mountain) •
%
(FPG of the olives).
And each went into his own house, but Jesus went into the Mount of Olives.
API3S he/she/it was raised) • '
(for) •
(MSN
,
%
7.
5
) ' (IAI3S he/she/it was saying) • ' (for) • ? (quotation marks) • %
@ (even) •
(NPG the cloaks) • %
(MnSG his) • ,
For she was saying, “If I touch even his garments, I will be healed.”
(if) • ?0
(FMI1S I will touch)5 •
(FPI1S I will be healed).
Actually the form could also be aorist middle subjunctive, which is what it is in this text. See chapter 31!
Exercise 24: Aorist and Future Passive Indicative
95
8.
(MSN the) •
(indeed) •
(MSN son) •
% ,
(MSG of the man) •
' (PAI3S he/she/it is going) •
(MnSG him), • % (woe) • +
, (just as) • ' '
(he/she/it is written) •
( G concerning) • %
(but) • . % ,
. (MSD to the man) • %
. (MnSD that) • + ( G through) • >(MnSG whom) •
(MSN the
son) •
% ,
(MSG of the man) •
++
(he/she/it is betrayed)T •
(MSA/NSNa good) • % .
(MnSD to him) • % (if) • % (not) • %'
, (API3S he/she/it was born) •
),
(MSN the man) • %
(MSN that).
Indeed the Son of Man is going just as it is written concerning him, but woe to that man through whom the Son of
Man is betrayed; it would be better for him if that man had not been born.
9.
(again) • + (and/but) • )0
(FMdI1S I will see) •
(PA you), •
(and) •
(
FMdI3S
he/she/it will rejoice) •
(PG your) •
+ (FSN the heart), •
(and) •
(FSA the joy) •
(PG
your) • %+ (MSN no one) • ) (PAI3S he/she/it is taking) • %( ( G from) •
(PG you).
But I will see you again, and your heart will rejoice, and no one is taking your joy from you.
10.
(and) • %*
(IAI1S/3P they were seeking) • %
(MSA him) •
(to arrest), •
(and) •
(%
,
(API3P they were afraid) •
)
(MSA the crowd), • )'
(AAI3P they knew) • ' (for) • ?
(that/because) •
( A against) • %
(MPA them) •
(FSA the parable) • A
( ' AAI3S
he/she/it said).
And they were seeking to arrest him, but they were afraid of the crowd, for they knew that he spoke the parable
against them.
Additional
11. %
(
APdI1P we rejoiced) • ' (for) • %' (SN I) •
(and) • '
(FSN the wife) •
(SG my) •
? (that/because) •
( A after) •
(seven) •
(FPA days) • ?(FAI1P we will have) • %
)
(NPD the mountains) •
(MnPD the) •
( A around) •
(FSA
(FSA house) • % ( D on) •
this) •
(FSA the city).
We rejoiced for I and the wife my that after seven days we will have house on the mountains the around this the city.
We rejoiced because after seven days my wife and I will have a house on the mountains around this city.
12.
,
(MSG of the god) • % ( D in) •
' '
(FPD the
? (when) • +
(MPN the servants) •
synagogues) •
% ''
(NSNa the Gospel) • )
- (AAI3P they preached), •
(MfPN some) • % ( G
from) •
(FSG the city) • % ,
(API3P they were thrown) •
( G by) •
<
(MPG
,
(API3P they were killed).
the Pharisees) •
(and) • )
(MPN others) • %
When the servants of the god in the synagogues the Gospel they preached, some from the city were thrown by the
Pharisees and others were killed.
When the servants of God preached the Gospel in the synagogues, some were thrown from the city by the Pharisees,
and others were killed.
13.
A+ (
AAI3S he/she/it saw) • + (and/but) •
(MSNx Israel) •
(FSA the hand) •
'
(FSA the great) • P (NPNa which) • %
(AAI3S he/she/it did) •
(MSN lord) •
%'
(MPD to
the Egyptians), • %( , (APdI3S he/she/it was afraid) • + (and/but) •
(MSN the people) •
(MSA
the lord) •
(and) • %
(AAI3P they believed) • . , . (MSD the god) •
(and) • 7 W . (MSD Moses)
(MnSG his).
• .,
(MSD the servant) • %
Saw and Israel the hand the great which did lord to the Egyptians, he was afraid but the people the lord and they
believed the god and Moses the servant his.
And Israel saw the great hand which the Lord used against the Egyptians. And the people feared the Lord and
believed God and Moses his servant.
14.
(and) • ( ,
(FPI3P they will fear) •
), (NPNa the nations) •
)
(NSNa the name) •
(MSG of lord) •
(and) •
(MPN all) •
(MPN the kings) •
' (FSG of the earth) •
+ - (FSA the glory) •
(SG your).
And the nations will fear the name of the Lord, and all the kings of the Earth will fear your glory.
96
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
15.
(and) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) • + (MSN Adam)T •
(NSNa this) •
(now) • %
(NSNa
%
(NPG the bones) •
(SG my) •
(and) •
- (FSN flesh) • % ( G from) •
bone) • % ( G from) •
(FSG the flesh) •
(SG my), • ? (FSN she) •
,
(FPI3S he/she/it will be called) • '
(FSN woman) • ? (because) • % ( G from) •
% +
(MSG the husband) • %
(FSG her) • %
(,
6
(
API3S he/she/it was taken) •
? (FSN she).
And Adam said, “This now is bone from my bones and flesh from my flesh; she will be called ‘woman’ because she
was taken from her husband.”
16.
(and) • %( ,
(APdI3P they were afraid) • (
(MSA fear) • ' (MSA great) •
(and) • ) '
(IAI1S/3P they were saying) •
( A to) • %
(MPA each other)T •
(MfSN who?) • ) (then) •
(MSN this) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is)V
And they were afraid with a great fear, and were saying to each other, “Who then is this?”
17.
>
? (MPN as many as) • + (and/but) • )
(AAI1S/3P they received) • %
(MSA him), • )+
(he/she/it
gave) • %
(MnPD to them) • %(FSA authority) •
(NPNa children) • ,
(MSG of god) • '
,
(to become), •
(MPD to those who believe) • % ( A into/in) •
)
(NSNa the name) • %
(MnSG his), • P (MPN which) • % (not) • %- ( G from) •
(NPG blood) • %+ (and not) • % ( G from) •
(FSG of flesh) • %+ (and not) • % ( G from) • ,
(NSG will) • % +
,
(NSG will) •
(MSG of man) • % (but) • % ( G from) • ,
(MSG god) • %'
,
('
API3P they were born).
As many as but they received him, he gave to them authority children of god to become, to those who believe in the
name his, which not from blood and not from will of flesh and not from will of man but from god they were born.
But as many as received him, to them he gave authority to become children of God, to those who believe in his
name, who were born, not from blood, nor from the will of the flesh, nor from the will of man, but from God.
18. 7
(MPN blessed) •
(MPN the poor) • .
(NSD in the spirit)
? (because) • %
(MfnPG their) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(FSN the kingdom) •
%
(MPG of the heavens).
(MPN blessed) •
,
(MPN the clean) • .
+ . (FSD in the heart),
? (because) • %
(MPN they) •
,
(MSA the god) • )0
(
FAI3P they will see).
%
(MPN the peacemakers),
(MPN blessed) •
? (because) • %
(MPN they) •
(MPN sons) • ,
(MSG of god) •
,
(FPI3P they will be
called).
Blessed are the poor in spirit, because theirs is the Kingdom of Heaven.
Blessed are the clean in heart, because they will see God.
Blessed are the peacemakers, because they will be called sons of God.
19.
(MPN the) • + (and/but) •
(MPN sons) •
(FSG of the kingdom) • %
will be thrown out) • % ( A into/in) •
(NSNa the darkness).
But the sons of the kingdom will be thrown out into the darkness.
20.
) (not yet) • ' (for) • A (IAI3S he/she/it was) •
(NSNa spirit), • ? (that/because) •
Jesus) • %+
(not yet) • %+ - , (API3S he/she/it was glorified).
Not yet for was spirit because Jesus not yet was glorified.
For the Spirit was not yet given,7 because Jesus was not yet glorified.
6
,
(FPI3P they
(MSN
%
(, can be derived from
by following all of the rules. The aorist passive tense stem is
. When you
add the tense formative , to the tense stem, the beta and the theta combine according to the rules. ,
(,. So % +
+, +–
%
,
%
(, . It works!
7
Literally this is “for the Spirit was not yet.” We’ve added “given” because it is clear from the larger context of the book
that the Spirit already exists, but that the Spirit was not yet given to the believers.
Exercise 25
Perfect Indicative
Parsing
Person
/ Case
Inflected
BC
,
Number
Tense /
Gender
Voice
Lexical
Form
Mood
1
Plural
Perfect
Middle
or
Passive
Indicative
Active
Indicative
HC
%'
1
Singular
Perfect
DC
' '
2
Singular
Perfect
,
2
Plural
Perfect
,
3
Singular
Perfect
Active
Indicative
3
Plural
Perfect
Active
Indicative
IC
Middle
or
Passive
Middle
or
Passive
Indicative
%
KC
)'
LC
% ,
3
Singular
Aorist
Active
Indicative
MC
%
1
Plural
Perfect
Active
Indicative
2
Plural
Perfect
Active
Indicative
2
Singular
Perfect
Active
Indicative
NC
BOC ' '
(
TMpI1P
TAI1S
%'
'
Indicative
JC
2
Parsing
Code
%
,
%
, .
you have
been born
TMpI2P
you have
been called
TAI3S
TAI2P
.*
'
AAI3S
TAI1P
%
TAI2S
(
we have
been
believed /
we have
been
entrusted
(with
something)
I have loved
TMpI2S
TAI3P
'
Inflected
Meaning1
he/she/it has
followed
they have
come to
know
he/she/it
died
we have
heard
you have
saved
you have
written
Warm-up
.
(
TAI3S he/she/it has believed) • % (
He has believed in the name.
.
,
(MSA god) • %+
No one has seen God.
'.
1
(MSN no one) •
(
A into/in) •
)
(NSNa the name).
TAI3S he/she/it has seen).
(
TMpI3S he/she/it has been fulfilled) •
The time has been fulfilled.
(MSN the time).
For forms that can be middle or passive, we generally give the meaning of the passive in the parsing questions.
Although the standard primary active ending third person plural is
( ), some verbs use nu in the TAI3P, and
'
is one of them.
97
2
98
+.
.
*.
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
%' (SN I) • % ( A into/in) •
(NSNa this) • ' '
('
TMpI1S I have been born) •
(NSNa this) • %
, ( )
TAI1S I have come).
( A into/in) •
I into this I have been born and into this I have come.
For this purpose I have been born, and for this purpose I have come.
(
TMpI3S he/she/it was thrown) • % (
He was thrown into the sea.
A into/in) •
(FSA the sea).
,
)
(PAI1P we are having) •
(NPNa these) • P (NPNa which) • .%
% ( G from) • %
(MnSG him).
We have these things which we have requested from him.
++
(MSN the teacher) •
TMpI3S he/she/it has been judged).
(MSG of the world) •
(and) • %
( %
TAI1P we have asked) •
(MnSG of this) •
(
The teacher of this world has been judged.
Translation
1.
%' (SN I) •
(TAI1S I have believed) • ? (that) •
,
(MSG of the god).
the Christ) •
(MSN the son) •
I have believed that you are the Christ, the Son of God.
2.
(Tell!) • %
(MnPD them) • ? (NPNa as much as) •
(TAI3S he/she/it has done).
Tell them how much the Lord has done for you.
3.
% (not) • +
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is able) •
(to sin), • ? (because) • % (
(TMpI3S he/she/it has been born).
(MSG the god) • ' '
He is not able to sin, because he has been born from God.
4.
%' (SN and I) •
(
TAI1S I have seen), •
(and) •
(that) • > (MSN this) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(MSN the son) •
I have seen and I have also testified that this is the Son of God.
%
(SN you) • A (PAI2S you are) •
''
(MSN the lord) •
,
(MSN
(SD for you) •
G from) •
,
(TAI1S I have testified) • ?
(MSG of the god).
5.
(FSN the faith) •
(SG your) •
(TAI3S he/she/it has healed) •
(API3S he/she/it was healed) • '
(FSN the woman) • % ( G from) •
?
“Your faith has healed you.” And the woman was healed from that hour.
6.
(MSN the one who believes) • % ( A into/in) • %
(MSA him) • % (not) •
(PMpI3S
(not) •
(MSN one who believes) • )+ (already) •
he/she/it is judged)T • (MSN the) • + (and/but) •
(TMpI3S he/she/it was judged), • ? (because) •
(not) •
(TAI3S he/she/it has believed) •
% ( A in) •
)
(NSNa the name) •
'
(MSG of the only) •
(MSG son) •
,
(MSG of
the god).
The one who believes in him is not judged, but the one who does not believe has already been judged because he did
not believe in the name of the only Son of God.
7.
(MnPD to the all) • ' '
('
I have become all things to all people.
8.
? (FSN this) • + (but) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(FSN the judgment) • ? (that) • ( (NSNa the
light) • %
, ( )
TAI3S he/she/it has come) • % ( A into/in) •
(MSA the world) •
(and) •
%'
(AAI3P they loved) •
),
(MPN the people) •
(more) •
(NSNa the darkness) • @
(than) • ( (NSNa the light)T • A (IAI3S he/she/it was) • ' (for) • %
(MfnPG their) •
(NPNa evil)
•
) ' (NPNa the deeds).
And this is the judgment, that the light has come into the world, and the people loved the darkness instead of the
light because their deeds were evil.
TAI1S I have become) •
(SA you). •
(and) • % ,
%
(FSG that hour).
(NPNa all things).
Exercise 25: Perfect Indicative
99
9.
%
(but) • ' (PAI1S I am saying) •
(PD to you) • ? (that) •
(and) •
(MSN Elijah) • %
,
TAI3S he/she/it has come) , •
(and) • %
(AAI3P they did) • % . (MnSD to him) • ? (NPNa
( )
as much as) • ),
(IAI1S/3P they were wanting), • , (just as) • ' '
(TMpI3S it has been written) •
% ( A concerning) • %
(MSA him).
But I am saying to you that Elijah has come, and they did to him whatever they were wanting to do, just as it has
been written concerning him.
10.
%
(but) • )'
(TAI1S I have known) •
(PA you) • ? (that) •
%'
(FSA the love) •
,
(MSG of the god) • % (not) • )
(PAI2P you are having) • % ( D in) •
(MnPD yourselves). • %' (SN I) •
%
, ( )
TAI1S I have come) • % ( D in) • . %
(NSD the name) •
(MSG of the father) •
(SG my), •
(and) • % (not) •
(PAI2P you are receiving) • (SA me).
But I have known you, that you do not have the love of God in yourselves. I have come in the name of my father, and
you are not receiving me.
Additional
11.
? (because) •
(TAI1P we have believed) •
% ,
(FSA the truth) •
( G concerning) •
(MSG the Jesus), •
,
, (FPI1P we will be baptized) • % ( D in) •
?+
(MnPD the
( G by) •
(MSG the John) •
%
(MSG the
waters) •
,
(FSG of the lake) •
apostle).
Because we have believed the truth about Jesus, we will be baptized in the water of the lake by John, the apostle.
12.
(FPN the) •
A (therefore) • '
(FPN tongues) •
(NPG of the mouths) •
(PG our) •
(TAI3P they have testified) •
( G concerning) •
(MSG of the lord) •
%
(MPG of the heavens) • ? (that/because) •
(PA us) •
(TAI3S he/she/it has saved) • % ( G from) •
(PG our) • + ( G through) •
?
(NSG the blood) •
(MSG of
(FPG the sins) •
the son) • %
(MSG his).
Therefore the tongues of our mouths have testified about the Lord of the Heavens, that (or “because”) he has saved
us from our sins through the blood of his son.
13.
(and) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) •
(MSNx Israel) •
( A to) •
( (MSAx Joseph)T •
,
(FMdI1S I will die) • % ( G from) •
(MnSG the) •
(now), • %
(because) •
(
TAI1S I have seen) •
(NSNa the face) •
(SG your) • ) (still) • ' (for) •
(SN you) • * .
(PAI2S you are living).
And Israel said to Joseph, “From now on, I will (gladly) die, because I have seen your face, because you are still
alive.”
%
14.
(and) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) • 7 W (MSN Moses) •
( A to) •
,
(MSA the god)T •
(behold!) • %' (SN I) • %
( )
FMdI1S I will go) •
( A to) •
(MPA the sons) •
(MSGx of Israel) •
(and) • % ( ' FAI1S I will say) •
( A to) • %
(MPA them)T • ,
(MSN the god) •
(MPG of the fathers) •
(PG your) • %
(TAI3S he/she/it has sent) •
(SA me) •
( A to) •
(PA you)T • %
(FAI3P they will ask) • (SA me)T • (NSNa what?) •
)
(NSNa name) • % . (MnSD to him), • (NSNa what?) • % ( ' FAI1S I will say) •
( A to) •
%
(MPA them)V
And Moses said to God, “Behold, I will go to the sons of Israel and say to them, ‘The God of your fathers has sent
me to you.’ And they will ask me, ‘What is his name?’ Then what will I say to them?”
%+
15.
(and) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) •
(MSN lord) •
( A to) • 7 W (MSA Moses) T •
(and) •
(MSA this) •
(SD to you) •
' (MSA the word) • P (MSA which) • )
( ' TAI2S
you have said) •
(FAI1S I will do), • ?
(
TAI2S you have found) • ' (for) •
(FSA
grace) • %
( G before) •
(SG me) •
(and) • A+ (TAI1S I have known) • (SA you) •
( A
more than / above) •
(MPA all).
And the Lord said to Moses, “I will do this thing also which you have requested, because you have found favor
before me, and I have known you above all.”
16.
(NPNa the words) • P (NPNa which) • %' (SN I) •
(TAI1S which I have spoken) •
(PD to
you) •
(NSNa spirit) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(and) • * (FSN life) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is).
The words which I have spoken to you are spirit and are life.
100
17.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
(and) •
(PN we) •
(TAI1P we have believed) •
(and) • %'
?'
(MSN the holy one) •
known) • ? (that) •
(SN you) • A (PAI2S you are) •
And we have believed and have come to know that you are the Holy One of God.
,
(TAI1P we have
(MSG of the god).
18.
%
(Amen) • %
(amen) • ' (PAI1S I am saying) •
(SD to you) • ? (that) • P (NSNa which) • )+
(TAI1P we know)3 •
(PAI1P we are speaking) •
(and) • P (NSNa what) •
(
TAI1P we
have seen) •
(PAI1P we are testifying), •
(and) •
(FSA the testimony) •
(PG
our) • % (not) •
(PAI2P you are receiving).
Truly, truly I say to you, we are speaking to you about what we know, and we are testifying about what we have
seen, but you are not accepting our testimony.
19.
(PN you) • %
(TAI2P you have sent) •
( A to) •
(MSA John), •
(and) •
(TAI3S he/she/it has testified) • . % , . (FSD to the truth)T • %' (SN I) • + (and/but) • % (not) •
( G from) • % ,
(MSG man) •
(FSA the testimony) •
(PAI1S I am receiving), •
%
(but) •
(NPNa these things) • ' (PAI1S I am saying) • ? (in order that) •
(PN you) • ,
(you might be saved).
You have sent to John, and he has testified concerning the truth. The testimony that I receive is not from man, but I
am saying these things in order that you might be saved.
20.
(then) • ' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • % . (MnSD to him) •
(MSN the Jesus)T • ? ' (Depart!),
•
(MSV Satan)T • ' '
(TMpI3S he/she/it is written) • ' (for)T •
(MSA lord) •
,
(MSA
(FAI2S you will worship).
the god) •
(SG your) •
Then Jesus says to him, “Depart, Satan! For it is written, ‘You will worship the Lord, your God.’”
3
)+
can either be parsed as a perfect or as a present. The form is actually perfect, but the meaning is equivalent to a
present. The perfect meaning is “We are in a state of knowing due to a previously completed action of learning.” This
means the same thing as the present meaning “We know.” Your teacher may prefer that you parse it as present. See
footnote 159 on page 393 of the textbook and footnote 14 on page 144 for further explanation.
Chapters 21 - 25
Review #5
Grammar
1.
Write out the Master Verb Chart
Aug/
Tense
Redup
Tense
formative
Conn.
vowel
Personal
endings
First singular
pres
/
sec act
)
2 future passive
aor pas
/
prim mid/pas
%
1st aorist active
aor act
sec act
)
Liquid aorist active
aor act
sec act
)
2nd aorist middle
aor act
sec mid/pas
%'
sec act
%
Imperfect active
nd
st
1 aorist passive
aor pas
1st perfect active
nd
2 perfect active
'
B
Perfect middle/passive
2.
Tense
stem
/
,
perf act
prim act
perf act
prim act
perf pas
prim mid/pas
,
' '
Write out the twelve forms of
, imperfect active and passive
Imperfect Active
)
1st pl
2 sg
)
nd
3rd sg
)
1st sg
nd
( )
%
2 pl
%
3rd pl
)
Imperfect Passive
st
1 sg
2nd sg
rd
3 sg
3.
%
1st pl
%
2nd pl
%
%
rd
3 pl
%
,
,
%
When are primary and secondary endings used?
a.
Primary endings are used in all finite verbs2 except for those with absolute past time.3 Of the tenses we’ve
learned thus far, they are used in the present, future, and perfect tenses.
b.
Secondary endings are used in all verbs with absolute past time; namely for the indicative mood, in the
imperfect and aorist tenses.4
1
We list the reduplication in the chart as ' rather than
because the paradigm verb for 2nd perfects is '
rather
than
.
2
By saying “finite verbs” we are excluding participles and infinitives.
3
Advanced information: Primary endings are also not used in the imperative and optative moods. The imperative mood
(chapter 33) has its own personal endings. The optative mood (chapter 35) uses secondary personal endings.
101
102
4.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
What are the three basic rules of augmentation?
a.
Verbs beginning with a consonant augment by prefixing an epsilon with a smooth breathing mark.
(E.g.,
b.
%
)
Verbs beginning with a vowel augment by lengthening the vowel.
Alpha and epsilon lengthen to eta. (E.g., %
% ).
Omicron lengthens to omega. (E.g.,
).
Other vowels are unchanged.
c.
Verbs beginning with a diphthong augment by lengthening the first vowel of the diphthong.
(E.g.,
%
. ).
But some diphthongs do not augment at all.
5.
What are three clues as to the difference between the present and second aorist (active and middle) forms of the
same verb?
a.
Augment – The second aorist has an augment, but the present does not.5
b.
Tense stem – The second aorist (active and middle) uses the aorist active tense stem, but the present uses the
present tense stem.
c.
Personal endings – The second aorist uses secondary personal endings, but the present uses primary personal
endings. 6
6.
What is the primary significance of the following tenses?7
a.
The imperfect tense describes an event as a continuous action in past time.
b.
The aorist tense describes an event as occurring in the past without specifying whether it was continuous or
nor, or whether it has any effect on the present or not.
c.
7.
The perfect tense describes a present state that results from a previously completed action.
Give three different uses of the middle voice
a.
Deponent – Most of the time (about 75% in the New Testament), the middle voice is deponent, indicating that
it is used as a substitute for the active voice. A deponent middle has active meaning, and occurs only in verbs
that do not occur in the active voice in that tense. For example, )
is deponent in the present tense,
meaning that it never occurs in the active voice in the present tense, and the meaning of the middle voice is “I
come,” which is an active meaning.
b.
Separate meaning – Some verbs have a different meaning in the middle voice than in the active. For example,
)
4
(present active) means “I rule,” whereas )
(present middle) means “I begin.”
Advanced information: Secondary endings are also used in the pluperfect tense (chapter 25 advanced information),
which is absolute past time. They are also used in the optative mood (chapter 35 advanced information), in all tenses,
even though the optative mood does not have absolute past time in any tense.
5
For future reference when you reach chapter 31: This distinction only holds true in the indicative mood.
6
For future reference when you reach chapter 31: This distinction only holds true in the indicative mood.
7
All references to time are from the view point of the writer or speaker, and they only hold true as general rules in the
indicative mood.
Chapters 21 - 25: Review #5
103
Self interest – For some verbs in the middle voice, the subject performs the action of the verb in some way that
c.
affects the subject. For example, in Matthew 27:5, the middle voice is used to state that Judas hanged himself.
Parsing
1.
%
2.
%
3.
4.
,
( %
AAI3S he/she/it went in)
-
(
AAI2S you preached)
(*
,
5.
IAI1S/3P I was following / they were following)
,
,
%
*
( %
(
)
6.
FPI3S he/she/it will be sought)
AAI1S/3P I took / they took)
(
TAI2P you have believed)
(
IMpI3S he/she/it was being believed)
7.
%
8.
%'
9.
%'
('
AMdI2S you were)
10.
%'
( %'
IAI1S/3P I was loving / they were loving)
11.
),
( )' API3P they were led)
('
(
12. %
13. %
(
,
( )
( API3S he/she/it was written)
AAI1P we remained)
TAI1S I have come)
Translation: John 9:18-34
9:18 % (not) • %
(AAI3P they believed) • A (therefore) •
+
(MPN the Jews) •
( G
concerning) • %
(MnSG it) • ? (that/because) • A (IAI3S he/she/it was) • (
(MSN blind) •
(and) •
%
0 (AAI3S he/she/it received his/her/its sight), • ? ? (until) • %(
((
AAI3P they summoned) •
'
(MPA the parents) • %
(MnSG his) •
%
0
(MSG of the one who had received sight) • 9:19
(and) • %
( %
AAI3P they asked) •
%
(MPA them) • '
(saying), • > (MSN this) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(MSN the son) •
(PG your), • P (MSA whom) •
(PN you) • ' (PAI2P you are
, ('
API3S he/she/it was born)V •
(how?) • A (therefore) •
saying) • ? (that) • (
(MSN blind) • %'
(PAI3S he/she/it is seeing) • ) (now)V • 9:20 • %
,
(API3P they answered) • A (then) • '
(MPN the parents) • %
(MnSG his) •
(and) • A
( ' AAI3P they said)T • )+
(TAI1P we know)8 • ?
(that/because) • > (MSN this) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(MSN the son) •
(PG our) •
(and) • ?
(that) • (
(MSN blind) • %'
, ('
API3S he/she/it was born)T • 9:21 •
(how?) • + (but) •
(now) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is seeing) • % (not) • )+
(TAI1P we know), • @(or) •
(MfSN who?) • ) - ( % '
AAI3S he/she/it opened) •
%
(MnSG his) •
%(,
(MPA the eyes) •
(PN we) • % (not) • )+
(TAI1P we know)T • %
(MSA him) • %
(ask!), •
(FSA age) • ) (PAI3S he/she/it is having), •
%
(MSN he) •
( G concerning) •
(MnSG of himself) •
(FAI3S he/she/it will speak). • 9:22 •
(NPNa these) • A
( ' AAI3P they said) • '
(MPN the parents) • %
(MnSG his) • ? (because) •
%(
(IMpdI3P they were fearing) •
+
(MPA the Jews), • )+ (already) • ' (for) •
,
(they had decided) •
+
(MPN the Jews) • ? (that) • % (if) •
(MfSN anyone) • %
(MSA him) •
'
. (he/she/it might confess) •
(MSA Christ), • %
' ' (expelled from the synagogue) • '
(he/she/it might be). • 9:23 +
(because of this) • '
(MPN the parents) • %
(MnSG his) • A
( '
AAI3P they said) • ? (that) •
(FSA age) • ) (PAI3S he/she/it is having), • %
(MSA him) • %
(ask!).
9:24 !(
(AAI3P they summoned) • A (therefore) •
),
(MSA the man) • % ( G from) •
8
)+
can either be parsed as a perfect or as a present. The form is actually perfect, but the meaning is equivalent to a
present. The perfect meaning is “We are in a state of knowing due to a previously completed action of learning.” This
means the same thing as the present meaning “We know.” Your teacher may prefer that you parse it as present. See
footnote 159 on page 393 of the textbook and footnote 14 on page 144 for further explanation.
104
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
+
(two) • P (MSN who) • A (IAI3S he/she/it was) • (
(MSN blind) •
(and) • A
( ' AAI3P they
(PN we) • )+
said) • % . (MnSD to him)T • + (Give!) • + - (FSA glory) • . , . (MSD to the god)T •
(TAI1P we know)8 • ? (that) • > (MSN this) •
),
(MSN the man) •
(MSN sinner) • %
(PAI3S
he/she/it is). • 9:25 %
, (API3S he/she/it answered) • A (therefore) • %
(MSN that)T • % (if) •
(MSN sinner) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • % (not) • A+ (TAI1S I know)T • P (NSNa one) • A+ (TAI1S I know), •
(PAI1S I am seeing). • 9:26 A
( '
? (that) • (
(MSN blind) • @ (although I was) • ) (now) •
AAI1S/3P they said) • A (therefore) •
% . (MnSD to him)T • (NSNa what?) • %
(AAI3S he/she/it did) •
(SD to you)V •
(how?) • ) - ( % ' AAI3S he/she/it opened) •
(SG your) •
%(,
(MPA the eyes)V
• 9:27 %
, (API3S he/she/it answered) • %
(MnPD to them)T • A
( ' AAI1S/3P I said) •
(PD to you)
(again) • ,
• )+ (already) •
(and) • % (not) • %
(AAI2P you listened)T • (NSNa why?) •
(PAI2P you are wanting) • %
(to hear)V •
(not) •
(and) •
(PN you) • ,
(PAI2P you are wanting) •
%
(MnSG his) • ,
(MPN disciples) • '
, (to become)V • 9:28
(and) • % +
(AAI3P they hurled
insults at) • %
(MSA him) •
(and) • A
( ' AAI1S/3P they said)T •
(SN you) • ,
(MSN disciple) • A
(MnSG of that one), •
(PN we) • + (but) •
7 W
(MSG of Moses) • %
(PAI1P
(PAI2S you are) • %
we are) • ,
(MPN disciples)T • 9:29
(PN we) • )+
(TAI1P we know)8 • ? (that) • 7 W (MSD by
Moses) •
(TAI3S he/she/it has spoken) • ,
(MSN the god), •
(MSA this) • + (and/but) • % (not) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is). • 9:30 • %
, (API3S he/she/it
)+
(TAI1P we know)8 • , (from where) • %
answered) •
),
(MSN the man) •
(and) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) • %
(MnPD to them)T • %
( D in) •
. (MnSD to this) • ' (for) • ,
(MSA/NSNa remarkable) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • ?
(that) •
(PN you) • % (not) • )+
(TAI2P you know)8 • , (from where) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is), •
(and) • ) - (AAI3S he/she/it opened) •
(SG my) •
%(,
(MPA the eyes). • 9:31 )+
(TAI1P we
(MfnPG sinners) • ,
(MSN the god) • % (not) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it hears), •
know)8 • ? (that) •
% (but) • % (if) •
(MfSN anyone) • ,
(godly person) • A. (he/she/it might be) •
(and) • ,
(NSNa the will) • %
(MnSG his) •
. (he/she/it might do) •
(MnSG this) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it hears). •
%
(MSG the eternity) • % (not) • %
, (API3S he/she/it has been heard) • ? (that)
9:32 • % ( G from) •
• %
.- (AAI3S he/she/it has opened) •
(MfSN anyone) • %(,
(MPA eyes) • (
(MSG of blind) •
' '
(who has been born)T • 9:33 % (if) •
(not) • A (IAI3S he/she/it was) • > (MSN this) •
( G
(IMpdI3S he/she/it is able) •
(to do) • %+ (NSNa nothing). •
from) • ,
(MSG god), • % (not) • %+
9:34 %
,
(APdI3P they answered) •
(and) • A
(AAI3P they said) • % . (MnSD to him)T • % ( D in) •
(FPD sins) •
(SN you) • %'
, ('
API2S you were born) • ? (MSN entirely), •
(and) •
(SN you) • + +
(PAI2S you are teaching) •
(PA us)V •
(and) • %(AAI1S/3P they cast out) • %
(MSA him) • )- (outside).
9:18 Therefore, the Jews did not believe it, that he was blind and received his sight, until they summoned the
parents of the one who had received sight 9:19 and asked them, saying, “Is this your son, whom you say was born blind?
Therefore, how is it that now he sees?” 9:20 Then his parents answered and said, “We know that this is our son and that
he was born blind, 9:21 but we do not know how he is now seeing or who opened his eyes. Ask him; he is of age; he will
speak about himself.” 9:22 The parents said these things because they were fearing the Jews, for the Jews had already
decided that if anyone would confess Christ, he would be expelled from the synagogue. 9:23 For this reason, his parents
said, “He is of age; ask him.”
9:24 Then for the second time they summoned the man who was blind and said to him, “Give glory to God; we
know that this man is a sinner.” 9:25 Then he answered them, “I do not know if he is a sinner. I know one thing, that
although I was blind, now I am seeing.” 9:26 Then they said to him, “What did he do to you? How did he open your
eyes?” 9:27 He answered them, “I told you already, and you did not listen. Why are you wanting to hear again? You are
not also wanting to become his disciples, are you?”9 9:28 And they hurled insults at him and said, “You are his disciple,
but we are disciples of Moses. 9:29 We know that God has spoken through Moses, but we do not know where this man
has come from.” 9:30 And the man answered and said to them, “In this is something remarkable, that you do not know
where he is from, and yet he opened my eyes. 9:31 We know that God does not hear sinners, but if anyone is a godly
person and does his will, God hears that person. 9:32 From the beginning of time it has never been heard of anyone
opening the eyes of a person who was born blind. 9:33 If he was not from God, he would not be able to do anything.”
9:34 And they answered and said to him, “You were born entirely in sins, and you are teaching us?” And they threw him
outside.
9
The form of the question indicates that he expects the answer, “No, we do not want to become his disciples.” Indicating
that in English requires changing the idiom somewhat, as is done here.
Exercise 27
Present (Continuous) Adverbial Participles
Parsing
Inflected
Person /
Case
#
BC
Genitive
P
Dative
S
Nominative
or
Accusative
S
Accusative
Tense /
Gender
Lexical
Form
Parsing
Code
Inflected
Meaning
PAPMnPG
while
hearing
PAPMnSD
while
seeking
PAPNSNa
while
going up
Voice
Mood
Active
Participle
Active
Participle
Present
Neuter
Active
Participle
S
Present
Feminine
Middle
or
Passive
Participle
Genitive
S
Feminine
None
None
KC
Accusative
P
Active
Participle
PAPMPA
LC
Nominative
or
Accusative
P
Active
Participle
PAPMSA/
PAPNPNa
3
P
Aorist
Active
Indicative
AAI3P
Accusative
P
Present
Feminine
None
Participle
P
Present
Masculine
(Middle
or
Passive)
Deponent
Participle
HC
%
*
DC
%
IC
JC
MC
NC
(
%
)
Accusative
BOC
Present
Masculine
or Neuter
Present
Masculine
or Neuter
Present
Masculine
Present
Masculine
or Neuter
%
*
%
PMpPFSA
FSG
(
PAPFPA
%
PMpdPMPA
while
being
believed
of a
voice
while
doing
while
going
down
they
testified
while
being
while
praying
Warm-up
.
%
( %
PAPMPN while going up) • % (
While going up into Jerusalem
.
A+ (
AAI1S/3P I saw / they saw) •
I saw them while they were departing
'.
1
%
( %
AAI3P they sent) •
calling) • %
(MSA him).
They sent to him while calling him.2
%
A into) •
(FSAx/NPAx Jerusalem)
(MPA them) •
'
(
' PAPMPA while departing)
OR
They saw them while they were departing1
(
A to) •
%
(MSA him) •
(
PAPMPN while
Because the participle is MPA, we know that the one doing the action of the participle is MPA, and therefore the %
who were seen rather than the ones doing the seeing.
2
Because the participle is nominative, we know that the subject of the main verb is the one doing the action of the
participle. Conversely, the participle tells us that that subject is masculine plural. From the main verb ( %
) we
already knew that the subject was plural, but we did not know that it was masculine. So the participle gave us some
105
106
+.
.
*.
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
, (
AAI1S/3P I came / they came) •
while teaching) •
%
(MPN the high priests).
The high priests came to him while he was teaching.
%
(and) • ,
( ,
PMpdPMPN while sitting) • %
(MSA him).
And they were keeping him while they were sitting.
(not) •
(
PAPMPN while seeing) • %
Not while seeing, but while believing
. (MnSD to him) • + +
(
(but) •
(+ +
PAPMnSD
3
IAI1S/3P they were keeping) •
(
%
PAPMPN while believing)
(
PAPMPN while seeing) • % (not) •
(PAI3P/PAPMnPD they are seeing) •
(and) •
PAPMPN while hearing) • % (not) • %
(PAI3P/PAPMnPD they are hearing).
%
( %
While seeing, they are not seeing, and while hearing, they are not hearing.
Translation
1.
(NPNa these) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) • % ( D in) •
(FSD Capernaum).
(PAPMSN while teaching) • % ( D in) • 5 (
He said these things in a synagogue while teaching in Capernaum.
2.
(AAI3S he/she/it went) •
(MSN the Jesus) • % ( A into/in) •
(PAPMSN preaching) •
% ''
(NSNa the Gospel) •
,
Jesus went into Galilee, preaching the Gospel of God.
3.
(MPN many) • %
(FAI3P they will come) • % ( D in) • . %
(NSD the name) •
(SG my)
• '
(PAPMPN saying) • ? (that) • %' (SN I) • % (PAI1S I am).
Many will come in my name, saying, “I am he.”
OR
Many will come in my name, saying, “I am.”
4.
%
(IMpdI3S he/she/it was going) • '
(PAPMSN rejoicing).
For he was going on his way rejoicing.
5.
(MSN Paul) • + (and/but) •
(and) • 1
(MSN Barnabas) • +
(they stayed) • % ( D in) •
(PAPMPN teaching) •
(and) • % '' *
(PMpdPMPN preaching) •
. (FSD Antioch) • + +
( G with) •
(also) •
(MfnPG other) •
(MfnPG many) •
' (MSA the word) •
(MSG of the lord).
But Paul and Barnabas stayed in Antioch, teaching and preaching the word of the Lord with many others also.
6.
(and) • %
(PAPMSN going up) •
(MSN the Jesus) • % ( A into/in) •
(FSAx/NPAx Jerusalem) •
(he/she/it took) •
+ +
(MPA the twelve).
And going up into Jerusalem, Jesus took the twelve.
7.
(and) • A , (AAI3S he/she/it went) •
(PAPMSN preaching) • % ( A in) •
' ' (FPA the
synagogues) • %
(MfnPG their) • % ( A into/in) • ? (FSA all) •
2
(FSA the Galilee) •
(and) • +
(NPNa the demons) • %
(PAPMSN casting out). •
(and) • )
(PMpdI3S he went)
•
( A to) • %
(MSA him) •
(MSN leper) •
(PAPMSN calling upon) • %
(MSA him).
And he went in their synagogues in all of Galilee, preaching and casting out demons. And a leper went to him,
calling upon him.
A ,
(for) •
+
' ' . (FSD synagogue) • + +
2
(FSA the Galilee) •
(MSG of the god).
(FSA the way) •
%
(MnSG his) •
additional information about the subject. This occasionally is very helpful; a self-referencing masculine singular
participle in Hebrews 11:32 is our only way of knowing that the author of Hebrews was male!
3
We know that %
is third-person plural instead of first-person singular, because the participle is in the nominative
case and is plural. Here is the logic: The participle is plural, therefore the one doing the action of the participle must be
plural. And since the participle is nominative, the one doing the action of the participle is the same one doing the action
of the main verb %
, and therefore, since the one doing the action of the participle is plural, the subject of the main
verb must also be plural. The subject of the main verb does not always have to be the same gender and case as the one
doing the action of the participle; this is only necessarily true when the participle is nominative.
Exercise 27: Present (Continuous) Adverbial Participles
107
8.
$ (as) • + (and/but) • A (IAI3S he/she/it was) • % ( D in) •
(MnPD the Jerusalem) • % ( D
. (FSD the feast), •
(MPN many) • %
in) • .
(NSD the Passover) • % ( D in) • .
(AAI3P they believed) • % ( A into/in) •
)
(NSNa the name) • %
(MnSG his), • ,
(PAPMPN
beholding) • %
(MnSG his) •
(NPNa the signs) • P (NPNa which) • %
(IAI3S he/she/it was doing).
And while he was in Jerusalem during the Passover, during the feast, many believed in his name when they were
beholding his signs which he was doing.
9.
(then) •
, (AAI3S he/she/it went to) • % . (MnSD him) •
(FSN the mother) •
(MPG
of the sons) • 4 +
(MSG of Zebedee) •
( G with) •
(MPG the sons) • %
(FSG her) •
(PAPFSN bowing down) •
(and) • %
(PAPFSN asking) • (NSNa something) • % ( G
from) • %
(MnSG him).
Then the mother of the sons of Zebedee went to him with her sons, bowing down and asking something from him.4
10. +
(FSN righteousness) • ,
(MSG of God) • (
(he/she/it has been revealed) •
(PMpPFSN being witnessed) •
( G by) •
(MSG the law) •
(and) •
(
(MPG the
prophets).
The righteousness of God has been revealed, being witnessed by the law and the prophets.
Additional
11.
% '' *
(PAPMPN evangelizing) •
(MSA the people) • % ( D in) • .
(FSD the
Jerusalem) •
,
(MPN the disciples) • %+ - * (IAI1S/3P they were glorifying) •
(MSA the
Jesus) • + ( A on account of) •
(NPNa all) •
(NPNa the signs) •
(and) •
+
(FPA
the works of power) • %
(MnSG his).
While evangelizing the people in Jerusalem, the disciples were glorifying Jesus on account of all of his signs and
miracles.
12.
,
(PMpdPMSN while sitting) •
( D with) •
+
(MPD the two) • % ( D in) • . %
. (FSD
(AAI3S he/she/it called upon) •
% + (MSA the husband) •
the church) • > (MSN this) •
(and) •
'
(FSA the wife) • %
(MnPD to each other) •
(to speak) • % ( D in) •
'
(MPD the words) •
%'
(FSG of the love).
While sitting with the two in the church, he called upon the husband and the wife to speak to each other in words of
love.
13.
.+) ( A+ LAI3S he/she/it knew)5 • ' (for) • ,
(MSN the god) • ? (that/because) • % ( D in) • >.(FSD
(you might eat) • % ( G from) • %
(MnSG it) •
which) • @ (-ever) •
. (FSD day) • ( '
+
,
(+
' FPI3P they will be opened) •
(PG your) •
%(,
(MPN the eyes) •
(and)
• ) , (FMdI2P you will be) •
(as) • , (MPN gods) • '
(PAPMPN knowing) •
(MSA good) •
(and) •
(MSA evil).
For God knew that in whatever day you eat from it, your eyes will be opened and you will be as gods, knowing good
and evil.
14.
(and) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) •
( A to) •
)+
(MPA the men)T • '
(PAPFSN
knowing) • '
(PAI1S I know) • %' (SN I) • ? (that/because) • ,
(MSN the God) •
(PG your) •
++
(
++
PAPMnPD he/she/it is handing over) •
(PD to you) •
' (FSA the land) •
(FSA this).
And she6 said to the men, “I know with certainty7 that your God is handing this land over to you.”
4
The participles are feminine because the one doing the action of the participles is feminine. Therefore the participles
themselves do not indicate whether or not the sons of Zebedee were also bowing down and asking, or whether they were
standing silently beside their mom.
5
This is the pluperfect tense, and means “he/she/it had come to know,” which is the same thing as saying “he/she/it
knew.” The paradigm for this verb is given in section 22.17 on page 201 of the textbook. For more information on the
pluperfect, see the advanced information in section 25.24 on pages 237-238 of the textbook. It is particularly difficult to
parse because it is a second pluperfect, so the tense formative is
instead of
, because it uses an unusual
reduplication / augment, and because when you take away those two unusual things, the only letter left is the delta!
6
We know that the speaker is female, because the participles are feminine nominative, and the fact that they are
nominative indicates that the doer of the participles is the subject of the main verb.
7
Adding “with certainty” is an attempt to translate the idiom “knowing, I know” ('
'
) into English.
108
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
15.
(PAPMPN doing) • ' (for) • ,
(NSNa the will) •
FAI1P we will find) • %
(FSA rest).
(
For while doing the will of Christ, we will find rest.
(MSG of the Christ) •
16.
(and) • %
, (API3S he/she/it answered) • % . (MnSD him) • > (MSN one) • % ( G from) •
)
8
(MSG the crowd)T • + +
(MSV teacher), • ) ' ((
AAI1S I brought) •
(MSA the son) •
(SG
my) •
( A to) • (SA you), • )
(PAPMSA / PAPNPNa having) •
(NSNa spirit) • )
(MSA
mute).
And one from the crowd answered him, “Teacher, I brought my son to you having a mute spirit.”
17.
%(,
(MPA eyes) • )
(PAPMPN having) • % (not) •
(PAI2P you are seeing) •
(NPNa ears) • )
(PAPMPN having) • % (not) • %
(PAI2P you are hearing)V
Are you having eyes yet not seeing, and having ears yet not hearing?
18.
(NPNa many) •
(indeed) • A (then) •
(and) • ?
(NPNa other) •
• % '' *
(IMpdI3S he/she/it was evangelizing) •
(MSA the people).
Then indeed with many other things, exhorting, he was evangelizing the people.
19.
(+ +
IAI3S he/she/it was going) •
( A through each) •
(FSA city) •
%
(MSN he) • + +
(and) •
(FSA village) •
(PAPMSN preaching) •
(and) • % '' *
(PMpdPMSN
proclaiming good news) •
(FSA the kingdom) •
,
(MSG of the god), •
(and) • + +
( D with) • % . (MnSD him).
(MPN the twelve) •
He was going through each city and village, preaching and proclaiming the news about the Kingdom of God, and
the twelve were with him.
(and) • A
(PAPMSN exhorting)
20. ! % , (after entering) • + (and/but) • % ( A into/in) •
' ' (FSA the synagogue) • %
*
(
*
IMpdI3S he/she/it was speaking boldly) • % ( A on) •
(FPA months) •
(three) •
+
'
(PMpdPMSN arguing) •
(and) •
, ( , PAPMSN persuading) • E (NPNa the)F •
( G
,
(MSG of the god).
concerning) •
(FSG the kingdom) •
And after entering into the synagogue, he was speaking boldly for three months, arguing and persuading EthemF
about the Kingdom of God.
8
To be able to parse (
in the aorist, you will need to memorize the “aorist active principle part” ) ' . Once you
have that principle part memorized, you can figure out the person, number, and voice by looking at the personal ending.
In this case, the ending is blank, which marks it as a first aorist in the active voice first-person singular.
Exercise 28
Aorist (Undefined) Adverbial Participles
Parsing
Inflected
Person /
Case
#
BC
Accusative
S
HC
Nominative
P
DC
%
IC
'
(
Genitive
P
Genitive
S
3
JC
Dative
KC
.
LC
%
MC
%
NC
,
,
BOC %
Dative
S
Nominative
P
Genitive
Lexical
Form
Voice
Mood
Aorist
Feminine
Active
Participle
AAPFSA
Aorist
Masculine
Active
Participle
AAPMPN
(Middle
or
Passive)
Deponent
Participle
%
Passive
Participle
'
Present
Masculine,
Feminine,
or Neuter
Aorist
Feminine
Present
P
(2x)
Tense /
Gender
Present
Masculine
or Neuter
Aorist
Feminine
Parsing Code
after she
testified
after
they
testified
PMpdPMfnPG
(
APPFSG
Indicative
PAI3P /
PAPMnPD
Active
Participle
Active
Participle
Aorist
Feminine
Middle
Participle
S
Aorist
Masculine
or Neuter
Active
Participle
Nominative
P
Aorist
Masculine
Passive
Participle
APPMPN
2
S
Aorist
Active
Indicative
AAI2S
AAPFSD
AMPFPN
%
AAPMnSG
%
Inflected
Meaning
while
going
after she
wrote
they are
taking
while
taking
after she
did
after she
heard for
herself
after
he/it
went
after
they
were
believed
you
believed
Warm-up
1
.
A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it spoke) • . %''
He spoke to the angel after it1 cried out.
. (MSD to the angel) •
.
% ,
( )
AAPMPN after going) • % ( A into/in) •
they saw) •
+
(NSNa the child) •
( G with) • 7
After going into the house, they saw the child with Mary.
%
-
(
* AAPMnSD after it cried out).
(FSA the house) • A+
(FSG/FPA Mary).
(
AAI1S/3P
Because the angel and the participle are both MSD, we know that the angel is the one doing the calling out. If the
participle were MSN (or FSN or NSN), the subject of the main verb (the unnamed person speaking to the angel) would be
the one doing the calling out.
109
110
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
'.
, (
AAPMSN after coming) • > (MSN one) • '
(MSV teacher).
he/she/it said) • % . (MnSD to him)T • + +
One scribe, after coming, said to him, “Teacher.”
+.
% ( ) AMPMSN after beginning) • %
After he began in Galilee
.
*.
.
(
G from) •
(MSN scribe) • A
(FSG the Galilee)
2
) ( ' AAI1S/3P I spoke) • . % + (MSD to the man) • %
you) •
( A to) • (SA me).
I spoke to the man after he2 sent you to me.
AAPFSD after going) • % ( A into/in) •
% ,
.( )
speaking) • % . (FSD to her).
After she went into the house, he spoke3 to her.
)''
(
(MSA angel) •
,
(MSG of the god) •
A to) •
%
(MSA him) •
(and) • %
%
him)
After an angel of God came to him and spoke to him
( ' AAI3S
(AAPMnSD after sending) •
%
(FSA the house) •
(PA
' (PAI3S he/she/it is
,
( %
AAPMSA / AAPNPNa after going in) •
( ' AAPMSA / AAPNPNa after speaking) • % . (MnSD to
Translation
1.
(and) • %, (immediately) •
(NPD to the Sabbaths)4 • % , (AAPMSN after going in) • %
( A into/in) •
' ' (FSA the synagogue) • %+ +
(IAI3S he/she/it was teaching).
And immediately on the Sabbath, after going into the synagogue, he was teaching.
2.
(MSN the father) •
%, (immediately) •
- (AAPMSN crying out) •
) ' (IAI3S he/she/it was saying)T •
(PAI1S I am believing).
Crying out immediately, the father of the child was saying, “I am believing.”
3.
% ,
(AAPMnSD after he went) • + (and/but) • % (
(AAI1S/3P they came) • % . (MnSD to him).
And after he went into the house, they came to him.
4.
(AMdPMPN after greeting) •
%+ (
(MPA the brothers) • %
(FSA day) •
(one) •
( D in the presence of) • %
(MnPD them).
After greeting the brothers, we remained with them for one day.
5.
,
(AAPMPN after coming to) • + (and/but) • +
(MPN the slaves) •
% +
owner) • A
(AAI1S/3P they said) • % . (MnSD to him)T •
(MSV lord), • % (not) •
good) •
(NSNa seed) • )
(AAI2S you sowed)V
And after the slaves of the owner came, they said to him, “Lord, didn’t you sow good seed?”
6.
%
(AAPMSN after hearing) • + (and/but) •
.+ (MSN the Herod) • ) ' (IAI3S he/she/it was saying),
• X" (MSA whom) • %' (SN I) • %
(
(I beheaded) •
(MSA John), • > (MSN this) • %' ,
(API3S he/she/it has been raised).
And after he heard, Herod was saying, “The one whom I beheaded – John – this one has been raised!”
2
%
A into/in) •
%
+
(NSG of the child) •
(FSA the house) •
,
(AAI1P we remained) •
(MSG of the
(MSA/NSNa
Because the participle and the man are both masculine dative, we know that the man is the one doing the action of the
participle.
3
“He spoke” is literally “he is speaking.” The present tense is often used in Greek narrative literature to describe a past
event, and should then be translated with an English past tense verb. This use of the Greek present tense is called the
“historical present.” See Wallace, Greek Grammar Beyond the Basics, pp. 526ff.
4
is second declension, but for the plural dative it uses the third declension ending ( ).
Exercise 28: Aorist (Undefined) Adverbial Participles
7.
111
(MSN the) • + (and/but) • :
(MSN Simon) •
(also) • %
(MSN himself) • %
(AAI3S he/she/it
(he followed after) • .
believed), •
(and) •
, (APPMSN after being baptized) • A
<
. (MSD the Phillip), • ,
(PAPMSN looking at) • (and so) •
(NPNa signs) •
(and) •
+
(FPNa miracles) • '
(FPA great).
And Simon himself also believed, and after being baptized, he followed after Phillip, looking at the signs and great
miracles.
8.
(and) • %
,
AAI3S he/she/it said)T •
(APdPFSN after answering) •
% (no), • %
(but) •
,
(FSN the mother) • %
(MnSG his) • A
( '
(FPI3S he/she/it will be called) •
(MSN
John).
And his mother answered and said, “No, but he will be called John.”
9.
(and) • %+ (
AAPMSN after beholding) •
(MSA the Jesus) • % ( G from) •
, (afar) •
(he/she/it ran) •
(and) •
(AAI3S he/she/it bowed down) • % . (MnSD him) •
(and) •
- (AAPMSN after crying out) • (
. (FSD voice) • '
. (FSD great) • ' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying), • ;
(MSV son) •
,
(MSG of the god) •
%
(what to me and to you), •
(MSGdv Jesus) •
0
(the Highest)V
And after beholding Jesus from afar, he ran and bowed down before him and crying out with a loud voice he said,5
“What do you have to do with me, Jesus, son of the Most High God?”
)+
10.
(and) • %
, (APdPMSN after answering) •
(MSN the Jesus) • ) ' (IAI3S he/she/it was
saying) • + +
(PAPMSN while teaching) • % ( D in) • .
. (NSD the temple)T •
(how?) • '
(PAI3P they are saying) • '
(MPN the scribes) • ? (that) •
(MSN the Christ) •
(MSN son)
• 3 + (MSGx of David) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is)V • %
(MSN himself) • 3 + (MSNx David) • A
( '
AAI3S he/she/it said) • % ( D in) • .
(NSD the spirit) • . ' . (NSD the holy) T • A
( ' AAI3S
. (MSD to the lord) •
(SG my)T • , (Sit!) • % ( G from) •
he/she/it said) •
(MSN lord) • .
+(MfnPG right) •
(SG my) • ? (until) • @ (contingency particle) • , (I place) •
% ,
(MPA the
( G under) •
+ (MPG the feet) •
(SG your).
enemies) •
(SG your) •
And Jesus answered and was saying while teaching in the temple, “How is it that the scribes are saying that the
Christ is the son of David? David himself said by the Holy Spirit, ‘The Lord said to my lord, “Sit at my right until I
place your enemies under your feet.”’”
Additional
11.
(AMdPNPNa after greeting) •
(MPA the fathers) •
(and) •
(MfnPG their) •
+ (NPNa the children) • %- , (AAI3S he/she/it went out) •
)
(NPD the other children).
After greeting their fathers and mothers, the children went out with the other children.
%
•
12.
%
(FPA the mothers)
( D with) •
(MSN the) • + (and/but) •
(MSN Jesus) • % ( G from) •
%
(FSG the house) •
(and) • % ( A
into) •
(NSNa the temple) • % , (AAPMSN after going) • ) - (AAI3S he/she/it cried out) • % ( D in) •
'
. (FSD loud) • (
. (FSD voice)T •
(MPN all) • P (MPN who) • % ( A in) •
(SA! me) •
(PAI3P they are believing) • ,
(FPI3P they will be saved) • % ( G from) •
%(FSG the authority) •
(MnSG of the evil).
And after Jesus went out from the house and into the temple, he cried out in a loud voice, “Everyone who is
believing in me will be saved from the authority of the evil one.”
13. +%
(
AAPMPN after seeing) • + (and/but) •
(MPN the sons) •
,
(MSG of the god) •
, '
(FPA the daughters) •
% ,
(MPG of the men) • ? (that) •
(FPN beautiful) • %
(PAI3P they are), • )
(AAI1S/3P they took) •
(MnPD to themselves) • '
(FPA wives) • %
( G from) •
(FPG all), • > (MfnPG whom) • %- ( % '
AMdI3P they chose).
And after the sons of God saw the daughters of men, that they are beautiful, they took for themselves wives from all,
whom they chose.
5
' is literally “he is saying,” but because a present tense meaning does not fit the context of a past-tense narrative,
this is a Greek historical present, and is translated with an English past tense. See footnote 3 on page 110 of this answer
key.
112
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
14.
(even as) •
(also) • 7 W (MSN Moses) •
(AMdI3S he/she/it prayed) •
( A to) •
(and) •
(AAI3S he/she/it came down) •
(NSNa fire) • % ( G from) •
(MSA lord) •
%
(MSG the heaven) •
(and) • (NPNa the) •
,
(FSG of the sacrifice) • %+
(+
AAI3S he/she/it consumed) • ? (thus) •
(and) • :
(MSN Solomon) •
(AMdI3S he/she/it
prayed) •
(and) •
(AAPNSNa after coming down) •
(NSNa the fire) •
(NPNa the) •
,
(+
AAI3S he/she/it consumed).
(FSG of the sacrifice) • %+
Even as also Moses prayed to the Lord and fire came down from heaven and consumed the offerings6 of the
sacrifice, in the same manner also Solomon prayed and after coming down, the fire consumed the offerings of the
sacrifice.
15.
(and) •
(AAPFSN after taking) •
(MSG of the fruit) • %
(MnSG its) • )( ' (AAI3S
he/she/it ate) •
(and) • )+
(he/she/it gave) •
(also) • . % + (MSD to the husband) • %
(FSG her) •
( G with) • %
(FSG her) •
(and) • )( ' (AAI3P they ate).
And after taking of its fruit, she ate, and she gave also to her husband with her, and they ate.
16.
(and) • %' , (API3S he/she/it was raised) •
(and) • %, (immediately) • )
taking up) •
(MSA the bed) • %- , (AAI3S he/she/it went out).
And he was raised, and immediately, after taking up the bed, he went out.
17.
%
(AAPMSN after hearing) • + (and/but) •
(MSN the king) •
API3S he/she/it was disturbed) •
(and) •
(FSN all) •
(
( G with) • %
(MnSG him).
And after he heard, King Herod was disturbed, and all Jerusalem with him.
18.
(and) •
(again) • % , (AAPMSN after going away) •
(AMdI3S he/she/it prayed) •
%
' (MSA the same word) • %
(AAPMSN after saying). •
(and) •
(again) • % , (AAPMSN
after going) • > (
AAI3S he/she/it found) •
%
(MPA them) • , +
( , + PAPMPA while
sleeping).
And again after going away, he prayed, saying the same word. And again, after going he found them sleeping.
19.
A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said)T •
(take!), •
(NSNa this) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(NSNa the body) •
(SG my). •
(and) •
(AAPMSN after taking) •
(NSNa cup) • %
AAPMSN after giving thanks) • )+
(he/she/it gave) • %
(MnPD to them), •
(and) • )
( %
(
AAI1S/3P they drank) • %- ( G from) •
%
(MnSG it) •
(MPN all).
He said, “Take; this is my body.” And after taking the cup and after giving thanks he gave to them, and they all
drank from it.
20.
(AAPMSN after casting out) •
(MPA all) •
(PAI3S
%
(MSN he) • + (and/but) • %
he/she/it is receiving) •
(MSA the father) •
+
(MSG of the child) •
(and) •
(FSA
the mother) •
(and) •
(MPA the) •
( G with) • %
(MnSG him) •
(and) • %
(PAI3S
he/she/it is going into) • ? (where) • A (IAI3S it was) •
+
(NSNa the child).
And after he threw everyone out, he is taking7 the father of the child and the mother and those with him, and he is
going7 into where the child was.
6
,
.+
( ) AAPMSN after
(MSN Herod) • %
,
(FSN / NPNa Jerusalem) •
Literally, “the (blank) of the sacrifice,” where the blank is neuter plural.
These verbs are present tense, so they are literally “is taking” and “is going.” But the present tense sounds very strange
in this context in English. The literary genre is narrative about events in the past. In this genre, Greek often describes past
events with the present tense as a literary device to make the action more vivid, as if you were watching it happen right
now. This form is called “the historical present” and is explained in Wallace, pp. 536-532. So a better English translation
is “he took the father… and he went into where the child was.”
7
Exercise 29
Adjectival Participles
Parsing
Inflected
Person /
Case
#
BC
(
Genitive
S
HC
%
,
Dative
S
-
Dative
P
IC
Nominative
or
Accusative
S
JC
Nominative
P
Genitive
P
3
P
Dative
P
DC
KC
,
LC
%
MC
'
0
Tense /
Gender
BOC
Genitive
Parsing
Code
Inflected
Meaning
Active
Participle
(
PAPFSG
of her
who is
bearing
Passive
Participle
(
APPMnSD
to him
who bore
None
None
FPD
to flesh
Aorist
Neuter
Active
Participle
AAPNSNa
it that did
Aorist
Feminine
Middle
Participle
AMPFPN
Active
Participle
AAPMnPG
Active
Indicative
AAI3P
Active
Participle
Aorist
Masculine
or Neuter
Aorist
Aorist
Masculine
or Neuter
Present
S
-
'
AAPMnPD
(
Indicative
PAI3P /
PAPMnPD
Active
Present
Masculine
or Neuter
Present
Masculine
or Neuter
Dative
*
Lexical
Form
Aorist
Masculine
or Neuter
Feminine
P
(2x)
Mood
Present
Feminine
3
NC
Voice
Participle
Middle
or
Passive
Participle
*
PMpPMnSG
those
who
threw
of those
who
came to
they did
to those
who
wrote
they are
preaching
to those
who are
preaching
of the
one being
baptized
Warm-up
.
* (* PAPMnSN the living) •
The living father
.
.
(MSD to the father) •
To the father who sent us
.
(MSN father)
0
(
AAPMnSD to the one who sent) •
'.
+
(+
PMpdI3S he/she/it is receiving) •
(SA me).
He is receiving the one who sent me.
+.
. (MnSD to the) • % ( G from) •
(MfnPG dead) • %' ,
To the one who was raised from the dead
%
113
( %
( %'
(PA us)
AAPMSA the one who sent) •
APPMnSD to the one who was raised)
114
.
*.
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
( G concerning) •
(NSG the word) •
Concerning the word that was spoken.
. %
. ( ) PMpPFSD the coming) •
On the coming day
,
(MSA god) •
'
God, the one who bore you.
('
(
,
APPMnSG the one that was spoken)
. (FSD day)
AAPMSA/NSNa the one who bore) •
(SA you)
Translation
1.
(PAI3S he/she/it is seeing) •
(MSA the Jesus) • %
(PMpdPMSA while coming) •
(
to) • %
(MSA him) •
(and) • ' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying)T • )+ (behold) •
%
(MSN the lamb) •
,
(MSG of the god) •
) (PAPMSN the one who is taking away) •
(FSA the sin) •
(MSG of the world).
He sees Jesus coming toward him and says, “Behold the lamb of God, the one who is taking away the sin of the
world.”
2.
(MSN the people) •
,
(PMpdPMSN the ones sitting) • % (
AAI3S he/she/it saw) • ' (NSNa large).
(NSNa light) • A+ (
The people who are sitting in darkness saw a great light.
3.
(and) • ,
(PAPMSN the one who is seeing) • % (SA! me) • ,
0
(AAPMSA the one who sent) • (SA me).
And the one who is seeing me is seeing the one who sent me.
4.
(AAPMSN the one who believes)1 •
(and) •
he/she/it will be saved).
The one who believes1 and is baptized1 will be saved.
5.
(PAPMSN walking around) • + (and/but) •
( A beside) •
,
(FSA the sea) •
2
(FSG of the Galilee) • A+ (AAI3S he/she/it saw) • + (two) • %+ (
(MPA brothers), • :
'
(PMpPMSA the one being called) •
(MSA Peter) •
(and) •
+
(MSA
(MSA Simon) •
Andrew) •
%+ ( (MSA the brother) • %
(MnSG his), •
(PAPMPA while casting) • % (
,
(FSA the sea).
(net) • % ( A into/in) •
And walking around beside the Sea of Galilee, he saw two brothers, Simon, the one being called “Peter,” and
Andrew his brother, while they were casting a net into the sea.
6.
(and) • )
,
D in) •
A
(NSD darkness) • (
(PAI3S he/she/it is seeing) •
(APPMSN is baptized)1 •
(PMpdI3P they are coming) • (
(PAPMPN bearing) •
(paralytic) • %
(PMpPMSA being carried) •
( G by) •
And they are coming, bringing to him a paralytic being carried by four.
(
A to) •
,
%
(FPI3S
(MSA him) •
(four).
7.
) (PAPMSN the one having) •
%
(FPA the commandments) •
(SG my) •
(and) •
(PAPMSN keeping) • %
(FPA them) • %
(MSN that one) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
%'
(PAPMSN
the one who is loving) • (SA me)T • (MSN the) • + (and/but) • %'
(PAPMSN loving) • (SA me) •
%'
,
(FPI3S he/she/it will be loved) •
( G by) •
(MSG of the father) •
(SG my), •
%' (SN and I) • %'
(FAI1S I will love) • %
(MSA him).
The one having my commandments and keeping them – that one is the one who is loving me; and the one loving me
will be loved by my father, and I will love him.
8.
(MPN the) • + (and/but) • %+
(AAPMPN the ones who beheld) • %
(MSA him) • % ( G on) •
,
(FSG the sea) •
(PAPMSA/NPNa walking around) • )+ - (+
AAI3P they thought) •
? (that) • (
(ghost) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is).
And the ones who beheld him walking around on the sea thought that he was a ghost.
1
These are aorist participles, but are presenting a timeless truth, and therefore are best translated into English with the
present tense. See Wallace, pages 615-616, particularly footnote 8.
Exercise 29: Adjectival Participles
115
9.
"+
(PMpdPMSN the one who is receiving) •
(PA you) • % (SA! me) • +
(PAI3S he/she/it is
(PMpdPMSN receiving) • +
(PAI3S he/she/it is
receiving), •
(and) • (MSN the) • % (SA! me) • +
receiving) •
%
(AAPMSA the one who sent) • (SA me). • +
(PMpdPMSN the one who
receives) •
(
(MSA prophet) • % ( A into/in) • )
(NSNa name) •
(
(MSG of prophet) •
,
(MSA reward) •
(
(MSG of prophet) •
0
(FMdI3S he/she/it will receive) , •
(and) • +
(MSA/NSNa righteous) • % ( A into/in) • )
(NSNa name) •
(PMpdPMSN the one who is receiving) • +
+
(MnSG of righteous) •
, (MSA reward) • +
(MnSG of righteous) •
0
(FMdI3S he/she/it
will receive).
The one who is receiving you is receiving me, and the one receiving me is receiving the one who sent me. The one
who receives a prophet in the name of a prophet will receive a prophet’s reward, and the one who is receiving a
righteous person in the name of a righteous person will receive a righteous person’s reward.
10.
. (MSD the Philip) • % '' *
.
? (when) • + (and/but) • %
(AAI3P they believed) • . <
(PMpdPMnSD while bringing good news) •
( G concerning) •
(FSG the kingdom) •
,
(and) •
%
(NSG of the name) •
(MSG of Jesus Christ), •
(MSG of the god) •
%
*
(IMpI3P they were being baptized) • ) +
(MPN men) • (and) •
(also) • '
(FPN
women).
And when they believed Philip bringing good news about the Kingdom of God and the name of Jesus Christ, they
were being baptized, both men and women.
Additional
11.
? (MPN the seven) • (MPN the) •
( A around) •
' (FSA the earth) •
,
(APdPMPN after
they went) •
(FPA many days) • %
,
(API3P they were killed) • % ( D in) • '
.
(NSD great fire) • %
(PMpdPMPN while coming) • % ( G from) •
%
(MPG the heavens) •
( A to) •
)
(MPA the houses) • %
(MfnPG their).
The seven who went around the earth for many days were killed in a great fire while coming from the heavens to
their homes.
12.
( '
( % , AAPMPN the ones who ate) • (and so) •
(and) •
(
AAPMPN who drank) •
( G with) •
(MSG of the lord) • %
(MfnPG their) • *
(PAPMSG living) • %
(
APdI3P they rejoiced) • %+
(
AAPMPN after they beheld) •
%' ,
( %'
APPMSA the one who
was raised) • % ( G from) •
(MPG the dead).
The ones who ate and also drank with their living lord rejoiced after they beheld the one who was raised from the
dead.
13.
(and) • %
(AAI3S he/she/it called) • + (MSN Adam) •
)
(NSNa the name) •
'
(FSG of the wife) • %
(MnSG his) • 4 (MSN life) • ? (because) • ? (FSN this) •
(FSN mother) •
*
(PAPMnPG of the living).
(MnPG of all) •
And Adam called the name of his wife “Life” because she is the mother of all of the living.
14.
A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) • % . (MnSD to him)T •
(SN you) • A (PAI2S you are) •
•
(AAPMSN the one who spoke) •
( A to) •
'
(FSA the woman)V •
)''
(MSN the angel)T • %' (SN I).
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) •
And he said to him, “Are you the man who spoke to the woman? And the angel said, ‘I (am).’”
15.
(and) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) • ,
(MSN the god) • . 8 (MSD to Noah) •
(and) •
(MPD to the sons) • %
(MnSG his) •
( G with) • %
(MnSG him) • ' (PAPMSN saying)T • %'
(SN I) • %+ (behold) • %
(I am establishing) •
+ ,
(FSA the covenant) •
(SG my) •
(PD to
you) •
(and) • .
(NSD to the descendent) •
(PG your) • , ( A after) •
(PA you) •
(and) •
.0
. (FSD to every life) • . *
. (AAPFSD to the living) • , ( G with) •
(PG you) • %
( G from) • %
(NPG birds) •
(and) • % ( G from) •
(NPG domesticated animals) • … ? (NPNa
as much as) • , ( G with) •
(PG you) • % ( G from) •
(MnPG all) •
%- ,
(AAPMnPG
the coming out) • % ( G from) •
(FSG ark).
And God spoke to Noah and to his sons with him, saying, “Behold I am establishing my covenant with you and with
your descendents after you and with every soul that lives with you, from birds and from domesticated animals, as
many as are coming out from the ark with you.”
%
(MSN the man)
(and) • A
116
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
16.
A (therefore) •
(PN you) •
(MPN evil) • )
(PAPMPN being) • )+
(TAI2P you know)2 •
(to give) •
(NPD to the children) •
(PG your),
+
(NPNa gifts) • %' , (NPNa good) • + +
•
. (MnSD how much) •
(more) •
(MSN the father) •
(PG your) • (MSN the) • % ( D in) •
%
(MPD to the heavens) • +
(he/she/it will give) • %' , (NPNa good) •
%
(PAPMnPD to
the ones asking) • %
(MSA him).
Therefore, if you, being evil, know to give good gifts to your children, how much more will your father in heaven
give good things to those who are asking him?
% (if) •
17. " (MSN the) • ) , (from above) • %
(PMpdMSN one coming) • %
( G above) •
(MnPG all) •
%
(PAI3S he/she/it is)T •
@ (PAPMSN the one being) • % ( G from) •
' (FSG the earth) • % ( G from) •
' (FSG the earth) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(and) • % ( G from) •
' (FSG the earth) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is speaking).
The one coming from above is above all; the one who is from the earth is from the earth and is speaking from the
earth.
18.
'
(MPN the scribes) • (MPN the) • % ( G from) •
(NPG Jerusalem) •
(MSN
(AAPMPN ones who came down) • ) ' (IAI1S/3P they were saying) • ? (that) • 1 *
Beelzebul) • ) (PAI3S he/she/it has) •
(and) • ? (that) • % ( D in) • . )
(MSD the ruler) •
+
(NPG of the demons) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is casting out) • +
(NPNa the demons).
And the scribes who came down from Jerusalem were saying that he has Beelzebul and that by the ruler of the
demons he is casting out the demons.
19.
A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) • % . (FSD to her) •
(MSN the Jesus) T • %' (SN I) • % (PAI1S I am)
(and) • * (FSN the life)T •
(PAPMSN the one who is
•
%
(FSN the resurrection) •
believing) • % ( A into/in) • % (SA me) • @ (even though) • % ,
. (he/she/it might die) • *
(FMI3S3
(and) •
(PAPMSN
he/she/it will live), •
(and) •
(MSN every) • * (PAPMSN the one living) •
believing) • % ( A into/in) • % (SA! me) • % (not) •
(not) • % ,
. (he/she/it might die) • %
%
(eternally)T •
(PAI2S you are believing) •
(NSNa this)V • ' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • % .
(MnSD to him)T •
(yes), •
(MSV lord), • %' (SN I) •
(TAI1S I have believed) • ? (that) •
(SN you) • A (PAI2S you are) •
(MSN the Christ) •
(MSN the son) •
,
(MSG of the god) •
(MSN the) • % ( A into/in) •
(MSA the world) • %
(PMpdPMSN coming).
Jesus said to her, “I am the resurrection and the life; the one who is believing in me, even though he might die, he
will live, and everyone who is living and believing in me will certainly not ever die. Are you believing this?” She is
saying to him, “Yes, Lord, I have believed that you are the Christ, the Son of God, the one who is coming into the
world.”
20.
(MSN the) •
(not) •
(
PAPMSN one honoring) •
(MSA the son) • % (not) •
. (PAI3S
he/she/it is honoring) •
(MSA the father) •
0
(AAPMSA the one who sent) • %
(MSA him).
•
(amen) • %
(amen) • ' (PAI1S I am saying) •
(PD to you) • ? (that/because) • (MSN the) •
' (MSA the word) •
(SG my) • %
(PAPMSN one hearing) •
(and) •
(PAPMSN believing) •
.
0
(AAPMnSD the one who sent) • (SA me) • ) (PAI3S he/she/it has) • *
%
(FSA eternal
life) •
(and) • % ( A into/in) •
(FSA judgment) • % (not) • )
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is coming), •
%
(but) •
(TAI3S he/she/it has crossed over) • % ( G from) •
,
(MSG death) • % ( A
into/in) •
*
(FSA the life). • %
(amen) • %
(amen) • ' (PAI1S I am saying) •
(PD to you) • ?
(that) • )
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is coming) • ? (FSN hour) •
(and) •
(now) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is)
• ? (when) •
(MPN the dead) • %
(FAI3P they will hear) •
(
(FSG the voice) •
(MSG of the son) •
,
(MSG of the god) •
(and) •
%
(AAPMPN the ones hearing) •
*
(FAI3P they will live).
The one not honoring the Son is not honoring the Father who sent him. Truly, truly I am saying to you that the one
hearing my word and believing the one who sent me has eternal life and into judgment is not going, but instead has
crossed over from death into life. Truly, truly I am saying to you that an hour is coming and now is when the dead
will hear the voice of the Son of God, and the ones hearing will live.
2
(and) •
This can be parsed either as perfect or as present. See footnote 159 on page 393 of the textbook and footnote 14 on
page 144 for further explanation.
3
The future active form *
occurs, but the future middle form *
has active meaning, so some consider *
to be middle deponent rather than middle.
Exercise 30
Perfect Participles and Genitive Absolutes
Parsing
Person /
Case
Inflected
#
Tense /
Gender
Perfect
Masculine,
Feminine,
or Neuter
Perfect
Masculine
or Neuter
Voice
Mood
Middle
or
Passive
Participle
Active
Participle
Lexical
Form
Parsing
Code
Inflected
Meaning
TMpPMfnPG
having
been
loved
TAPMnSG
having
begotten
BC
%'
Genitive
P
HC
' '
Genitive
S
Dative
S
Perfect
Feminine
Middle
or
Passive
Participle
TMpPFSD
3
S
Perfect
Active
Indicative
TAI3S
Dative
S
Active
Participle
TAPFSD
KC
Dative
P
Middle
or
Passive
Participle
LC
Dative
P
Active
Participle
TAPMnPD
MC
Accusative
S
Perfect
Feminine
Participle
TMpPFSA
NC
Genitive
S
Perfect
Masculine
or Neuter
Dative
P
Perfect
Feminine
DC
.
IC
JC
BOC
.
%
Perfect
Feminine
Perfect
Masculine
or Neuter
Perfect
Masculine
or Neuter
Middle
or
Passive
Middle
or
Passive
Middle
or
Passive
%'
'
TMpPMnPD
*
Participle
having
done
having
been
thrown
having
been
baptized
having
been
sent
TMpPMnSG
*
Participle
having
been
filled
he/she/it
believed
having
loosed
having
been
baptized
TMpPFPD
%
Warm-up
.
(MSN the Jesus) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) •
(
TAPMnPD after they had loosed) •
(MSA the temple).
Jesus spoke to the elders after they had loosed the temple.
.
(
TAPMPN the ones having come down) • %
Jerusalem)
The ones who have come down from Jerusalem
(MPD to the elders) •
(
G from) •
'.
( A to) •
(
To the ones who have believed him
TAPMPA the ones who have believed) •
+.
%
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • ' '
(TMpPMSA/NSNa having been written)T • )( '
ate) • )
(MSA bread) • % ( G from) •
%
(MSG the heaven).
It is written, “He ate bread from heaven.”
117
%
(NPG the
. (MnSD him)
( % ,
AAI3S he/she/it
118
.
*.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
Y! ' ( ' IAI3S he/she/it was saying) • …
(MSA him)
He was saying… to the one who called him
('
AMpdPMnSG after it came) •
PMdI3S he/she/it is coming) • % ( A into) •
'
After the Sabbath came, he comes into the synagogue.1
.
(
.
(not) • %+
( A+ TAPMPN knowing) •
' (
the power) •
,
(MSG of the god)
Knowing neither the Scriptures nor the power of God
' '
TAPMnSD to the one who called) •
(NSG of Sabbath) • %
(MSN he) • )
(FSA the synagogue).
(FPA the Scriptures) •
+ (and not) •
%
( )
(FSA
+
Translation
1.
(TAPMPN having believed) • + (and/but) • %
•
)
(MPN the crowd).
And after having believed, the crowd followed him.
2.
TAPMSN the one who has seen) • %
(
(MSA the father).
The one who has seen me has seen the Father.
3.
!'
(AMdI3S he/she/it came) • ) ,
(MSN man), • %
(TMpPMSN having been sent) •
(MSG god), • )
(NSNa name) • % . (MnSD to him) •
(MSN John).
( G from) • ,
A man came, having been sent from God, whose name was John.
4.
' '
(TMpPNSNa the thing which is born) • % ( G from) •
(FSG the flesh) •
- (FSN
flesh) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is), •
(and) • ' '
(TMpPNSNa the thing which is born) • % ( G
(NSNa spirit) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is).
from) •
(NSG the spirit) •
That which is born from the flesh is flesh, and that which is born from the Spirit is spirit.
5.
(and) • %(they were amazed) • % ( D on) • . + +
. (FSD the teaching) • %
(MnSG his)T •
A (IAI3S he/she/it was) • ' (for) • + +
(PAPMSN teaching)2 • %
(MPA them) •
(as) • %(FSA
authority) • ) (PAPMSN having) •
(and) • % (not) •
(as) • '
(MPN the scribes).
And they were amazed at his teaching, for he was teaching them as having authority and not as the scribes.
6.
(and) • %, (immediately) • ) (still) • %
(MnSG his) •
(PAPMnSG while speaking) •
+ +
(MPG of the twelve) •
(and) •
'
(comes) •
+ (MSN Judas) • > (MSN one) •
( G with) • %
(MnSG him) • )
(MSN crowd).
And immediately, while he was still speaking, Judas, one of the twelve comes, and a crowd with him.
7.
) (not yet) • ' (for) • A (IAI3S he/she/it was) •
(TMpPMSN having been thrown)3 • % (
into/in) •
(
(FSA the prison) •
(MSN the John).
For John had not yet been thrown into prison.
8.
(and) • %'
(AMdI3S he/she/it came) • % ( G from) •
%
(MSG the heaven) • > (MnSNa sound)
•…
(and) • %
(AAI3S he/she/it filled) • ? (MSA whole) •
A
(MSA the house) • >(MnSG
where) • A
(IAI3P they were) • ,
(PMpPMPN while sitting).
And a sound came from heaven… and it filled the entire house where they were sitting.
1
,
(SA! me) •
(AAI3P they followed) •
(
%
. (MnSD him)
TAI3S he/she/it has seen) •
A
'
is a genitive absolute because the substantive (
) that is doing the action of the participle
('
) has no grammatical relationship to the main clause ( %
)
%
' ' ). The best way to
understand what we mean by “no grammatical relationship” is to diagram the sentence. A quicker way is to ask yourself
the question, “why is
in the genitive case?” It is not modifying another substantive or performing any of the
other functions that you learned for a genitive until chapter 30. The reason that it is in the genitive is that it is performing
the action of the genitive absolute participle.
2
A ++
is a periphrastic imperfect. It has roughly the same meaning as %+ +
( ), which is the IAI3S of
++
, but also lets you know the gender of the one doing the action of the participle.
3
A
is a periphrastic pluperfect. It means that at a certain point of time in the past (relative to the writer),
John was not in the state of being in prison due to a previously completed action of being thrown into prison.
Exercise 30: Perfect Participles and Genitive Absolutes
119
9.
(NPNa these) • %
(MnSG he) •
(PAPMnSG while speaking) •
(MPN many) • %
(MSA him). • ) ' (IAI3S he/she/it was saying) • A (therefore)
(AAI3P they believed) • % ( A into/in) • %
•
(MSN the Jesus) •
( A to) •
(TAPMPA the ones who have believed) • % .
(MnSD him) •
+
(MPA Jews)T • % (if) •
(PN you) •
(you remain) • % ( D in) • . ' . (MSD
the word) • . % . (MnSD the my), • % , (truly) • ,
(MPN disciples) •
(SG my) • %
(PAI2P you
are).
While he was speaking these things, many believed in him. Therefore Jesus was saying to the Jews who had believed
in him, “If you remain in my word, you are truly my disciples.”
10.
(and) •
'
(PAPMPN ones going before) •
(and) •
%
,
(PAPMPN the ones
following) • ) * (IAI1S/3P they were crying out)T •
(hosanna!)T • % '
(TMpPMSN blessed be)
• %
(PMpdPMSN the one who is coming) • % ( D in) • %
(NSD name) •
(MSG of lord)T •
% '
(TMpPFSN blessed be) • %
(PMpdPFSN the coming) •
(FSN kingdom) •
(MSG of the father) •
(PG our) • 3 + (MSGx) T •
(hosanna!) • % ( D in) •
0
(MPD the
highest).
Both the ones going before and also the ones following were crying out, “Hosanna! Blessed be the one who is
coming in the name of the Lord! Blessed be the coming kingdom of our father David! Hosanna in the highest!”
Additional
11.
(MPN the) • + (and/but) •
(MPN elders) •
+
(MPG of the Jews) • %+
( A+ TAPMPN
( G with) •
,
(MPG the disciples) • %+ having known) •
(MSA the Jesus) •
(+
AMdI3P they received) • ? (MSA one) • %
(MnPG of those) • P (MSN who) •
% ''
(FSA
the promise) • %
(AAI3S he/she/it made) • %
(MSA him) •
+
(to betray).
And the elders of the Jews, having known Jesus with the disciples, received one of those who had made the promise
to betray him.
12.
(TAPMPN the ones having believed) • % ( A in) •
(MSA the Jesus) •
(MPN
(MSA him) •
(as) •
Christians) •
(PMpI3P they were called) • ? (that/because) • %
(MSA the Christ) • (and) •
(also) •
(MSA the lord) • '
(PAI3P/PAPMnPD they know).
The ones who had believed in Jesus were called “Christians” because they know him as the Christ and also as the
Lord.
13.
(FSN the grace) •
(MSG of the lord) •
(PG our) •
(MSG Jesus Christ) •
G with) •
(PG you) •
(and) •
( G with) •
(MnPG all) •
. (everywhere) •
(TMpPMnPG the having been called) •
( G by) •
,
(MSG the god) •
(and) • + ( G
through) • %
(MnSG him).
,
(
(May) the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you and with all those everywhere who have been called by God
and through him.
14.
(and) •
( A after) •
(NPNa these) • ? (thus) • % ' (he/she/it read) •
(MSN
Jesus/Joshua) •
(NPNa all) •
(NPNa the words) •
(MSG of the law) •
(MnSG this) •
…
( A according to) •
(NPNa all) • ' '
(TMpPNPNa the having been written) • % ( D in) •
.
. (MSD the law).
And after all these things thus Joshua read all the words of this law… according to all the things that have been
written in the law.
15.
(AMdPMnSG after praying) •
(SG I) • % ( D in) • . ) . (MSD the house) • %
, (AAI3S
he/she/it entered) • %
(MSN man) •
(and) • %
(AMdI3S he/she/it greeted) • (SA me), • %' (SN
(MSA him).
and I) • %
(AMdI1S I greeted) • %
After4 I prayed in the house, a man entered and greeted me, and I greeted him.
4
Advanced information: You could also translate this as “While I prayed” because when the main verb is also aorist,
aorist participles often describe action occurring at the same time as the main verb. This is hinted at in section 28.16 on
page 268 of the textbook, and described in more detail in Wallace’s second-year Greek textbook on pages 624-625.
120
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
16.
(MPN the fathers) •
(PG our) •
(NSNa the manna) • )( ' (AAI1S/3P they ate) • % ( D
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • ' '
(TMpPMSA/NSNa it is
in) • . %
. (FSD the desert), • , (just as) • %
written) T • )
(MSA bread) • % ( G from) •
%
(MSG the heaven) • )+
(he/she/it gave) • %
(MnPD to them) • ( ' (to eat).
Our fathers ate the manna in the desert, just as it is written, “He gave them bread from heaven to eat.”
17.
(NPNa these) • % (not) • )'
(AAI3P they knew) • %
(MnSG his) •
,
(MPN the disciples) •
(MPN
(NSNa the first), • % (but) • ? (when) • %+ - , (API3S he/she/it had been glorified) •
Jesus) •
(then) • %
,
(they remembered) • ? (that/because) •
(NPNa these) • A (IAI3S
he/she/it was) • % ( D on) • % . (MnSD him) • ' '
(TMpPNPNa they were written)5 •
(and) •
(NPNa these) • %
(AAI3P they did) • % . (MnSD to him).
His disciples did not understand these things at first, but when Jesus had been glorified then they remembered that
these things had been written and that they did these things to him.
18. % ,
(AAPMnSG after coming) •
' (MSG the word) • '
(FMdI3P they will know) •
(MSA the prophet) • P (MSA whom) • %
(AAI3S he/she/it sent) • %
(MnPD to them) •
(MSN lord) • % ( D in) •
(FSD faith).
After the word comes, then they will know the prophet whom the Lord sent to them in faith.
(
19.
(and) • )
(PMpdI3P they are coming) •
(again) • % ( A into/in) •
(FSAx/NPAx
. (MSD the temple) •
(PAPMnSG while walking around) •
Jerusalem). •
(and) • % ( D in) • .
%
(MnSG his) • )
(PMpdI3P they are coming) •
( A to) • %
(MSA him) •
%
(MPN the
high priests) •
(and) • '
(MPN the scribes) •
(and) •
(MPN the elders) •
(and)
• ) ' (IAI1S/3P they are saying) • % . (MnSD to him)T • % ( D in) •
(NPNa what?) • %. (FSD
(PAI2S you are doing)V
authority) •
(NPNa these) •
And they are coming again into Jerusalem, and while he is walking around in the temple the high priests, the
scribes, and the elders are coming to him and saying to him, “In what authority are you doing these things?”
20.
(FAI1S I will call) •
(MSA the) • % (not) •
(MSA people) •
(SG my) •
(MSA people) •
(SG my) •
(and) •
(FSA the) • % (not) • %'
(TMpPFSA having been loved) • %'
(TMpPFSA having been loved).
I will call the not-my-people, “my people,” and the not-having-been-loved, “having-been-loved.”
5
A …' '
forms a periphrastic pluperfect. At a point in the past (relative to the author) there was a state of
certain things being in written form due to a previously completed action of someone writing them.
Chapters 26-30
Review #6
Grammar
1.
What determines the case, number, and gender of a participle?
a.
Adjectival: Just like an ordinary adjective! If a participle is used as an adjective (attributive or predicate), then
its case, number, and gender will agree with the word it is modifying. If a participle is used as a substantive,
then its case is set by its function in the clause, and its number and gender are set by what it refers to.1
b.
Adverbial: The case, number, and gender of a participle match the substantive that is doing the action of the
participle (for active, middle, and deponent participles) or receiving the action of the participle (for passive
participles that are not deponent).
2.
What are the clues that a participle is being used in the following ways?
a.
Adjectival: (1) Often, but not always, has the article. (2) Context—an adjectival use makes better sense in the
sentence than an adverbial use.
b.
Adverbial: (1) Never has the article. (2) Context—an adverbial use makes better sense in the sentence than an
adjectival use.
c.
Substantival: (1) Often , but not always, has the article. (2) Context—if there is no substantive for it to modify,
then it cannot be adjectival. And if it has the article, then it cannot be adverbial.
3.
What are the seven questions you ask of any participle you meet?
a.
What is the case, number, and gender of the participle, and why? (i.e., What word is it modifying or standing in
the place of? What is doing or receiving the action of the participle?)
b.
Is the action (or state of being) in the participle directed toward a verb (adverbial) or a noun (adjectival)?
c.
If it is adverbial, do you use “while” or “after”?
d.
If it is adjectival, is it attributive or substantival?
e.
What is the aspect of the participle? Continuous (present), undefined (aorist), or perfect?
f.
What is the voice of the participle?
g.
What does the verb mean?
1
For participles that are used as an adjective (attributive or predicate) you can use the same answer that is given for
adverbial participles, since the substantive modifies the word that is doing the action of the participle (or the word that is
receiving the action of the participle if the participle is non-deponent passive). For substantival participles, however, this
answer is does not work, because the substantive doing or receiving the action of the participle is not in the clause.
121
122
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
4.
What is a genitive absolute? A genitive absolute construction is a noun or pronoun2 and a participle in the genitive
that are not grammatically connected3 to the rest of the sentence.
5.
How do you form the following periphrastic verbal forms?
6.
a.
Present: (present tense of % ) + (present participle)
b.
Future: (future tense of % ) + (present participle)
c.
Perfect: (present tense of % ) + (perfect participle)
Write out the nominative and genitive singular forms of the participle morpheme (with tense formative and case
endings) of all three genders for the following tenses.
Masculine
a. Present active
Feminine
,
b. First aorist active
,
,
c. First aorist passive
,
,
,,
d. Second aorist middle
,,
,
,
e. First perfect active
,
f. Perfect middle/passive
,
,
, ,,
,
,
,
Neuter
,
,
,
,
Parsing
1.
,
2.
'
(,
('
(
3.
(
4.
(
5.
( %
)
6.
7.
PAPMnSG while desiring)
( APPMnPD after being written)
TAPMPN after having spoken)
PMpPFPA while being believed)
PAPNSNa while being)
(
AAPMSA / AAPNPNa after throwing)
(+
+ ,
8.
APPMSA / APPNPNa after being received)
TAPMSA / TAPNPNa after having thrown)
(
9.
,
10.
0
.
(
APPFSD after being loosed)
(
AAPFSN after looking)
Translation: Mark 1:1-22
1:1
(FSN beginning) •
% ''
(NSG of the gospel) •
(MSG of Jesus Christ) •
E
(MSG of son) • ,
(MSG of god)F. • 1:2 5 , (just as) • ' '
(TMpI3S he/she/it has been written) • %
( D in) • .
W . (MSD the Isaiah) • .
( .T (MSD the prophet) • %+ (behold) • %
(PAI1S I am
sending) •
)''
(MSA the messenger) •
(SG my) •
( G before) •
(NSG face) •
(SG your), •
P (MSN who) •
(FAI3S he/she/it will prepare) •
+ (FSA the way) •
(SG your)T • 1:3 (
(FSN
voice) •
(
PAPMnSG of one calling) • % ( D in) • . %
. (FSD the desert)T •
(prepare!) •
+ (FSA the way) •
(MSG of lord), • %,
( %, FPA straight) •
(make!) •
(
FPA
2
In rare cases, the noun or pronoun may be absent, but the participle is always present.
By “not grammatically connected” we mean that the substantive that is doing (active, middle, or deponent participle) or
receiving (non-deponent passive participle) the action of the participle is not in the rest of the sentence. Instead, the
substantive doing or receiving the action of the participle is the noun or pronoun in the genitive that is part of the genitive
absolute construction.
3
Chapters 26-30: Review #6
123
the highways) • %
(MnSG his), • 1:4 %'
(AMdI3S he/she/it appeared) •
(MSN John) • E (MSN the)F •
. (FSD the desert) •
(and) •
(PAPMSN preaching) •
* (PAPMSN baptizing) • % ( D in) • . %
(NSNa baptism) •
(FSG/FPA of repentance) • % ( A into/in) • )(
(FSA forgiveness) •
(FPG of sins). • 1:5
(and) • %(IMpdI3S he/she/it was going out)4 •
( A to) • %
(MSA
him) •
(FSN all) •
+
(FSN the Judean region) •
(and) •
(MPN all the
( G by) • %
(MnSG
inhabitants of Jerusalem), •
(and) • %
*
(IMpI3P they were being baptized) •
him) • % ( D in) • .
+
.
. (MSD the Jordan river) • %'
(PMpPMPN while confessing) •
%
(FPA their sins). • 1:6
(and) • A (IAI3S he/she/it was) •
(MSN the John) • % + +
( % +
TMpPMSN having clothed himself) •
(FPA hairs) •
(MfSG of camel) •
(and) • *
(FSA
( A around) •
% ( (FSA the waist) • %
(MnSG his), •
(and) •
belt) • +
(FSA leather) •
% ,
(PAPMSN eating) • % + (FPA locusts) •
(and) •
(NSNa honey) • )'
(MSA/NSNa wild). • 1:7
(and) • %
(IAI3S he/she/it was preaching) • ' (PAPMSN saying)T • )
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is coming) •
%
(MSN the greater than) •
(SG my) • %
( G after) •
(SG me), • >(MnSG of whom) • % (not)
(MSN worthy) • 0 (
AAPMSN after stooping down) •
(to loosen) •
• % (PAI1S I am) •
(MSA the strap) •
+
(NPG of the sandals) • %
(MnSG his)T • 1:8 %' (SN I) • %
(AAI1S I
baptized) •
(PA you) • ?+
(NSD by means of water), • %
(MSN he) • + (but) •
(FAI3S he/she/it will
' . (NSD holy spirit).
baptize) •
(PA you) • % ( D in) •
1:9
(and) • %'
(AMdI3S it came to pass) • % ( D in) • %
(FPD those days) • A ,
(AAI3S he/she/it came) •
(MSN Jesus) • % ( G from) • 8 *
(FSGx Nazareth) •
2
(FSG of the
Galilee) •
(and) • %
, (API3S he/she/it was baptized) • % ( A in) •
+
(MSA the Jordan) •
( G by) •
(MSG John). • 1:10
(and) • %, (immediately) • %
(PAPMSN while coming up) • %
?+
(NSG the water) • A+ (
AAI3S he/she/it saw) •
*
(PMpPMPA being split) •
( G from) •
%
(MPA the heavens) •
(and) •
(NSNa the spirit) •
(as) •
(FSA dove) •
(PAPNSNa while coming down) • % ( A into/in) • %
(MSA him)T • 1:11
(and) • (
(FSN voice) •
%
(MPG the heavens)T •
(SN you) • A (PAI2S you are) •
%'
(AMdI3S he/she/it came) • % ( G from) •
(MSN the son) •
(SG my) •
%'
(MSN the beloved), • % ( D in) •
(SD! you) • %+
( %+
AAI1S I am pleased).
1:12
(and) • %, (immediately) •
(NSNa the spirit) • %
(MSA him) • %
(PAI3S
)
(FSA the desert). • 1:13
(and) • A (IAI3S he/she/it was) • %
he/she/it is casting out) • % ( A into) •
( D in) • . %
. (FSD the desert) •
(forty) •
(FPA days) •
*
(
* PMpPMSN
being tested) •
( G by) •
(MSG the Satan), •
(and) • A (IAI3S he/she/it was) •
( G with) •
,
(NPG the wild animals), •
(and) •
)''
(MPN the angels) • +
(+
IAI1S/3P they
were serving) • % . (MnSD him).
1:14
+
+ ,
(and after John had been betrayed) • A , (AAI3S he/she/it went)
•
(MSN the Jesus) • % ( A into/in) •
2
(FSA the Galilee) •
(PAPMSN preaching) •
,
(MSG of the god) • 1:15
(and) • ' (PAPMSN saying) • ? (that) •
% ''
(NSNa the gospel) •
(TMpI3S he/she/it has been fulfilled) •
(MSN the time) •
(and) • )''
( %'' * TAI3S
,
(MSG of the god)T •
(repent!) •
(and)
he/she/it has drawn near) •
(FSN the kingdom) •
•
(PAIm2P continually believe!)5 • % ( D in) • . % ''
. (NSD the gospel).
1:16
(and) •
' (PAPMSN while passing) •
( A alongside of) •
,
(FSA the sea) •
2
(FSG of the Galilee) • A+ (
AAI3S he/she/it saw) • :
(MSA Simon) •
(and) •
+
%+ ( (MSA the brother) • :
(MSG of Simon) • % (
(PAPMPA while casting) • %
(MSA Andrew) •
( D in) • . ,
. (FSD sea)T • A
(IAI3P they were) • ' (for) •
(MPN fishermen). • 1:17
(and) •
A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) • %
(MnPD to them) •
(MSN the Jesus)T • +
(follow!) • %
( G
behind) •
(SG me), •
(and) •
(FAI1S I will make) •
(PA you) • '
, (to be) •
(MPN
(and) • %, (immediately) • %(
(after leaving) • +
fishermen) • % ,
(MPG of men). • 1:18
(NPNa the nets) • %
,
(AAI3P they followed) • % . (MnSD him). • 1:19
(and) •
(
AAPMSN after going on) • % ' (a little) • A+ (
AAI3S he/she/it saw) •
(MSA James) •
(MSA the)6 •
4
Notice that the verb is singular even though there is a compound subject joined by
. In English we would use a
plural verb, but in Greek the verb matches the number of the subject that is closest in word order to the verb. In this case
+
is closest, and it is singular, so the verb is singular.
5
The form is either indicative or imperative mood, but the context clarifies that it is imperative. We will discuss
imperatives in chapter 33.
6
The word
(“son”) is elided. This is very common when describing a person’s ancestry in Greek.
124
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
4 +
(MSG of the Zebedee) •
(and) •
(MSA John) •
%+ ( (MSA the brother) • %
(MnSG
. (NSD the boat) •
*
(
* PAPMPA
his), •
(and) • %
(MPA them) • % ( D in) • .
while mending) • +
(NPNa the nets), • 1:20
(and) • %, (immediately) • %
(AAI3S he/she/it called)
• %
(MPA them). •
(and) • %(
(after leaving) •
(MSA the father) • %
(MfnPG their) •
4 +
(MSA Zebedee) • % ( D in) • .
. (NSD the boat) •
( G with) •
,
(MPG the hired
AAI1S/3P they went away) • %
( G behind) • %
(MnSG him).
hands) • %
, ( %
1:21
(and) • %
(PMpdI3P they are going in) • % ( A into/in) • 5 (
(FSAx
Capernaum). •
(and) • %, (immediately) •
(NPD on the Sabbaths) • % , (AAPMSN after going
in) • % ( A into/in) •
' ' (FSA the synagogue) • %+ +
(IAI3S he/she/it began to teach). • 1:22
IMpI3P they were being amazed) • % ( D on) • . + +
. (FSD the teaching) •
(and) • %( %
%
(MnSG his), • A (IAI3S he/she/it was) • ' (for) • + +
(PAPMSN teaching) • %
(MPA them) •
(as) •
%(FSA authority) • ) (PAPMSN having) •
(and) • % (not) •
(as) • '
(MPN the scribes).
1:1 The beginning of the Gospel of Jesus Christ Ethe Son of GodF. 1:2 Just as it has been written in Isaiah the
Prophet, “Behold! I am sending my messenger before your face, who will prepare your way; 1:3 a voice of one calling
the desert, ‘Prepare the way of the Lord! Make straight his highways!’” 1:4 And John appeared, baptizing7 in the desert
and preaching a baptism of repentance for the forgiveness of sins. 1:5 And all the region of Judea and the inhabitants of
Jerusalem were going out to him and being baptized by him in the Jordan river, confessing their sins. 1:6 And John was
clothed with camel’s hair, and a leather belt was around his waist, and he was eating locusts and wild honey. 1:7 And he
was preaching, saying, “The one greater than me is coming after me, the strap of whose sandals I am not worthy,
stooping down, to loosen. 1:8 I baptized you by means of water, but he will baptize you in the Holy Spirit.”
1:9 And it came to pass in those days that Jesus came from Nazareth of Galilee and was baptized in the Jordan
by John. 1:10 And immediately, while he was coming up from the water, he saw the heavens being split and the Spirit as
a dove coming down on him; 1:11 and a voice came from the heavens, “You are my beloved son; in you I am pleased.”
1:12 And immediately the Spirit is casting him out into the desert 1:13 and he was in the desert for forty days,
being tested by Satan, and he was with the wild animals, and the angels were serving him.
1:14 And after John had been betrayed, Jesus went into Galilee, preaching the Gospel of God 1:15 and saying,
“The time has been fulfilled and the Kingdom of God has drawn near; repent and believe in the Gospel!
1:16 And while he was passing alongside of the Sea of Galilee, he saw Simon and Andrew the brother of Simon
while they were casting nets in the sea, for they were fishermen. 1:17 And Jesus said to them, “Follow me, and I will
make you to be fishers of men. 1:18 And immediately after leaving the nets they followed him. 1:19 and after going on a
little ways, he saw James the son of Zebedee and John his brother, while they were mending the nets in the boat. 1:20
And immediately he called them. And after leaving behind their father Zebedee in the boat with the hired hands, they
went away behind him.
1:21 And they are going into Capernaum. And immediately on the Sabbaths, after going into the synagogue he
began to teach. 1:22 And they were being amazed at his teaching, for he was teaching them as one having authority and
not as the scribes.
7
This can also be translated as “And John the Baptist appeared.” If the article [ ] is accepted as original, then this latter
translation is definitely correct, because adverbial participles cannot have the article.
Exercise 31
Subjunctive
Parsing
Person
/ Case
Inflected
BC
HC
DC
2
Singular
Present
2
Singular
Present
3
Singular
Present
Active
Subjunctive
1
Plural
Aorist
Active
Subjunctive
2
Plural
Aorist
Active
Subjunctive
,
3
Plural
Aorist
Passive
Subjunctive
2
1
Singular
Future
Active
Indicative
2
Singular
Aorist
Active
Subjunctive
),
KC
LC
.
MC
NC
,
%'
BOC
, .
,
Active
Mood
Present
. (3x)
++
Voice
Plural
IC
JC
Tense /
Gender
1
*
%
Number
Middle
or Pass
Middle
or Pass
Lexical Form
Subjunctive
PAS1P
*
Indicative
Subjunctive
1
Plural
Aorist
Middle
Subjunctive
3
Plural
Present
Active
Subjunctive
3
Singular
Aorist
Passive
Subjunctive
Parsing
Code
PMpI2S
%
PMpS2S
PAS3S
AAS1P
)
AAS2P
++
.*
“let us be
baptizing” or
“we may be
baptizing”
you are being
heard
you may be
being heard
he/she/it may
be hearing
“let us go” or
“we may go”
you may go
APS3P
they may be
taught
FAI1S
I will judge
AAS2S
you may save
AMS1P
PAS3P
%'
Inflected
Meaning1
APS3S
“let us go for
ourselves” or
“we may go
for ourselves”
they may be
raising
he/she/it may
be done
Warm-up
.
? (in order that) • %'
( %'
In order that we may love each other
.
(when) • ) , . ( )
AAS3S/AMS2S he/she/it would come) • % (
(MSG of the father) • %
(MnSG his)
When he would come in the glory of his father.
'.
(NPNa these) • ' (PAIs1S I am saying)3 • ? (in order that) •
may be saved).
I am saying these things in order that you may be saved.
1
PAS1P we may love) • %
?
(MPA each other)
D in) •
. + - . (FSD the glory) •
(PN you) •
,
(
.* APS2P you
These translations are stilted in an attempt to communicate the aspect clearly. In the subjunctive mood, tenses signify
aspect, not time, whether you use past, present, or future time in English depends on the context.
2
The accent is critical here. The circumflex on the ultima indicates that contraction has occurred:
+
+ +–
–
. If the word were accented
then it would be PAIs1S.
3
Because the PAI1S has the long vowel omega at the end, the PAIs1S can be parsed PAIs1S for all verbs.
125
126
+.
.
*.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
,
(,
PAI1P we are desiring) • ? (that) • P (NSNa what) • % (-ever) •
. (
AAS2S you would do) •
(PD to us).
ask) • (SA you) •
We are desiring that you would do for us whatever we may ask of you.
? (in order that) • %
.( %
In order that he might send them.
PAS3S / PMpS2S he/she/it may send) •
A
( ) AAI3P they took up) • A (then) • ,
(MPA the stones) • ?
AAS3P they may throw) • % ( A on) •
%
(MSA him).
( %
%
%
AAS1P we may
(MPA them)
(in order that) •
(
Then they took up the stones in order that they may throw them on him.
.
(NSNa what?) • %
( %
What shall I ask for myself?
AMS1S I might ask for myself)V
Translation
1.
(and) • % ( D in) •
. (MnSD this) • '
(PAI1P we know) • ? (that) • %'
%
(FPA the commandments) •
have come to know) • %
(MSA him), • % (if) •
(PAS1P we may be keeping).
And in this we know, that we have come to know him, if we are keeping his commandments.
%
(TAI1P we
(MnSG his) •
2.
%
(amen) • ' (PAI1S I am saying) •
(PD to you), • P @ (MSN whoever) •
(not) • + (AMdS3S
,
(MSG of the god) •
(as) •
+
(NSNa
he/she/it may receive) •
(FSA the kingdom) •
child)4, • % (not) •
(not) • % , . (AAS3S / AMS2S he/she/it would enter in) • % ( A into/in) • %
(FSA it).
Truly I am saying to you, whoever does not receive the Kingdom of God as a child most certainly will not enter it.
3.
%
(IAI3S he/she/it was asking) • %
(MSA him) • ? (that) • +
(NSNa demon) • %
.
(AAS3S/AMS2S he/she/it would cast out) • % ( G from) •
, '
(FSG the daughter) • %
(FSG her).
She was asking him that the demon he would cast out from her daughter.
She was asking him to cast the demon out from her daughter.
4.
? (FSN this) • + (and) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
%
* (FSN the eternal life) • ? (that) •
% ,
,
(MSA the only true god) •
(PAS3P they would be knowing) • (SA you) •
(and) • P (MSA whom) • %
(AAI2S you sent) •
(MSA Jesus Christ).
And this is eternal life, that they would be knowing you, the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom you sent.
'
5.
(and) •
(NPNa all) • ?
@ (whatever as much as) • %
(AAS2P you may ask) • % ( D in) •
. (FSD the prayer) •
(PAPMPN believing) •
0 , (FMdI2P you will receive).
And all whatever as much as you would ask in prayer while believing, you will receive.
6.
( A after) •
(NSNa this) • ' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) •
,
')
(PAS1P let us go) • % ( A into/in) •
+
(FSA the Judea) •
After this he is saying to the disciples, “Let us go into Judea again.”
7.
" ? (in this manner) • ' (for) • %'
(AAI3S he/she/it loved) • ,
(MSN the god) •
(MSA
the world), • ? (so that) •
(MSA the son) •
'
(MSA the only) • )+
(he/she/it gave), • ?
(in order that) •
(MSN every) •
(PAPMSN the one believing) • % ( A into/in) • %
(MSA him) •
(not) • %
(AMS3S he/she/it might perish) • % (but) • ) . (PAS3S he/she/it would be having) • *
%
(FSA life eternal). • % (not) • ' (for) • %
(AAI3S he/she/it sent) • ,
(MSN the god) •
(MSA the son) • % ( A into/in) •
(MSA the world) • ? (in order that) •
. (PAS3S/PMpS2S
he/she/it might judge) •
(MSA the world), • % (but) • ? (in order that) • , . (API3S he/she/it may
be saved) •
(MSN the world) • + ( G through) • %
(MSG him).
For in this manner God loved the world, that he gave the only son in order that everyone who is believing in him
would not perish but would be having eternal life. For God did not send the Son into the world in order that he
might judge the world, but in order that the world might be saved through him.
4
+
.
(MPD to the disciples)T •
(again).
is in the nominative case because it is the subject of an understood verb (“as a child receives it”).
Exercise 31: Subjunctive
127
8.
(and) • %*
(IAI1S/3P they were seeking) •
%
(MPN the high priests) •
(and) •
(how?) • %
(MSA him) • … %
(PaAS3P they might kill).
(MPN the scribes) •
And the high priests and the scribes were seeking how they might kill him.
9.
(MPN the fathers) •
(PG your) • )( ' (AAI1S/3P they ate) • % ( D in) • . %
. (desert) •
(NSNa the manna) •
(and) • % ,
(AAI1S/3P they died)T • > (MSN this) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it
is) •
)
(MSN the bread) • (MSN the) • % ( G from) •
%
(MSG the heaven) •
(PAPMSN
(MnSG him) • ( ' . (AAS3S/AMS2S he/she/it
coming down), • ? (that) •
(MfSN anyone) • %- ( G from) • %
may eat) •
(and) •
(not) • % ,
. (AAS3S/AMS2S he/she/it may die). • %' (SN I) • % (PAI1S I am) •
)
(MSN the bread) • * (PAPMSN the living) • (MSN the) • % ( G from) •
%
(MSG the heaven) •
(AAPMSN came down)T • % (if) •
(MfSN anyone) • ( ' . (AAS3S/AMS2S he/she/it may eat) • % ( G
)
(MSG the bread) • *
(FAI3S he/she/it will live) • %
%
from) •
(MnSG this) •
(eternally), •
(and) •
)
(MSN the bread) • + (and/but) • P (MSA which) • %' (SN I) • +
(I will give) •
- (FSN the flesh) •
(SG my) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
( G in behalf of) •
(FSG the) •
(MSG of the world) • *
(FSG of life). • !
(they were quarreling) • A (therefore) •
( A
+
(MPN the Jews) • '
T (PAPMPN saying) •
(how?) •
with) • %
(MPA each other) •
+
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is able) • > (MSN this) •
(PD to us) • +
(to give) •
(FSA the
flesh) • E %
(MnSG his)F • ( ' (to eat)V • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) • A (therefore) • %
(MnPD to
them) •
(MSN the Jesus) T • %
(amen) • %
(amen) • ' (PAIs1S I am saying) •
(PD to you), •
(FSA the flesh) •
(MSG of the son) •
% (if) •
(not) • ( '
(AAS2P you may eat) •
% ,
(MSG of the man) •
(and) •
(
AAS2P you may drink) •
%
(MnSG his) •
> (NSNa
(FSA life) • % ( D in) •
(MnPD yourselves).
the blood), • % (not) • )
(PAI2P you are having) • *
“Your fathers ate the manna in the desert and they died; This is the coming-down-from-Heaven bread that anyone
from it may eat and not die. I am the living bread that came down from Heaven; if anyone eats from this bread, he
will live eternally, and the bread which I will give on behalf of the life of the world is my flesh.” Then the Jews were
quarreling with each other saying, “How is this man able to give us EhisF flesh to eat?” Then Jesus said to them,
“Truly, truly I am saying to you, if you do not eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood, you are not
having life in yourselves.”
10.
% (if) •
(MPN dead) • % (not) • %'
(PMpI3P they are being raised), • ( '
(AAS1P let us eat) •
(and) •
(AAS1P let us drink), • )
(tomorrow) • ' (for) • % , .
(PAI1P we are dying).
If the dead are not raised, let us eat and let us drink, for tomorrow we die.
'
Additional
11.
(PAS1P let us do) •
(NSNa much) • ) ' (NSNa work) • % ( D in) • . '
. (FSD the language) •
. (FSD this) • ? (in order that) • '
, ('
AMdS1P we may become) •
(PAPMPN the
ones preaching) •
' (MSA the word) •
,
(MSG of the god) • % ( D in) •
. (FSD all) • % , .
(FSD truth).
Let us do much work in this language in order that we may become the ones preaching the word of God in all truth.
12.
? (whenever) •
0 (FAI1S/AAS1S I may see) •
+ (NPNa the children) •
(SG my) • %'
(PAPMSA/PAPNPNa loving) • %
(MPA each other), • %
+ (FSN the my heart) •
(PAI3S
he/she/it rejoices) •
(and) • % 0
(FSN the my soul) •
(PMpdI3S he/she/it prays) • . ,
(MSD to the god).
Whenever I see my children loving each other, my heart rejoices and my soul prays to God.
13. %
.
(if) • + (and/but) •
(not) •
(AAS3P they may believe) •
(SD you) • + (and not) •
%
(AAS3P they hear) •
(
(FSG the voice) •
(NSG of the sign) •
(NSG of
the first) •
(FAI3P they will believe) •
(SD you) •
(
(FSG the voice) •
(NSG
of the sign) •
%
(NSG of the last).
And if they do not believe you and do not hear the voice of the first sign, they will believe you [and hear] the voice of
the last sign.
128
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
14.
(and) •
(FAI2P you will worship) • %
(there) • ,
(MPD gods) •
(MnPD other), • ) '
(MPG of hands) • % ,
(MPG of men) • (NPD wood) •
(and) • ,
(MPD
(NPD works) •
stones), • P (MPN which) • % (not) • )0
(FMdI3P they will see) • %+ (and not) •
(not) • %
(AAS3P they would hear) • ) (and not) •
(not) • ( '
(AAS3P they would eat).
And there you will worship other gods, the works of the hands of men, wood and stones, which will not see, and most
certainly do not hear, and most certainly do not eat.
15.
(MSA the lord) •
(MSA Jesus Christ), • >(MnSG which) •
> (NSNa the blood) •
( G in behalf of) •
(PG us) • %+ , (API3S he/she/it was given), • (
, (PMpdS1P let us fear).
Let us fear the Lord Jesus Christ, whose blood was given on our behalf.
16. X" @ (MSN whoever) • P (NSNa one) •
+
(NPG of these children) • + (AMdS3S he/she/it
receives) • % ( D on the basis of) • . %
(NSD the name) •
(SG my), • % (SA! me) • +
(PMpdI3S
he/she/it is receiving)T •
(and) • P @ (MSN whoever) • % (SA! me) • +
(PMpdS3S he/she/it is receiving),
• % (not) • % (SA! me) • +
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is receiving) • %
(but) •
%
(AAPMSA the
one who sent) • (SA me).
Whoever receives one of these children on the basis of my name is receiving me, and whoever is receiving me is not
receiving me but the one who sent me.
17.
%
(amen) • + (and/but) • ' (PAI1S I am saying) •
(PD to you), • ? (where) • % (-ever) •
, .
% ''
(NSNa the gospel) • % ( A into/in) • ? (MSA whole) •
(APS3S he/she/it may be preached) •
(MSA the world), •
(also) • P (NSNa what) • %
(AAI3S he/she/it did) • ? (FSN this) •
,
(FPI3S he/she/it will be told) • % ( A in) •
(NSNa memory) • %
(FSG of her).
And truly I am saying to you, wherever the Gospel is preached in the whole world, what this woman did will be told
in memory of her.
18. %
(if) • + (and/but) • % ( D in) • . (
(NSD the light) •
(PAS1P we may be walking) •
(as) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • % ( D in) • . (
(NSD the light), •
(FSA fellowship) •
(MSN he) • %
)
(PAI1P we are having) •
( G with) • %
(MfnPG one another) •
(and) •
> (NSNa the
blood) •
(MSG of Jesus) •
(MSG the son) • %
(MnSG his) • , * (PAI3S he/she/it is
(FSG all sin). • % (if) • )
(AAS1P we may say)
purifying) •
(PA us) • % ( G from) •
• ? (that) •
(FSA sin) • % (not) • )
(PAI1P we are having), •
(MPA ourselves) •
(
PAIs1P we are deceiving) •
(and) •
% ,
(FSN the truth) • % (not) • )
(PAI3S
he/she/it is) • % ( D in) •
(PD us).
And if we are walking in the light as he is in the light, we are having fellowship with one another and the blood of
Jesus his son is purifying us from all sin. If we say that we are not having sin, we are deceiving ourselves and the
truth is not in us.
%
19.
(amen) • ' (PAI1S I am saying) •
(PD to you) • ? (that) • %
(no longer) • % (not) •
(not) •
(
AAS1S I would drink) • % ( G from) •
'
(NSG the product) •
%
(FSG of the
grapevine) • ? (until) •
%
(FSG that day) • ? (whenever) • % (NSNa it) •
(PAIs1S I
would drink) •
(MSA/NSNa new) • % ( D in) • .
. (FSD the kingdom) •
,
(MSG of the god).
Amen I am saying to you that I most certainly will not drink from the product of the grapevine until that day when I
drink it new in the Kingdom of God.
20.
%
, (API3S he/she/it answered) •
(MSN Jesus)T • % (if) • %' (SN I) • + (FAI1S/AAS1S I
glorify) • %
(MSA myself), • + - (FSN the glory) •
(SG my) • %+ (nothing) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it
is)T • )
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(MSN the father) •
(SG my) • + - * (PAPMSN the one who is
glorifying) • (SA me), • P (MSA whom) •
(PN you) • ' (PAI2P you are saying) • ? (that/because) •
(PG our) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is), •
(and) • % (not) • %'
(TAI2P you have
,
(MSN god) •
known) • %
(SA him), • %' (SN I) • + (and/but) • A+ (TAI1S I know) • %
(MSA him). • @ (and if) •
(MSA him), • )
) ( ' AAS1S I would say) • ? (that) • % (not) • A+ (TAI1S I know) • %
(FMdI1S I will be) • ?
(MSN like) •
(PD to you) • 0
(MSN liar)T • %
(but) • A+ (TAI1S I know)
• %
(MSA him) •
(and) •
' (MSA the word) • %
(MnSG his) •
(PAI1S I am keeping).
Jesus answered, “If I glorify myself, my glory is nothing; the one who is glorifying me is my father, of whom you are
saying, ‘He is our God.’ You have not known him, but I know him, and if I would say, “I do not know him,” I would
be a liar like you, but I know him and I am keeping his word.
%
Exercise 32
Infinitive
Parsing
Inflected
Person /
Case
Number
Tense /
Gender
Voice
Mood
BC
None
None
Aorist
Active
Infinitive
None
None
Aorist
Middle
Infinitive
AMN
None
None
Perfect
Active
Infinitive
TAN
to speak
for
oneself
to fulfill
None
None
Present
Active
Infinitive
'
PAN
to say
None
None
Aorist
Active
Infinitive
.*
AAN
to save
None
None
Present
Infinitive
+ - *
PMpN
to be
glorified
None
None
Perfect
Infinitive
,
TMpN
to be seen
None
None
Present
Middle
or
Passive
Middle
or
Passive
Active
PAN
to love
None
None
Aorist
Passive
Infinitive
None
None
Aorist
Active
Infinitive
( '
HC
,
DC
IC
'
JC
KC
+ - * ,
LC
,
MC
%'
NC
'
,
(
BOC
Lexical
Form
% ,
Infinitive
%'
'
Parsing
Code
Inflected
Meaning
AAN
to eat
APN
(
AAN
to be
written
to fulfill
Warm-up
.
AAI3S he/she/it sent) •
%
(MPA them) •
(FSA the kingdom) •
,
(MSG of the god).
He sent them to be preaching the Kingdom of God.
.
% ( A into/in) •
(FSA the kingdom) •
enter)
To enter into the Kingdom of God
%
( %
'.
(MfSN who?) • +
Who is able to be saved?
+.
+ (it is necessary) •
,
(
APN to be preached) •
infinitive).
It is necessary for the Gospel to be preached.
.
*.
1
1
%
%
( %
AAN in order to kill) •
In order to kill him OR In order for him to kill
(and) • %
.
(
And while he was sowing
,
(
,
( %
AAN to
.* APN to be saved)V
% ''
(NSNa the gospel – subject of the
(MSA him)
%
PAN while sowing) •
PAN to be preaching) •
(MSG of the god) • %
,
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is able) •
(
%
(MSA him – subject of the infinitive)
%
takes a liquid first aorist, so it uses the liquid aorist active tense formative alpha and the liquid aorist active
infinitive morpheme iota, giving the form %
.
129
130
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
%
(but) •
%' ,
( %'
APN after being raised) •
But after my being raised OR But after I was raised
(SA me)
Translation
1.
(and) •
(again) • ) ( %
AMdI3S he began) • + +
,
(FSA the lake).
And again he began to teach beside the lake.
(PAN to teach) •
2.
P (MSN who) • ' (for) • % (-ever) • , . (PAS3S/PMpS2S may desire) •
his) •
(AAN to save) • %
(he/she/it will lose) • %
(FSA it).
For whoever desires to save his life will lose it.
3.
(and) • ' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • %
(MnPD to them)T • )(it is lawful) •
(NPD
on the Sabbaths) • %' , (MSA/NSNa good) •
(AAN to do) • @(or) •
(AAN to do evil), • 0
(AAN to save) • @(or) • %
(AAN to kill)V
(FSA life) •
And he is saying to them, “Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good or to do evil, to save life or to kill?”
4.
A , (AAI3S he/she/it came) • ' (for) •
(MSN the son) •
% ,
%
(NSNa the lost).
to seek) •
(and) •
(AAN to save) •
For the Son of Man came to seek and to save the lost.
5.
(and) • %
(AAI3S he/she/it appointed) • + +
(twelve) • … ? (in order that) • A
( % PAS3P they
would be) •
( G with) • %
(MnSG him) •
(and) • ? (in order that) • %
. (PAS3S/PMpS2S
he/she/it might send) • %
(MPA them) •
(PAN to preach) •
(and) • )
(PAN to have) • %(FSA authority) • %
(PAN to cast out) • +
(NPNa the demons).
And he appointed twelve… in order that they might be with him and in order that he might send them to preach and
to have authority to cast out the demons.
6.
%
(amen) • ' (for) • ' (PAI1S I am saying) •
(PD to you) • ? (that) •
(MPN many) •
(
(and) • +
(MPN righteous) • % ,
(they desired) • %+ (AAN to see) • P (NPNa
(MPN prophets) •
what) •
(PAI2P you are seeing) •
(and) • % (not) • A+ (AAI3P they saw), •
(and) • %
(AAN to hear) • P (NPNa what) • %
(PAI2P you are hearing) •
(and) • % (not) • )
(AAI3P they
heard).
For truly I am saying to you that many prophets and righteous people desired to see what you are seeing and they
did not see it, and to hear what you are hearing and they did not hear it.
7.
(MSN he) • + (and/but) •
(MSN Jesus) • % (not) • %
(IAI3S he/she/it was entrusting) •
(MSA him) • %
(MnPD to them) • +
%
'
(PAN because of the him2 to know) •
(MPA all).
But Jesus was not entrusting himself to them because he knew all people.
0
(
A beside) •
(FSA the life) •
(MSG of the man) • *
(MnSG
%
(AAN
%
%
8.
( ? (in order that)… ) •
, (APS1S I might be found) • % ( D in) • % . (MnSD him), •
(not) • )
(PAPMSN having) • %
(FSA my) • +
(FSA righteousness) •
(FSA the) • % ( G from) •
(MSG
law) • %
(but) •
(FSA the) • + ( G through) •
(FSG faith) •
(MSG of Christ), •
(FSA
the) • % ( G from) • ,
(MSG god) • +
(FSA righteousness) • % ( D on) • .
(FSD the faith),
•
(MnSG of the) • '
(AAN to know)3 • %
(MSA him) •
(and) •
+
(FSA the power) •
%
(FSG of the resurrection) • %
(MnSG his).
(in order that…) I might be found in him, not having my own from-the-law righteousness but the through-the-faithin-Christ righteousness, the from-God righteousness on the basis of faith, that I would know him and the power of
his resurrection.
9.
%
(but) •
%' ,
(APN after the to be raised) •
go before) •
(PA you) • % ( A into/in) •
2
But after I am raised, I will go before you into Galilee.
2
(SA me – subject of the infinitive) •
(FSA the Galilee).
- (I will
%
(“him”) is the subject of the infinitive '
.
'
looks like somewhat like an aorist passive infinitive because of the infinitive morpheme
, but if it were
aorist passive, it would have the first aorist passive tense formative , , which it doesn’t have in this verse.
3
Exercise 32: Infinitive
10.
131
(MSN Abraham) • … %
(AAI3S he/she/it believed) • %
'
, (AMdN in order to become) •
(MSA father – predicate accusative of the infinitive) •
(MSA him – subject of the infinitive) •
(MnPG of many) • %,
(NPG nations).
Abraham … believed in order that he would become the father of many nations.
%
Additional
11.
? (FSN this) • '
(FSN woman) • , (MSA stone) •
(MSA/NSNa precious) • )
(PAN to have) •
,
(PAI3S he/she/it is desiring) • % ( D on) • .
(FSD the hand) • %
(FSG her) • + (AMdPFSN
after receiving) • %
(MSA him/it) • % ( G from) •
%'
(TAPMnSG the one who has loved) • %
(FSA her).
This woman is desiring to have a precious stone on her hand after receiving it from the one who has loved her.
12.
,
(APdS1P let us go) • ' (for) •
( A to) •
,
(FSA the lake) • %
in order to find) • >+ (there) •
(MfPA some) •
(FPA days) • %' , (FPA good) • % (
(MSD the sun).
For let us go to the lake in order to find there some good days in the sun.
D in) •
(PAN
.
.
13.
(and) •
(AAI3S he/she/it came down) •
(MSN lord) • %+ (
AAN to see) •
(AAI3P they built) •
city) •
(and) •
' (MSA tower) • P (MSA which) • %. +
sons) •
% ,
(MPG of the people).
And the Lord came down to see the city and the tower which the sons of the people had built.
14.
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) • + (and/but) •
(MSN Abraham) •
( G concerning) • :
(FSG/FPA Sarah) •
'
(FSG the wife) • %
(MnSG his) • ? (that) • %+ ( (FSN sister) •
(SG my)4
( ' AAN to say) • ? (that) •
• %
(PAI3S he/she/it is), • %( , (APdI3S he/she/it feared) • ' (for) • %
'
(FSN wife) •
(SG my) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(lest) • %
(PaAS3P they would
kill) • %
(MSA him) •
)+
(MPN the men) •
(FSG of the city) • + ( A on account of) • %
(FSA her).
But Abraham said concerning his wife Sarah, “She is my sister,” because he feared to say, “She is my wife,” lest
the men of the city kill him on account of her.
15.
(MSN lord) • ,
(MSN the god) T • % (not) •
(not) •
(and) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) •
. (AAS3S/AMS2S he/she/it will stay) •
(NSNa the spirit) •
(SG my) • % ( D in) •
% ,
(MPD the people) •
(MnPD these) • %
%
(forever) • +
A
(PAN because they are)
• %
(MPA they – subject of the infinitive) •
(FPA flesh), • )
(FMdI3P they will be) • + (and/but)
(MfnPG their) •
)
) (120 years).
•
(FPN the days) • %
And the Lord God said, my spirit most certainly will not stay in these people forever because they are flesh, but their
days will be 120 years.
16.
%
, (APdI3S he/she/it answered) • %
(MnPD to them)T • A
( ' AAI1S/3P I said) •
(PD to you)
• )+ (already) •
(and) • % (not) • %
(AAI2P you listened)T • (NSNa why?) •
(again) • ,
(PAI2P you are desiring) • %
(PAN to hear)V •
(not) •
(also) •
(PN you) • ,
(PAI2P you are
desiring) • %
(MnSG his) • ,
(MPN disciples) • '
, (AMdN to be)V
He answered them, “I told you already and you did not listen; why are you desiring to hear again? You are not also
desiring to be his disciples, are you?”5
17.
(MPN the) • + (and/but) • %
(MPN high priests) •
(and) • ? (MSA/NSNa whole) •
+
(NSNa the Sanhedrin) • %*
(IAI1S/3P they were seeking) •
( G against) •
(MSG the Jesus) •
,
(AAN in order to kill) • %
(MSA him), •
(and) • % (not) •
(FSA testimony) • %
?
(IAI1S/3P they were finding).
And the high priests and the whole Sanhedrin were seeking testimony against Jesus in order to kill him, and they
were not finding any.
4
(FSA the
(MPN the
A
This is not necessarily the emphatic form of the article, even though it has the accent. It picked up an accent from the
word %
that followed it.
5
Because the final question begins with , it expects the answer, “No, we are not desiring to be his disciples.” Adding
“are you” at the end of the question is one way to communicate this expectation in English.
132
18.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
(and) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) • %
(MnPD to them) •
(MSN the Jesus) T • +
(SG me), •
(and) •
(FAI1S I will make) •
(PA you) • '
,
• %
( G behind) •
be) •
(fishermen) • % ,
(MPG of people).
And Jesus said to them, “Follow behind me, and I will make you to be fishermen of people.”
19. )
(MSN mercy) • ,
(PAIs1S I am desiring) •
(and) • % (not) • ,
(FSA sacrifice)T •
(for) • A , (AAI1S/3P I came) •
(AAN to call) • +
(MPA righteous) • %
(but) •
(MPA sinners).
I am desiring mercy and not sacrifice; for I did not come to call righteous people but sinners.
20.
(follow!)
(AMdN to
% (not) • '
(AAI3S he/she/it came up) • + (and/but) •
(and) •
( (MSNx Joseph) • % ( G from) •
(FSG the Galilee) • % ( G from) •
(FSG city) • 8 * , (FSGx of Nazareth) • % ( A into/in) •
+
(FSA the Judea) • % ( A into/in) •
(FSA city) • 3 + (MSGx of David) • ? (FSN which) •
(FSNx Bethlehem), • +
A
(PAN because to be) • %
(PMpI3S he/she/it is called) • 1 ,
(MSA him – subject of the infinitive) • %- ( G from) • ) (MSG house) •
(and) •
(FSG lineage) •
3 + (MSGx of David).
And Joseph also came up from Galilee from the city of Nazareth into Judea into the city of David which is called
Bethlehem, because he was from the house and lineage of David.
2
Exercise 33
Imperative
Parsing
Inflected
Person /
Case
Number
Tense /
Gender
Voice
Mood
BC
2
Singular
Present
Active
Imperative
Present
Middle
or
Passive
Indicative
Imperative
HC
)
( , (2x)
'
2
Plural
Lexical
Form
%
'
(
Parsing
Code
Inflected
Meaning
PAM2S
hear!
PMpIm2P
2
Singular
Aorist
Active
Imperative
IC
3
Plural
Present
Active
Imperative
PAM3P
JC
2
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
PAI2S
2
Plural
Aorist
Active
None
None
DC
,
KC
(2x)1
)
LC
(2x)
%
MC
2
Singular
2
Singular
Active
Aorist
Indicative
'
Imperative
Infinitive
Middle
Imperative
Present
Middle
or
Passive
Imperative
AAM2S
,
AAIm2P
AAN
%
AMM2S
PMpM2S
%
,
2
Singular
Aorist
Passive
Imperative
%
APM2S
BOC '
,
3
Plural
Aorist
Passive
Imperative
'
APM3P
NC
you are
written
be
written!
desire!
they must
see!
you are
believing
you
spoke
speak!
to ask
ask for
yourself
be
spoken!
be cast
out!
they must
be
known!
Warm-up
. (
((
PAIm2P you are bringing / bring!) •
You are bringing him to me.
OR
.
%
, ( %
Follow me!
,
'.
(not) • (
, ((
Do not be afraid!
+.
)
( %
AAM2S ask!) •
Ask me whatever you desire.
1
2
PAM2S follow!) •
(SA me).
(SD me).
PMpdIm2P be afraid!).
(SA me) • P %
(MSA him) •
( A to) •
Bring him to me!
%
3
(NSNa whatever) • ,
. (,
PAS2S you would desire).
This is an unusual ambiguity. Normally the augment distinguishes between the AAI2P and AAM2P. But, the aorist of
' ( ) ) begins with the same letters regardless of whether it is in the indicative mood (where it augments) or the
non-indicative moods (where it does not augment). So there is an ambiguity.
2
If this were accented %
, , it would be (PAI3S he/she/it is following).
3
We know that it is not indicative (and therefore imperative) because it is negated by
instead of by %.
133
134
.
*.
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
? ' (
' PAM2S go!), •
(SA you).
Go! Your faith has saved you.
'%
, ( %'
Rise, let us go!
(FSN the faith) •
4
PMpIm2P rise!), • )'
' (
' PAIm2P go!) • )
Go and tell his disciples!
(SG your) •
(TAI3S he/she/it has saved) •
( )' PAS1P let us go).
( ' AAIm2P tell)5 •
,
(MPD the disciples) •
%
(MnSG his).
Translation
1.
)
(PAM2S hear!), •
(MSVx Israel), •
(MSN lord) • ,
(MSN lord) • > (MSN one) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is).
Hear, Israel, the Lord our God is one Lord.
2.
(and) • ) ' (IAI3S he/she/it was saying) • %
(MnPD to them)T • ?
% (wherever) • % ,
(AAS2P you may enter) • % ( A into/in) • %
(FSA house), • %
(there) •
(PAIm2P stay!) • ?
(until whenever) • %- ,
(AAS2P you may leave).
And he was saying to them, whenever you enter into a house, stay there until whenever you leave.
(PG our) •
@
3.
(not) • (
(PMpdM2S be afraid), •
Do not be afraid, only believe.
4.
) (whether) • A (therefore) • % ,
(PAIm2P you are eating) • ) (whether) •
(PAIm2P you are
drinking) • ) (whether) • (NSNa whatever) •
(PAIm2P you are doing), •
(NPNa all) • % ( A in) •
(MSG of God) •
(PAIm2P do!).
+ - (FSA glory) • ,
Therefore, whether you are eating, or drinking, or whatever you are doing, do everything for the glory of God.
5.
)- , (AAM2S depart) • %- ( G from) • %
(MnSG him) •
would enter) • % ( A into/in) • %
(MSA him).
Depart from him and no longer enter into him.
6.
7 (not) • %'
(PAIm2P love!) •
(MSA the world) • + (and not) • (NPNa the) • % ( D in) •
(MfSN anyone) • %'
. (PAIs3S/PMpIs2S he/she/it may love) •
.
. (MSD the world). • % (if) •
(MSA the world), • % (not) • )
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
%'
(FSN the love) •
(MSG of the
father) • % ( D in) • % . (MnSD him).
Do not love the world or the things in the world. If anyone loves the world, the love of the Father is not in him.
7.
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • %
(easier), • %
( ' AAN to say)T •
(NSNa which?) • ' (for) • %
(%
(they are forgiven) •
(SG your) •
(FPN the sins), • @(or) • %
( ' AAN to say)T •
)'
(PAM2S rise!) •
(and) •
(PAI3S/PAM2S walk around)V • ? (in order that) • + (and/but) •
%+
( A+ TAS2P you would know) • ? (that) • %(FSA authority) • ) (PAI3S he/she/it has) •
(MSN the son) •
% ,
(MSG of the man) • % ( G on) •
' (FSG the earth) • %(
(to forgive) •
(FSG/FPA sins) •
(then) • ' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • .
. (MSD to the paralytic)T •
( % AAM2S take up) •
(SG your) •
(FSA the bed) •
%' , (APdPMSN after rising) • A
(and) • ? ' (PAM2S depart!) • % ( A into/in) •
A
(MSA the house) •
(SG your).
“For which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven,’ or to say, ‘Rise and walk around’? But in order that you
would know that the Son of Man has authority on the earth to forgive sins….” Then he is saying to the paralytic,
“After rising, take up your bed and depart into your house.”
4
(MSA only) •
(MSN the god) •
(PAM2S believe).
(and) •
(no longer) • %
, . (AAS2S you
Although you might think that %'
, is middle, meaning, “raise yourself up,” the lexicons list it has having the
meaning “get up!” in the passive imperative, so that is how we have parsed it here.
5
This is the same word as in parsing number six, above. ' takes both a first aorist (spelled with tense formative alpha
as if it were liquid) ) and a second aorist (spelled with an omicron) ) .
Exercise 33: Imperative
8.
135
(and) • %
, (APdPMSN answering) •
(MSN the Jesus) • ' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) •
(PAIm2P have!) •
(FSA faith) • ,
(MSG of God). • %
(amen) • '
(MnPD to them)T • )
(PAI1S I am saying) •
(PD to you) • ? (that) • P @ (MSN whoever) • ) . (AAS3S/AMS2S would say) • .
) (mountain) •
. (MnSD to this)T • ) ,
( ) APM2S be taken up) •
(and) •
,
(
APM2S be
thrown) • % ( A into/in) •
,
(FSA the sea), •
(and) •
(not) • +
, . (he/she/it wavers) • %
+ . (FSD the heart) • %
(MnSG his) • %
(but) •
. (PAS3S/PMpS2S he/she/it would
( D in) • .
believe) • ? (that) • P (NSNa what) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • '
(PMpdI3S he/she/it happens), •
)
(FMdI3S he/she/it will be) • % . (MnSD to him). • +
(for this reason) • ' (PAI1S I am saying) •
(PD to you), •
(NPNa all) • ? (NPNa whatever) •
, (PMpdIm2P you are praying) •
(and)
(PAIm2P believe) • ? (that) • %
(AAI2P
• %
, (PMpIm2P you are asking for yourselves), •
you received), •
(and) • )
(FMdI3S he/she/it will be) •
(PD to you).
And Jesus answering said to them, “Have faith in God! Truly I am saying to you that whoever would say to this
mountain, ‘be taken up and be thrown into the sea,’ and does not waver in his heart but believes that what he is
saying is happening, it will happen for him. For this reason I am saying to you, whatever you are praying and
asking for, believe that you received it, it will happen for you.”
%
9.
' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • % . (MnSD to him) •
(MSN the Jesus)T • % (if) • %
(MSA him) •
,
(PAIs1S I would desire) •
(PAN to remain) • ? (until) • )
(PMpdI1S I am coming), • (NSNa
(SN you) •
(SD to me) • %
, (PAM2S follow!).6
what?) •
( A to) • (SA! you)V •
Jesus is saying to him, “If I desire him to remain until I am coming, what is that to you? You follow me!”
10.
(and) • ' (for) • %' (SN I) • ) ,
(MSN man) • % (PAI1S I am) •
( A under) • %(FSA
authority) • …
(and) • ' (PAI1S I am saying) •
. (MnSD to this)T •
,
(APM2S go!), •
(and) •
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is going), •
(and) • ) . (MnSD to another)T • )
(PMpdM2S come!), •
(and) • . +
. (MSD to the slave) •
(SG my)T •
(and) • )
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is coming), •
(AAM2S do!) •
(NSNa this), •
(and) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is doing).
For I also am a man under authority, … and I am saying to this one, “Go!” and he goes, and to another, “Come!”
and he comes, and to my slave, “Do this!” and he does it.
Additional
11.
(PAPMPN the ones walking) • % ( D in) • . + . (FSD the way) •
+
(FSG of the
righteousness) • % ( G from) •
(MfnPG the evil) • % ,
(AAM3P go out!) •
(and) •
'
,
(PMpdM3P become!) • +
(MPN slaves) •
,
(MSG of the god) • % ( D in) • (
. (MSD fear)
•
(and) • % + (FSD hope).
The ones walking in the way of righteousness must go out from evil and become slaves of God in fear and hope.
12.
(MSN the) • + (and/but) •
(MSN Paul) •
(MPA the) • % ( D in) •
%
(FPD the churches)
• %+ +
(IAI3S he/she/it is teaching)T •
(AAM2P believe!) • % ( A in) •
(MSA
the Jesus Christ) •
(and) • *
(PAIm2P live!) •
( A according to) • ,
(NSNa the will) •
(MSG of the lord) •
(PG our).
But Paul is teaching the people in the churches, “Believe in Jesus Christ and live according to the will of our lord!”
13.
(and) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) • ,
(MSN the god)T • ' ,
(APdM3S he/she/it must become) •
( (NSNa light), •
(and) • %'
(AMdI3S he/she/it was) • ( (NSNa light).
And God said, “Light must be!” and light was.
14.
( ' AAM3P they must say) •
(MPN all) • (
(PMpdPMPN the ones fearing) •
(MSA the lord) • ? (that/because) • %' , (MSN good) • ? (that/because) • %
%
(eternally) •
%'
(FSN the love) • %
(MnSG his).
All the ones fearing the Lord must say that (he is) good because his love (is) eternal.
15.
(SN you) • A (therefore) •
(PAM2S trust!) • . +
. (MSD the righteous), • (NSNa the) • ' (for) •
+
(NSNa the righteous) • % , (FSA straight) • + (FSA way) • ) (PAI3S they have). •
(and) •
(SN you) • . % , . + . (FSD the straight way)•
(PMpdM2S walk!).
Therefore believe the righteous, for the righteous have the straight way. And walk in the straight way.
6
%
If this were accented %
, , it would be PAI3S.
136
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
16.
(PAIm2P rejoice!) • % ( D in) •
. (MSD lord) •
I will say), •
(PAIm2P rejoice!).
Rejoice in the Lord always! Again I will say, “Rejoice!”
17.
P (MSN who) • ) (PAI3S he/she/it has) • A
must hear).
Whoever has ears to hear, he must hear!
(NPNa ears) • %
18.
(PMpdM2S Go!) , •
(and) • %
(PAM2S sin!).
Go! And from now on, no longer sin!
G from) •
(
(always)T •
(PAN to hear) • %
(MnSG the) •
19. $ (as) • A (therefore) •
(AAI2P you received) •
(MSA the lord), • % ( D in) • % . (MnSD him) •
Therefore as you received Christ Jesus the Lord, walk in him!
(now) •
(again) • %
( ' FAI1S
(PAM3S he/she/it
(no longer) •
(MSA the Christ Jesus) •
(PAIm2P walk!).
20. 7 (not) •
, (PMpM3S it must be troubled!) •
(PG your) •
+ (FSN the heart)T •
(PAIm2P you are believing / believe!) • % ( A into/in) •
,
(MSA the God) •
(and) • % ( A into/in) •
(PAIm2P believe!).
% (SA! me) •
Do not let your hearts be troubled; believe in God, and believe also in me.
OR Do not let your hearts be troubled; you are believing in God, believe also in me.
Exercise 34
Verbs; Indicative of + +
Parsing
Inflected
Person /
Case
Number
Tense /
Gender
Voice
Mood
Lexical
Form
Parsing
Code
BC
++
3
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
++
PAI3S
HC
)+
3
Plural
Aorist
Active
Indicative
++
AAI3P
DC
++
3
Singular
Perfect
Active
Indicative
++
TAI3S
IC
+
2
Plural
Future
Active
Indicative
++
FAI2P
2
Singular
Imperfect
Active
Indicative
++
IAI2S
Inflected
Meaning
he/she/it
is giving
they gave
KC
++
3
Plural
Present
Active
Indicative
++
PAI3P
LC
++
3
Plural
Perfect
Active
Indicative
++
TAI3P
MC
+
1
Singular
Future
Active
Indicative
++
FAI1S
he/she/it
has given
you will
give
you were
giving
they are
giving
they have
given
I will give
1
Plural
Aorist
Active
Indicative
++
AAI1P
we gave
1
Plural
Perfect
Active
Indicative
++
TAI1P
we have
given
JC
NC
%+ +
%+
BOC + +
Warm-up
.
(MSN the) • + (and/but) • ,
(MSN god) • + +
(NSNa body).
And God is giving a body to him.
.
+ ( G through) •
(NSG the spirit) • + +
word) • (
(FSG/FPA of wisdom).
The word of wisdom is given through the Spirit.
'.
+
(+ +
FAI1P we will give) •
We will give them (something) to eat?
+.
(and) • )+
(+ +
And I gave time to her.
.
*.
.
%
AAI1S I gave) •
+
(+ +
FAI3P they will give) •
They will give great signs.
(+ +
PAI3S he/she/it is giving) •
(+ +
% . (FSD to her) •
(SD to me) •
137
'
(MSN
(AAN to eat)V
(MSA time).
'
(NPNa great).
+ - (FSA the glory) •
%
(FSA the my), • P (FSA which) • + +
(SD to me)
My glory, which you have given to me
%+ , (+ +
API3S he/she/it was given) •
All authority was given to me.
. (MnSD to him) •
PMpI3S he/she/it is given) •
(MnPD to them) • ( '
(NPNa signs) •
%
(FSN all) • %-
(+ +
TAI2S you have given) •
(FSN authority).
138
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
Translation
1.
(MSN the) • + (and/but) • %
, (APdPMSN after answering) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) • %
(MnPD to them), • ? (that/because) •
(PD to you) • + +
(TMpI3S he/she/it has been given) • '
(AAN
to know) •
(NPNa the mysteries) •
(FSG of the kingdom) •
%
(MPG of the
(TMpI3S he/she/it has been given).
heavens), • %
(MnPD to them) • + (and/but) • % (not) • + +
He answered and said to them, “To know the mysteries of the Kingdom of Heaven has been given to you, but to them
it has not been given.”
2.
+
(FSA the power) •
(and) • %beast) • + +
(PAI3P they are giving).
They give their power and authority to the beast.
3.
(MPN the fathers) •
(PG our) •
(NSNa the manna) • )( ' (AAI1S/3P they ate) • % ( D
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • ' '
(TMpPNSNa/MSA it has
in) • . %
. (FSD the desert), • , (just as) • %
been written)T • )
(MSA bread) • % ( G from) •
%
(MSG the heaven) • )+
(AAI3S he/she/it
gave) • %
(MnPD to them) • ( ' (AAN to eat). • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) • A (therefore) • %
(MSN the Jesus)T • %
(truly) • %
(truly) • ' (PAI1S I am saying) •
(PD to
(MnPD to them) •
you), • % (not) • 7 W (MSN Moses) • + +
(TAI3S he/she/it has given) •
(PD to you) •
)
(MSA
the bread) • % ( G from) •
%
(MSG the heaven), • % (but) •
(MSN the father) •
(SG my) •
(PD to you) •
)
(MSA the bread) • % ( G from) •
%
++
(PAI3S he/she/it is giving) •
(MSG the heaven) •
% ,
(MSA the true).
“Our fathers ate the manna in the desert, just as it is written, ‘He gave them bread from heaven to eat.’” Then Jesus
said to them, “Truly, truly I am saying to you, Moses has not given you bread from heaven, but my father is giving
you the true bread from heaven.”
4.
(and) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) • % . (MnSD to him) • +
T (MSN the devil)T •
(SD! to
you) • +
(FAI1S I will give) •
%(FSA the authority) •
(FSA this) • ?
(FSA all) •
(and) •
+ - (FSA the glory) • %
(MfnPG their), • ? (because) • %
(MSD! to me) •
++
(TMpI3S he/she/it has been given) •
(and) • >.(MnSD to whom) • % (-ever) • ,
(PAI1S I am willing) •
++
(PAI1S I am giving) • %
(FSA it).
And the Devil said to him, “To you I will give all this authority and its glory, because to me it has been given and to
whomever I wish I give it.”
5.
(MSN the law) • + ( G through) • 7 W
(MSG Moses) • %+ , (API3S he/she/it was given), •
(and) •
% ,
(FSN the truth) • + ( G through) •
(MSG Jesus Christ) •
(FSN the grace) •
%'
(AMdI3S he/she/it came into being).
The law was given through Moses; grace and truth came through Jesus Christ.
6.
(MPN the rest) • ) (
(terrified) • %'
(AMdI3P they became) •
(and) • )+
gave) • + - (FSA glory) • . , . (MSD to the god) •
%
(MSG of the heaven).
The rest became terrified and gave glory to the God of heaven.
7.
(AAI2S you gave) •
(SD to me) • + +
(TAI1S I
(NPNa the words) • P (NPNa which) • )+
have given) • %
(MnPD to them), •
(and) • %
(MPN they) • )
(AAI1S/3P they received) •
(and)
• )'
(AAI3P they knew) • % , (truly) • ? (that/because) •
( G from) •
(SG you) • %- ,
(AAI1S/3P I came out), •
(and) • %
(AAI3P they believed) • ? (that) •
(SN you) • (SA me) •
%
(AAI2S you sent).
The words which you gave to me I have given to them, and they received them and truly knew that I came forth from
you, and they believed that you sent me.
8.
(PAIm2P look!) • A (therefore) •
(how?) • %
(PAIm2P you are hearing)T • P @ (MSN whoever)
(for) • ) . (PAS3S he/she/it may have), • + ,
(FPI3S he/she/it will be given) • % . (MnSD to him), •
(and) • P @ (MSN whoever) •
(not) • ) . (PAS3S he/she/it may have), •
(even) • P (NSNa what) • +
(PAI3S he/she/it thinks) • )
(PAN to have) • % ,
( ) FPI3S he/she/it will be taken away) • % ( G
from) • %
(MSG him).
Therefore watch how you are hearing; for whoever has (more) will be given to him, and whoever does not have,
even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him.
•'
(FSA authority) •
%
(MfnPG their) •
.,
. (NSD to the
(AAI3P they
Exercise 34:
9.
Verbs; Indicative of + +
139
% (if) • A (therefore) •
(PN you) •
(MPN evil) •
(PAPMPN being) • )+
(TAI2P you
(NPNa gifts) • %' , (NPNa good) • + +
(to give) •
(NPD to the children) •
know)1 • +
(PG your), •
. (how much) •
(more) •
(MSN the father) • E (MSN the)F • %- ( G from) • %
(MSG heaven) • +
(FAI3S he/she/it will give) •
(NSNa spirit) • ?'
(MSA/NSNa holy) •
%
(PAPMnPD to the ones asking) • %
(MSA him).
Therefore, if you, being evil, know to give good gifts to your children, how much more will the heavenly Father give
the Holy Spirit to the ones asking him.
10. +
(because of this) • ' (PAI1S I am saying) •
(PD to you) • ? (that) • % ,
(FPI3S he/she/it
will be taken) • %( ( G from) •
(PG you) •
(FSN the kingdom) •
,
(MSG of the god) •
(and) • + ,
(FPI3S he/she/it will be given) • ), (NSD to a nation) •
(PAPMnSD doing) •
(MPA the fruits) • %
(FSG of it).
For this reason I am saying to you that the Kingdom of God will be taken from you and it will be given to a nation
doing its fruits.
Additional
11.
(MPN the) •
(not) •
(PAPMPN the ones believing) • % ( A in) •
(MSA the Jesus) •
AAI3P they destroyed) •
+
'
(MPA the two towers) • % ( D in) • . '
.
( %
(FSD the great city) • ? (in order that) •
( A to) •
' (FSA the land) •
(
AAS3P
they would fall) •
(and) •
(MPN many) • % ,
(AAS3P they would die).
The ones who were not believing in Jesus destroyed the two towers in the great city in order that they would fall to
the ground and many would die.
%
12.
%
(MPG of the apostles) • % ( A into) •
?
(MSA the whole world) • % ,
(MPN many) • )
(MPN crowds) •
+
(FPA the hearts) • %
(AAPMnPG after going out) •
(MfnPG their) • .
. (MSD to the lord) • )+
(AAI3P they gave) • + ( A on account of) •
' (MSA
the word) •
,
(APPMSA the proclaimed) • %
(MnPD by them).
After the apostles went out into the whole world, many crowds gave their hearts to the Lord on account of the word
that was proclaimed by them.
13.
(and) •
(AAPFSN after taking) •
(MSG of the fruit) • %
(MnSG its) • )( ' (AAI3S
he/she/it ate) •
(and) • )+
(AAI3S he/she/it gave) •
(also) • . % + (MSD to the husband) • %
(FSG
(FSG her) •
(and) • )( ' (AAI1S/3P they ate).
her) •
( G with) • %
And after taking of its fruit she ate and also gave to her husband with her, and they ate.
14.
(and) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) •
+ (MSN the Adam)T • '
(FSN the woman) • P (FSA
which) • )+
(AAI2S you gave) •
( G with) • %
(SG me) • ? (FSN this) •
(SD to me) • )+
(MSG the tree) •
(and) • )( ' (AAI1S/3P I ate).
(AAI3S he/she/it gave) • % ( G from) •
And Adam said, “The woman which you gave (to be) with me, she gave to me from the tree and I ate.”
15.
(MSA place) • )+
(AAI3S he/she/it gave) • +
(MSN the ruler) •
the ones willing) • %
(
(APN to be turned back) • % ( A on) • %
(MSA him).
The ruler gave a place to the ones who are willing to be turned back to him.
16.
(and) • )+
(AAI3P they gave) •
(MPA lots) • %
(MnPD to them) •
AAI3S he/she/it fell) •
(MSN the lot) • % ( A on) • 7 ,,
(MSA Matthias).
(PMpdPMnPD to
(and) • )
(
And they gave lots to them and the lot fell to Matthias.
17.
1
% '
(FAI1S I will bless) • + (and/but) • %
(FSA her) •
(and) • +
(FAI1S I will give) •
(SD to
you) • %- ( G from) • %
(FSG her) •
(NSNa child) •
(and) • % '
(FAI1S I will bless) • %
(MSA him) •
(and) • )
(FMdI3S he/she/it will be) • % ( A into/in) • ), (NSNa nation) •
(and) •
(MPN kings) • %,
(NPG of nations) • %- ( G from) • %
(MnSG him) • )
(FMdI3P they will be).
And I will bless her, and will give you a child through her, and I will bless him, and he will be a nation, and kings of
nations will come from him.
)+
can either be parsed as a perfect or as a present. The form is actually perfect, but the meaning is equivalent to a
present. The perfect meaning is “You are in a state of knowing due to a previously completed action of learning.” This
means the same thing as the present meaning “You know.” Your teacher may prefer that you parse it as present. See
footnote 159 on page 393 of the textbook and footnote 14 on page 144 for further explanation.
140
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
18.
>.(MnSD to whom) •
(on the one hand) • ' (for) • + ( G through) •
(NSG the spirit) •
(FSG/FPA of wisdom), • ) . (MnSD to another) •
++
(PMpI3S he/she/it is given) • ' (MSN word) • (
+ (and/but) • ' (MSN word) • '
(FSG of knowledge) •
( A according to) •
%
(NSNa
the same spirit).
For to one a word of wisdom is given through the Spirit, and to another a word of knowledge according to the same
Spirit.
19.
A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) • % . (MnSD to him) • ,
(MSN the god) T • %
0 (AAPMSN after
looking up) •
%(,
(MPD to the eyes) •
(SG your), • )+ (behold) • % ( G from) •
(MSG
(now) •
(SN you) • A (PAI2S you are), •
( A to) • … %
(FPA
the place) • >(MnSG where) •
east) •
(and) • ,
(FSA sea)T • ? (that) •
(FSA all) •
' (FSA the earth) • P (FSA which) •
(SN you) •
. (
PAI2S you are seeing), •
(SD! to you) • +
(FAI1S I will give) • %
(FSA her)
•
(and) • .
(NSD to the seed) •
(SG your) • ?
%
(eternally).
God said to him, “After looking up with your eyes, behold from the place where now you are, to … the east and the
sea; because all the earth which you are seeing, I will give it to you and to your seed eternally.”
20.
(MSA the lord) •
(MSA Jesus Christ), • >(MnSG of whom) •
( G on behalf of) •
(PG us) • %+ , (API3S he/she/it was given), • %
respect).
Let us respect the Lord Jesus Christ, whose blood was given on our behalf.
( %
> (NSNa the blood) •
PAS1P let us
Exercise 35
Additional
Verbs; Nonindicative Forms
Parsing
Inflected
Person /
Case
Number
Tense /
Gender
Voice
Mood
Lexical
Form
Parsing
Code
BC
3
Singular
Present
Active
Subjunctive
++
PAS3S
3
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
?
PAI3S
2
Plural
Present
Active
Indicative
or
Imperative
HC
++ .
?
DC
,
,
he/she/it
would
give
he/she/it
is
causing
to stand
“you are
putting”
or “put!”
you are
showing
you
would
give
you let
go
he/she/it
was put
we will
raise
he/she/it
must
give!
PAIm2P
IC
+
2
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
+
PAI2S
JC
+
2
Plural
Aorist
Active
Subjunctive
++
AAS2P
KC
%(
2
Singular
Aorist
Active
Indicative
%(
AAI2S
LC
% ,
3
Singular
Aorist
Passive
Indicative
,
API3S
MC
%
1
Plural
Future
Active
Indicative
%
FAI1P
NC
++
3
Singular
Present
Active
Imperative
++
PAM3S
Genitive
Singular
Perfect
Masculine
or Neuter
Middle
or
Passive
Participle
?
BOC
Inflected
Meaning
TMpPMnSG
having
stood
Warm-up
(+ +
+ (and not) • + +
Do not give a place!
.
P (NSNa what) • % (-ever) • + , . (+ +
APS3S he/she/it may be given) •
. ? . (FSD that hour)
Whatever may be given to you in that hour
'.
+
(+ +
AAM2P give!) •
Give to them to eat!
+.
+
(+ +
AAN to give) •
To give the life
1
1
.
Because it is negated with
%
PAIm2P give!) •
(MSA place).
(MnPD to them) •
0
(FSA the life)
, we know that it is not indicative.
141
(PN you) • ( '
(PD to you) • % (
(AAN to eat).
D in) • %
.
142
.
*.
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
+ ( G through) •
(NSG spirit) • '
(PD to us)
Through the Holy Spirit who was given to us
(MnSG holy) •
(how?) • A (therefore) •
,
%
(MnSG his)V
Therefore how will his kingdom stand?
FPI3S he/she/it will stand) •
)+ (behold) •
(MSN the place) • ?
Behold the place where they placed him.
( ?
(where) • ),
( ,
(APPMnSG who was given) •
+ ,
(FSN the kingdom) •
AAI3P they placed) •
%
(MSA him).
Translation
1.
++
(PAIm2P give!), •
(and) • + ,
Give, and it will be given to you.
(FPI3S he/she/it will be given) •
2.
,
(FAI1S I will put) •
I will put my spirit on him.
3.
%
,
(APdI3S they answered) • A (therefore) •
+
(MPN the Jews) •
(and) • A
( '
AAI1S/3P they said) •
% . (MnSD to him)T • (NSNa what?) •
(NSNa sign) • +
(PAI2S you are
showing) •
(PD to us) • ? (that/because) •
(NPNa these) •
(PAI2S you are doing)V
(NSNa the spirit) •
(SG my) • %
(
A on) •
(PD to you).
%
(MSA him).
Therefore, the Jews answered and said to him, “What sign are you showing to us, because you are doing these
things?”
4.
(NPNa these) • %
(AAI3S he/she/it said) •
(MSN Jesus), •
(and) • %
( %
AAPMSN
after lifting up) •
%(,
(MPA the eyes) • %
(MnSG his) • % ( A into/in) •
%
(MSA the
(MSV father), • %
, ( )
TAI3S he/she/it has come)
heaven) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said)T •
•
? (FSN the hour)T • + (AAM2S glorify!) •
(SG your) •
(MSA the son), • ? (in order that) •
(MSN the son) • + . (AAS3S/AMS2S he/she/it would glorify) • (SA you), • , (just as) • )+
(FSA authority) •
(FSG of all) •
(FSG flesh), • ?
(AAI2S you gave) • % . (MnSD to him) • %(in order that) •
(NSNa all) • P (NSNa whom) • + +
(TAI2S you have given) • % . (MnSD to him) • +
.
(AAS3S/AMS2S he/she/it would give) • %
(MnPD to them) • *
(FSA life) • %
(MfSA eternal).
Jesus said these things, and after lifting up his eyes into heaven he said, “Father, the hour has come; glorify your
son, in order that the Son may glorify you; just as you gave authority over all flesh to him, in order that he would
give eternal life to all whom you have given to him.”
5.
(PD to you) •
(and) • %
(FSN peace) • % ( G from) • ,
(MSG god) •
(FSN grace) •
(MSG father) •
(PG our) •
(and) •
(MSG lord Jesus Christ) •
+
(AAPMnSG
the one who gave) •
(MSA himself) •
( G on behalf of) •
(FPG the sins) •
(PG our).
Grace to you and peace from God our father and the Lord Jesus Christ, the one who gave himself on behalf of our
sins.
6.
(then) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is taking) • %
(MSA him) • +
(MSN the devil) • % ( A
into/in) •
'
(FSA the holy city) •
(and) • )
(AAI3S he/she/it caused to stand) • %
(MSA
him) • % ( A on) •
'
(NSNa the highest point) •
(MSG of the temple).
Then the Devil took2 him into the holy city and caused him to stand on the highest point of the temple.
7.
!' (SN I) • % (PAI1S I am) •
(MSN the shepherd) •
(MSN the good)T •
shepherd) •
(MSN the good) •
0
(FSA the life) • %
(MnSG his) • ,
places) •
( G on behalf of) •
(NPG the sheep).
I am the good shepherd; the good shepherd lays down his life on behalf of the sheep.
2
(MSN the
(PAI3S he/she/it
Literally “he is taking,” but the context indicates that it is a historical present, and hence should be translated with the
English past tense.
Exercise 35: Additional
Verbs; Nonindicative Forms
143
8.
0 (AAI3S he/she/it wrote) • + (and/but) •
(and) •
(MSA inscription) •
(MSN the Pilate) •
(MSG the cross)T • A (IAI3S he/she/it
(and) • ),
(AAI3S he/she/it placed) • % ( G on) •
was) • + (and/but) • ' '
(TMpPMSA/NSNa having been written), •
8 *
(MSN Jesus the
Nazarene) •
(MSN the king) •
+
(MPG of the Jews).
And Pilate also wrote an inscription and placed it on the cross; and the thing that had been written was, “Jesus the
Nazarene, the King of the Jews.”
9.
% (if) • A (therefore) •
(PN you) •
(MPN evil) • )
( % PAPMPN being) • )+
(TAI2P you
know)3 • +
(NPNa gifts) • %' , (NPNa good) • + +
(PAN to give) •
(NPD to the children) •
(PG your), •
. (how much) •
(more) •
(MSN the father) •
(PG your) • (MSN the) • %
( D in) •
%
(MPD the heavens) • +
(FAI3S he/she/it will give) • %' , (NPNa good) •
%
(PAPMnPD to the ones asking) • %
(MSA him).
Therefore, if you, being evil, know to give good gifts to your children, how much more will your father in the
heavens give good things to the ones who are asking him.
10.
% ( ' AAM2S tell!) •
(SD to me) •
(where) • ),
(AAI2S you placed) •
and I) • %
(MSA him) • % ( ) FAI1S I will take away).
Tell me where you placed him, and I will take him away.
11.
)
(MSA the bread) •
Give our daily bread.
12.
+ (MPA the feet) • %
(MfnPG their), •
(and) • )
(AAI3P they stood) • % ( A on) •
(and) • (
(MSN fear) • ' (MSN great) • %
(AAI3S he/she/it fell) • % ( A on) •
,
(MPA them).
(PAPMPA the ones who are watching) • %
And they stood on their feet, and a great fear fell on the ones who were watching them.
)'
(PG our) •
%
(MSA daily) • + +
%
(MSA him), •
%' (SN
(PAM2S give!).
13. %+ (behold!) • ?
(TAI1S I stand) • % ( A on) •
,
(FSA the door) •
(and) •
(I knock)T •
. (AAS3S/AMS2S he/she/it would hear) •
(
(FSG the voice) •
(SG
% (if) •
(MfSN anyone) • %
my) •
(and) • % - . (AAS3S/AMS2S he/she/it would open) •
,
(FSA the door), • E
(and)F •
%
(FMdI1S I will enter) •
( A to) • %
(MSA him) •
(and) • +
(FAI1S I will eat) •
(MnSG him) •
(and) • %
(MSN he) •
( G with) • %
(MSG me).
( G with) • %
Behold, I stand at the door and knock; if anyone hears my voice and opens the door, I will come in to him and eat
with him, and he with me.
14.
? (thus) • ' (for) • %
(he/she/it has commanded) •
(PD to us) •
(MSN lord)T • ,
(TAI1S I have placed) • (SA you) • % ( A into/in) • ( (NSNa light) • %,
(NPG of nations) •
A
(PAN
to be) • (SA you) • % ( A into/in) •
(FSA salvation) • ? (until) • %
(NSG of end) •
'
(FSG of the earth).
For thus the Lord commanded us, “I have placed you as a light of nations for you to be unto salvation to the end of
the earth.”
(they saw) •
(NSNa the tomb) •
(NSNa the body) • %
(MnSG his).
They saw the tomb and how his body was placed.
15. %,
(and) •
(how) • % , (API3S he/she/it was placed) •
16. *%
(IAI1S/3P they were seeking) • %
(MSA him) • %
'
(to bring) •
place) • E %
(MSA him)F • %
( G before) • %
(MnSG him).
They were seeking to bring him and to place EhimF before him.
3
(and) • ,
(AAN to
)+
and )+
can either be parsed as a perfect or as a present. The forms are actually perfect, but the meaning is
equivalent to a present. The perfect meaning of )+
is “You are in a state of knowing due to a previously completed
action of learning.” This means the same thing as the present meaning “You know.” Your teacher may prefer that you
parse it as present. See footnote 159 on page 393 of the textbook and footnote 14 on page 144 for further explanation.
144
17.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
(he/she/it runs) • A (therefore) •
(and) • )
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is coming) •
( A to) •
(and) •
( A to) •
)
,
(MSA the other disciple) • P
:
(MSA Simon Peter) •
(MSA whom) • %(
((
IAI3S he/she/it was loving) •
(MSN the Jesus) •
(and) • ' (PAI3S
he/she/it was saying) • %
(MnPD to them)T • A
( ) AAI3P they took away) •
(MSA the lord) •
% ( G from) •
(NSG the tomb) •
(and) • % (not) • )+
(TAI1P we know)3 •
(where) •
(MSA him).
),
(AAI3P they placed) • %
Therefore she is running and coming to Simon Peter and to the other disciple whom Jesus was loving, and she was
saying to them, “They took away the Lord from the tomb and we do not know where they placed him!”
18. + ( G through) • >(MnSG whom) •
(also) •
' ' (FSA the access) • %
( ) TAI1P we
have received)• E .
(FSD to the faith)F • % ( A into/in) •
(FSA the grace this) • % ( D in)
• >.(FSD which) •
(TAI1P we have stood) •
(and) •
, (we boast) • % ( D on the basis of)
• % + (FSD hope) •
+ - (FSG of the glory) •
,
(MSG of the god).
Through whom also we have received access by faith into this grace in which we have stood and we are boasting on
the basis of hope of the glory of God.
19.
(NPNa these) • + (and/but) • %
(MfnPG their) •
(PAPMnPG while speaking) • %
(MSN he)
• ) (AAI3S he/she/it stood) • % ( D in) •
. (MnSD middle) • %
(MfnPG of them) •
(and) • '
(PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • %
(MnPD to them)T • %
(FSN peace) •
(PD to you).
And while they were saying these things, he stood in the middle of them and is saying to them, “Peace be to you.”
20.
% (not) •
(PN you) • (SA me) • %- - , (you choose), • % (but) • %' (SN I) • %- (I chose) •
(PA you) •
(and) • ),
(AAI1S I placed) •
(PA you) • ? (in order that) •
(PN you) •
'
(PAS2P you would go) •
(and) •
(MSA fruit) • (
(PAS2P you would bear) •
(and) •
(MSN the fruit) •
(PG your) •
. (PAS3S/PMpS2S he/she/it would remain), • ? (in order that) • ?
@ (NSNa whatever) • %
(AAS2P you would ask) •
(MSA the father) • % ( D in)
(NSNa what) •
• . %
(NSD the name) •
(SG my) • + . (AAS3S he/she/it would give) •
(PD to you).
You did not choose me, but I chose you and I placed you in order that you would go and bear fruit and that your
fruit would remain, in order that whatever you would ask the Father in my name he would give to you.
21.
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) • + (and/but) •
( A to) • %
(MPA them)T • % (not) •
(PG your) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • '
(AAN to know) •
(MPA times) • @(or) •
(MPA seasons) • P
(MPA which) •
(MSN the father) • ),
(AMI3S he/she/it placed) • % ( D in) • . %+ . %. (FSD the
one’s-own authority).
But he said to them, “It is not yours to know the times or seasons which the father placed in his own authority.
A
%
22.
%
, (API3S he/she/it answered) • %
(MnPD to them) •
(MSN the John) • ' (PAPMSN
* (PAI1S I am baptizing) • % ( D in) • ?+
(NSD water)T •
(MSN middle) •
saying)T • %' (SN I) •
(PG of you) • ?
(TAI3S he/she/it stands) • P (MSA whom) •
(PN you) • % (not) • )+
(TAI2P
you know)3.
John answered them saying, “I am baptizing with water; in the midst of you stands one whom you do not know.”
23.
*
(FSA greater) •
(FSG of this) • %'
(FSA love) • %+ (MSN no one) • ) (PAI3S he/she/it is
having), • ? (that) •
(MfSN anyone) •
0
(FSA the life) • %
(MnSG his) • , . ( ,
AAS3S/AMS2S
he/she/it would put or place) •
( G in behalf of) •
(
(MSG the friends) • %
(MnSG his).
Greater love than this no one has, that someone would lay down his life on behalf of his friends.
24.
. (MnSD to the) • + (and/but) • , . (MSD god) •
(FSN grace) • . + +
(PAPMnSD to the one giving) •
(PD to us) •
(victory) • + ( G through) •
(MSG of the lord) •
(PG our) •
(MSG Jesus Christ).
But thanks be to God, to the one giving to us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ.
25.
% (if) • + (and/but) •
(also) •
(MSN the Satan) • %( ( A against) •
(MSA himself) •
+
, (he/she/it is divided), •
(how?) •
,
(FPI3S he/she/it will stand) •
(FSN the
kingdom) • %
(MnSG his)V • ? (because) • ' (PAI2P you are saying) • % ( D in) • 1 *
(Beelzebul) • %
(PAN to cast out) • (SA me – subject of the infinitive) • +
(NPNa the demons).
But if Satan also is divided against himself, how will his kingdom stand? Because you are saying that by Beelzebul I
am casting out the demons.
Exercise 35: Additional
Verbs; Nonindicative Forms
145
Additional
26. % (if) •
(PAS1P we are standing) • % ( D on) • . + . (FSD the road) •
(PAPMPG of
the sinners), • % (not) • %+ - , (AMdI1P we received) •
(FSA the grace) •
,
(MSG of the god) •
% (but) • %
, (FMI1P we will perish) • % ( D in) • . %
.
(NSD the eternal fire).
If we are standing on the road of sinners, we did not receive the grace of God but will perish in the eternal fire.
(now) •
!
'
(FSA the Greek
27. %
(since) • '
(PAI1S we are knowing) •
language), • % (AAPMPN after opening) •
+ ,
(FSA the new covenant) • + +
,
(PMpS1P let us be taught) •
(now) •
(PAN to preach) •
'
(MPA the words) •
% ,
(FSG of the truth).
Since now we know the Greek language, after opening the new covenant, let us be taught now to preach the words of
truth.
28.
(and) • ,
)
(AMI3S he/she/it placed) • %
(MPA them) • ,
(MSN the god) • % ( D in) • .
%
(MSG of the heaven), • ? (
(PAN so that to shine) • %
(NSD the firmament) •
( G on) •
' (FSG the earth) •
(and) • )
(PAN to rule) •
(FSG of the day) •
(and) •
(FSG of the night) •
(and) • +
* (to divide) • %
(between) •
(
(NSG of the
(and) • A+ ( ' AAI3S
light) •
(and) • %
(between) •
(NSG the darkness), •
(MSA good).
he/she/it said) • ,
(MSN the god) • ? (that) •
And God placed them in the firmament of heaven so that they would shine on the earth and rule over the day and
over the night and divide between the light and the darkness. And God said that (it is) good.
29.
(and) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) •
+ (MSN the Adam)T • '
(FSN the woman) • P (FSA
whom) • )+
(AAI2S you gave) •
( G with) • %
(SG me) • ? (FSN this) •
(SD to me) • )+
(AAI3S he/she/it gave) • % ( G from) •
(NSG the tree) •
(and) • )( ' (AAI1S/3P I ate).
And Adam said, “The woman whom you gave (to be) with me, she gave to me from the tree and I ate.”
30.
(and) • ) ,
(enmity) • ,
(FAI1S I will place) • %
(between) •
(SG you) •
(and) • %
(between) •
'
(FSG the woman) •
(and) • %
(between) •
(NSG the
seed) •
(SG your) •
(and) • %
(between) •
(NSG the seed) • %
(FSG her), • %
(MSN he) •
(SG your) •
(FAI3S he/she/it will guard) • (
(FSA head) •
(and) •
(SN you) •
(FAI3S he/she/it will guard) • %
(MnSG his) •
(FSA heel).
And I will place enmity between you and the woman, and between your seed and her seed; he will guard (your) head
and you will guard his heel.
146
This page intentionally left blank.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
Chapters 31-35
Review #7
Grammar
1.
What is the basic significance of tenses in non-indicative moods? Aspect. (Not time)
2.
What are the two ways a subjunctive verb is used in independent clauses?
3.
a.
Hortatory subjunctive. (E.g., “Let us pray.”)
b.
Deliberative subjunctive. (E.g., “What should we eat?”)
What are the two ways a subjunctive verb is used in dependent clauses?
a.
b.
4.
? clauses. (E.g., “I am studying in order that I may learn.”)
Certain types of conditional clauses.
What are the two kinds of third class conditional sentences? How can you tell them apart?
a.
Present general. Uses the present indicative in the apodosis.
Context indicates that there is an axiomatic truth in the protasis (the “if” part).
b.
Future more probable. Can use any tense or mood in the apodosis, including the present indicative.
Context indicates that the protasis is a likely occurrence rather than an axiomatic truth.
5.
How do you translate the following prepositions when they are used with an articular infinitive?
a.
b.
– “Because”
+
% – “In order that”
c.
6.
7.
What are the three ways in which you can indicate purpose with an infinitive?
a.
Articular infinitive preceded by % or
b.
Articular infinitive with the article in the genitive.
c.
Infinitive without either an article or a preposition.
What are the five ways to state a prohibition and other types of negation, and what are the nuances of each?
a.
% with the indicative, or
b.
plus the present imperative. The present tense prohibits continuous actions.
c.
plus the aorist imperative. The aorist tense prohibits undefined actions.
d.
plus the aorist subjunctive. This prohibits an undefined action more strongly than (a) above.
e.
1
– “In order that”
%
with a non-indicative form (other than those below). This is simple negation.
plus the aorist subjunctive is the strongest negation, and denies that there is any possibility of the event.1
This construction is relevant to a current theological debate. John 13:38 uses this construction to deny that there is any
possibility that a rooster would crow before Peter denied Jesus three times; it thereby portrays Jesus as claiming definite
(not probabilistic) foreknowledge about an event that was apparently contingent on future free-will acts.
147
148
8.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
What are the five
a.
verb rules?
verbs reduplicate their initial stem letter to form the present,
and separate the reduplicated consonant with an iota. (E.g., *+
++ )
b.
verbs do not ordinarily use a connecting (i.e., “thematic”) vowel in the indicative.
c.
verbs employ three different personal endings in the present active.
(I.e.,
, ,
,
,
d.
The stem vowel of
e.
Most of the
,
instead of –, , ,
,
,
)
verbs can lengthen, shorten, or drop out (ablaut).
verbs use
as their tense formative in the aorist.
Parsing
1.
(
,
2.
3.
4.
)
'
(
PAN to be believing)
( )
PMpdS3S he/she/it would be coming)
('
0
5.
(
6.
),
( )
7.
++
(+ +
8.
%
9.
++
,
10.
11.
12.
( %
(+ +
(
,
PMpS2P you would be making for yourself / you would be being made)
( AAN / AMM2S to write / you must write for yourself!)
PAM3P they must be judging)
AAS1P let us come)
PAI3S he/she/it is giving)
TMpN to have sent for oneself / to have been sent)
TAI3S he/she/it has given)
AAN / AMM2S to call / call for yourself!)
( ,
PAI1P we are putting)
(?
AAN / AMM2S to cause to stand / cause to stand for yourself!)
Translation: Matthew 13:1-23
13:1 ! ( D in) • .
. %
. (FSD that day) • %- , (AAPMSN after going out) •
(MSN the
Jesus) •
%
(FSG of the house) • % ,
( ,
IMpdI3S he/she/it was sitting) •
( A beside) •
,
(FSA the sea)T • 13:2
(and) •
,
(
' API3P they were gathered) •
( A to) • %
(MSA him) • )
(MPN great crowd), • ? (so that) • %
(MSA him) • % ( A into/in) •
(NSNa boat)
• %
( %
AAPMSA/NPNa after getting in) •
, , (PMpdN to sit), •
(and) •
(MSN all) • )
(MSN
2
%'
(MSA the beach) •
( ?
LAI3S he/she/it had stood).
the crowd) • % ( A on) •
13:3
(and) • %
(AAI3S he/she/it said) • %
(MnPD to them) •
(NPNa many) • % ( D in) •
(FPD parables) • ' (PAPMSN saying)T • %+ (behold!) • %- , (AAI3S he/she/it went out) •
(PAPMSN the one sowing) •
(PAN to sow).3 • 13:4
(and) • %
.
(PAN while sowing)4 • %
5
(on the one hand) • )
(AAI3S he/she/it fell) •
( A beside) •
+ (FSA
(MSA him) • P (NPNa which) •
the road), •
(and) • % ,
(AAPNPNa after coming) •
(NPNa the birds) •
( ' (AAI3S he/she/it
consumed) • % (NPNa them). • 13:5 ) (but) • + (and on the other hand) • )
(AAI3S he/she/it fell) • % ( A
2
This is a pluperfect active. It is built on the perfect active tense stem ? , but has been augmented to ? , and has
the tense formative kappa and the connecting vowels . Since it is absolute past time, it uses secondary personal
endings, and the ending “–” is for the third person singular. See section 25.24 on pages 237-238 of the textbook.
3
Remember that
+ infinitive can indicate purpose.
4
Remember that %
. + infinitive can indicate “while ….”
5
This
forms a coordinating conjunction with most of the occurrences of + in this paragraph.
Chapters 31-35: Review #7
149
on) •
+ (NPNa the rocky ground) • ? (where) • % (not) • A
(IAI3S he/she/it was having) • '
(and) • %,
(immediately) • %( %AAI3S he/she/it sprang up) •
(FSA much soil), •
+
)
(AAN because it did not have)6 • , (NSNa depth) • ' (FSG of soil)T • 13:6
(MSG sun) • +
7
(and/but) • %
( %
AAPMnSG after rising) • %
, (
* API3S he/she/it was burned
up) •
(and) • +
)
(PAN because it did not have) • * (FSA root) • %, (API3S it was
%
,
dried up). • 13:7 ) (but) • + (and on the other hand) • )
(AAI3S he/she/it fell) • % ( A on) •
(FPA the thorns), •
(and) • %
( %
AAI3P they came up) •
) , (FPN the thorns) •
(and) •
) - ( ' AAI3P they choked) • % (NPNa them). • 13:8 ) (but) • + (and on the other hand) • )
(AAI3S he/she/it fell) • % ( A on) •
' (FSA the soil) •
(FSA the good) •
(and) • %+ + (IAI3S it
(on the one hand) •
(one hundred), • P (MSN which) • +
was giving) •
(NSNa fruit), • P (MSN which) •
(on the other hand) • (sixty), • P • + (and/but) •
(thirty). • 13:9 ) (PAPMSN the one having) •
A (NPNa ears) • %
(PAM3S he/she/it must hear!).
13:10
(and) •
,
(AAPMPN after coming) •
,
(MPN the disciples) • A
( ' AAI3P
(why?) • % ( D in) •
(FPD parables) •
(PAI2S you speak)
they asked) • % . (MnSD him) T • +
• %
(MnPD to them)V • 13:11 (MSN he) • + (and/but) • %
, (APPMPN answering) • A
( ' AAI3S
he/she/it said) • %
(MnPD to them)T • ? (that) •
(PD to you) • + +
(TMpI3S he/she/it has been given) •
(NPNa the mysteries) •
(FSG of the kingdom) •
%
(MPG
'
(AAN to know) •
of the heavens), • %
(MnPD to those) • + (and/but) • % (not) • + +
(TMpI3S it has been given) . • 13:12 ?
(MSN whoever) • ' (for) • ) (PAI3S he/she/it has), • + ,
(FPI3S he/she/it will be given) • % . (MnSD to
him) •
(and) •
,
(FPI3S he/she/it will have more than enough) T • ?
(MSN whoever) • +
(and/but) • % (not) • ) (PAI3S he/she/it has), •
(and) • P (NSNa which) • ) (PAI3S he/she/it has) • % ,
(MnSG him). • 13:13 +
(for this reason) • %
( ) FPI3S he/she/it will be taken away) • % ( G from) • %
( D in) •
(MPD parables) • %
(MnPD to them) •
(PAIs1S I am speaking), • ? (that) •
(PAPMPN while seeing) • % (not) •
(PAI3P/PAPMnPD they are seeing) •
(and) • %
(PAPMPN
(
while hearing) • % (not) • %
(PAI3P/PAPMnPD they are hearing) • %+ (and not) •
PAI3P/PAPMnPD they are understanding), • 13:14
(and) • %
( %
PMpI3S he/she/it is fulfilled)
• %
(MnPD in them) •
(
(FSN the prophesy) •
S (MSG of Isaiah) •
'
(PAPFSN the saying)T
FSD hearing) • %
(FAI2P you will hear) •
(and) • % (not) •
(not) •
(
%
.( %
AAS2P you would understand),
(and) •
(PAPMPN seeing) •
0 (FAI2P you will see) •
(and) • % (not) •
(not) • )+
(
AAS2P you would see).
13:15 %
, (
API3S he/she/it became dull) • ' (for) •
+ (FSN the heart) •
(MSG this people),
(and) •
%
(NPD to the ears) •
(with difficulty) • )
(AAI3P they heard)
(and) •
%(,
(MPA the eyes) • %
(MfnPG their) • %
(AAI3P they closed),
AAS3P they would see) •
%(,
(MPD with the eyes)
(lest) • )+
(
(and) •
%
(NPD with the ears) • %
(AAS3P they would hear)
(
AAS3P they would understand) •
(and) •
(and) • .
+ . (FSD with the heart) •
%
0
(AAS3P they would turn back)
(and) • %
(FMdI1S I will heal) • %
(MPA them).
13:16
(PG your) • + (and/but) •
(MPN blessed) •
%(,
(MPN the eyes) • ? (because) •
(and) •
A (NPNa the ears) •
(PG your) • ? (because) •
(PAI3P/PAPMnPD they are seeing) •
%
(PAI3P/PAPMnPD they are hearing). • 13:17 %
(truly) • ' (for) • ' (PAIs1S I am saying) •
(PD
to you) • ? (that/because) •
(MPN many) •
(
(MPN prophets) •
(and) • +
(MPN righteous ones) •
% ,
( % ,
AAI3P they desired) • %+
(
AAN to see) • P (NPNa what) •
(PAIm2P you are
(and) • %
(AAN to hear) • P (NPNa what) •
seeing) •
(and) • % (not) • A+ (AAI3P they saw), •
%
(PAIm2P you are hearing) •
(and) • % (not) • )
(AAI3P they heard).
13:18 #
(PN you) • A (therefore) • %
(AAM2P hear!) •
(FSA the parable) •
(PAPMnSG of the one sowing). • 13:19
(MnSG of all) • %
(PAPMnSG of the ones hearing) •
' (MSA the word) •
(FSG of the kingdom) •
(and) •
(not) •
(
PAPMnSG
understanding) • )
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is coming) •
(MSN the evil) •
(and) •
* (PAI3S
6
Remember that +
+ infinitive can indicate the reason for something.
+ %
is a genitive absolute construction because it is in the genitive, and the substantive doing the
action of the participle (the sun) does not have any grammatical role in the main clause.
7
150
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
he/she/it snatches) •
%
(TMpPMSA/NSNa the thing that was sown) • % ( D in) • .
+ . (FSD the heart) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • (MSN the) •
( A beside) •
+ (FSA the
%
(MnSG his), • > (MSN this) • %
road) •
(APPMSN the thing that was sown). • 13:20 (MSN the) • + (and/but) • % ( A on) •
+ (NPNa
the rocky soil) •
(APPMSN the thing that was sown), • > (MSN this) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • (MSN the)
•
' (MSA the word) • %
(PAPMSN hearing) •
(and) • %, (immediately) •
( G with) •
(PAPMSN receiving) • %
(MSA it), • 13:21 % (not) • ) (PAI3S he/she/it has) • + (and/but)
(FSG joy) •
• * (FSA root) • % ( D in) •
. (MnSD itself) • %
(but) •
(MfSN temporary) • %
(PAI3S
he/she/it is), • '
(AMdPFSG being) • + (and/but) • , 0
(, 0 FSG of suffering) • @(or) • + '
(MSG
persecution) • + ( A on account of) •
' (MSA the word) • %, (immediately) •
+ *
(PMpI3S
%
, (FPA the thorns) •
he/she/it falls away). • 13:22 (MSN the) • + (and/but) • % ( A into/in) •
(APPMSN the thing that was sown), • > (MSN this) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • (MSN the) •
' (MSA the
word) • %
(PAPMSN hearing), •
(and) •
(FSN the worry) •
%
(MSG of the age) •
(and) •
%
(FSN the deceitfulness) •
(NSG of the wealth) •
' (PAI3S he/she/it chokes) •
'
(and) • )
(MSN unfruitful) • '
(PMpdI3S he/she/it becomes). • 13:23 (MSN the) • +
(MSA the word) •
(and/but) • % ( A on) •
' (FSA the good soil) •
(APPMSN the thing that was sown), • > (MSN
this) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • (MSN the) •
' (MSA the word) • %
(PAPMSN the one hearing) •
PAPMSN understanding),M • P (MSN which) • + (indeed) •
(
(PAI3S he/she/it
(and) •
(
produces a crop) •
(and) •
(PAI3S he/she/it produces) • P
(some) •
(one hundred), • P + (and
others) • (sixty), • P + (and others) •
(thirty).
13:1 In that day after he went out of the house Jesus was sitting beside the sea; 13:2 and a great crowd gathered
to him so that after getting into a boat to sit down, the whole crowd had stood on the beach.
13:3 And he told them many things in parables, saying, “Behold the one sowing went out to sow. 13:4 And
while he was sowing, some fell beside the road, and the birds came and consumed them. 13:5 But other seed fell on the
rocky ground where it did not have much soil, and immediately it sprang up because it did not have deep soil; 13:6 and
after the sun rose it was scorched, and it dried up because it did not have root. 13:7 But other seed fell among the thorns,
and they choked them. 13:8 But other seed fell on the good soil, and it was giving fruit, some one hundred, some sixty,
and some thirty. 13:9 The one having ears must hear!
13:10 And after the disciples came to him, they asked him, “Why are you speaking to them in parables?” 13:11
And he answered and said to them, “To you has been given to know the mysteries of the Kingdom of Heaven, but to
them it has not been given. 13:12 For whoever has, it will be given to him and he will have more than enough. But to
whoever is not having, even what he has will be taken away from him. 13:13 For this reason I am speaking to them in
parables, because while seeing they are not seeing and while hearing they are not hearing and not understanding, 13:14
and the prophesy of Isaiah is fulfilled in them, saying,
Hearing you will hear and certainly not understand,
And seeing you will see and certainly not see.
13:15 For the heart of this people became dull,
and their ears heard with difficulty,
and they closed their eyes,
lest they would see with the eyes
and hear with the ears
and understand with the heart and turn back
and I would heal them.
13:16 But your eyes are blessed because they are seeing, and your ears because they are hearing. 13:17 For truly
I am saying to you that many prophets and righteous people desired to see what you are seeing and they did not see, and
to hear what you are hearing and they did not hear.
13:18 Therefore, hear the parable of the one sowing. 13:19 When the ones hearing the word of the Kingdom
and are not understanding it, the evil one comes and snatches the thing that was sown in his heart, this is the thing that
was sown beside the road. 13:20 And regarding the thing that was sown on the rocky soil, this is the one who is hearing
the word and immediately receiving it with joy, 13:21 but it does not have root in itself but instead is temporary, and
when suffering or persecution occurs on account of the word immediately he falls away. 13:22 And the one that was
sown into the thorns, this is the one hearing the word, and the worry of the age and the deceitfulness of wealth chokes the
word and it becomes unfruitful. 13:23 But the one that was sown on the good soil is the one hearing the word and
understanding it, who indeed also produces a crop, some one hundred, others sixty, and others thirty.
8
+
Remember that the stem vowels of verbs can change. If there were no vowel change, the form would be
. The tricky thing is that if it were accented
then it would be PAI2S.
+
Exercise 16 – Track 2
Present Active Indicative
Parsing
Inflected
Person /
Case
Number
Tense /
Gender
Voice
Mood
BC
3
Plural
Present
Active
Indicative
3
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
DC
1
Plural
Present
Active
Indicative
PAI1P
IC
2
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
PAI2S
1
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
3
Plural
Present
Active
Indicative
Dative
Plural
Neuter
None
None
2
Plural
Present
Active
Indicative
NC
3
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
PAI3S
BOC
2
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
PAI2S
HC
JC
'
)
%
KC
LC
)'
MC
'
Lexical
Form
Parsing
Code
PAI3P
'
PAI3S
)
PAI1S
%
PAI3P
NPD
)'
PAI2P
'
Inflected
Meaning
they are
saying
he/she/it
is having
we are
believing
you
(singular)
are
loosing
I am
hearing
they are
seeing
to works
you are
saying
he/she/it
is loosing
you
(singular)
are
believing
Warm-up
.
(
I am believing
PAI1S I am believing).
.
(
(FSA the sound/voice) •
The voice his you are hearing.
You are hearing his voice.
%
(MnSG his) • %
'.
(
PAI2P you are believing) • % (
You are believing in the god.
You believe in God.
+.
(NSNa the face) •
%'
are seeing).
The face of the beloved my they are seeing.
They are seeing the face of my beloved.
.
( %
PAI2S you are hearing).
A into/in) •
,
(MSG of the beloved) •
(then) • %
( %
PAI1P we are hearing) •
(FSG/FPA joy).
Then we are hearing the law with joy.
151
(MSA the god).
(SG my) •
(MSA the law) •
(
(
G with) •
PAI3P they
152
*.
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
(MSA the) • + (and/but) •
(MSA law) •
are destroying).
The but law of the lord not you are destroying.
But you are not destroying the law of the Lord.
(
PAI3S he/she/it is seeing) •
He is seeing the Jesus.
He sees Jesus.
(MSG of the lord) •
% (not) •
(
PAI2P you
(MSA the Jesus).
Translation
1.
%'
(MSA the love) •
,
(MSG of the god) •
The love of the god not you are having.
You do not have the love of God.
2.
(MSN the Peter) • ' ( ' PAI3S he/she/it is saying) •
you are) •
(MSN the Christ).
The Peter is saying to him, “You are the Christ.”
Peter is saying to him, “You are the Christ.”
3.
(SN you) •
(PAI2S you are believing) • % (
(MSG of the man)V
You are believing in the son of the man?
Are you believing in the Son of Man?
4.
%(FSA authority) • ) (PAI3S he/she/it is having) •
• %(
(to forgive) •
(FSG/FPA sins).
Authority is having the son of the man to forgive sins.
The Son of Man has authority to forgive sins.
5.
(PAI1S I am seeing) • ;
I am seeing Tobiah the son my.
I am seeing Tobiah my son.
6.
(MSN the Jesus) • …
A
(he/she/it said) • %
(MnPD to them) •
(PAI2P you are saying) • ? (that/because) •
(PAI1P we are seeing).
He said to them the Jesus… now but you are saying that we are seeing.
Jesus said to them, “… And now you say, ‘We see’?”
7.
% (not) • %
(PAI2P you are hearing), • ? (that/because) • % (
(not) • %
(PAI2P you are).
Not you are hearing because from the god not you are.
You do not hear because you are not from God.
8.
'
(PAI3P they are saying) • . ( . (MnSD to the blind) •
(again)T •
(PAI2S you are saying) •
( G concerning) • %
(MnSG him).
They are saying to the blind again, “What you are saying concerning him.”
9.
(and) • A
(he/she/it said) • 3 + (MSNx David) •
( A to) • :
(MSAx Saul)T •
(PAI2S you are hearing) •
' (MPG of the words) •
)
(MSG of the crowd)V
And said David to Saul, “Why are you hearing the words of the crowd?”
And David said to Saul, “Why are you listening to the words of the crowd?”
10.
%(,
(eyes) • %
(MnPD to them) •
(and) • % (not) •
(PAI3P they are seeing), • A
%
(MnPD to them) •
(and) • % (not) • %
(PAI3P they are hearing).
Eyes to them and not they are seeing, ears to them and not they are hearing.
They have eyes, and are not seeing; they have ears, and are not hearing.
OR
Although they have eyes, they are not seeing; although they have ears, they are not hearing.
(MSA Tobiah) •
% (not) • )
%
(PAI2P you are having).
. (MnSD to him)T •
A into/in) •
(SN you) • A (PAI2S
(MSA the son) •
(MSN the son) •
(MSA the son) •
% ,
(MSG of the man)
% ,
(SG my).
(now) • + (and/but) •
G from) •
,
'
(MSG of the god) •
(what) •
(SN you) •
%
'
(why) • %
(ears) •
Exercise 16 – Track 2: Present Active Indicative
153
Additional
11.
? (that/because) • % ( D in) • . ) . (MSD the house) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(MSN the Jesus), •
)
(MPN the crowd) • %
(PAI3P they are hearing) •
' (MPG of the words) •
,
(MSG
of the god) •
(and) •
(
(MPN the blind) •
(PAI3P they are seeing).
Because in the house is the Jesus, the crowd are hearing the words of the god and the blind they are seeing.
Because Jesus is in the house, the crowd is hearing the words of God, and the blind are seeing.
12.
(MSG of the lord) • % ( D in) •
(FSA the joy) •
'%
(MfnPG of the beloved) •
(PAI2S you are seeing)V
The joy of the lord in the hearts of the beloved you are seeing?
Are you seeing the joy of the Lord in the hearts of the beloved?
13.
(and) • A
(he/she/it said) •
(MSN lord) •
( A to) • 7 W (MSA Moses)T • (why?) • % (not)
•
(PAI3P they are believing) •
(SD to me) • % ( D in) •
(MnPD all) •
(MPD the
(MnPD to them)V
signs) • > (that) •
(PAI3P they are seeing) • % ( D in) • %
And said lord to Moses, “Why not they are believing me in all the signs that they are seeing in them?”
And the Lord said to Moses, “Why aren’t they believing me, based on all the signs that they are seeing among
them?”
14.
(SN you) • ' (for) • *
(FSG of life) •
(and) • ,
(MSG of death) • %(FSA authority/power)
• ) (PAI2S you are having).
You for of life and of death authority/power you are having.
For you have authority over life and death.
OR
For you have authority over life and death.
15.
%+ ( (MPN the brothers) • %
(MnSG his) •
(and) • %
(PAI3P they are hearing) •
A
(MSN the house) •
(MSG of the father) • %
(MnSG his) •
(and) •
they are coming down) •
( A to) • %
(MSA him).
And they are hearing the brothers his and the house of the father his and they are coming down to him.
This brothers and his father’s house are hearing and coming down to him.
16.
(MSG of fruit) •
(NSG of the tree) • ?(which) • %
(PAI3S
% ( G from) • + (and/but) •
he/she/it is) • % ( D in) •
. (MnSD middle) •
+
(MSG of the paradise) • A
(he/she/it said) •
,
(MSN the god)T • % (not) • ( ' , (you will eat) • % ( G from) • %
(MnSG it)1.
From but of fruit of the tree which is in middle of the paradise he said the god, “Not you will eat from it.”
But from the fruit of the tree which is in the middle of Paradise, God said, “You will not eat from it.”
% ,
(FSA the truth) •
17. %' (SN I) • + (and/but) • ? (that/because) •
(PAI2P you are believing) •
(SD me).
I but because that the truth I am saying, not you are believing me.
But because I am telling the truth, you are not believing me.
+
(FPD the hearts) •
(and) •
(PAI3P
' (PAI1S I am saying), •
% (not) •
18.
(but) • + ( G through) •
(FSG the grace) •
(MSG of the lord) •
(PAI1P we are believing) • ,
(that we are saved).
But through the grace of the Lord Jesus we are believing that we are saved.
19.
(then) • ' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • % . (MnSD to him) •
(MSN the Pilate)T • % (not) •
%
(PAI2S you are hearing) •
(how many things) •
(SG you) •
(PAI3P they are
testifying against)V
Then is saying to him the Pilate, “Not you are hearing how many things you they are testifying against?
Then Pilate says to him, “Don’t you hear how many things they are testifying against you?”
20.
(MSN Jesus) • + (and/but) • ) - (he/she/it cried out) •
(and) • A
(he/she/it said)T •
(MSN the one who believes) • % ( A into/in) • % (SA! me) • % (not) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is believing) •
% ( A into/in) • % (SA! me) • %
(but) • % ( A into/in) •
0
(MSA the one who sent) • (SA
me).
But Jesus cried out and said, “The one who believes in me is not believing in me but in the one who sent me.”
1
%
(MSG Jesus) •
The antecedent of
%
is
(fruit). Since the antecedent is masculine,
%
is masculine, so literally we
might translate it as “him.” But in English (unlike Greek), we think of fruit as being an “it” rather than a “he” (because
English uses “natural gender”), so we should translate %
into English as “it.”
154
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
English to Greek
1.
they say
=
2.
you (plural) have
= )
( ) PAI2P)
3.
we believe
=
(
4.
he sees
=
(
5.
you (singular) hear
= %
( %
'
( )
( ' PAI3P)
PAI1P)
PAI3S)
PAI2S)
Exercise 17 – Track 2
Contract Verbs
Parsing
Inflected
Person /
Case
Number
Tense /
Gender
Voice
Mood
BC
1
Plural
Present
Active
Indicative
3
Plural
Present
Active
Indicative
DC
1
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
PAI1S
IC
2
Plural
Present
Active
Indicative
PAI2P
3
Plural
Present
Active
Indicative
3
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
LC
2
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
PAI2S
MC
3
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
PAI3S
Nominative
or
Accusative
Plural
Neuter
None
None
3
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
HC
JC
%'
*
KC
NC
%'
.
+
BOC
Lexical
Form
Parsing
Code
PAI1P
%'
PAI3P
*
%'
+
PAI3P
PAI3S
Inflected
Meaning
we are
speaking
they are
loving
I am
keeping
you
(plural)
are filling
they are
seeking
he/she/it
is loving
you are
calling
he/she/it
is filling
NPNa
demons
PAI3S
he/she/it
is doing
Warm-up
1
.
% (not) •
(
I am not speaking
PAI1S I am speaking) .
.
(FSA sin) • % (not) •
Sin not you are doing.
You are not doing sin.
(
'.
%
(MPA them) • %'
They are loving them.
+.
%
(FPA the commandments) •
The commandments his we are keeping.
We are keeping his commandments.
.
1
(MSA Jesus) • *
Jesus you are seeking.
You are seeking Jesus.
( %'
(*
PAI2S you are doing).
PAI3P they are loving).
%
(MnSG his) •
(
PAI1P we are keeping).
PAI2P you are seeking).
Notice that the lexical form
is not the same as the PAI1S for contract verbs. For contract verbs, the lexical form
(e.g.,
) always shows the contract vowel. But in the text, the contract vowel will have always already contracted
(e.g., the PAI1S form
).
155
156
*.
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
3 + (MSN David) •
David is calling him.
(
PAI3S he/she/it is calling) •
'
(PAI3P they are saying) • ' (for) •
They are saying for and not they are doing.
For they are saying but are not doing.
(and) •
%
(MSA him).
% (not) •
(
PAI3P they are doing).
Translation
1.
(father) • %'
. (PAI3S he/she/it loves) •
The father loves the son.
2.
% (not) • % ,
(MPD to people) •
Not to people he is speaking but to god.
He is not speaking to people but to God.
3.
A+ (1S I know) • %
(MSA him) •
(and) •
am keeping).
I know him and the word his I am keeping.
I know him and am keeping his word.
4.
% (not) • ' (for) • )+
(3P they know) •
Not for they know what they are doing.
For they do not know what they are doing.
5.
; (why?) • + (but/and) • (me) •
(PAI2P you are calling)T •
(MSV lord), •
(and) • % (not) •
(PAI2P you are doing) • P (what) • ' (PAI1S I am saying)V
Why but me you are calling lord, lord, and not you are doing what I am saying?
But why are you calling me, “Lord, lord,” and are not doing what I am saying?
6.
% ( G from) •
(MSG of the world) •
(PAI3P they are speaking) •
the world) • %
(MfnPG them) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is hearing).
From the world they are speaking and the world them is hearing.
They are speaking from the world, and the world is hearing them.
7.
(we have passed) • % ( G from) •
,
)+
(1P we know) • ? (that/because) •
the death) • % ( A into/in) •
*
(FSA the life), • ? (because) • %'
(PAI1P we are loving) •
%+ (
(MPA the brothers).
We know that we have passed from the death into the life because we are loving the brothers.
We know that we have passed from death into life because we are loving the brothers.
8.
' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • . :
. (MSD to the Simon Peter) •
(MSN Simon) •
(MSG of John), • %'
. (PAI2S you are loving) • (SA me)V
He is saying to the Simon Peter the Jesus, “Simon of John, you are loving me?”
Jesus is saying to Simon Peter, “Simon, son of John, do you love me?”
9.
' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • A (therefore) • % . (MnSD to him) •
(MSN the Pilate)T • %
(SD!
to me) • % (not) •
(PAI2S you are speaking)V • % (not) • A+ (2S you know) • ? (that/because) •
%(FSA authority) • ) (PAI1S I am having)V
He is saying therefore to him the Pilate, “To me not you are speaking? Not you know that authority I am having?”
Therefore, Pilate is saying to him, “Are you not speaking to me? Do you not know that I have authority?”
10.
(MSA the son).
(PAI3S he/she/it is speaking) • %
'
(what) •
(MSA the word) •
%
(but) • ,
. (MSD to god).
(MnSG his) •
(PAI1S I
(PAI3P they are doing).
(MSV lord), •
(and) •
(MSN
(MSG
(MSN the Jesus)T • :
(SN you) •
(PAI2S you are believing) • ? (that/because) • > (one) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(MSN the god), •
(well) •
(PAI2S you are doing) T •
(and) • +
(NPNa the demons) •
(and) • (
(they tremble).
(PAI3P they are believing) •
You are believing that one is the god, well you are doing; and the demons are believing and they tremble.
You believe that God is one; you are doing well. And the demons also believe, and they tremble.
,
Exercise 17 – Track 2: Contract Verbs
157
Additional
11.
(MPA the laws) •
(and) •
%
(FPA the commandments) •
(PAI1P we are
keeping), • ? (because) • %'
(PAI1P we are loving) •
(MSA the lord) •
(and) •
(PAI1P we are believing) • % ( A in) •
(MSA the son) •
,
(MSG of the god).
The laws and the commandments we are keeping because we are loving the lord and we are believing in the son of
the god.
We are keeping the laws and the commandments because we love the Lord and we believe in the Son of God.
D in) • .
.
. (FSD the first day) •
(NSG of the week) •
' (MSA the word) •
,
(MSG of the god) •
(PAI1S I am speaking) •
(MPD to the believers).
In the first day of the week the word of the god I am speaking to the believers.
On the first day of the week I am speaking the word of God to the believers.
12. % (
13.
%
(PAI2S you are hearing) •
(SG me), •
(MSNx Jacob), •
(and) •
(MSNx Israel), • P
(PAI1S I am calling)T • %' (SN I) • % (PAI1S I am) •
(MSN first) •
(MSA whom) • %' (SN I) •
(and) • %' (SN I) • % (PAI1S I am) • % ( A into/in) •
%
(MSA the eternity).
You are hearing me, Jacob, and Israel, whom I am calling; I am first and I am into the eternity.
You hear me, Jacob and Israel, whom I call. I am the first, and I am forever.
14.
% (not) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is saying) •
(
(but) • …
(NPNa bad).
Not he is saying concerning me good but … bad.
He is not saying good things about me but … bad.
15.
(MSN lord)T • %+ (behold), •
' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • + (and/but) •
)
(NPNa the last) •
(like) •
(NPNa the first).
He is saying but lord, “Behold, I am doing the last like the first.”
But the Lord is saying, “Behold, I am making the last things like the first things.”
16.
% (if) • A (therefore) • 3 + (MSNx David) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is calling) • %
lord), •
(how?) •
(MSN son) • %
(MnSG his) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is)V
If therefore David is calling him lord, how son his he is?
Therefore, if David is calling him “Lord,” how is he his son?
17.
(MSN the) •
(not) • %'
(MSN one who loves) • (SA) •
'
(MPA the words) •
(SG my) • %
(and) •
' (MSN the word) • P (MSA that) • %
(PAI2P
(not) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is keeping)T •
you are hearing) • % (not) • )
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • %
( %
MSN my) • %
(but) •
(MSG of the)… •
(MSG father).
The not one who loves me the words my not he is keeping, and the word that you are hearing not is my but of the …
father.
The one who does not love me is not keeping my words, and the word that you are hearing is not mine, but the
father’s.
18.
(and) •
+ - (he/she/it sought intently) • %
(MSA him) • :
(MSN Simon) •
(and) • (MPN
the) •
( G with) • %
(MnSG him), •
(and) • > (they found) • %
(MSA him) •
(and) •
'
(PAI3P they are saying) • % . (MnSD to him) • ? (quotation marks) •
(all) • *
(PAI3P
they are seeking) • (SA you).
And he sought intently him Simon and the with him, and they found him and they are saying to him, “All are
seeking you.”
And Simon and those with him sought him intently, and they found him, and are saying to him, “Everyone is seeking
you.”
19.
,
(MPN the disciples) • '
(PAI3P they are saying) • % . (MnSD to him)T • +
(FPD parables) •
(PAI2S you are speaking) • %
reason?) • % ( D in) •
The disciples are saying to him, “For what reason in parables you are speaking to them?”
The disciples are saying to him, “Why are you speaking to them in parables?”
G concerning) • %
(SG! me) •
(NPNa good) • %
(PAI1S I am doing) •
(MSA him) •
(MSA
(for what
(MnPD to them)V
158
20.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
+
(MSN the slave) • % (not) • A+ (3S he/she/it knows) •
(MSN lord).
%
(MnSG his) •
The slave not knows what is doing his the lord.
The slave does not know what his lord is doing.
(what) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is doing) •
Exercise 18 – Track 2
Present Middle/Passive Indicative
Parsing
Inflected
Person
/ Case
Number
Tense /
Gender
BC
3
Singular
2
Plural
%
HC
,
Voice
Mood
Present
Middle or
Passive
Indicative
Present
Middle or
Passive
Indicative
DC
)
1
Singular
Present
IC
%
3
Singular
Present
3
Plural
Present
2
Plural
Present
JC
KC
)
LC
,
%
.
MC
'
NC
%'
BOC +
,
(Middle
or
Passive)
Deponent
(Middle
or
Passive)
Deponent
(Middle
or
Passive)
Deponent
(Middle
or
Passive)
Deponent
(Middle
or
Passive)
Deponent
PMpI3S
%
PMpI2P
Inflected
Meaning1
he/she/it is
being
heard
you
(plural)
are being
loosed
)
PMpdI1S
I am
going
Indicative
%
PMpdI3S
he/she/it is
answering
PMpdI3P
they are
going
PMpdI2P
you
(plural)
are going
Indicative
Indicative
Singular
Present
3
Singular
Present
Active
Indicative
1
Plural
Present
Middle or
Passive
Indicative
Present
(Middle
or
Passive)
Deponent
Indicative
Plural
Parsing
Code
Indicative
2
3
Lexical Form
)
Indicative
PMpdI2S
%
'
%'
+
PAI3S
PMpI1P
PMpdI3P
you
(singular)
are
answering
he/she/it is
gathering
we are
being
loved
they are
able
Warm-up
.
1
'
(
' PMpI3S he/she/it is being gathered) •
Is being gathered to him crowd.
A crowd is being gathered to him.
(
A to) •
For forms that could be either middle or passive, we list the passive meaning.
159
%
(MSA him) • )
(MSN crowd).
160
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
)
( )
PMpdI3S he/she/it is going) • % (
He is going into a house.
'.
(
PMpI3S it is being called) • 1 ,
It is called Bethlehem.
+.
'
( ' PAI3P they are saying) • %
They are saying to him, “We are coming.”
.
*.
.
(MSN the) • + (and/but) •
%
(MnPD to them).
The but Jesus is answering them.
But Jesus is answering them.
A into/in) •
(MSA house).
A
(MSN Bethlehem).
. (MnSD to him)T • %
(MSN Jesus) • %
PMpdI3P they are going) •
)
( )@
They are going to Jesus.
, ( )
( %
(
PMpdI1P we are coming).
PMpdI3S he/she/it is answering) •
A to) •
(MSA the Jesus).
(and) •
, (
PMpdI2P you are going) • % (
And you are going into the place.
A into/in) •
(MSA the place).
Translation
1.
(and) •
'
(PMpI3P they are being gathered) •
(MSA the Jesus).
And they are being gathered the apostles to the Jesus.
And the apostles are being gathered to Jesus.
2.
'
(PAI3P they are saying) • % . (MnSD to him)T • +
They are saying to him, “We are able.”
3.
(then) • )
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is going) •
Jesus).
Then Jesus is going with them.
4.
? (where) • % (PAI1S I am) • %' (SN I) •
% , (to go).
Where I am, you are not able to go.
5.
(PMpdI1S I am going) •
I am going to prepare a place for you.
6.
(now) • + (and/but) •
( A to) • (you) • )
(PMpdI1S I am going) •
these) •
(PAI1S I am speaking) • % ( D in) • .
. (MSD the world).
Now but to you I am going and these I am speaking in the world.
But now I am coming to you, and am speaking these things in the world.
7.
(not) • ' (for) • % ( G from) •
2
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is coming)V
Not for from the Galilee the Christ is coming?
For the Christ is not coming from Galilee, right?2
8.
' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • %
(MnPD to them) •
(MSN the Jesus)T •
(PAI2P you are
believing) • ? (that) • +
(PMpdI1S I am able) •
(NSNa this) •
(to do)V • '
(PAI3P
they are saying) • % . (MnSD to him)T •
(yes).
He is saying to them the Jesus, “You are believing that I am able this to do?” They are saying to him, “Yes.”
Jesus is saying to them, “Do you believe that I am able to do this?” And they are saying to him, “Yes.”
2
(
(MPN the apostles) •
%
(to prepare) •
A to) •
, (PMpdI1P we are able).
G with) •
(PN you) •
(
%
(MfnPG them) •
% (not) • +
, (PMpdI2P you are able) •
(MSA place) •
(FSG the Galilee) •
(MSN the
(PD for you).
(and) •
(NPNa
(MSN the Christ) • )
Because the Greek question begins with , it expects the answer, “No, the Christ is not coming from Galilee.” Adding
“, right” at the end of the question is one way to communicate this expectation in English.
Exercise 18 – Track 2: Present Middle/Passive Indicative
161
9.
(and) • ' (for) • %' (SN I) • ) ,
(MSN man) • % (PAI1S I am) •
( A under) • %(FSA
. (MnSD to this)T •
,
(go!), •
(and) •
authority), •
(and) • ' (PAI1S I am saying) •
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is going), •
(and) • ) . (MnSD to another)T • )
(come!), •
(and) •
)
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is coming), •
(and) • . +
. (MSD to the slave) •
(SG my)T •
(do!) •
(NSNa this), •
(and) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is doing).
And for I man I am under authority, and I am saying to this, “Go!” and he is going, and to another, “Come!” and he
is coming, and to the slave my, “Do this!” and he is doing.
For I am also a man under authority, and I say to this one, “Go!” and he goes, and to another, “Come!” and he
comes, and to my slave, “Do this!” and he does it.
10.
)''
(MSN the angel) •
(MSG of lord)T • '
(and) • A
(he/she/it said) • % . (FSD to her) •
(FSN Hagar) • … , (from where?) • ) . (PMpdI2S you are coming) •
(and) •
(where?) •
.
(PMpdI2S you are going)T •
(and) • A
(he/she/it said)T • % ( G from) •
(NSG face) • :
(FSG of Sarah) •
(FSG the mistress).
And said to her the angel of lord, “Hagar… from where are you coming and where are you going,” and she said,
“From face of Sarah the mistress.”
And the angel of the Lord said to her, “Hagar… from where are you coming, and where are you going?” And she
said, “From the face of Sarah, my mistress.”
Additional
11.
% ( A into) •
%
(FSA the house) • %
, (PMpdI1P we are going), • )+
(1P we know) • '
(for) • ? (that) •
(MSN the Jesus) •
)
(MPD to the crowd) • %
(there) •
(PAI3S he/she/it
is speaking).
Into the house we are going, we know for that the Jesus to the crowd there is speaking.
We are going into the house, because we know that Jesus is speaking to the crowd there.
12.
(MSN the) • + (and/but) •
(MSN Jesus) • %
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is answering) •
(MnPD the evil) • ? (that) •
( G by) •
(FPG the believers) • %'
(PMpI3S he/she/it is being
loved.
The but Jesus is answering the evil that by the believers he is being loved.
But Jesus is answering the evil (men? things?) that he is being loved by the believers.
13.
(and) • )
(PMpdI3P they are going) •
)''
(MPN the angels) • % ( A into/in) •
(MSA
the place) • %
(MSA that) •
(and) •
(PAI3P they are speaking) •
'
(MPA the words) •
A (NPNa the ears) •
)
(MSG of the crowd).
% ( A into/in) •
And the angels are going into that place and are speaking the words into the ears of the crowd.
14.
% (not) • %
(PAI3P they are) • ' (MPN words) • ? (that/because) •
are being heard) • (
(FPN the sounds) • %
(MfnPG their).
They are not words because their sounds are not being heard.
% (not) • %
15. '
(FSN generation) •
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is going) •
(and) • '
(PMpdI3S is coming) •
(and) • ' (FSN the earth) • % ( A into/in) •
%
(he/she/it remains).
A generation goes and a generation comes and the earth remains into eternity.
(PMpI3P they
(FSN generation) • )
(MSA the eternity) • ?
16.
+ . (FSD with heart) • ' (for) •
(PMpI3S he/she/it is being believed) • % ( A into/in) •
+
(FSA righteousness), •
(NSD with mouth) • + (and/but) •
'
(PMpI3S he/she/it is
being confessed) • % ( A into/in) •
(FSA salvation).
For with the heart it is believed unto righteousness, and with the mouth it is confessed unto salvation.
17.
(and) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) •
%
(MSN the man) •
(MSN the elder)T •
•
. (PMpdI2S you are going) •
(and) • , (from where) • ) . (PMpdI2S you are coming)V
And the old man said, “Where are you going and from where are you coming?”
18.
(NSNa why?) • > (MSN this) • ? (thus) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is speaking?)V •
(
(PAI3S
he/she/it is blaspheming)T •
(MfSN who?) • +
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is able) • %(
(to forgive) •
(FPA sins) • %
(except) • > (MSN one) • ,
(MSN the god)V
Why is this man speaking this way? He is blaspheming! Who is able to forgive sins except one, namely God?
(where?)
162
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
19.
(PMpI3P they are believed) •
) ' (NPNa the works) •
(MSG of the Satan), •
.
(PMpI3S he/she/it is being loosed) • + (and/but) •
* (FSN the evil life) •
(MSD to the world) •
%
(MnSG his) • .
(MSD by the Jesus).
The works of Satan are believed, and his evil life is being loosed to the world by Jesus.
20.
(and) • A
(he/she/it said) • % . (MnSD to him) • 8 ,
(MSNx Nathaniel)T • % (
(FSGx Nazareth) • +
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is able) • (what) • %' , (MSA good) • A
And Nathaniel said to him, “What good is able to come from Nazareth?”
G from) • 8 *
(to come)V
Exercise 21 – Track 2
Imperfect Indicative
Parsing
Person
/ Case
Inflected
BC
%
HC
%
DC
%
IC
,
)
JC
%
1
KC
%
LC
%+ +
MC
%
Number
Tense /
Gender
Voice
Mood
Lexical
Form
2
Singular
Imperfect
Active
Indicative
2
Plural
Imperfect
Active
Indicative
1
Plural
Imperfect
Active
Indicative
%
Indicative
)
3
Singular
Imperfect
3
Plural
Imperfect
(Middle
or
Passive)
Deponent
(Middle
or
Passive)
Deponent
Singular
Imperfect
Middle or
Passive
Indicative
2
Plural
Imperfect
Active
Indicative
Imperfect
(Middle
or
Passive)
Deponent
Indicative
1
Singular
IAI2S
NC
3
Singular
Imperfect
Active
Indicative
BOC %
1
or
3
Singular
or
Plural
Imperfect
Active
Indicative
IAI2P
%
Indicative
2
Parsing
Code
,
IAI1P
he/she/it
was
going
IMpdI3P
they were
going
IAI2P
IMpdI1S
IAI3S
%
you
(singular)
were
believing
you
(plural)
were
hearing
we were
following
IMpdI3S
IMpI2S
++
Inflected
Meaning
IAI1S/3P
you
(singular)
were
being
filled
you
(plural)
were
teaching
I was
going
he/she/it
was
walking
around
I was
asking /
they were
asking
Warm-up
.
1
%*
(*
IAI1P we were seeking) •
We were seeking him.
The accent is critical here. If it were accented %
%
(MSA him).
, then it would be IAI3S, meaning “he/she/it was filling.”
163
164
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
%
(
IAI2S you were making) •
You were making the world.
'.
%
,
( %
,
I was following him.
+.
<
(MPN the Pharisees) • )
(MSA him).
The Pharisees were looking towards him.
.
%' (SN I) • + (and/but) • … %
( )
Mesopotamia).
And I … was coming from Mesopotamia.
*.
.
(MSA the world).
IAI1S/3P I was following / they were following) •
OR
They were following him.
(
. (MnSD him).
%
IAI1S/3P they were looking) •
IMpdI1S I was coming) • % (
%
(
IMpdI3P they were going) •
They were going and talking.
(and) • %
,
(MPN the laws) •
IMpI3P they were being done).
(
(MSG of the god) •
(
G by) •
(
A towards) •
G from) • 7
%
(FSG/FPA
IAI1S/3P they were talking).
(MSG the Jesus) • %
(
The laws of God were being done by Jesus.
Translation
1.
(MSN he) • %+ +
(IAI3S he/she/it was teaching) • % (
%
(MfnPG their).
He was teaching in their synagogues.
2.
%
(IAI3S he/she/it was doing) •
He was doing just as he desired.
3.
(MSN son) • ,
(MSG of god) • A (PAI3S he/she/it was).
),
(MSN the man) •
The man son of god was.
The man was a son of a god / the son of a god / a son of God / the Son of God.2
4.
(FPD with parables) •
(many) • %
(IAI3S he/she/it was speaking) •
them) •
' (MSA the word) • , (just as) • %+
(IMpdI3P they were able) • %
With many parables he was speaking the word to them just as they were able to listen.
5.
(and) • % (FSN she) • %
(IAI3S he/she/it was speaking) • % ( D in) • .
%
(FSG her) … •
(and) • (
(FSN voice) • %
(FSG her) • % (not) • %
being heard).
And she was speaking in her heart… and her voice was not being heard.
6.
…
(MSN the Peter) • %
prison).
Peter was being kept in the prison.
7.
%'
(IAI3S he/she/it was loving) • + (and/but) •
(and) •
%+ ( (FSA the sister) • %
(FSG her) •
And Jesus was loving Martha, her sister, and Lazarus.
8.
(IAI1S/3P they were asking) • %
(MSA him) • (MPN the) •
( A around) •
(with) •
+ +
(twelve) •
(FPA the parables).
Those around him, together with the twelve, were asking him about the parables.
2
%
%
(as) • ),
D in) •
(FPD the synagogues) •
' '
(IAI3S he/she/it was desiring).
(IMpI3S he/she/it was being kept) • % (
(MSN the Jesus) •
(and) •
6 *
D in) •
%
(MnPD to
(to listen).
+ . (FSD the heart) •
(IMpI3S he/she/it was
. (FSD the
.(
7 , (FSA the Martha) •
(MSA the Lazarus).
%
(MSA him) •
Because there are no articles, and because the speaker is a Roman soldier who had just witnessed the earthquake, the
darkness, and how Jesus behaved on the cross, one can make a case for several of these grammatical possibilities.
Exercise 21 – Track 2: Imperfect Indicative
165
9.
' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • %
(MnPD to them) •
(MSN the Jesus)T • % (if) •
(NPNa
(PAI2P you are), •
) ' (NPNa the works) •
children) •
(MSG of the Abraham) • %
(MSG of the Abraham) • %
(IAI2P you were doing).
Is saying to them the Jesus, “If children of the Abraham you are, the works of the Abraham you were doing.”
Jesus is saying to them, “If you were children of Abraham, you would do the works of Abraham.”
10.
(and) •
( A after) •
(NPNa these) •
(IAI3S he/she/it was walking around) •
(MSN the Jesus) • % ( D in) • . 2
. (FSD the Galilee)T • % (not) • ' (for) • ),
(IAI3S he/she/it was
desiring) • % ( D in) • .
+ . (FSD the Judea) •
(to walk), • ? (because) • %*
(IAI1S/3P
they were seeking) • %
(MSA him) •
+
(MPN the Jews) • %
(to kill).
And after these things Jesus was walking around in Galilee because he was not desiring to walk in Judea because
the Jews were seeking to kill him.
Additional
11. % ( D in) •
(FPD the days) •
(MSG of the Jesus) •
(MPN the evil) • +
(NPNa demons) • %
,
(IAI1S/3P they were following) • %
(but) •
%' , (MPN the good) •
(MSA the lord).
In the days of the Jesus the evil {subject} demons {direct object} were following, but the good {subject} the lord
{direct object}.
In the days of Jesus, the evil people were following demons, but the good people were following the Lord.
12.
(MPN angels) • )
(IAI1S/3P they were hearing) •
%
(MSG
(MPN the) • + (and/but) • )''
<
(MPA the Pharisees) • %
the apostle), • %+ +
(IAI3S he/she/it was teaching) • ' (for) •
( D in) • .
' ' . (FSD the synagogue).
But the angels were listening to the apostle, for he was teaching the Pharisees in the synagogue.
13.
(and) • ) ' (IAI1S/3P they were saying) T • %' , (FSN good) •
And they were saying, “The land is good.”
14.
6
(MPN the Levites) • %+ +
(IAI1S/3P they were teaching) •
of lord).
The Levites were teaching the law of the Lord.
15.
)
(MSN the crowd) • )
(IMpdI3S he/she/it was coming) •
+% +
(IAI3S he/she/it was teaching) • %
(MPA them).
The crowd was coming to him, and he was teaching them.
16.
(and) • %
, (IMpdI2P you were walking around) • %
(MPG other).
And you were walking around behind other gods.
And you were following other gods.
17.
? (when) • ) (IMpdI1S I was) •
(MSN child), • %
(MSN child).
When I was a child, I was speaking as a child.
' (FSN the land).
(
(
(MSA the law) •
A to) •
G behind) • ,
%
(MSA him), •
(and) •
(MPG gods) • %
(IAI1S/3P I was speaking) •
(as) •
18. %
(IAI3S he/she/it was asking) • %
(MSA him) •
(and) • ' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) •
(MnSD to him)T •
(SN you) • A (PAI2S you are) •
(MSN the Christ) •
(MSN the son) •
% '
(MSG of the blessed)V
He was asking him and saying to him, “Are you the Christ, the Son of the Blessed?”
19.
(MSG
%
.
'
(MPN beloved), • % (not) • %
(FSA commandment) •
(FSA new) • ' ( (PAI1S I am
writing) •
(PD to you) • %
(but) • %
(FSA commandment) •
(FSA old) • P (that) • )
(IAI2P you were having) • % ( G from) • %
(FSG beginning).
Beloved, I am not writing a new commandment to you but an old commandment that you were having from the
beginning.
166
20.
3
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
(and) • %, (immediately) •
(NPD on the Sabbaths) • % , (after entering) • % (
(IAI3S he/she/it was teaching).
into/in) •
' ' (FSA the synagogue) • %+ +
And immediately on the Sabbaths after entering into the synagogue, he began to teach.3
A
By adding the words “began to” we are interpreting the imperfect as an “inceptive imperfect.” This is just one example
of the kinds of things you can learn from Wallace (pp. 544-545) in second-year Greek class!
Chapters 15-18, 21
Review #3 – Track 2
Grammar
1.
Define the following three aspects, clearly differentiating among them.
a.
Continuous aspect describes the action of the verb as an ongoing process. E.g., “The car was slowing down.”
b.
Undefined aspect describes the action of the verb as a simple event, without commenting on whether or not it
is a process. Undefined aspect gives the minimum amount of information about the action of a verb. E.g., “The
car slowed down.”
c.
Punctiliar aspect describes the action of a verb as occurring at a single point of time. E.g., “The car hit the
brick wall.” Punctiliar aspect is the opposite of continuous aspect. Punctiliar aspect is a category of English
grammar, not of Greek grammar.
2.
Write out the twelve forms of
, present active and passive
Present Active
1st sg
1st pl
2nd sg
2nd pl
3rd sg
3rd pl
( )
Present Passive
1st pl
st
1 sg
2nd sg
2nd pl
.
rd
,
rd
3 sg
3.
,
3 pl
Write out the Master Verb Chart
Aug/
Tense
Redup
Tense stem
Pres act
Pres mid/pas
Imperf act
Imperf mid/pas
4.
Tense
formative
pres
pres
pres
pres
Conn. vowel
/
/
/
/
Personal
endings
prim act
prim mid/pas
sec act
sec mid/pas
First singular
)
%
What are “The Big Five” contraction rules?
a.
is formed by
,
, and
.
b.
is formed by
.
c.
is formed by almost any combination of omicron or omega with any other vowel, except for rule “a” above.
d.
is formed from
.
e.
is formed from
.
167
168
5.
6.
7.
8.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
What vowels form the following contractions?
a.
+
b.
+
c.
+ (or
d.
+
e.
+
f.
+
g.
+
(or
+ , or
+ )
+ , + ,
+ ,
+ ,
+ ,
+ , or
+ )
How do you form the following English tenses with the verb “eat”?
a.
Present active continuous – “is eating.”
b.
Present passive punctiliar – “was eaten.”
Define what a “deponent” verb is and give one example.
• A deponent verb is middle or passive in form, but active in meaning.
• E.g., )
is middle or passive in form, since it uses the middle/passive personal ending
“I come” is active.
, and its meaning
When are primary and secondary endings used?
a.
Primary endings are used in all finite verbs1 except for those with absolute past time.2 Of the tenses we’ve
learned thus far, they are used in the present, future, and perfect tenses.
b.
Secondary endings are used in all verbs with absolute past time; namely for the indicative mood, in the
imperfect and aorist tenses.3
9.
What are the three basic rules of augmentation?
a.
Verbs beginning with a consonant augment by prefixing an epsilon with a smooth breathing mark.
(E.g.,
b.
%
)
Verbs beginning with a vowel augment by lengthening the vowel. Alpha and epsilon lengthen to eta.
(E.g., %
% ).
Omicron lengthens to omega. (E.g.,
).
Other vowels are unchanged.
c.
Verbs beginning with a diphthong augment by lengthening the first vowel of the diphthong.
(E.g.,
%
. ).
But some diphthongs do not augment at all.
1
By saying “finite verbs” we are excluding participles and infinitives.
Advanced information: Primary endings are also not used in the imperative and optative moods. The imperative mood
(chapter 33) has its own personal endings. The optative mood (chapter 35) uses secondary personal endings.
3
Advanced information: Secondary endings are also used in the pluperfect tense (chapter 25 advanced information),
which is absolute past time. They are also used in the optative mood (chapter 35 advanced information), in all tenses,
even though the optative mood does not have absolute past time in any tense.
2
Chapters 15-18, 21: Review #3 – Track 2
169
Parsing
1.
%
( %
2.
),
(,
3.
(
4.
%' ,
5.
( %' ,
(
6.
A
7.
PAI2P you (plural) are hearing)
IAI3S he/she/it was desiring)
PMpdI3S he/she/it is going)
FPN love (plural))
PAI3S he/she/it is believing)
( ) IAI3S he/she/it is having)
(
PMpI1S I am keeping for myself / I am being kept)
8.
%+ +
(+ +
9.
%
( %
IAI1S/3P I was asking / they were asking)
( %'
PAI1P we are loving)
11. %+
(+
IMpdI3S he/she/it was able)
12.
(
13.
(
14.
(
PAI3S he/she/it is filling)
( )
IMpdI3P they were going)
10.
15.
%'
)
IAI3S he/she/it was teaching)
PAI1S I am speaking)
PAI1P we are walking around)
Translation: 1 John 1:5-2:5
1:5 5 (and) • )
( % 3S he/she/it is) • ? (FSN this) •
%''
(FSN the message) • P ( ? FSA which) •
(MnSG him) •
(and) • % ''
(we proclaim) •
(PD
%
(we have heard) • % ( G from) • %
to you), • ? (that) • ,
(MSN the god) • ( (NSNa light) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is) •
(and) •
(FSN
darkness) • % ( D in) • % . (MnSD him) • % (not) • )
( % 3S he/she/it is) • %+
(FSN nothing). • 1:6 !
(if) • )
(we say) • ? (that) •
(FSA fellowship) • )
(we have) •
( G with) • %
(MnSG
(NSD the darkness) •
(we are walking), • 0 + , (we lie) •
him) •
(and) • % ( D in) • .
(and) • % (not) •
(we do) •
% ,
(FSA the truth)T • 1:7 % (if) • + (but) • % ( D in) • . (
(NSD the light) •
(we walk) •
(as) • %
(MSN he) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is) • % ( D in) • . (
(FSA fellowship) • )
(we have) •
( G with) • %
(MfnPG one another) •
(NSD the light), •
(and) •
> (NSNa the blood) •
(MSG of Jesus) •
(MSG of the son) • %
(MnSG his) • , *
(he/she/it cleanses) •
(PA us) • % ( G from) •
(FSG all) •
(FSG/FPA sin). • 1:8 % (if) • )
(we say) • ? (that) •
(FSA sin) • % (not) • )
(we have), •
(
MPA ourselves) •
(we deceive) •
(and) •
% ,
(FSN the truth) • % (not) • )
( % 3S he/she/it is) • % ( D in) •
(PD us).
(PG our), •
(MSN faithful) • %
• 1:9 % (if) •
'
(we confess) •
(FPA the sins) •
( % 3S he/she/it is) •
(and) • +
(MSN righteous), • ? (that) • %( . (he/she/it might forgive) •
(PD us) •
(FPA the sins) •
(and) • ,
. (he/she/it will cleanse) •
(PA us) • % ( G from) •
(FSG every) • %+
(FSG/FPA unrighteousness). • 1:10 % (if) • )
(we say) • ? (that) • % (not) •
(we have sinned), • 0
(FSA liar) •
(we make) • %
(MSA him) •
(and) •
'
(MnSG his) • % (not) • )
( % 3S he/she/it is) • % ( D in) •
(PD us).
(MSN the word) • %
2:1 ;
(NPNav Little children) •
(SG my), •
(NPNa these things) • ' ( (I write) •
(PD to you)
• ? (in order that) •
(not) •
(you might sin). •
(and) • % (if) •
(MSN anyone) •
. (he/she/it
sins), •
(MSA advocate) • )
(we have) •
( A with) •
(MSA the father) •
(MSA Jesus Christ) • +
(MSA righteous) T • 2:2
(and) • %
(MSN he) •
(MSN atoning
sacrifice) • %
( % 3S he/she/it is) •
( G concerning) •
(FPG the sins) •
(PG our), • % (not)
•
( G concerning) •
(MfnPG the our) • + (and) •
(only) • %
(but) •
(also) •
( G
concerning) • ? (MnSG entire) •
(MSG the world).
2:3 5 (and) • % ( D in) •
. (MnSD this) • '
(we know) • ? (that) • %'
(we have known)
• %
(MSA him), • % (if) •
%
(FPA the commandments) • %
(MnSG his) •
(we keep). • 2:4
' (MSN the one who says) • ? (quotation marks) • )'
(I have known) • %
(MSA him) •
(and) •
170
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
%
(FPA the commandments) • %
(MnSG his) •
(not) •
(is keeping), • 0
(MSN liar) • %
( %
3S he/she/it is) •
(and) • % ( D in) •
. (MnSD this) •
% ,
(FSN the truth) • % (not) • )
( % 3S
he/she/it is)T • 2:5 P (MSN who) • + (but) • @ (-ever) •
. (he/she/it is keeping) • %
(MnSG his) •
' (MSA
the word), • % , (truly) • % ( D in) •
. (MnSD this) •
%'
(FSN the love) •
,
(MSG of the god) •
(he/she/it has been perfected), • % ( D in) •
. (MnSD this) • '
(we know) • ? (that) • %
( % 1P we are).
( D in) • % . (MnSD him) • %
1:5 And is this the message that we have heard from him and we proclaim to you, that the god light is and darkness
in him not is none. 1:6 If we say that fellowship we have with him, and in the darkness we are walking, we lie and not
we do the truth; 1:7 If but in the light we walk as he is in the light, fellowship we have with one another and the blood of
Jesus the son his cleanses us from every sin. 1:8 If we say that sin not we have, ourselves we deceive and the truth not is
in us. 1:9 If we confess the sins our, faithful he is and righteous, that he might forgive us the sins and he will cleanse us
from every unrighteousness. 1:10 If we say that not we have sinned, liar we make him and the word his not is in us.
2:1 Little children my, these I write to you in order that not you might sin. And if anyone sins, advocate we have
with the father, Jesus Christ righteous; 2:2 And he atoning sacrifice is concerning the sins our, not concerning the our
and only but also concerning entire the world. 2:3 And in this we know that we have known him, if the commandments
his we keep. 2:4 The one who says, “I have known him,” and the commandments his not is keeping, liar is and in this the
truth not is; 2:5 Who but -ever is keeping his the word, truly in this the love of the god has been perfected, in this we
know that in him we are.
1:5 And this is the message that we have heard from him and we proclaim to you, that God is light, and no darkness
at all is in him. 1:6 If we say that we have fellowship with him, and we are walking in the darkness, we lie and do not do
the truth; 1:7 But if we walk in the light as he is in the light, we have fellowship with one another, and the blood of Jesus
his Son cleanses us from every sin. 1:8 If we say that we do not have sin, we deceive ourselves and the truth is not in us.
1:9 If we confess our sins, he is faithful and righteous to forgive us our sins and to cleanse us from every
unrighteousness. 1:10 If we say that we have not sinned, we make him a liar, and his word is not in us.
2:1 My little children, I write these things to you in order that you might not sin. But if anyone sins, we have an
advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous; 2:2 And he is the atoning sacrifice for our sins, and not ours only,
but also for the entire world. 2:3 And in this way we know that we have known him, if we keep his commandments. 2:4
The one who says, “I have known him” and is not keeping his commandments is a liar, and the truth is not in him; 2:5
But whoever is keeping his word, truly in this one the love of God has been perfected. In this way we know that we are in
him.
Exercise 10 – Track 2
Third Declension
Write out the master paradigm of all case endings
1st & 2nd Declensions
M
F
N
3rd Declension
M/F
N
–
SN
SG
SD
SA
PN
PG
PD
PA
/–
–
/
–
( )
( )
Parsing
Inflected
Person /
Case
Number
Tense /
Gender
Voice
Mood
Lexical
Form
Parsing
Code
Inflected
Meaning
FSD
to a flesh
BC
•
Dative
Singular
Feminine
None
None
HC
•
Accusative
Plural
Feminine
None
None
FPA
all
DC
•–
Nominative
or
Accusative
Singular
Neuter
None
None
NSNa
body
Dative
Plural
Feminine
None
None
FPD
to flesh
Nominative
or
Accusative
Plural
Neuter
None
None
NPNa
spirits
Accusative
Singular
Masculine
None
None
MSA
one
Dative
Plural
Masculine
or Neuter
None
None
MnPD
to all
Nominative
Plural
Feminine
None
None
FPN
Accusative
Plural
Masculine
or
Feminine
flesh
(plural)
None
None
MfPA
who?
Accusative
Singular
Masculine
None
None
MSA
no one
-•
IC
•
JC
KC
?•
•
LC
•
MC
NC
BOC
•
%+
•
-
-
>
-
%+
Warm-up
.
(
MPN all) • )
All are going to him.
.
+ ( G through) •
Through my name
'.
)
(FSA the flesh) •
The flesh of the Son of Man
(PMpdI3P they are going) •
(NSNa the name) •
(
A to) •
%
(MSA him).
(my)
(MSG of the son) •
171
% ,
(MSG of the man)
172
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
+.
% ( A in) • )
(NSNa name) •
In name of prophet
In the name of a prophet
.
" % (not) •
( G concerning) •
Not concerning all I am saying.
I am not talking about everyone
*.
.
(MfPA some) • %- (
Some from them
G from) •
(
(MSG of prophet)
(MnPG all) • …
%
' (PAI1S I am saying).
(MfnPG them)
%+ (NSNa nothing) • %
. (PMpdI2S you are answering) •
(PAI3P they are saying)V
Nothing you are answering what these are saying?
You are answering nothing? What are they saying?
(NSNa what?) •
>
(MPN these) •
'
Translation
1.
(NPNa all things) • + (and/but) •
(PAI1S I am doing) • +
the gospel).
All things but I am doing on account of the gospel.
I am doing all things on account of the Gospel.
2.
( G concerning) •
) ' (IAI3S he/she/it was saying) •
the body) • %
(MnSG his).
He was speaking concerning the temple of his body.
3.
(NSNa spirit) •
(FSA flesh) •
having).
Spirit flesh and bones not it is having.
A spirit does not have flesh and bones.
4.
' '
(NSNa that which has been born) • % ( G from) •
(FSG the flesh) •
- (FSN flesh) •
(and) • ' '
(NSNa that which has been born) • % ( G from) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is), •
(NSG the spirit) •
(NSNa spirit) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is).
That which has been born from the flesh flesh is, and that which has been born from the spirit spirit is.
That which has been born from the flesh is flesh, and that which has been born from the spirit is spirit.
(and) • %
(
A on account of) •
% ''
(NSG the temple) •
(NPNa bones) •
% (not) • )
(NSNa
(NSG of
(PAI3S he/she/it is
%
5.
(he/she/it has reconciled) • % ( D in) • .
(NSD the body) •
• %
(MnSG his) • + ( G through) •
,
(MSG the death).
He has reconciled in the body of the flesh his through the death.
He has reconciled in the body of his flesh through death.
6.
(NSNa why?) • (SA me) • ' (PAI2S you are saying) • %' , (MSA / NSNa good) V •
'% , (MSN good) • %
(except) • > (MSN one) • ,
(MSN the god).
Why me you are saying good? No one good except one the god.
Why are you calling me good? No one is good except one, namely God.
7.
% (not) • %
(PAI2P you are) • % ( D in) •
(FSD flesh) • %
(but) • % ( D in) •
(NSD spirit)
, • ) (if) •
(NSNa spirit) • ,
(MSG of god) • %
(he/she/it dwells) • % ( D in) •
(PD you). • %
(if) • + (but) •
(MfSN anyone) •
(NSNa spirit) •
(MSG of Christ) • % (not) • ) (PAI3S
he/she/it has), • > (MSN this) • % (not) • )
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • %
(MnSG his).
Not you are in flesh but in spirit, if spirit of god dwells in you. If but anyone spirit of Christ not has, this not is his.
You are not in the flesh but in the spirit, if the Spirit of God dwells in you. But if anyone does not have the Spirit of
Christ, that person is not his.
%
(FSG of the flesh)
-
%+
(MSN no one) •
Exercise 10 – Track 2: Third Declension
173
8.
) ' (IAI1S/3P they were saying) • A (therefore) • % ( G from) •
<
(MPG the Pharisees) •
T
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • > (MSN this) •
( G from) • ,
(MSG god) • … ?
(MfPN some) • % (not) • )
(that/because) •
(NSNa the Sabbath) • % (not) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is keeping).
They were saying therefore from the Pharisees some not he is this from god … because the Sabbath not he is
keeping.
Therefore some from the Pharisees were saying, “This person is not from God… because he is not keeping the
Sabbath.”
9.
( %'
MPN beloved – substantival), •
(not) •
(every) •
(
NSD spirit) •
(believe!) • %
(but) • +
* (test!) •
(
NPNa the spirits) • % (if) • % ( G
(
PAI3S he/she/it is), • ? (because) •
(
MPN many) •
from) •
,
(MSG the god) • %
0 +
(
(0 +
(
MPN false prophets) • %,
(they have gone out) • % ( A into) •
(
MSA the word). • % ( D in) •
. ( > MnSD this) • '
(PAI2P you are knowing) •
(NSNa the spirit) •
,
(MSG of the god)˙ •
(
Every) •
(NSNa spirit) • P ( ? NSNa
(
- FSD
that) •
' (he/she/it confesses that) •
(MSA Jesus Christ) • % ( D in) •
flesh) • %
,
(he/she/it has come) • % ( G from) •
,
(MSG the god) • %
( % PAI3S he/she/it is), •
(and) •
(
NSNa every) •
(NSNa spirit) • P ( ? NSNa which) •
(not) •
' (confesses) •
%
(MSA the Jesus) • % ( G from) •
,
(MSG the god) • % (not) • )
( % PAI3S he/she/it is) •
%
( %
MSG
(and) •
(this) • %
( % PAI3S he/she/it is) • ( NSNa the)1 •
of the antichrist), • P ( P NSNa which) • %
(you have heard) • ? (that) • )
(he/she/it is coming), •
(and) •
(now) • % ( D in) • .
.(
MSD the world) • %
( % PAI3S he/she/it is) • )+
(already).
Beloved, not every spirit believe, but test the spirits if from the god it is.… In this you know the spirit of the god:
every spirit that confesses that Jesus Christ in flesh has come from the god is, and every spirit which does not
confess the Jesus from the god not is: and this is the of the antichrist, which you have heard that it is coming, and
now in the world is already.
Beloved, do not believe every spirit, but test the spirits to discern if they are from God… In this you know the spirit
of God: Every spirit that confesses that Jesus Christ has come in the flesh is from God, and every spirit which does
not confess that Jesus is from God, is not; and this is the spirit of the Antichrist, about whom you have heard that he
is coming, and he is now already in the world.
10.
(MfSN who) • A (PAI2S you are), •
A+ (1S I know) • (you) •
god).
I know you who you are, the holy of the god.
I know who you are—the Holy One of God.
'
?'
(MSN the holy) •
,
(MSG of the
Additional
11.
(MPN all) •
(MPN the believers) •
( D with) • .
. (MSD the lord) •
they are walking) • + ( A on account of) •
,
(MSA the death) •
(MSG of the son) •
(MSG of the god).
All the believers with the lord are walking on account of the death of the son of the god.
All the believers are walking with the Lord on account of the death of the Son of God.
12.
(MSN the) • + (and/but) • ,
(MSN god) • A+ (3S he/she/it knows) •
%
(NPNa the names) •
'
(MfnSG of the saints) •
(and) •
(PAI3S he is calling) •
%'
(MPA the beloved) •
(MnSG his) • % ( A into) •
(FSA the kingdom) •
(MSG of the Christ).
The but god knows the names of the saints and is calling the beloved his into the kingdom of the Christ.
But God knows the names of the saints and is calling his beloved ones into the Kingdom of Christ.
1
(PAI3P
,
%
The word that this article modifies has been omitted. Since the word would match the article in gender, number, and
case, the word that has been omitted is NSNa. The neuter singular word that fits the context is
(“spirit”).
174
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
13.
(MSN the) • ' (for) •
(MSN one who speaks) • '
. (FSD in tongue) • % (not) • % ,
(MPD to
(but) • , . (MSD to god)T • %+ (MSN no one) • ' (for) •
people) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is speaking) • %
%
(PAI3S he/she/it is hearing), •
(NSD to spirit) • + (and/but) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is speaking) •
(NPNa mysteries).
The for one who speaks in tongue not to people is speaking but to god; no one for is hearing, to spirit and is
speaking mysteries.
For the one who speaks in a tongue is not speaking to people but to God; for no one understands, and by spirit he is
speaking mysteries.
14.
(NSNa this) •
(now) • …
Now this… is flesh from my flesh
(and) •
15. '% (SN I) •
I and the father one we are.
I and the Father are one.
- (FSN flesh) • % (
G from) •
(MSN the father) • ? (NSNa one) • %
(FSG flesh) •
(SG my).
(PAI1P we are).
16.
)+
(1P we know) • ? (that/because) •
We know that you know all things.
17.
(MnPD to the) •
(MnPD to all) • ' '
To the all I have become all.
To everyone I have become all things.
18.
' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • % . (MnSD to him) • E (MSN the)F •
(MSN Jesus) T • %' (SN I) • %
(PAI1S I am) •
+ (FSN the way) •
(and) •
% ,
(FSN the truth) •
(and) • * (FSN the life)T •
%+ (MSN no one) • )
(PMpdI3S he/she/it comes) •
( A to) •
(MSA the father) • %
(except) • + ( G through) • %
(SG! me).
He is saying to him EtheF Jesus, “I am the way and the truth and the life; no one comes to the father except through
me.”
Jesus is saying to him, “I am the way and the truth and the life; no one comes to the father except through me.”
19.
%
(no longer) • ' (PAI1S I am saying) •
(you) • +
(MPA slaves), • ? (because) • +
(MSN the slave) • % (not) • A+ (3S he/she/it knows) • (NSNa what) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is doing) •
(MnSG his) •
(MSN lord).
No longer I am calling you slaves, because the slave not what is doing his the lord.
No longer am I calling you slaves, because a slave does not know what his lord is doing.
20.
A+
(2S you know) •
(NPNa all).
(I have become) •
(NPNa all).
%
(MSN the Pilate)T • (NSNa what?) • %
' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • % . (MnSD to him) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • % ,
(FSN truth)V • …
(and) • ' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • %
(MnPD to
them)T • %' (SN I) • %+
(FSA nothing) •
(PAI1S I am finding) • % ( D in) • % . (MnSD him) •
%
(FSA guilt).
He is saying to him the Pilate, “What is truth?”… And he is saying to them, “I nothing am finding in him guilt.”
Pilate says to him, “What is truth?”… And he says to them, “I find no guilt in him.”
Exercise 11 – Track 2
First and Second Person Personal Pronouns
Parsing
Inflected
Person /
Case
Number
Tense /
Gender
Voice
Mood
BC
Dative
Singular
None
None
None
HC
Genitive
Plural
None
None
None
DC
Nominative
Plural
None
None
None
Accusative
Singular
Feminine
None
None
JC
Accusative
Singular
None
None
None
SA
KC
Accusative
Plural
Feminine
None
None
FPA
you
(singular)
graces
LC
Accusative
Plural
None
None
None
PA
us
MC
Genitive
Singular
Feminine
None
None
FSG
of faith
NC
Dative
Plural
None
None
None
PD
BOC
Genitive
Singular
Masculine
None
None
MSG
IC
%
+
Lexical
Form
Parsing
Code
SD
%'
PG
PN
FSA
%
%'
Warm-up
.
% (not) • A+ (TAI1S I know) •
Not I know you.
I do not know you.
(PA you).
.
(SN you) • ) . (PMpdI2S you are coming) •
You are coming to me?
Are you coming to me?
'.
)
(PAI2P you are having) •
You are having faith?
Do you have faith?
+.
% ( D in) • . %
(NSD the name) •
In the name of my father.
.
+ ( G through) •
(FSG faith) • '
Through faith for we are walking.
For we are walking by faith.
*.
.
A to) •
(SA me)V
(FSA faith)V
(PN you) • %
(PAI2P you are) •
You are the light of the world.
%+ (NSNa nothing) • %
Nothing you are answering?
Are you answering nothing?
(
(MSG of the father) •
(for) •
(
(SG my)
(PAI1P we are walking).
(NSNa the light) •
. (PMpdI2S you are answering)V
175
(MSG of the world).
Inflected
Meaning
to you
(singular)
our
you
(plural)
hope
to you
(plural)
of father
176
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
Translation
1.
%
, (API3S he/she/it answered) •
(MSN Thomas) •
(and) • A
(he/she/it said) •
him)T •
(MSN the lord) •
(SG my) •
(and) • ,
(MSN the god) •
(SG my).
Answered Thomas and said to him, “The lord my and the god my.”
Thomas answered and said to him, “My lord and my God!”
2.
(MSN Paul) • %
(MSN apostle) •
(MSG of Christ Jesus) •
( A according to) •
(MSG of god) •
(MSN savior) •
(PG our) •
(and) •
(FSA command) • ,
(MSG Christ Jesus) •
% + (FSG the hope) •
(PG our).
Paul apostle of Christ Jesus according to command of god savior our and Christ Jesus the hope our.
Paul, an apostle of Christ Jesus, according to the command of God our savior and Christ Jesus our hope.
%
%
. (MnSD to
'
3.
(MSN Paul) •
(and) • :
(MSN Silvanus) •
(and) • ; ,
(MSN Timothy) • . %
.
(FSD to the church) •
(MPG of Thessalonians) • % ( D in) • , . (MSD god) •
(MSD father) •
(and) •
. (MSD lord) •
. (MSD Jesus Christ).
(PG our) •
Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church of Thessalonians in god father our and lord Jesus Christ.
Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, to the church of the Thessalonians, in God our Father, and the Lord Jesus Christ.
4.
' (PAI1S I am saying) • + (and/but) •
(PD to you) • ? (that/because) • %+ (and not) • :
(MSN
Solomon) • % ( D in) •
. (FSD all) • . + - . (FSD the glory) • %
(MnSG his) •
(he/she/it was
clothed) •
(as) • P (NSNa one) •
(of these).
I am saying and to you that and not Solomon in all the glory his was clothed as one of these.
I am saying to you that not even Solomon in all his glory was clothed as one of these.
5.
% (not) •
) ' (NSNa the work) •
(MSD lord)V
Not the work my you are in lord?
Are you not my work in the Lord?
6.
, (reward) • % (not) • )
(PAI2P you are having) •
( D in the presence of) •
father) •
(PG your) • . (MnSD the) • % ( D in) •
%
(MPD the heavens).
Reward not you are having in the presence of the father your the in the heavens.
You do not have a reward in the presence of your father in heaven.
7.
(FSG faith) • %
(FSA peace)
3
,
(having been justified) • A (therefore) • % ( G from) •
• )
(PAI1P we are having) •
( A with) •
,
(MSA the god) • + ( G through) •
(MSG
of the lord) •
(PG our) •
(MSG Jesus Christ).
Having been justified therefore from faith peace we are having with the god through the lord our Jesus Christ.
Therefore, having been justified by faith, we are having peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ.
8.
(PAI2P you are doing) •
) ' (NPNa the works) •
(MSG of the father) •
(PG your). •
A
(they said) • E A (then)F • % . (MnSD to him)… • ? (MSA one) •
(MSA father) • )
(PAI1P we
have) •
,
(MSA the god).
You are doing the works of the father your. They said EthenF to him… one father we have the god.
“You are doing the works of your father.” EThenF they said to him… we have one father, namely God.
9.
(and) •
, (I may be found) • % ( D in) • % . (MnSD him), •
(not) • ) (having) • %
( %
FSA
my) • +
(FSA righteousness) •
(FSA the) • % ( G from) •
(MSG law) • %
(but) •
(FSA
the) • + ( G through) •
(FSG faith) •
(MSG of Christ), •
(FSA the) • % ( G from) • ,
(MSG god) • +
(FSA righteousness) • % ( D on the basis of) • .
(FSD the faith).
And I may be found in him, not having my righteousness the from law but the through faith of Christ, the from god
righteousness on the basis of the faith.
And I may be found in him, not having my own righteousness, the righteousness from the law, but instead having the
righteousness that comes through faith in Christ, the righteousness from God on the basis of faith.
(SG my) •
(PN you) • %
(PAI2P you are) • % (
.
D in) •
.
(MSD the
Exercise 11 – Track 2: First and Second Person Personal Pronouns
177
10. %+
(behold!) •
(FSN the mother) •
( SG your) •
(and) •
%+ ( (MPN the brothers) •
(
(and) •
%+ ( ( %+ ( FPN the sisters) •
( SG your)F • )- (outside) • *
(they
seek) • ( SA you). •
(and) • %
, (answering) • %
( %
MnPD them) • ' (he/she/it says): •
(MSN who?) • %
( % PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(FSN the mother) •
( %' SG my) •
(and) •
%+ ( (MPN the brothers) • E
( %' SG my)F; • … )+ (behold!) •
(FSN the mother) •
( %' SG my) •
( %' SG my). • P (MSN who) • E' (for) F • @ (-ever) •
/
(and) •
%+ ( (MPN the brothers) •
(he/she/it does) • ,
(NSNa the will) •
,
(MSG of the god), • > (MSN this) • %+ ( (MSN brother)
•
( %' SG my) •
(and) • %+ ( (FSN sister) •
(and) •
(FSN mother) • %
( % PAI3S he/she/it
is).
“Behold, the mother your and the brothers your Eand the sisters yourF outside they seek you.” And answering them
he says, “Who is the mother my and the brothers my? … Behold, the mother my and the brothers my. Who
EforF -ever does the will of the god, this one brother my and sister and mother is.”
“Behold, your mother and your brothers Eand your sistersF seek you outside.” And answering them, he says, “Who
are my mother and my brothers? … Behold my mother and my brothers! EForF whoever does the will of God is my
brother and sister and mother.”
SG your) • E
Additional
11.
? (that/because) •
(MSN the father) •
(and) •
(FSN the mother) •
(PG our) •
(PA us)
• '%
(PAI3P they are loving), • +
, (PMpdI1P we are able) •
(FSA joy) • % ( D in) •
+
(FPD the hearts) •
(PG our) • %
(to find).
Because the father and the mother our us are loving, we are able joy in the hearts our to find.
Because our father and our mother are loving, we are able to find joy in our hearts.
12. % ( D on) • .
. (FSD the day) •
% +
(MPN the men) •
(PMpdI3P they are going) •
( A to) •
(MPA the place) •
) ' (NSG of the work) •
(and) • % ( D on) • .
(FSD the
night) • )
(PMpdI3P they are coming) • % ( A into) •
)
(MPA the houses) • %
(MfnPG
their).
On the day, the men are going to the place of the work and on the night they are coming into the houses their.
In the day, the men go to the workplace, and in the night they come into their houses.
13. ;
(Honor!) •
(MSA the father) •
your).
Honor your father and your mother.
(SG your) •
(and) •
(FSA the mother) •
(SG
14. " % (not) •
(MSN every) •
' (MSN the one who says) •
(SD to me)T •
(MSV lord) •
(MSV
(FSA the kingdom) •
%
lord), • %
(he/she/it will enter) • % ( A into/in) •
(MPG of the heavens), • % (but) •
(the one who is doing) • ,
(NSNa the will) •
(MSG
of the father) •
(SG my) •
(MnSG the) • % ( D in) •
%
(MPD the heavens).
Not every the one who says to me, “Lord, lord,” will enter into the kingdom of the heavens, but the one who is doing
the will of the father my the in the heavens.
Not everyone who says to me, “Lord, lord,” will enter into the Kingdom of Heaven, but only the one who does the
will of my father in Heaven.
15.
> (MSN one) • ' (for) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(PG your) • + +
(MSN the teacher), •
(MPN all) • + (and/but) •
(PN you) • %+ ( (MPN brothers) • %
(PAI2P you are).
One for is your the teacher, all and you brothers you are.
For one is your teacher, and all of you are brothers.
178
16.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
%
, (API3S he/she/it answered) • %
(MnPD to them) •
(MSN the Jesus)T • A
(I told) •
(and) • % (not) •
(PAI2P you are believing). •
) ' (NPNa the works) • ?(that) • %'
(PD you) •
(SN I) •
(PAI1S I am doing) • % ( D in) • . %
(NSD the name) •
(MSG of the father) •
(SG my) •
(NPNa these) •
(PAI3S he/she/it testifies)1 •
( G concerning) • %
( %' SG! me /
%
MnSG my). • %
(but) •
(PN you) • % (not) •
(PAI2P you are believing), • ? (because) •
(NPG the sheep) •
%
( %
MnPG of the
% (not) • %
(PAI2P you are) • % ( G from) •
mine).
Jesus answered them, “I told you, and you do not believe. The works that I am doing in the name of my father, these
testify concerning me. But you do not believe because you are not from my sheep.”
17. ! %
(PAI1S I am giving thanks) • . , . (MSD to the god) •
(SG my) • … %
(because I hear of) •
(SG your) •
%'
(MSA the love) •
(and) •
(FSA the faith), • P (which) • ) (PAI2S you
are having) •
( A to) •
(MSA the lord) •
(MSA Jesus) •
(and) • % ( A into/in) •
(MPA all) •
'
(MPA the saints).
I am giving thanks to the god my… because I hear of your the love and the faith, which you are having to the lord
Jesus and into all the saints.
I am giving thanks to my God… because I hear of your love and faith, which you have toward the Lord Jesus and to
all the saints.
18.
(NPNa all) •
(SD to me) •
+ , (they were given) •
( G by) •
(MSG of the father) •
(SG my), •
(and) • %+ (MSN no one) • % '
(PAI3S he/she/it knows) •
(MSA the son) • %
(except) •
(MSN the father), • %+ (and not) •
(MSA the father) •
(MfSN anyone) •
% '
(PAI3S he/she/it knows) • %
(except) •
(MSN the son).
All to me were given by the father my, and no one knows the son except the father, and not the father anyone knows
except the son.
Everything was given to me by my father, and no one knows the Son except the Father, and no one knows the Father
except the Son.
19.
(and) • %
(IAI3S he/she/it was asking) • %
(MSA him)T • (NSNa what?) • )
(NSNa name) •
(SD to you)V •
(and) • ' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • % . (MnSD to him)T • 6 '
(MSN Legion) • )
(NSNa name) •
(SD to me), • ? (because) •
(MPN many) • %
(PAI1P we are).
And he was asking him, “What name to you?” And he was saying to him, “Legion name to me, because many we
are.”
And he was asking him, “What is your name?” And he was saying to him, “Legion is my name because we are
many.”
20.
(five) • ' (for) • ) +
(MPA husbands) • )
(you have had) •
(and) •
(now) • P (MSA whom) •
) (PAI2S you are having) • % (not) • )
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(SG your) • %
(MSA husband).
Five for husbands you had and now whom you are having not is your husband.
For you have had five husbands, and the one whom you now have is not your husband.
English to Greek
1. to me =
2. our =
3. us =
( %' SD), %
( %' PG)
6. to you (plural) =
( PD)
7. I = %' ( %' SN)
8. your =
( SG),
( SG!),
( PG)
( %' PA)
4. you =
( SN), (
PN),
( PA)
5. my =
( %' SG), %
1
( %' SD!)
SA),
(
( %' SG!)
SA!),
(
9. we =
( %' PN)
10. you (plural) =
(
PN),
(
PA)
The subject (
) ' ) is neuter plural, but the verb (
) is singular. This implies that the subject is being thought
of as a unit rather than as many different items. Jesus is claiming that his works, considered as a set, witness about him.
In other words, Jesus is not claiming that one individual work that he did, considered in isolation, witnessed about who
he is. What he is claiming here is that the pattern of his works, considered as a set, witnessed as to who he is.
Exercise 12 – Track 2
%
Parsing
Inflected
Case
Number
Gender
BC
%
Nominative or
Accusative
Singular
Neuter
HC
%
Genitive
Singular
Dative
Singular
Masculine
or Neuter
None
Accusative
Singular
Feminine
(2x)
Genitive
Singular
.
Dative
Singular
Dative
Plural
None
Masculine
or Neuter
Masculine
or Neuter
None
Genitive
Singular
Masculine
Genitive
Singular
Feminine
Genitive
Plural
None
DC
IC
JC
%
%
KC
%
LC
MC
NC
,
%
BOC
Lexical
Form
%
%
%
%'
%
%
%'
,
%
Parsing Code
Inflected Meaning
NSNa
it, same, itself
MnSG
of himself, of itself
SD
to you
FSA
her, same
SG!
my
MnSG
my
MnSD
to him/to it, same
PD
to us (plural)
MSG
of death
FSG
of her, same
PG
your
Warm-up
.
%
(MSN he) • %
He is Elijah.
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
.
%' (SN I) • + (and/but) •
And I know her.
A+ (I know) •
'.
(and) • %
(MSN he) • %
And he asked them.
+.
% (FSN the same) •
The same flesh
.
*.
1
%
(MSN Elijah).
(FSA her).
(PAI3S he/she/it asked) •
%
(MPA them).
- (FSN flesh)
% ( D in) • % . (FSD itself / same)1 • . ? . (FSD hour)
In the hour itself
OR
In the same hour
++
(MSN the teacher) •
%
(MnSG his).
The teacher their is disciple his.
Their teacher is his disciple.
%
(MfnPG their) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
,
(MSN disciple) •
This is unusual. % . is in the predicate position, which usually indicates that it is acting as an adjectival intensive. But
an adjectival intensive translation (“the hour itself”) probably would not fit many contexts, so we have also given the
identical adjective translation (“the same hour”).
179
180
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
%
(MSN himself/same) • 3 + (MSN David) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) • % (
(NSD to the spirit) • . ' . (MnSD to the holy).
Himself/Same David said in the spirit the holy.
David himself said in the Holy Spirit. OR2
The same David said in the Holy Spirit.
D in) •
.
Translation
1.
(and) • %, (immediately) • '
(PAI3P they are speaking) •
concerning) • %
(FSG her).
And immediately they are speaking to him concerning her.
2.
(and) • ' (PAI3S he/she/it says) • %
you are seeking)V
And he says to them, “Who are you seeking?”
(MnPD to them)T •
OR
%
. (MnSD to him) •
(
G
(MSA/NPNa what/who?) • *
(PAI2P
And he says to them, “What are you seeking?”
3.
(and) • ' (for) •
(PAI2P you are doing) •
+% (
(MPA the brothers).
And for you are doing it in all the brothers.
For you are doing it to all the brothers.
4.
(MSN disciple) •
(
% (not) • )
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • ,
teacher) • %+ (and not) • +
(MSN slave) •
( A above) •
Not is disciple above the teacher and not slave above the lord his.
A disciple is not above the teacher, and a slave is not above his lord.
%
(NSNa it) • % (
A into/in) •
(MPA all) •
A above) •
++
(MSA the lord) •
%
(MSA the
(MnSG his).
5.
% (not) •
(FSN all) •
- (FSN flesh) •
Not all flesh the same flesh.
Not all flesh is the same flesh.
6.
'
(PAI3P they are saying) • A (then) • . ( . (MSD to the blind) •
(again)T • (NSNa what?) •
(SN you) • ' (PAI2S you are saying) •
( G concerning) • %
(MnSG him), • ? (because) • %
.(he/she/it opened) •
(SG your) •
%(,
(MPA the eyes)V • (MSN the) • + (and/but) • A
(he/she/it
said) • ? (that) •
(
(MSN prophet) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is).
They are saying therefore to the blind again, “What you are saying concerning him, because he opened your the
eyes?” He and said that prophet he is.
Then they are saying to the blind man again, “What do you say about him, since he opened your eyes?” And he
said, “He is a prophet.”
7.
% (NSNa itself) •
(NSNa the spirit) •
(he/she/it witnesses with) • .
spirit) •
(PG our) • ? (that/because) • %
(PAI1P we are) •
(NPNa children) • ,
Itself the spirit witnesses with the spirit our that we are children of god.
The Spirit itself witnesses with our spirit that we are children of God.
8.
(NPNa the) • % (NPNa same) • ' (for) • %
(IAI1S/3P they were doing) •
prophets) •
(MPN the fathers) • %
(MfnPG their).
The same for they were doing to the prophets the fathers their.
For their fathers were doing the same thing to the prophets.
9.
(MSN himself) • + (and/but) •
(MSN Jesus) •
%
(MSA him) • %
(MnPD to them).
Himself but Jesus not was entrusting him to them.
But Jesus himself was not entrusting himself to them.
2
%
%
- (FSN the same flesh).
% (not) • %
(NSD to the
(MSG of god).
(
(MPD to the
(IAI3S he/she/it was entrusting) •
Both of these are possible, particularly since there is no article. The fact that %
is in the nominative case makes
“himself” more likely, but you will ultimately need to decide between them based on the context.
Exercise 12 – Track 2:
10.
181
%
(and) •
(MPN many) • A , (they came) •
( A to) • %
(MSA him) •
(and) • ) '
(MSN John) •
(on the one hand) •
(NSNa sign) •
(IAI1S/3P they were saying) • ? (that) •
%
(he/she/it did) • %+ (NSNa nothing), •
(NPNa all) • + (and/but) • ? (NPNa as much as) • A
(he/she/it said) •
(MSN John) •
( G concerning) •
(MnSG this) • % , (true) • A (IAI3S
he/she/it was true).
And many came to him and were saying that John on the one hand sign he did nothing, all but as much as he said
John concerning this true it was.
And many came to him and were saying that John, on the one hand, did no signs, but everything John said
concerning this man was true.
Additional
11.
(MSN good) • + +
(MSN teacher) •
%
,
(MPD to the same disciples) • %
(PMpdI3S he/she/it answered) • ) (that) • + (it is necessary) • %
(MnPD to them) •
) ' (NSNa the work)
(to do).
• %
(MfnPG their) •
Good teacher to the same disciples answered that it is necessary to them the work their to do.
The good teacher answered the same disciples that it is necessary for them to do their work.
12.
% (if) • % (not) •
(NPNa the garment) • % ( D on) • .
the king) •
(PAI1S I am seeing), • % (PAI1S I am) •
If not the garment on the body of the king I am seeing, I am evil?
If I don’t see the garment on the king’s body, am I evil?
13.
%
(he/she/it went up) • + (and/but) •
(MSN Abraham) • %- ( G from) • %'
(FSG Egypt), • %
(and) • '
(FSN the wife) • %
(MnSG his) •
(and) •
(NPNa all) • (NPNa the) •
(MSN he) •
%
(MnSG his) •
(and) • 6 (MSN Lot) •
( G with) • %
(MnSG him) • % ( A into/in) •
)
(FSA the desert).
Went up and Abraham from Egypt, he and the wife his and all the his and Lot with him into the desert.
And Abraham went up from Egypt into the desert, he, his wife, all that is his, and Lot with him.
(NSD the body) •
(MSN evil)V
14. +
(they have continued) •
(FPA all) •
(FPA the days) •
(MfnPG their) • % ( D in) • . % . (
(FSD the same way of thinking).
They have continued all the days of the life their in the same way of thinking.
They have continued all the days of their life in the same mindset.
*
(MSG of
(FSG of the life) •
%
15.
(SD to me) • A
(he/she/it said)T • %+ ( (FSN sister) •
(SG my) • %
% (not) • %
(MSN he) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is), •
(and) • % (FSN she) •
(SD to me) • A
(he/she/it said)T • %+ ( (MSN brother) •
(SG my) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is)V
Not he to me said, “Sister my is,” and she to me said, “Brother my is”?
Did he not say to me, “She is my sister,” and she said to me, “He is my brother”?
16.
(MSN Jesus Christ) • % , (yesterday) •
(and) •
(and) • % ( A into/in) •
%
(MPA the eternity).
Jesus Christ yesterday and today the same and into the eternity.
Jesus Christ is the same yesterday, today, and forever.
17.
(PAI1S I exhort) • + (and/but) •
(MPA you), • %+ ( (MPN brothers), • + ( G through) •
%
(NSG the body) •
(MSG of the lord) •
(PG our) •
(MSG Jesus Christ), • ?
(that) •
% (NSNa the same) • '
(you might say) •
(MPN all).
I exhort and you, brothers, through the body of the lord our Jesus Christ, that the same you might say all.
And I exhort you, brothers, through the body of our Lord Jesus Christ, that you all say the same thing.
(today) •
%
(MSN the same) •
182
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
18. 3
(+
FPN varieties) • + (and) •
(
NPG of gifts) • %
( % 3P they are), •
(NSNa spirit)˙ •
(and) • +
(+
FPN varieties)
(NSNa the) • + (but) • % (NSNa same) •
•+
(+
FPG of ministries) • %
( % 3P they are), •
(and) •
%
(MSN the same
lord)˙ •
(and) • +
(+
FPN varieties) • %
'
( % ' NPG of workings) • %
( % 3P
they are), • +
%
,
(MSN the but same god) • % ' (MSN the one who works) •
(NPNa the all)
(MnPD all).3
• % ( D in) •
Varieties and of gifts are, the but same spirit; and varieties of ministries are, and the same lord; and varieties of
workings are, the but same god, the one who works the all in all.
And there are varieties of gifts, but the same Spirit; and there are varieties of ministries, and the same Lord; and
there are varieties of workings, but the same God, the one who works everything in everyone.
19.
(MSA the law) •
%
(FPG of the commandments) • % ( D in) • + '
(NPD ordinances) •
'
(he has abolished), • ? (in order that) •
+ (MPA the two) •
. (he might create) • % ( D in)
• % . (MnSD him) • % ( A into/in) • ? (MSA one) •
(MSA new) • ) ,
(MSA man) •
(thus
making) • %
(FSA peace).
The law of the commandments in ordinances he has abolished, in order that the two he might create in him into one
new man thus making peace.
He has abolished the law of commandments in ordinances, in order that he might make the two in one new man in
him, thus making peace.
20.
%
(MSN himself) • + (and/but) •
(MSN the lord) •
(PG our) •
(MSN Jesus Christ)
•
(and) • E (MSN the)F • ,
(MSN god) •
(MSN father) •
(PG our) •
%'
(MSN the one who
(and) • +
(one who gave) •
(FSA comfort) • %
(FSA eternal) •
loved) •
(PA us) •
(and) • % + (FSA hope) • %' , (FSA good) • % ( D in) •
(FSD grace), •
(may he
comfort) •
(PG your) •
+
(FPA the hearts) •
(and) •
- (may he strengthen) • % ( D in) •
(MnSD every) • ) ' . (NSD work) •
(and) • ' . (MSD word) • %' , . (MnSD good).
Himself and the lord our Jesus Christ and EtheF god the father our the one who loved us and one who gave comfort
eternal and hope good in grace, may he comfort your the hearts and may he strengthen in every work and word
good.
And may our Lord Jesus Christ himself and God our father, the one who loved us and gave us eternal comfort and
good hope in grace, may he comfort your hearts and strengthen you in every good work and word.
English to Greek
21. him
22. its
(MSA)
%
4
(MnSG)
%
23. to them
(MnPD), or
(FPD)
%
%
24. their
25. her (possessive)
(MfnPG)
%
(FSG)
%
26. his
(MnSG)
27. to it
%
. (MnSD)
28. she
%
(FSN)
29. they
%
(MPN),
(FPN), or
(NPNa)
%
%
%
30. he
3
4
%
(MSN)
is masculine rather than neuter because it refers to people.
In English, “its” means “belonging to it,” whereas “it’s” is a contraction of “it is.”
Exercise 13 – Track 2
Demonstratives
Parsing
Inflected
Case
Number
BC
Genitive
Plural
Nominative
Singular
Masculine
or Feminine
or Neuter
Feminine
Accusative
Singular
None
Accusative
Plural
Feminine
Dative
Singular
Masculine or Neuter
HC
%
DC
IC
%
JC
Gender
Lexical Form
Parsing Code
Inflected Meaning
>
MfnPG
of these
%
FSN
she, same, herself
SA
me
FPA
those
MnSD
to one
NPNa
these
NSNa
that
%'
%
>
Nominative
or Accusative
Nominative
or Accusative
Nominative
Plural
Neuter
Singular
Neuter
Singular
Feminine
>
FSN
this
NC
Genitive
Singular
Masculine or Neuter
>
MnSG
of this
BOC
Accusative
Plural
None
PA
us
KC
LC
MC
%
?
>
%
%'
Warm-up
.
% (not) • A+ (I know) •
Not I know the man this.
I do not know this man.
.
% (not) • )+
(you know) •
Not you know the parable this?
Don’t you know this parable?
),
(MSA the man) •
(
>
(FSA the parable) •
'.
( (NSNa the light) •
(MSG of the world) •
seeing).
The light of the world this he is seeing.
He is seeing the light of this world.
+.
? ( > FSN this) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
my).
This is the commandment the my.
This is my commandment.
%
.
% (not) • A (IAI3S he/she/it was) • %
Not was that the light.
He was not the light.
(MSN that) •
*.
)+
(MPNv Men), • (NSNa why?) •
Men, why these you are doing?
Men, why are you doing these things?
(NPNa these) •
183
(
MSA this).
(FSA this)V
>
MnSG of this) •
(FSN the commandment) •
(
(PAI3S he/she/it is
(FSN the) • %
(NSNa the light).
(PAI2P you are doing)V
( %
FSN
184
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
% ( D in) • + (and/but) •
In but the days those
But in those days
(FPD the days) • %
( %
FPD those)
Translation
1.
> (MSN this) •
),
(MSN the man) •
(MSN son) • ,
(MSG of god) • A (IAI3S he/she/it was).
This the man son of god was.
This man was a son of a god / the son of a god / a son of God / the Son of God.1
2.
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
? (FSN this) • %
(FSN commandment).
This is the great and first commandment.
This is the first and greatest commandment.
'
(FSN the great) •
(FSN first) • %
3.
(NPNa these) • )+
(2P you know), •
(you do) • % (NPNa them).
If these you know, blessed you are if you do them.
If you know these things, you are blessed if you do them.
4.
; (MfnPG of the) • + (and/but) • + +
(twelve) • %
names) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(NPNa these).
Of the but twelve apostles the names is these.
And the names of the twelve apostles are these.
5.
(MnSG of this) •
(PN you) • % ( G from) •
'% (SN I) • % (not) • % (PAI1S I am) • % ( G from) •
You from this the world you are, I not I am from the world this.
You are from this world, I am not from this world.
6.
+
(on account of this) •
(PN you) • % (not) • %
(PAI2P you are hearing), • ? (because) • %
( G from) •
,
(MSG of the god) • % (not) • %
(PAI2P you are).
On account of this you not are hearing, because from the god not you are.
For this reason you do not hear, because you are not from God.
7.
(he/she/it said) • + (and/but) •
(MSN the Peter)T •
(MSV lord), •
( A to) •
(FSA the parable) •
(FSA this) • ' (PAI2S you are saying) • @(FSN which) •
( A to) •
(MPA all)V
Said and the Peter, “Lord, to us the parable this you are saying or also to all?”
And Peter said, “Lord, are you saying this parable to us, or to everyone also?”
8.
A
(they said)T •
(SN you) • ,
(MSN disciple) • A (PAI2S you are) • %
(PAI1P we are) • ,
we) • + (and/but) •
7 W
(MSG of the Moses) • %
They said, “You disciple are of that, we but of the Moses we are disciples.”
They said, “You are his disciple, but we are disciples of Moses.”
9.
% (not) • )
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • > (MSN this) •
( G from) • ,
(MSG of god) •
),
(PAI3S he/she/it keeps).
the man), • ? (because) •
(NSNa the Sabbath) • % (not) •
Not is this from god the man, because the Sabbath not he keeps.
This man is not from God, because he does not keep the Sabbath.
10.
( G concerning) • + (and/but) •
(FSG the day) • %
(FSG that) • @(or) •
? (FSG the
hour) • %+ (MSN no one) • A+ (3S he/she/it knows), • %+ (neither) •
)''
(MPN the angels) • % ( D in)
• %
. (MSD heaven) • %+ (nor) •
(MSN the son), • %
(except) •
(MSN the father).
Concerning but the day that or the hour no one knows, neither the angels in heaven nor the son, except the father.
But concerning that day and that hour, no one knows, neither the angels in heaven nor the Son, but only the father.
1
% (if) •
(and) •
(MPN blessed) • %
(PAI2P you are) • %
(MPG of apostles) •
%
(MSG of the world) • %
(MSG of the world) •
(if) •
(NPNa the
(PAI2P you are), •
(MnSG this).
A
(MnSG of that), •
(MPN disciples).
(PA us) •
(also) •
(PN
(MSN
Because there are no articles, and because the speaker is a Roman soldier who had just witnessed the earthquake, the
darkness, and how Jesus behaved on the cross, one can make a case for several of these grammatical possibilities.
Exercise 13 – Track 2: Demonstratives
185
Additional
11. %
(if) • %'
(PAI1P we are loving) •
(MSA the lord), •
(PAI1P we are keeping) •
(FPA the commandments) •
(FPA these) • % (not) •
(MSA/NSNa only) • % ( D in) •
(NPD the Sabbaths) • %
(but) •
(also) • % ( D in) •
(MnPD all) •
(FPD the
days).
If we are loving the lord we are keeping the commandments these not only in the Sabbaths but also in all the days.
If we are loving the Lord, we are keeping these commandments not only on the Sabbaths but also on every day.
%
)+
(MPN the men) • *
(PAI3P they are seeking) •
12. %
(MPN those) •
• %
(MfnPG their) • % ( D in) • . %'
. (FSD the marketplace) •
'
Those the men are seeking the wives their in the marketplace of the great city.
Those men are seeking their wives in the marketplace of the big city.
'
(FPA the wives)
(FSG of the great city).
13.
(and) • A
( ' AAI3S he/she/it said) • + (MSN Adam)T •
(NSNa this) •
(now) • %
(NSNa
%
(NPG the bones) •
(SG my) •
(and) •
- (FSN flesh) • % ( G from) •
bone) • % ( G from) •
(FSG the flesh) •
(SG my)T • ? (FSN this) •
,
(he/she/it will be called) • '
(FSN
woman) • ? (because) • % ( G from) •
% +
(MSG the husband) • %
(FSG her) • %
(, (he/she/it was
taken) • ? (FSN this).
And said Adam, “This now bone from the bones my and flesh from the flesh my; this will be called woman because
from the husband her was taken this.”
And Adam said, “This now is bone from my bones and flesh from my flesh. She will be called ‘woman’ because she
was taken from her husband.”
14.
)
(NSNa the name) •
'
(and) • %
(he/she/it called) • + (MSN Adam) •
wife) • %
(MnSG his) • 4 (FSN life) • ? (because) • ? (FSN this) •
(FSN mother) •
of all) •
*
(MfnPG of the living).
And called Adam the name of the wife his life because this mother of all of the living.
And Adam called the name of his wife ‘Life’ because she was the mother of all of the living.
15.
(FPN women) • %
(they labored) • +
(FPN many) • '
the grace) •
,
(MSG of the god) • %
(MfnPG their).
Many women labored through the grace of the god their.
Many women labored through the grace of their God.
16.
FSN my) •
(FSN the kingdom) • (FSN the) • % ( %
from) •
(MSG of the world) •
(MnSG this).
The kingdom the my not is from the world this.
My kingdom is not from this world.
17.
(NSNa what?) •
(PAI1P we are doing) • ? (because) • > (MSN this) •
(NPNa many) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is doing) •
(NPNa signs)V
What we are doing because this the man many is doing signs?
What are we doing because this man is doing many signs?
18.
(now) • + (and/but) •
( A to) • (SA you) • )
(PMpdI1S I am going) •
these) •
(PAI1S I am speaking) • % ( D in) • .
. (MSD the world).
Now but to you I am going and these I am speaking in the world.
But now I am coming to you and am speaking these things in the world.
19.
' (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) •
( A to) • %
(MSA him) • '
(FSN the woman)T •
• + (give!) •
(SD to me) •
(NSNa this) •
?+ (NSNa the water).
Is saying to him the woman, “Lord, give to me this the water.”
The woman is saying to him, “Lord, give this water to me.”
(
% (not) • )
(FSG of the
(MfnPG
G through) •
(FSG
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • % (
G
(MSN the man) •
),
(and) •
(NPNa
(MSV lord),
186
20.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
(MSV father), •
(save!) • (SA me) • % ( G from) •
? (FSG the hour) •
( > FSG
? (FSA the hour) •
this); • %
(but) • +
(for this reason) • A , (I came) • % ( A into) •
( > FSA this). •
(MSV father), • + (glorify!) •
(SG your) •
)
(NSNa the name). … •
%
, (he/she/it answered) •
(MSN Jesus) •
(and) • A
(he/she/it said)˙ • % (not) • + ( A on
account of) • % ( %' SA! me) • (
(FSN the voice) • ? ( > FSN this) • ' '
(he/she/it came) • %
(PA you).
(but) • + ( A on account of) •
Father, save me from the hour this? But for this reason I came into the hour this. Father, glorify your the name.
Came …. Answered Jesus and said: not on account my the voice this came but on account your.
“‘Father, save me from this hour?’ But for this reason I came to this hour. Father, glorify your name!” … And
Jesus answered and said, “This voice did not come for my sake, but for yours.”
Exercise 14 – Track 2
Relative Pronouns
Parsing1
Inflected
Case
Number
Gender
BC
?
Nominative
or Accusative
Plural
Neuter
HC
.>
Dative
Singular
Genitive
Singular
DC
>
IC
?
JC
?
KC
Masculine
or Neuter
Masculine
or Neuter
NPNa
that
?
MnSD
to whom/to which
?
MnSG
of whom / of which
?
NSNa
which
Plural
Feminine
?
FPA
whom/which/that
Nominative
Singular
Feminine
FSN
the
Feminine
?
FSG
of whom/of which
?
MfnPG
of whom/of which
MPA
those
FSA
whom/which/that
Singular
MC
>
Genitive
Plural
Accusative
Plural
Masculine,
Feminine,
or Neuter
Masculine
Accusative
Singular
Feminine
?
?
Neuter
Genitive
BOC
Inflected Meaning
Singular
>
%
Parsing Code
Nominative
or Accusative
Accusative
LC
NC
Lexical Form
%
?
Warm-up
.
(NPNa the words) • P (NPNa which) • %' (SN I) •
The words which I am speaking
.
(PAI3P they are believing) • … .
he/she/it said) •
(MSN the Jesus).
They are believing … the word which Jesus said.
(PAI1S I am speaking)
' . (MSD the word) • P (MSA which) • A
'.
P (NSNa one) •
(NPG of the boats), • P (NSNa which) • A (IAI3S it was) • :
One of the boats, which was Simon’s
+.
% ( D in) • . + . (FSD the way) •
going)
In the way this which I am going
In this way, in which I am going
.
1
. (FSD this) • >.(FSD to which) • %' (SN I) •
(NSNa the spirit) •
% ,
(FSG of the truth), • P (NSNa which) •
(not) • +
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is able) •
(to receive)
The spirit of truth, which the world is not able to receive
( ' AAI3S
(MSG Simon’s)
(PMpdI1S I am
(MSN the world) •
%
For several of these words, if you change the breathing mark and accent, you have a different word! Remember that the
earliest extant manuscripts lack breathing marks and accents, so the original manuscripts probably did also. Thankfully,
the context usually makes it clear which word is intended even without the breathing marks and accents.
187
188
*.
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
(and) •
(MSN all) • P (MSN who) •
hands)
And all who is going on hands
And all who are going on (their) hands
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is going) • %
(MSN the god) •
%
(FSG of the truth) • ? (MSN who) • %
(PG you)
The God of the truth, who is with you
,
(
G on) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(FPG
, (
G with) •
Translation
1.
(NSNa why?) • + (and) • (SA me) •
(PAI2P you are calling)T •
(MSV lord) •
(and) • % (not) •
(PAI2P you are doing) • P (NPNa what) • ' (PAI1S I am saying)V
And why are you calling me “Lord, lord,” and are not doing what I say?
2.
(NSNa why?) •
(PAI3P they are doing) •
(not) • )(it is lawful)V
Why are they doing on the Sabbath what is not lawful?
3.
(and) • ) ' (IAI1S/3P he was saying)T • % (not) • > (MSN this) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(MSN Jesus) •
(MSN the son) •
( (MSGx of Joseph), • >(MnSG of whom) •
(PN we) • )+
(1P
we know) •
(MSA the father) •
(and) •
(FSA the mother)V •
(how?) •
(now) •
' (PAI3S he/she/it says) • ? (that) • % ( G from) •
%
(MSG the heaven) •
(I have
come down);
And they were saying, “not this is Jesus, the son of Joseph, of whom we know the father and the mother? How now
he says that from the heaven I have come down?
And they were saying, “Isn’t this Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know? How does he now
say, “I have come down from heaven?”
4.
(but) • %
(PAI3S they are) • %- ( G from) •
(PAI3P they are believing).
But they are from you some who not are believing.
But there are some of you who are not believing.
5.
P (MSN who) • ' (for) • % (not) • )
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
behalf of) •
(PG us) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is).
Who for not is against us, on behalf of us is.
For whoever is not against us, is for us.
6.
(NSD to grace) • + (and/but) • ,
(MSG of god) • %
To grace but of god I am what I am.
But by the grace of God, I am what I am.
7.
A
(he/she/it said) • + (and/but) •
.+ (MSN Herod)T • …
(MSN who?) • + (and) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it
is) • > (MSN this) •
( G concerning) • >(MnSG whom) • %
(PAI1S I am hearing)V
Said and Herod, “Who and is this concerning whom I am hearing?”
And Herod said, “And who is this, about whom I am hearing?”
8.
(and) • %+ (behold) • ) ,
(MSN man) • A (IAI3S he/she/it was) • % ( D in) •
(FSDx
Jerusalem) • .>(MnSD to whom) • )
(NSNa name) • :
(MSN Simeon) •
(and) •
),
(MSN the
man) • > (MSN this) • +
(just) • …
(and) •
(NSNa spirit) • A (IAI3S he/she/it was) • ?'
(NSNa holy) • % ( A on) • %
(MSA him).
And behold man was in Jerusalem to whom name Simeon and the man this just… and spirit was holy on him.
And behold, a man was in Jerusalem, whose name was Simeon, and this man was just… and the Holy Spirit was on
him.
%
(MSV lord), •
(NSD on the Sabbath) • P (NSNa what) •
(PG you) •
(MPN some) •
, (
G against) •
P (MPN who) •
(PG us), •
(IAI1S I am) • ?(NSNa what) • %
%
% (not) •
(
G on
(PAI1S I am).
Exercise 14 – Track 2: Relative Pronouns
189
9.
(MSN John) •
(FPD to the) •
(seven) • %
(FPD churches) •
(FPD to the) • % ( D in)
(FSN grace) •
(PD to you) •
(and) • %
(FSN peace) • … % ( G
• .
. (FSD the Asia)T •
from) •
(MfnPG the) •
(seven) •
(NPG spirits) • P (NPNa which) • %
( G before) •
,
(MSG the throne) • %
(MnSG his).
John to the seven churches to the in Asia; grace to you and peace… from the seven spirits which before the throne
his.
John, to the seven churches in Asia; grace to you and peace… from the seven spirits which are before his throne.
10.
% (not) •
(PAI2S you are believing) • ? (that/because) • %' (SN I) • % ( D in) • .
(MSD the
(SD! me) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is)V •
father) •
(and) •
(MSN the father) • % ( D in) • %
(NPNa the words) • P (NPNa which) • %' (SN) • ' (PAI1S I am saying) •
(PD to you) • % ( G from) •
%
(myself) • % (not) •
(PAI1S I am speaking), • (MSN the) • + (and/but) •
(MSN father) • %
( D in) • %
(SD! me) •
(who abides) •
(PAI3S he is doing) •
) ' (NPNa the works) • %
(MnSG his).
Not you are believing that I in the father and the father in me is? The words which I am saying to you from myself
not I am speaking, the but father in me who abides is doing the works his.
Aren’t you believing that I am in the father, and the father is in me? The words which I am saying to you, I am not
speaking from myself, but the Father who abides in me is doing his works.
Additional
11.
,
(MPN the disciples) •
(MPA all) •
(MPA the) • % ( D in) • .
' ' . (FSD the synagogue)
• +% +
(IAI1S/3P they were teaching) • ? (that) • ?
(MSN who) • @ (-ever) •
(MSN the lord) •
(FSA life) • %
(MfnSA/NSNa eternal) • ) (PAI3S he/she/it has).
%'
. (FSD loves) • *
The disciples all the in the synagogue were teaching that whoever the lord loves life eternal has.
The disciples were teaching everyone in the synagogue that whoever loves the Lord has eternal life.
12. %
''
(FSA promise) • ' (for) • )
(PAI1P we are having) •
%
(FSG of the peace) •
(and) •
(MSN the god) •
(PAI3S he/she/it
+
(FSG of the righteousness) • P (FSA which) • ,
will fulfill) • %
(MnPD to those) • P (MPN which) • % ( A in) • %
(MSA him) •
(PAI3P they
are believing).
Promise for we are having of the peace and of the righteousness which the god will fulfill to those which in him are
believing.
For we have the promise of peace and righteousness which God will fulfill to those who are believing in him.
13.
* , (be saved),2 • %'
(FSG of love) •
(NPNa children) •
(and) • %
(FSG of peace). •
(MSN the lord) •
+ - (FSG of glory) •
(and) •
(FSG all) •
(FSG grace) •
(
(PG your).
with) •
(NSG the spirit) •
Be saved, of love children and of peace. The lord of glory and of all grace with the spirit your.
Be saved, children of love and peace. May the Lord of glory and of all grace be with your spirit.
G
14. %' (SN I) • + (and/but) • %
, (I answered)T •
(MSN who?) • A (PAI2S you are), •
(MSV lord)V •
A
(he/she/it said) • (and so) •
( A to) • (SA me)T • %' (SN I) • % (PAI1S I am) •
(MSN
Jesus) • 8 *
(MSN the Nazarene), • P (MSA whom) •
(SN you) • +
(+
PAI2S you are
persecuting).
I and answered, “Who you are, lord?” Said and to me, “I am Jesus the Nazarene, whom you are persecuting.”
And I answered, “Who are you, lord?” And he said to me, “I am Jesus, the Nazarene, whom you are persecuting.”
15.
2
% (not) • > (MSN this) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • P (MSA whom) • *
%
(to kill)V
Not this is whom they are seeking to kill?
Is this not the one whom they are trying to kill?
(PAI3P they are seeking) •
The form of this is the same as PAI2P, but the form can also be imperative mood, which it is in this context. We’ll
learn this in chapter 33.
190
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
16.
(and) • %
(MSN this) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(
(MSN the head) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • %
body) •
%
(FSG of the church)T • ? (MSN who) • %
(MSN firstborn) • % ( G from) •
(MPG the dead).
And this is the head of the body of the church; who is beginning, firstborn from the dead.
And he is the head of the body, the church. He is the beginning, the firstborn from the dead.
17.
(and) • ? (FSN this) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • % ''
(MSN he) • % ''
(he/she/it promised) •
(PD to us), •
eternal).
And this is the promise which he promised to us, eternal life.
*
(NSG of the
(FSN beginning), •
(FSN the promise) • P (FSA which) • %
(FSA the life) •
%
(FSA the
18.
(now) • + (and/but) • *
(PAI2P you are seeking) • (SA me) • %
(to kill) • ) ,
(MSA
man) • P (MSN who) •
% ,
(FSA the truth) •
(PD to you) •
(I have spoken) • P (FSA
which) • )
(I heard) •
( G from) •
,
(MSG of the god).
Now but you are seeking me to kill man who the truth to you I have spoken which I heard from the god.
And now you seek to kill me, a man who told you the truth; I have spoken that which I heard from God.
19.
(after coming down) • + (and/but) •
(MSN Peter) •
( A to) •
)+
A
(he/she/it said)T • %+ (behold) • %' (SN I) • % (PAI1S I am) • P (MSA whom) • *
seeking).
After coming down and Peter to the men he said, “behold I am whom you are seeking.”
And after coming down, Peter said to the men, “Behold, I am the one whom you are seeking.”
20.
?
(just as) • ' (for) •
(MSN the father) • %'
(PAI3S he/she/it is raising) •
(MPA the
dead) •
(and) • * .
(PAI3S he/she/it is making alive), • ? (in this manner) •
(also) •
(MSN
the son) • P (MPA whom) • ,
(PAI3S he is desiring) • * .
(PAI3S he/she/it is making alive).
Just as for the father is raising the dead and making alive, in this manner also the son whom he is desiring he is
making alive.
For just as the Father raises the dead and makes them alive, in this manner also the Son makes alive whom he
desires.
(MPA the men) •
(PAI2P you are
Exercise 19 – Track 2
Future Active/Middle Indicative
Parsing
•
In the leftmost column, we separate the tense stem, tense formative, connecting vowel, and personal ending of verbs
with bullets ( • ). Where letters combine across bullets, we put the result after the bullet.
Inflected
Person #
Tense /
Voice
Mood
Lexical
Parsing
Inflected
/ Case
Gender
Form
Code
Meaning
•
BC
HC
%
• •
•
• •
1
DC
'
•
•
IC
* •
•
•
JC
•
• •
KC
•0• •
LC
•
NC
BOC
1
3
4
?• - • •
MC
•
•
•
5
?
•-•
•
6
3
S
Future
Active
Indicative
2
S
Future
Active
Indicative
1
P
Future
Active
Indicative
'
FAI1P
3
P
Future
Active
Indicative
*
FAI3P
3
S
Future
Middle
Deponent2
Indicative
FMdI3S
2
S
Future
Active
Indicative
FAI2S
2
P
Future
Active
Indicative
1
P
Future
Active
Indicative
Acc
P
Masculine
None
None
3
P
Future
Active
Indicative
FAI3S
FAI2S
%
FAI2P
@
FAI1P
MPA
?
'
FAI3P
he/she/it
will loose
you will
hear
we will
beget
they will
live
he/she/it
will go
you will
see
you
(plural)
will have
we will
call
whole
they will
gather
together
Warm-up
.
1
(MPA all) •
All will believe in him.
(FAI3P they will believe) • % (
A in) •
%
(MSA him).
Notice that the contract vowel alpha lengthens to eta before the tense formative (sigma).
Notice that
is deponent in both the present and the future tenses. Not all verbs that are deponent in the
present tense are deponent in the future tense. And some verbs that are not deponent in the present tense are deponent in
the future tense. So if you want to be able to translate without looking them up, when you memorize a verb as a
vocabulary word, check that it is consistent in all tenses as to whether or not it is deponent. If it is inconsistent, then you
should memorize in which tenses it is and isn’t deponent.
3
Notice that the final letter of the stem (pi) combines with the tense formative (sigma) to form the letter psi. This follows
the rules from the square of stops that you learned in chapter 10: +
0.
4
Notice that the final letter of the stem (chi) combines with the tense formative (sigma) to form the letter xsi. This
follows the rules from the square of stops that you learned in chapter 10: +
-.
5
Notice that
“breaks the rules” in that it is a contract verb, but the contract vowel does not lengthen before a tense
formative. It is actually not lawless, however; there is a rule for it! See footnote 19 on page 164 of the textbook.
6
Notice that the final letter of the stem (gamma) combines with the tense formative (sigma) to form the letter xsi. This
follows the rules from the square of stops that you learned in chapter 10: ' +
-.
191
2
192
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
%
(MSN he) •
( G concerning) •
He concerning himself will speak.
He will speak concerning himself.
'.
- (FAI1S I will gather) •
I will gather the fruits my.
I will gather my fruit.
+.
?- ( ) FAI3S he/she/it will have) •
He will have the light of the life.
He will have the light of life.
.
( D with) • %
( %
They will go with me.
(MnSG himself) •
(MPA the fruits) •
(NSNa the light) •
(
MnSD to my / %'
*.
0 (
FAI2P you will see) •
You will see, and he will not speak.
.
% ( A to) • 5
(MSA Caesar) •
To Caesar you will go.
(FAI3S he/she/it will speak).
(SG my).
SD! me) •
(and) •
(FSG of the life).
*
% (not) •
(FMdI3P they will go).
(FAI3S he/she/it will speak).
. (FMdI2S you will go).
Translation
1.
(MSA lord) •
,
(MSA the god) •
Lord the god your you will worship.
You will worship the Lord your God.
(SG your) •
(
FAI2S you will worship).
2.
(MSGx of Israel) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is), •
(let him come down!) •
(MSN king) •
(now) • % ( G from) •
(MSG the cross) •
(and) •
(FAI1P we will believe) • %
( A on) • %
(MSA him).
King of Israel he is, let him come down now from the cross and we will believe on him.
He is the King of Israel; let him come down now from the cross and we will believe in him!
3.
(FSN the wife) •
(SG your) • !
(FSGx Elizabeth) • '
(FAI3S he/she/it will give birth to) •
(SD to you) •
(and) •
(FAI2S you will call) •
)
(NSNa the name) • %
(MSA son) •
(MnSG his) •
(MSA John).
The wife your Elizabeth will give birth to son to you and you will call the name his John.
Your wife Elizabeth will bear you a son, and you will call his name John.
4.
(MSN the) • + (and/but) • ,
(MSN god) •
(SG my) •
(FAI3S he/she/it will fill) •
(FSA all) •
(need) •
(PG your) •
( A according to) •
(NSNa the riches) • %
(MnSG his) • %
( D in) • + - . (FSD glory) • % ( D in) •
.
(MSD Christ Jesus).
The and god my will fill all need your according to the riches his in glory in Christ Jesus.
And my God will fulfill all your needs according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus.
5.
%
(truly) • %
(truly) • ' (PAI1S I am saying) •
(PD to you) • ? (that/because) • )
(PMpdI3S
he/she/it is coming) • ? (FSN hour) •
(and) •
(now) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • ? (when) •
(MPN the dead) • %
(FAI3P they will hear) •
(
(FSG the voice) •
(MSG of the son) •
,
(MSG of the god) •
(and) •
%
(MPN the ones who hear it) • *
(* FAI3P they will
live).
Truly, truly I say to you that an hour is coming and now is, when the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God, and
the ones who hear it will live.
6.
(hated) •
(and) • ) , ( % FMdI2P you will be) •
on account of) •
)
(NSNa the name) •
(SG my).
And you will be hated by all on account of the name my.
And you will be hated by all on account of my name.
'
(
G by) •
(MnPG all) • +
(
A
Exercise 19 – Track 2: Future Active/Middle Indicative
193
7.
%
(truly) • %
(truly) • ' (PAI1S I am saying) •
(PD to you), •
(MSN the one who believes)
) ' (NPNa the works) • P (NPNa which) • %' (SN I) •
(PAI1S I am
• % ( A into/in) • % (SA! me) •
doing) • %
(that one) •
(FAI3S he/she/it will do) •
(and) • *
(NPNa greater) •
(MfnPG than these) •
(FAI3S he/she/it will do), • ? (that/because) • %' (SN I) •
( A to) •
(MSA the father) •
(PMpdI1S I am going).
Truly, truly I am saying to you, the one who believes in me, the works which I am doing that one will do and greater
than these he will do, because I to the father am going.
Truly, truly, I say to you, the one who believes in me will do the works which I am doing, and will do greater than
these because I am going to the Father.
8.
(PAI2P you are worshipping) • P (NSNa which) • % (not) • )+
(2P you know)T •
(PN you) •
(SN we) •
(PAI1P we are worshipping) • P (NSNa which) • )+
(1P we know), • ?
(because) •
(FSN the salvation) • % ( G from) •
+
(MPG the Jews) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it
is). • %
(but) • )
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is coming) • ? (FSN hour) •
(and) •
(now) • %
(PAI3S
(FPN worshipers) •
(FAI3P
he/she/it is), • ? (when) •
% ,
(MPN the true) •
they will worship) • .
(MSD the father) • % ( D in) •
(NSD spirit) •
(and) • % , . (FSD
truth).
You are worshipping which not you know; we are worshipping which we know, because the salvation from the Jews
is. But is coming hour and now is, when the true worshippers will worship the father in spirit and truth.
You are worshipping what you do not know; we are worshipping what we know, because salvation is from the Jews.
But an hour is coming and now is, when the true worshippers will worship the Father in spirit and truth.
9.
*
(FAI2P you will seek) • (SA me), •
(and) • , (as) • A
(I said) •
+
(MPD to the
Jews) • ? (that) • ? (where) • %' (SN I) •
' (I go) •
(PN you) • % (not) • +
, (PMpdI2P you
are able) • % , (to go), •
(and) •
(PD to you) • ' (PAI1S I am saying).
You will seek me, and as I said to the Jews that where I go you not are able to go, and to you I am saying.
You will seek me, and I am saying to you as I said to the Jews, that where I am going you are not able to go.
10.
)
(Listen!), •
(MSVx Israel), •
(MSN lord) • ,
(MSN the god) •
(PG our) •
(MSN
lord) • > (MSN one) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is), •
(and) • %'
(FAI2S you will love) •
(MSA
lord) •
,
(MSA the god) •
(SG your) • %- ( G from) • ? (FSG whole) •
+
(FSG the heart) •
(and) • %- ( G from) • ? (FSG whole) •
0
(FSG soul) •
(SG your) •
(and) •
(SG your) •
%- ( G from) • ? (FSG whole) •
+
(FSG the mind) •
(SG your) •
(and) • %- ( G from) • ?
(FSG whole) •
%
(FSG the strength) •
(SG your).
Listen, Israel; lord the god our lord one is, and you will love lord the god your from whole the heart your and from
whole the soul your and from whole the mind your and from whole the strength your.
Listen, Israel! The Lord our God is one, and you will love the Lord your God from your whole heart, your whole
soul, your whole mind, and your whole strength.
Additional
11.
+
(MPN the Jews) •
(FAI3P they will gather) • % ( D on) • . ,
. (FSD the sea) •
2
(FSG of Galilee) • ? (because) •
(MSN the Jesus) •
(FPA parables) •
(FAI3S he/she/it will tell).
The Jews will gather at the Sea of Galilee because Jesus will tell parables.
12.
, (FMdI1P we will go) •
( A to) •
(FSA the kingdom) •
Israel), • %
(but) • %
(FAI1P we will hear) •
% ''
(NSG the good news) •
of the love) •
,
(MSG of the god)V
We will go to the Kingdom of Israel, but we will hear the good news of the love of God.
13.
(MPA sons) •
(and) • , '
(FPA daughters) • '
(not) • )
( % FMdI3P they will be) •
(SD to you).
Sons and daughters you will bear, and not they will be to you.
You will bear sons and daughters, and they will not be for you.
(FAI2S you will bear) •
(MSGx of
%'
(FSG
(and) •
%
194
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
14.
% (not) •
(FAI2S you will worship) •
,
(MPD the gods) • %
(MfnPG their) • %+ (and
( A according to) •
) ' (NPNa the works) • %
(MfnPG their).
not) •
(FAI2S you will do) •
Not you will worship the gods their and not you will do according to the works their.
You will not worship their gods, and you will not do according to their works.
15.
(and) • A
(he/she/it said) •
(MSN lord) • .
(MSD to Abraham)T • )- , (go out!) • % ( G
from) •
' (FSG the land) •
(SG your) • … •
(and) • % ( G from) •
) (MSG the house) •
(MSG of the father) •
(SG your) • % ( A into) •
' (FSG the land) • P (FSA which) • ) (-ever) •
(SD to you) • + - (I will show) •
(and) •
(FAI1S I will make) • (SA you) • % ( A into) • ),
(NSNa nation) • ' (NPNa great) •
(and) • % '
(FAI1S I will bless) • (SA you) • …
(and) • ) .
( % FMdI2S you will be) • % '
(MSN blessed).
And said lord to Abraham, “Go out from the land your… and from the house of the father your into the land
whichever to you I will show and I will make you into nation great and I will bless you… and you will be blessed.”
And the Lord said to Abraham, “Go out from your land… and from your father’s house into whatever land I will
show you, and I will make you into a great nation and I will bless you, … and you will be blessed.”
16. ) , ( % FMdI2P you will be) • A (therefore) •
(PN you) •
(MPN perfect) •
(as) •
(MSN
%
(MSN the heaven) •
(MSN perfect) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is).
the father) •
(PG your) •
You will be therefore you perfect as the father your the heaven perfect he is.
Therefore, you will be perfect as your Heavenly Father is perfect.
17. +
(FSN righteousness) • ' (for) • ,
(MSG of god) • % ( D in) • % . (MnSD it) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is revealed) • % ( G from) •
(FSG faith) • % ( A into/in) •
(FSA faith), • ,
(MSN righteous) • % ( G from) •
(FSG
(as) • ' '
(it is written)T • (MSN the) • + (and/but) • +
faith) • *
(FMI3S7 he/she/it will live).
Righteousness for of god in it is revealed from faith into faith, as it is written, “The but righteous from faith will
live.”
For the righteousness of God is revealed in it from faith into faith, as it is written, “But the righteous one will live
from faith.”
18. ! (if) • %'
(PAI2P you are loving) • (SA me), •
%
the my) •
(FAI2P you will keep).
If you are loving me, the commandments the my you will keep.
If you love me, you will keep my commandments.
(to be), • )
%
(FPA
19.
(PAI3S he/she/it desires) •
(MSN first) • A
(MnPG of all) • )
(MSN last).
If anyone desires first to be, he will be of all last.
If anyone desires to be first, he will be last of all.
20.
(I have found) • 3 + (MSAx David) •
(MSA the)8 •
(MSG of the Jesse), • ) + (MSA man) •
( A according to) •
+
(FSA the heart) •
(SG my), • P (MSN who) •
(FAI3S he/she/it
will do) •
(NPNa all) •
,
(NPNa the will) •
(SG my).
I have found David the of the Jesse, man according to the heart my, who will do all the will my.
I have found David, the son of Jesse, a man according to my heart, who will do all of my will.
7
)(if) •
(MfSN anyone) • ,
FMdI3S he/she/it will be) •
(FPA the commandments) •
( %
>
The future active form *
occurs, but the future middle form *
has active meaning, so some consider *
to be middle deponent rather than middle.
8
The word
(“son”) that goes with the article
has been skipped. If you want to use grammatical jargon, you can
say that
has been elided.
Exercise 20 – Track 2
Verbal Roots, and Other Forms of the Future
Parsing
• The “other tense” column gives the inflected form in the other tense (swap future and present).
Inflected
Other tense
Person #
Tense / Voice
Mood
Lexical
/ Case
Gender
Form
BC
%
)
HC
)0
1
.
DC
%
%
IC
%'
%'
JC
%
%
KC
LC
( )
*
%
MC
%
*
( )
NC
BOC
Parsing
Code
2
S
Future
Active
Indicative
3
S
Future
Middle
Deponent
Indicative
1
P
Future
Active
Indicative
%
FAI1P
3
P
Present
Active
Indicative
%'
PAI3P
2
P
Future
Active
Indicative
%
FAI2P
3
S
Future
Active
Indicative
3
S
Future
Active
Indicative
2
S
Future
Active
Indicative
3
P
Present
Active
Indicative
PAI3P
2
P
Future
Active
Indicative
FAI2P
Inflected
Meaning
You will
raise
he/she/it
will see
we will
cast out
they are
raising
up
you will
kill
he/she/it
will
save
he/she/it
will
send
you will
baptize
they are
doing
you will
judge
FAI2S
)
FMdI3S
FAI3S
.*
FAI3S
%
FAI2S
*
Warm-up
.
%
(MSN that) •
(
FAI3S he/she/it will judge) •
(FSD the last day).
That will judge him in the last day.
.
(MPN many) • ' (for) • %
name) •
(SG my).
Many for will come on name.
For many will come in my name.
( )
'.
% ( D in) • . %
(NSD the name) •
they will cast out).
In the name my demons they will cast out.
In my name they will cast out demons.
+.
'
, ('
FMdI2P you will know) •
You will know the truth.
1
Notice that
%
(MSA him) • % (
FAI3P they will come) • %
(SG my) • +
%
,
(
(NPNa demons) • %
D in) •
D on) •
. %
. %
( %
(FSA the truth).
is not deponent in the present tense, but its future tense form )0
195
is middle deponent.
.
.
(NSD the
FAI3P
196
.
*.
.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
% ( ' FAI1S I will say) •
I will say to my soul.
.0
. (FSD to the soul) •
(SG my).
%
(MSN he) •
(
PAI3S he/she/it is remaining) • % ( A on) •
(but) •
(SN you) •
(
FAI2S you will remain) • % ( A into) •
He is remaining on the world, but you will remain into the ages.
(how?) •
(FPA all) •
How all the parables you will know?
How will you understand all the parables?
(FPA the parables) • '
(MSA the world) • %
(MPA the ages).
%
, ('
FMdI2P you will know);
Translation
1.
%' (SN I) • %
(I baptized) •
(PA you) • ?+
(NSD with water), • %
(
* FAI3S he/she/it will baptize) •
(PA you) • % ( D in) •
holy).
I baptized you with water, but he will baptize you in spirit holy.
I baptized you with water, but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit.
2.
FAI3S he/she/it will send) •
%
( %
'% '
(MPA the angels) • %
(MnSG his).
Will send the son of the man the angels his.
The Son of Man will send his angels.
3.
%
(there) • %
(MSA him) • )0 , (
(PD to you).
There him you will see, as he said to you.
You will see him there, just as he said to you.
4.
%
, (he/she/it answered) •
(MPA Jesus) •
(and) • A
(he/she/it said) • % . (MnSD to him)T • %
(if) •
(MfSN anyone) • %'
. ( %'
PAI3S he/she/it is loving) •
(SA me) •
' (MSA the word) •
(SG my) •
(
FAI3S he/she/it will keep) •
(and) •
(MSN the father) •
(SG my) •
%'
( %'
FAI3S he/she/it will love) •
%
(MSA him) •
(and) •
( A to) • %
(MSA him) •
%
, ( )
FMdI1P we will come).
Answered Jesus and said to him, “If anyone is loving me the word my he will keep and the father my will love him
and to him we will come).
And Jesus answered and said to him, “If anyone loves me, he will keep my word, and my father will love him, and
we will come to him.”
5.
(he/she/it will bear) • + (and/but) •
(MSA son), •
(and) •
(
FAI2S you will call) •
(NSNa the name) • %
(MnSG his) •
(MSA Jesus). • %
(MSN he) • ' (for) •
( .*
FAI3S he/she/it will save) •
(MSA the people) • %
(MnSG his) • % ( G from) •
(FPG
the sins) • %
(MfnPG their).
She will bear and son, and you will call the name his Jesus. He for will save the people his from the sins their.
And she will bear a son, and you will call his name Jesus, for he will save his people from their sins.
6.
@(or) • % (not) • )+
(2P you know) • ? (that/because) •
?' (MPN the saints) •
(MSA the
2
world) •
(
FAI3P they will judge) V • … • % (not) • )+
(2P you know) • ? (that) • %''
3
(MPA angels) •
(
FAI1P we will judge) V
Or not you know that the saints the world will judge? … Not you know that angels we will judge?
Or do you not know that the saints will judge the world? … Do you not know that we will judge angels?
2
(MSN the son) •
FMdI2P you will see), •
(MSN he) • + (and/but) •
(NSD spirit) • ' . (MnSD
% ,
,
(as) • A
(MSG of the man) •
(he/she/it said) •
)
The accent is the only thing that distinguishes this from the PAI3P, which is
( ). The accents were probably
not in the original manuscripts, so it is wise to check the context to see which fits best. In this context, the parallel with
, which is unambiguously future, indicates that
is also likely to be future, as the accent indicates.
3
In the 1P, unlike the 3P, the liquid future and the present can be distinguished by the letters and not only by the accents.
The PAI1P is
, whereas the FAI1P is
. What makes the forms ambiguous in the FAI3P is that the 3P
personal ending already has vowel lengthening from the nu that dropped out at the beginning of the personal ending
( ). Since this doesn’t occur in the 1P, the vowel changes distinguish the future from the present.
Exercise 20 – Track 2: Verbal Roots, and Other Forms of the Future
197
7.
(MPN all) •
(
FAI3P they will believe) • % ( A in) •
%
(MSA him), •
(and) •
FMdI3P they will come) •
&
(MPN the Romans) •
(and) • %
( ) FAI3P
%
( )
they will take away) •
(MSA the place) •
(PG our).
All will believe in him, and will come the Romans and will take away the place our.
All will believe in him, and the Romans will come and take away our place.
8.
(but) • % ( ' FAI3S he/she/it will say) •
PMpI3P they are raised) •
(MPN the dead)V •
)
( )
PMpdI3P they are coming)V
(MfSN someone) T •
(how?) • %'
. (in what sort of) • + (and/but) •
( %'
(NSD body) •
But someone will say, “How are the dead raised? And in what sort of body are they coming?”
9.
' ( ' PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • % . (MnSD to him)T • % ( G from) •
(NSG the mouth) •
(SG your) •
(
FAI1S I will judge) •
(SA you), •
(MSV wicked) • +
(MSV slave).
He is saying to him, “From your own mouth I will judge you, wicked slave.”
10. +
(
A on account of) •
(NSNa this) •
(also) •
( (FSN the wisdom) •
,
(MSG of the god) •
FAI1S I will send) • % ( A into) •
%
(MPA them) •
(
(he/she/it said)T • %
( %
(MPA prophets) •
(and) • %
(MPA apostles), •
(and) • %- ( G of) • %
(MfnPG them) •
%
( %
FAI3P they will kill).
On account of this also, the wisdom of God said, “I will send to them prophets and apostles, and they will kill some
of them.
A
Additional
11.
(NSNa why?) •
(MPN the bad) • %
( %
PAI3P they are killing) •
%' ,
(MPA the good), • P (MPN which) •
(
PAI3P they are keeping) •
(MSA the law) •
(and) • %'
( %'
PAI3P they are loving) •
(MPA all)V
(MSG of the god) •
Why the bad are killing the good, which are keeping the law of the god and are loving all?
Why are the bad killing the good, who are keeping the law of God and are loving everyone?
D in) • .
(NSD the mouth) •
(SG my) • '
(FSA great) • (
(FSA wisdom) •
FAI1S I will speak) •
(and) •
( A throughout) •
? *
(FSA the whole life) • % (
FAI1S I will say) •
( G concerning) •
+
(FSG the righteousness) • (and) •
(also) •
+ (FSG the way) •
% ,
(FSG of the truth).
12. % (
(
,
'
In the mouth my great wisdom I will speak and throughout the whole life I will say concerning the righteousness
and so and the way of the truth.
With my mouth I will speak great wisdom, and throughout all of life I will speak concerning righteousness and the
way of truth.
13.
(and) •
(
FAI2S you will call) •
(NPNa the Sabbaths) • ?' (NPNa holy) • . , .
(NSD to the god) •
(SG your) •
(and) • % (not) • %
( ) FAI2S you will take up) •
+ (MSA the
foot) •
(SG your) • % ( D on) • ) ' . (NSD work) • %+ (and not) •
(
FAI2S you will speak) •
' (MSA word) • % ( D in) • % ' . (FSD wrath) • % ( G from) •
(NSG the mouth) •
(SG
your).
And you will call the Sabbaths holy to the god your and not you will take up the foot your on work and not you will
speak word in wrath from the mouth your.
And you will call the Sabbaths holy to your God, and you will not take up your foot to work, and you will not speak
a word in wrath from your mouth.
14.
,
(MSN the god) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(MSN lord), •
(and) •
he/she/it knows), •
(and) •
(MSNx Israel) • %
(MSN himself) • '
will know).
The god is lord, and he knows, and Israel himself will know.
God is Lord, and he knows, and Israel himself will know.
15.
(MSN he) •
%
('
A+ (3S
FAI3S he/she/it
?+ (NSNa the water) • %
(MnSG his) •
(MSA/NSNa faithful)T •
(MSA king) •
( G with)
FMdI2P you will see), •
(and) • 0
(FSN the soul) •
(PG your) •
• + - (FSG glory) • )0 , (
(
FAI3S he/she/it will cultivate) • (
(MSA fear) •
(MSG of lord).
The water his faithful; king with glory you will see, and the soul your will cultivate fear of lord.
His water is faithful; you will see the king with glory, and your soul will cultivate the fear of the Lord.
198
16.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
(and) •
(NPNa the children) • %
(FSG her) • %
( %
FAI1S I will kill) • % ( D in)
(and) • '
('
FMdI3P they will know) •
(FPN all) •
•,
. (MSD death). •
%
(FPN the congregations) • ? (that) • %' (SN I) • % (PAI1S I am) • %
(MSN the one who
searches) • (
(MPA minds) •
(and) •
+
(FPA hearts), •
(and) • +
(I will give) •
(PD to
you) •
. (MSD each) •
( A according to) •
) ' (NPNa the works) •
(PG your).
And the children her I will kill in death. And will know all the congregations that I am the one who searches minds
and hearts, and I will give to you each according to the works your.
And I will kill her children in death. And all the congregations will know that I am the one who searches minds and
hearts, and I will give to each of you according to your works.
(MSA him) •
(let us call) •
17. 7 (not) •
(MSA/NSNa only) • A (therefore) • %
• % (not) • ' (for) •
(NSNa this) •
( .* FAI3S he/she/it will save) •
(PA us).
Not only therefore him let us call lord, not for this will save us.
Therefore, let us not only call him “Lord,” for this will not save us.
(MSA lord),
18.
(MPN blessed) •
,
(MPN the clean) • .
+ . (FSD in heart), • ? (because) •
•
,
(MSA the god) • )0
(
FMdI3P they will see).
Blessed the clean in heart, because they the god will see.
Blessed are the clean in heart, because they will see God.
19.
(MfSN someone) T •
(SN you) •
(FSA faith) • )
(but) • % ( ' FAI3S he/she/it will say) •
(PAI2S you are having), • %' (SN and I) • ) ' (NPNa works) • ) (PAI1S I am having). • + - (Show!) •
(SD to me) •
(FSA the faith) •
(SG your) •
( G without) •
) ' (NPG the works), • %'
(SD to you) • + - (I will show) • % ( G from) •
) ' (NPG the works) •
(SG my) •
(SN and I) •
(FSA the faith). •
(SN you) •
(PAI2S you are believing) • ? (that) • > (MSN one) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • ,
(MSN the god), •
(well) •
(
PAI2S you are doing). •
(and) •
+
(NPNa the demons) •
(
PAI3P they are believing) •
(and) • (
((
PAI3P they are trembling).
But will say someone, “You faith are having, and I works am having.” Show me the faith your without the works,
and I to you will show from the works my the faith. You are believing that one is the god, well you are doing. And
the demons are believing and they are trembling.
But someone will say, “You have faith, and I have works.” Show me your faith without the works, and I will show
you faith from my works. You believe that God is one; you are doing well. The demons also believe, and they are
trembling.
%
(MPN they)
20. % (if) •
%
(FPA the commandments) •
(SG my) •
(you keep), •
(
FAI2P you
will remain) • % ( D in) • . %'
. (FSD the love) •
(SG my), • , (even as) • %' (SN I) •
%
(FPA the commandments) •
(MSG of the father) •
(SG my) •
(I have kept) •
(and) •
(MnSG his) • % ( D in) • . %'
. (FSD the love).
(PAI1S I am remaining) • %
If the commandments my you keep, you will remain in the love my, even as I the commandments of the father my I
have kept and I am remaining his in the love.
If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, even as I have kept my father’s commandments, and I
am remaining in his love.
Chapters 10-14, 19-20
Review #4 – Track 2
Grammar
1.
Explain how the stem was modified in the following inflected forms. Start by writing out the word’s stem, add the
case ending, show the final form, and explain the changes.
a.
(stem) + (3rd declension FSN case ending)
- is formed by
of stops, kappa + sigma
b.
)
- (because from the table
xsi).
(stem) + – (3rd declension NSNa case ending is blank)
is formed by %
%
%
(because of noun rule 8: “A tau cannot stand at the end of a word and will drop off.”)
c.
is formed by
(3rd declension FPD case ending is
(stem) +
(because from the table of stops, tau + sigma
d.
is formed by
sigma)
U (stem ends in consonantal iota) +
(because consonantal iota + omicron
e.
is formed by
stops, tau + sigma
2.
U
in this instance)
(because from the table of
(because of noun rule 8: “nu drops out when followed by sigma.”)
Write out the seventh and eighth noun rules.
•
Noun rule 7 is the Square of Stops with the rightmost column (below) added, plus the fact that nu drops out
when followed by sigma.
Unvoiced
Labial
Velar
Dental
•
3.
(3rd declension FSG case ending)
(stem) + (3rd declension MSN case ending)
sigma)
( ))
Voiced
'
+
Aspirate
+
(
0
-
,
Noun rule 8: “A tau cannot stand at the end of a word and will drop off.”
Describe what happens when you add a sigma to the following stops.
a.
+
b.
+
c.
++
d.
+
e.
'+
-
f.
+
-
0
0
199
200
4.
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
List the case endings
1st & 2nd Declensions
M
F
N
SN
SG
SD
SA
3rd Declension
M/F
N
–
PN
PG
PD
PA
5.
/–
–
/
–
( )
( )
What determines the case, number, and gender of a personal pronoun?
a.
Case is determined by the function of the personal pronoun in its clause.
b.
Number and gender are determined by the number and gender of the antecedent of the personal pronoun.
The first and second person personal pronouns (lexical forms %' and
6.
Write out the paradigm of the English personal pronouns.
First Person Second Person
Subjective Singular
Possessive Singular
Objective Singular
7.
), however, do not have gender.
What are the three uses of
a.
Subjective Plural
Possessive Plural
Objective Plural
we
our
us
you
your
you
?
Usually translated as a third-person pronoun: he, she, it, his, her, its, to him, to her, to it, him, her, it, they,
their, to them, or them.
Adjectival intensive
•
•
•
c.
%
you
your
you
Second Person
Personal pronoun
•
b.
I
my
me
First Person
Translated as “himself,” “herself,” “itself,” or “themselves.”
Usually in the predicate position.
Usually in the nominative case.
Identical adjective
•
•
Translated as “same,” as in “the same woman.”
Usually in the attributive position.
8.
How do you distinguish the form of the feminine personal pronoun from the feminine demonstrative?
• By the start of the word: The feminine demonstrative1 always has either a rough breathing mark ( ? and
> ) or else begins with tau (
,
.,
,
,
, and
). The feminine personal
pronoun always begins with %, so it never has a rough breathing and never begins with tau.
9.
In what adjectival position will you find the demonstratives when they are modifying nouns?
• When a demonstrative modifies a noun, it is in the predicate position (e.g., “this the man” or “the man this”).
1
This question refers to the nearby demonstrative (“this”), with lexical form > . The distant demonstrative (“that”),
with lexical form %
, is unlikely to be confused with the third person feminine personal pronoun.
Chapters 10-14, 19-20: Review #4 – Track 2
201
10. What are the four basic rules of the vocative?
a.
In the plural, the vocative is always identical to the nominative plural.
b.
In the singular first declension, the vocative is the same as the nominative.
c.
In the singular second declension, the vocative ending is usually epsilon. Note that unlike other case endings
(except for the NPNa case ending ), the epsilon is not simply appended to the end of the stem. Instead, the
epsilon replaces the stem vowel omicron, so we have ) ,
d.
, not % ,
.
In the singular third declension, the vocative is usually the bare stem of the word, sometimes with the stem
vowel being changed due to ablaut.
11. What determines the case, number, and gender of a relative pronoun?
a.
The case of a relative pronoun is set by its function in its relative clause.2
b.
The number and gender of a relative pronoun match the number and gender of its antecedent.
12. How do you distinguish the form of the relative pronoun from the article?
• The relative pronoun always has both a rough breathing and an accent (e.g., ?). The article always has one or
the other (e.g., and ), but never both. So if there is both a rough breathing and an accent, it is the relative
pronoun. Otherwise, it is the article.
13. Write out the “Square of Stops,” and what happens to each class of stop when followed by a sigma.
Unvoiced
Labial
Velar
Dental
Voiced
'
+
Aspirate
+
(
0
-
,
14. What is the difference between a verbal “root” and “stem”?
• A verb has one root3 and six tense stems4 that are derived from the root.
• A stem is the form of the root in a particular tense. The connecting vowel, personal endings, and other pieces of
a verb are added on to the tense stem rather than on to the root.
• Mounce always prefaces the root with an asterisk. E.g., *
15. What are the three basic ways in which the verbal root is used to form the present tense stem?
a.
Present tense stem = verbal root.
•
b.
, which is the verbal root *
.
E.g.,
uses the present tense stem
, which is derived from the verbal root *
+U
Present tense stem = verbal root + changing the stem vowel
•
2
uses the present tense stem
Present tense stem = verbal root + something added at the end
•
c.
E.g.,
E.g., %'
uses the present tense stem %'
stem vowel epsilon into .
, which is derived from the verbal root * %'
by changing the
Except when the relative pronoun is attracted to the case of its antecedent. See section 14.14 on page 120 of the
textbook.
3
There are a few verbs that have multiple roots. See question 10 part (c) below.
4
Some verbs do not occur in certain tenses, and therefore lack the corresponding tense stems.
202
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
16. Write out the Master Verb Chart
Tense
Aug/Redup
Pres act
Imperf mid/pas
Future act
Liquid future act
Future mid
Tense stem
Tense formative
pres
pres
fut act
fut act
fut act
Conn.
vowel
/
/
/
/
/
Personal endings
prim act
sec mid/pas
prim act
prim act
prim mid/pas
First singular
%
Parsing
1.
2.
%
3.
*
.
(
('
'
10.
11.
12.
13.
0
)0
+
14. '
15.
5
(*
>
FSN this)
FMI2S he/she/it will live)
5
FAI2S you will hear)
( ? MnPD to whom/to which)
>
8.
9.
NSD to a name)
( %
%
7.
( )
(
?
6.
FPD to cities)
( ) FAI3P they will take)
%
4.
5.
(
FMdI3S he/she/it will know)
(
MnPD to much/to many)
(
FMI3S he/she/it will look for him/her/itself)
(
FMdI3S he/she/it will see)
(
MSD to a foot)
('
)0 .
.* FAI1S I will save)
(
FMdI3P they will know)
FMdI2S you will see)
We have not marked this future middle form as deponent because the future active form *
occurs. Nevertheless,
meaning of the future middle is the same as the future active for * , and we have translated it accordingly.
Chapters 10-14, 19-20: Review #4 – Track 2
203
Translation: John 12:27-36
12:27 8 (now) • 0
(FSN the soul) •
(SG my) •
(he/she/it has been troubled), •
(and) •
(NSNa what?) • ) (I can say)V •
(MSV father), •
(save!) • (SA me) • % ( G from) •
? (FSG
the hour) •
(FSG this)V • %
(but) • + ( A on account of) •
(NSNa this) • A , (I came) • % ( A
(FSA this). • 12:28
(MSV father), • + (glorify!) •
(SG your)
into/in) •
? (FSA the hour) •
•
)
(NSNa the name). • A , (he/she/it came) • A (then) • (
(FSN voice) • % ( G from) •
%
(MSG the heaven)T •
(both) • %+ (I glorified) •
(and) •
(again) • + (FAI1S I will glorify). •
12:29 (MSN the) • A (then) • )
(MSN crowd) •
(MSN the one that was standing) •
(and) • %
(hearing) • ) ' (he/she/it was saying) •
(FSA thunder) • ' '
(that it was), • )
(MPN others) • ) '
(they were saying)T • )''
(MSN angel) • % . (MnSD to him) •
(he/she/it has spoken). • 12:30 %
,
(he/she/it answered) •
(MSN Jesus) •
(and) • A
(he/she/it said)T • % (not) • + ( A on account of) • %
(FSN the voice) • ? (FSN this) • ' '
(he/she/it came) • %
(but) • + ( A on account of) •
(SA! me) • (
(FPA you). • 12:31
(now) •
(FSN judgment) • %
( % PAI3S he/she/it is) •
(MSG of the
world) •
(MnSG of this) , •
(now) •
)
(MSN the ruler) •
(MSG of the world) •
(MnSG
of this) • %
,
(he/she/it will be cast out) • )- (out)T • 12:32 %' (SN and I) • % (if) • 0 , (I am lifted
up) • % ( G from) •
' (SG the world), •
(MSA all) •
(I will draw) •
( A to) • %
(MSA
(signifying) •
. (MnSD
myself). • 12:33
(NSNa this) • + (and/but) • ) ' (he/she/it was saying) •
what) • ,
. (MSD death) • )
(he/she/it was about) • % , .
(to die).
12:34
, (he/she/it answered) • A (then) • % . (MnSD to him) • )
(MSN the crowd)T •
(PN we)
• %
(we heard) • % ( G from) •
(MSG the law) • ? (that/because) •
(MSN the Christ) •
(PAI3S he/she/it is remaining) • % ( A into/in) •
%
(MSA the eternity), •
(and) •
(how?) • '
(PAI2S you are saying) •
(SN you) • ? (that) • + (it is necessary) • 0 ,
(to be lifted up) •
(MSA the
(MSN who?) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • > (MSN this) •
(MSN
son) •
% ,
(MSG of the man)V •
the son) •
% ,
(MSG of the man)V • 12:35 A
(he/she/it said) • A (therefore) • %
(MnPD to them) •
(MSA little) •
(MSA time) • ( (NSNa the light) • % ( D in) •
(MSN the Jesus)T • ) (yet) •
(PD to you) • %
(PAI3S he/she/it is). •
(walk!) •
(as long as) • ( (NSNa the light) • )
(PAI2P you are having), • ? (in order that) •
(not) •
(FSN darkness) •
(PA you) •
. (he/she/it
might overtake)T •
(and) •
(MSN the one walking) • % ( D in) • .
. (FSD the darkness) • %
(not) • A+ (3S he/she/it knows) •
(where) •
' (PAI3S he/she/it is going). • 12:36
(as long as) • (
(NSNa the light) • )
(PAI2P you are having), •
(PAIm2P continually believe!)6 • % ( A into/in) • (
(NSNa the light), • ? (in order that) •
(MPN sons) • (
(NSG of light) • '
, (you might be).
12:27 Now my soul has been troubled, and what can I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’? But for this reason I
came to this hour. 12:28 Father, glorify your name!” Then a voice came from heaven, “I have both glorified it and I will
also glorify it again.” 12:29 Then the crowd that was standing and hearing was saying that it was thunder. And others
were saying that an angel had spoken to him. 12:30 Jesus answered and said, “This voice came not for my sake but for
yours. 12:31 Now judgment is on this world; now the ruler of this world will be cast out. 12:32 And if I am lifted up from
the world, I will draw all people to myself.” 12:33 He was saying this, signifying what sort of death he was about to die.
12:34 The crowd then answered him, “We have heard from the law that the Christ remains into eternity; how are
you saying that it is necessary for the Son of Man to be lifted up? Who is this Son of Man?” 12:35 Then Jesus said to
them, “The light is among you for a little while longer. Walk as long as you have the light, in order that darkness will not
overtake you. The one walking in the darkness does not know where he is going. 12:36 As long as you have the light,
believe in the light, in order that you might be sons of the light.”
6
The form could be indicative or imperative mood. The context clarifies that it is imperative. We’ll cover the imperative
mood in chapter 33.
204
Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key